You are on page 1of 495

Asea Brown Boveri Aktiengesellschaf?

Postal address: Asea Brown Boveri Aktiengesellschaft - Postfach 10 03 51 - D-68128 Mannheim


Visiting address: Mannheim-Kafertal, Kallstadter Strage 1
4 (06 21) 381-1 - Telefax: 3 818 788 -Telex: 4 624 110 - Telegrams: brownbover mannheim - Station: Mannheim-Kafertal, AnschlulJgleis

Maintenance

Manual

TALCHER

Plant:

SUPER THERMAL POWER PROJECT


Stage I 2X 500MW
Turbo Sets

Customer:

NTPC

ABB Order No.:

CC43101101A

c
Note:
These instructions should be read prior to performing any installation, operation, maintenance or repair activity. In the event that the reader
considers the instructions to be unclear or insufficient ABB should be contacted prior to the perfonance of any activity and a written
clarification sought. These instructions may only be modified in written form by an authorised representative of ABB.
These instructions do not purport to cover all equipment details nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with
the installation, operation, maintenance or repair of the equipment.
The equipment should be installed, operated, maintened and repaired in strict accordance with these instructions. Failure to do so might
result in death, personal injury or damage to property. The equipment should not be used together with other manufacturers equipment
without ABEs express authority.
The Manuals are exclusively for our customers own use and may not be copied or made known to third persons or otherwise published
or used for the construction and manufacture or material or parts described in the Manuals. ABB reserves all rights in the documents
enclosed herewith and in the information contained therein Copyright Asea Brown Boveri Aktiengesellschaft.

GGMV69230E

TALCHER

n BR BR
IrWlW

Synopsis of Contents
Maintenance Manual

KKS power station


identification code

Designation

LAE

High Pressure Water injection System

LBA

Main Steam Piping System

LBB

Hot Reheating System

LBC

Cold Reheating System

LBF

High Pressure Reduction Station

LBG

Auxiliary Steam System

LBQ

KS Book
Code

..........

.................

Book No.

410
410
410

.....................
....................

410

.............

410
410

2,3
4

Extraction Steam Tapping System for Feed


Water Preheating ........................

410

LBR

Piping System for Auxilliary Turbinen

410

LBS

Extraction Steam Tapping System for Main


Condensate Preheating ....................

410

LCA

Main Condensate Piping System

410

LCE

Condensate Water Injection System

LCW

Condensate Seal Water System

Steam Turbine Generator Set - General

MAA

High Pressure Turbine

MAB

Medium Pressure Turbine

....................

...........

.............
...........

410
410

..............
........

310
310

.....................

310

..................

310

MAC

Low Pressure Turbine

MAD

Bearing Assembly - Turbine .................

.....................

310

MAG

Condensation

310

MAJ

Evacuation

MAK

Power Transmission Unit between Driving and


Driven Machine incl. Shaft Turning ............

310

MAL

Water and Air Removal Systems

310

MAN

Bypass Station incl. Injection

MAV

Lubrication Medium Supply

MAW

Seal Heating and Cooling Steam System

MAX

...........................

310

.............................

..............

310

................

310

9,lO

310

10

Non electric Control Regulating Protecting


Equipment incl. Medium Supply ..............

310

11

MKA

Generator Casing incl. Stator and Rotor

310

12

MKB

Brush Gear incl. Slip Rings and Rotor Winding


Connection .............................

310

12

.................
........

.........

Plant: TALCHER
ABB order no.: CC-431 O-l 1O-1A

Modification:

page no.: 1

11 IRIR
FW11D

Synopsis of Contents
Maintenance Manual

KKS power station


identification code

Designation

MKC

Excitation Equipment

MKD

Bearing Assembly

MKF

Liquid Cooling incl. Intermediate Cooler

MKG

Gas Liquid incl. H2 and CO2 Supply ............

310

14

MKQ

Exhaust Gas System

310

14

MKW

Seal Oil System

310

14

MKY

Control Regulating Protecting Equipment


Synchronizing Equipment ..................

310

14

PAB

Main Water Piping and Canal System

410

15

PAH

Condenser Cleaning System incl. all necessary


Equipments ............................

410

16

PCD

Recirculating Cooling System

420

17

PGA

Closed Cooling Water System Forward

420

17

PGB

Closed Cooling Water System Return

420

17

......................

........................
.........

......................

.........................

..........

................
.........
..........

KS Sook
Code

Book No.

310

13

310

13

310

14

Plant: T A L C H E R
ABB order no.: CC-431 O-l 1O-l A
t
Modification:

Page no. : 2

MAW mav
I
I

cI

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual

I : BB
KKS power
Identification

station
code

MAV

Document
no.
or cro66 reference

Designation

Lubrication

Medium Supply
T05881E

Instruction sheet for the recording


of bulk articles
Ordering list measuring
- GMD0956363
GMD0956369

device
see LBA

GMD0759254

MAV02

Lubrication

0MAV80

Dirty oil system

0MAV80AA002

Stop valve DN80 PN16


Make PERSTA type 200AE211 .l

Stop valve DN40 PN 16


Make PERSTA type 200AE21 .l

Stop valve DN40, PN 16


*Make PERSTA, type 200AE21.1

0MAV80AA003

0MAV80AA004

0MAV80AA005

oil supply unit

Stop valve
*Make ARGUS

see OMAV80AA003

BA10A002
200121515
see OMAV80AA003

3R0140
3L6129EZ
3L6042SZ
31510100559740

type SFFK

0MAV80AA006

Stop valve
*Make ARGUS, type SFFK

see OMAV80AA005

0MAV80AA007

Stop valve DN25 PN 16


*Make PERSTA type 200AE211

see OMAV80AA003

0MAV80AA008

Stop valve DN25, PN 16


*Make PERSTA, type 200AE21 .l

see OMAV80AA003

0MAV80AA010

Solenoid valve
*Make HERION type 23336201824

7500136060982
7500953061286

0MAV80AA011

Stop valve DN50 PN16


*Make PERSTA type 200AE21 .l

Stop valve DN50, PN 16


*Make PERSTA, type 200AE21 .l

0MAV80AA012

Plant
Contract

:
no. :

Talcher
CC4101101A
Rev.

see OMAV80AA003

see OMAV80AA003

Book
Tab

code

:
: MAV

Page

no.

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
i

KKS power
identification

station
code

0MAV80AP001

Transfer pump
Make ALLWEILER

0MAV80AT001

type SLS210ER

Motor
*Make ABB type QU112

see MAK85APOOl

Air filter
*Make MANN

HTGD691604E R0002
type 4301467012

0MAV85

Clean oil system

OMAV85AA001

Check valve DN40 PN16


*Make GESTRA type RK46

0MAV85AA002

Stop valve DN50 PN 16


*Make PERSTA type 200AE211 .l

R3279
R3146e
see OMAV80AA003
l

0MAV85AA004

Stop valve DN50, PN16


*Make PERSTA, type 200AE21 .l *

see OMAV80AA003

0MAV85AA005

Stop valve DN50, PN 16


*Make PERSTA, type 200AE21 .l

see OMAV80AA003
l

0MAV85AA006

Stop valve

see OMAV85CLOOl

0MAV85AA007

Stop valve

see OMAV85CLOOl

0MAV85AA008

Stop valve
*Make ARGUS

see OMAV80AA005
type SFFK

0MAV85AA009

Stop valve
*Make ARGUS, type SFFK

see OMAV80AA005

0MAV85AA010

Solenoid valve DN50 PN16


*Make HERION type 23356201824

7500136060290
7500953061286

0MAV85AA011

Stop valve DN25 PN16


*Make PERSTA type 200AE211 .l +

see OMAV80AA003

0MAV85AP001

Filling pump
*Make ZPM type N2105

46100002
80753

Motor
*Make ABB, type QLIX100L4AT

DEM402988DE
262
263

Air filter
*Make MANN

see OMAV80ATOOl

0MAV85AT001

Plant
Contract

Document
no.
or cross reference

Designation

:
no. :

Talcher
CC4101

IOlA
Rev.:

Book
Tab

code

:
: MAV

Page

no.

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
KKS power
Identification

station
code

Document
no.
or cross reference

Designation

0MAV85CL001

Level gauges
Make PHNIX

710100
710
710

type 7101000

0MAV85CL002

Level gauges
*Make PHONIX, type 710.100.0

see OMAV85CLOOl

0MAV85CL003

Level gauges
*Make PHONIX, type 710.100.0

see OMAV85CLOOl

0MAV85CL004

Level gauges
*Make PHONIX, type 710.100.0

see OMAV85CLOOl

0MAV85CL005

Level gauges
*Make PHONIX, type 710.100.0

see OMAV85CLOOl

Pressure limitation

TfGNoSE
GMD0988532
GMD0988685

0MAV85DP001

valve

0MAV90AA012

Stop valve DN80 PN10


*Make PERSTA type 200AE211

see OMAV80AA003

0MAV90AA013

Check valve DN50 PN16


*Make GESTRA type RK46

see OMAV85AAOOl

0MAV90AA014

Stop valve DN50, PN 16


*Make PERSTA, type 200AE21 .l

0MAV90AA015

0MAV90AT011

MAV11AA201

MAV11AA210

see OMAV80AA003
l

Stop valve DN40 PN16


*Make PERSTA, type 200AE21 .l *

see OMAV80AA003

Central centrifugal lube oil purifier


*Make ALFA LAVEL type WMPX409GD20

19065068

Drain valve
*Make ARGUS

see OMAV80AA005

Book 9

type SFFK

Non return flap


*Make GESTRA

R3726e
type CB14

Non return flap


*Make GESTRA, type CB14*

see MAVl lAA210

MAV11AA502

Test solenoid actuator

HTGD90475E R4002

MAV11AA503

Test solenoid actuator

see MAVl 1 AA502

MAV11AA504

Test solenoid actuator

see MAVl 1 AA502

MAV11AA220

Plant
Contract

:
no. :

Talcher
CC4101101A

Book 10

Book
Tab
Rev.

code

Page no.

:
: MAV
:

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
KKS power
Identification

station
code

Designation

Document
no.
or cross reference

MAV11AN001

Oil vapor exhauster

GGMV690042E R5001

MAV11AN002

Oil vapor exhauster

see MAVl

MAV11AT001

Air filter

see OMAV80ATOOl

MAV11AT010

Oil Seperator

GMD0095669
GMD0095660N

MAV11AT011

Oil Seperator

see MAVl 1 AT01 0

MAV11BB001

Oil tank

see MAV02

MAV11CL001

Level pick up
Make BESTOBELL MOBREY
type AE15VKL12000SVK
BFAA 24VDC

1001 sh.l-3,7,12

1 AN001

MAV11CL002

Level switch

HTGD90475E R4002

MAV11CL003

Level switch

see MAVI 1 CL003

MAV11CL004

Level switch

see MAVl

MAV21AA001

Check valve with

MAV21AA002

Check valave

see MAV21 AA001

MAV21AA003

Check valave

see MAV21 AA001

MAV21AA005

Check valave

see MAV21 AA001

MAV21ap001
APO01

Main oil pump

HTGD690084E R9001

MAV21ap002
APO02

Auxiliary

HTGD691608E ROOO 1

orifice bore

MAV21AP003

Auxiliary

*
no. :*

oil pump

T&her
CC41 011 OlA
Rev.

DEM402988DE
DEM144883E
see MAV2 1 APO02

Motor
*Make ABB, type QUX200L2BH,Vl

Plant
Contract

HTGD691610E ROOO 1

oil pump

Motor
*Make ABB type QUX200L2BH V1

1 CL003

see MAV2 1 APO02


l

Book code
Tab

:
: MAV

Page no.

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
f

KKS power
Identification

station
code

MAV21AP005

Document
no.
or cross reference

Designation

Emergency

see MAV2 1 APO02

oil pump

Motor
Make GROSSENBACHER
type GKCF160L4AEA V1

CHIFK8409DFE
CHIFK8410DFE

MAV21AT001

Oil Strainer with check valve

T108316E
701

MAV22AA001

Switch over device DN150


*Make ARLON type AR

MAV22AA002

Switch valve
*Make ARGUS

PN16

0241000199
AAR9004
see MAV40AA504

type BK

MAV22AA010

Globe valve
*Make KSB type ZXS

761211M

MAV22AA201

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXL

761111M

MAV22AA202

Globe valve
Make KSB, type ZXL

see MAV22AA201

MAV22AC001

Lube oil cooler


*Make OELTECHNIK

type OKG

Page 1 3
GMC1503930
254104

Lube oil cooler


*Make OELTECHNIK,

type OKG

MAV22AC002

see MAV22ACOO 1

MAV22DP001

Constant

MAV22DT001

Temperature

MAV23AT001

Double filter

GGMV690071E R 1002

MAV23CP001

Difference pressure switch


*Make BOLL & KIRCH type 4362

see MAV23ATOOl

MAV40AA501

Test solenoid

HTGD691503E ROOOl

MAV40AA504

Test hand valve


Make ARGUS type BK

3R0042
3D0656EZ
3D0071SZ
30210010594113

MAV40CP001

Pressure switch
Make HERION

7500767060788
7502066060390

Plant
Contract

:
no.

pressure valve
controller

valve

type 0811411 +

Talcher
CC4101101A
Rev.:

HTGD690182E R1004
GGMV690083E R1007

Book
Tab

code

:
: MAV

Page

no.

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
KKS power
Identification

station
code

MAV40CP002

MAV40CP003

MAV40CP004

MAV40CP011

Designation

Document
no.
or cross reference

Pressure switch
Make HERION

see MAV40CPOOl
type 0811411

Pressure switch
*Make HERION, type 0811411

Pressure switch
*Make HERION, type 0811411

Pressure transmitter
l Make ROUSEMOUNT

see MAV40CPOO 1

see MAV40CPOO 1

see MAAl OCPOOl


type 1151GP Smart

MAV53

Jacking

MAV53AA001

Check valve

see MAV53APOOl

MAV53AA002

Check valve

see MAV53APOOl

MAV53AA003

Check valve

see MAV53APOOl

MAV53AA021

Start up

valve

see MAV53APOO 1

MAV53AA022

Start-up

valve

see MAV53APOOl

MAV53AA023

Start-up

valve

see MAV53APOOl

MAV53AP001

Jacking

oil pump ac

oil system

HTGD690348E R4001
HTGD691536E ROOOl

motor driven

see MAV53

oil pump (a. c. motor driven)

see MAV53

oil pump dc

see MAV53APOOl

Motor
MAV53AP002

Jacking
Motor

MAV53AP003

Jacking

motor driven)

Motor
Make GROSSENBACHER
type GKEF180L4Aea V1

Plant
Contract

:
no. :

Talcher
CC4101101A
Rev. :

CHIFK8409DEF
CHIFK8410DEF
H14

Book
Tab

code

:
: MAV

Page

no.

Air RRRR
P~RCRB

KKS power
Identification

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual

station
code

Designation

MAV53CP001

MAV53CP003

Document
no.
or cross reference

Pressure switch
Make BARKSDALE

type B2TM48SS

Pressure switch
l Make
BARKSDALE,

type B2T-M48SS

P505D587E

see MAV53CPOOl
l

MAV53DP001

Constant

pressure valve

see MAV53

MAV53DP002

Constant

pressure valve

see MAV53

MAV53DP003

Constant

pressure valve

see MAV53

MAV61

Jacking oil system

see MAV53

MAV61AA001

Check valve

see MAV53

MAV61AA003

Check valve

see MAV53

MAV61AA021

Start up

valve

see MAV53

MAV61AA033

Start-up

valve

see MAV53

MAV61AP001

Jacking oil pump ac

motor driven

see MAV53

Jacking oil pump (a. c. motor driven)

see MAV53

Motor
MAV61AP002

Motor
MAV61AP003

Jacking oil pump dc

MAV61CP001

MAV61CP003

motor driven)

see MAV53

Motor
Make GROSSENBACHER
type GKEF180L4Aea V1

see MAV53AP003

Pressure switch
Make BARKSDALE

see MAV53CPOOl
type B2TM48SS

Pressure switch
Make BARKSDALE,

type B2T-M48SS

see MAV53CPOOl

MAV61DP001

Constant

pressure valve

see MAV53

MAV61DP002

Constant

pressure valve

see MAV53

MAV61DP003

Constant

pressure valve

see MAV53

MAV62

Jacking oil system

Plant
Contract

:
no. :

Talcher
CC4101

see MAV53

Book
Tab

1OlA
Rev.

code

Page no.

:
: MAV
:

Ai DRDR
lrWBDl
t

KKS power
Identification

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual

station
code

Designation

Document
no.
or cross reference

MAV62AA001

Check valve

see MAV53
i

MAV62AA002

Check valve

see MAV53
/

MAV62AA003

Check valve

see MAV53

MAV62AA021

Start up valve

see MAV53

MAV62AA022

Start-up valve

see MAV53

MAV62AA023

Start-up valve

see MAV53

MAV62AP001

Jacking oil pump ac

motor driven

see MAV53

Jacking oil pump (a. c. motor driven)

see MAV53

Motor
MAV62AP002

Motor
MAV62AP003

Jacking oil pump dc


motor driven)
Make GROSSENBACHER
type GKEF180L4Aea V1

see MAV53AP002

MAV62CP001

Pressure switch
*Make BARKSDALE

see MAV53CPOOl
type B2TM48SS

Pressure switch
*Make BARKSDALE,

type B2T-M48SS

MAV62CP003

see MAV53CPOOl

MAV62DP001

Constant

pressure valve

see MAV53

MAV62DP002

Constant

pressure valve

see MAV53

MAV62DP003

Constant pressure valve

see MAV53

MAV70AA213

Globe valve
*Make KSB type ZXS

761211M

MAV70AA214

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXS

see MAV70AA2

MAV80AA001

Stop valve DN80 PN16


*Make ARGUS type FKK

3R0140
3L6039EZ
3L6042SZ
31510080559739

MAV85AA003

Stop valve DN40 PN16


*Make PERSTA type 200AE211 .l *

see OMAV80AA003

Plant
Contract

no.

:
:

T&her
CC4101101A
Rev. :

Book
Tab

code

:
: MAV

Page

no.

13

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
KKS power
Identification

station
code

MAV85AA010

Document
no.
or cross reference

Designation

Solenoid valve
Make HERION

7500136060290
7500953061286

type 23336201824

MAV85CL005

Level switch

MAV90AA001

Stop valve DN80 PN16


l Make PERSTA
type 200AE211

see OMAVSOATOl

see OMAV80AA003
l

MAV90AT001

Centrifugal lube oil purifier


Make ALFA LAVEL type WHPX409GD20

see OMAV90ATOll

MAV90AT002

Air exhaust

HTGD691604E ROOOl
...

Plant
Contract

:
no. :

Talcher
CC4101101A

Book
Tab
Rev.

code

Page no.

:
: MAV
:

MAVIIAAZIO

Non return flap


*Make GESTRA, type CB14*

R3726e

gestra BGeSTRQ
AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
P0.B. 10!5480~ D-2800 Bremen 1 .Tel. (0421)3503-O
Telex 2 44 945-O gb d
Telelax (0421) 3503-393
TeLNo. until May 1987: 3503-l

CB14
Opening pressures

Pressure Drop Chart

Differential pressures at zero volume flow

The curves given in the chart are valid for


water at 20 C. To read the pressure drop
for other fluids the equivalent water volume
flowrate must be calculated and used in
the graph.

mm

in

50
to
150

2
to
6

200
to
300

8
to
12

+
8

0
_

15

The values indicated in the chart are applicable to valves with horizontal flow. With
vertical flow insignificant deviations occur
only within the range of partial opening.
Bore of pipe flanges corresponding to DIN
2633.

VW =

0
-1-.lJ
v-- 1000

V, = Equivalent water volume flow in I/s


etc.
@ = Density of fluid (operating condition)
in kg/m3 etc.
V = Volume of fluid (operating condition)
in I/s etc.

5, Valves may not be used for downward flow


applications, since the spring will not close the
valve flap.
1 mbar P 0.0145 psi 2 10 mm w.g.
g 0.4 in w.g.

Imp.
gal/min.

m3/h

DN
mm

l/S

65
50

Enquiry Specification
GESTRA DISCO swing check valves CB.
Wafer design with extremely short overall
length. Valve flap opening through 70.
Without spring. Synthetic rubber flap with
integral rubber hinge.
Suitable for fitting between flanges to DIN,
BS or ANSI.
Indications on pressure, nominal size (DN),
body material.

100
i

10

I!!//

6
4

Order Specifications
Type CB 14, nominal size (DN) .
Fluid, flowrate, pressure and temperature.
Type of flanges.
0.6

Note

.>'

04

The valves should not be used on compressors or where pulsating flow exists.
For these applications please consult us.
I

Supply in accordance
terms of business.

with our general

Technical modifications reserved.


Copyngh,
19.34
GESTW.
AG BREMENPrinted
,n W.Germany
R3726e

0.01

1
0001

0.602

I 0.02111/ 0.05

0605

Obl

0.1

0.b2

1111
0.2

005

0.5

0.1

0:5

02

I V111l
2

45

bar
6 psi

PIressure drop Ap
1 US gallon 2 0.833 Imp.

gallon

MAVI 1AA502

Test solenoid actuator

HTGD90475ER4002

Low Level Monitor


with Test Facility
-

R.00.

HTGD90475E
1

KW 4071

Table of contents
Page

Paragraph

Title

General

V.l

Purpose ...........................................................

Mod.

description
.....................................

v.2

Design and mode of operation

Maintenance

w.1

........................................................
Installation
............................................................
Setting

w.2

Code No.

w.3

Functional

check

Technical

data

Y-1

Data sheet

Y-2

Test cenificate

Appendices

Z.l

Designation

....................................................

...............................................

drawing

Fig. 2 Wiring diagram

P 0101

P 2101

Wl

........................................................

Fig. 1 Sectional

Vl

Wl

..................................................

of parts

Vl

of monitor
...............................
.............................................

Wl

Yl

P 6101

Y2

P 6201

Zl

P 8102

P 8202

22
22

R 4002
B
KW

4071

HTGD

90475

E
2

Ah RRRR
f \1111)

v.l

Purpose

In addition to conventional
standard indicators,
large turbines have a minimum level trip for lube oil
tanks. In the event of the oil level falling below the
predetermined
minimum,
it trips the machine
automatically, so that no damage occurs as a result
of insufficient bearing lubrication (air in-leakage).

V.2

Design and mode of operation

The basic design of the level monitor is shown in fig.


1. The guide tube 5 is secured to the housing 1 by a

threaded pin 10 and its free end projects into the oil
tank. The float rod 3 moves inside the guide tube 5,
and at the bottom of the rod a float 4 is attached.

If the oil level drops 100 mm below the minimum oil


level, the striker 26, attached to the float rod 3,
pushes down the switch 7, thus immediately tripping the turbine. The electric signal is transmitted by
wire 9 and the miniature plug 6.
i

-f

P 0101

HTGD

90475
v

KW PO71

E
1

Airnn
PI1111

W.l

Installation
The level monitor

is mounted

directly

on the oil tank cover and

secured with hexagon bolts 1 1. The seal 12 ensures that the tank is
airtight (vacuum in the tank).
For electrical connection, see data sheet.

W.2

Setting
The float 4 has to be set to a distance
certificate,

a. as shown on the test

from the bottom end of the float rod 3 and is fastened

with hexagon nuts 24 and secured with the lock nuts 25.
Between the minimum level and the trip level D there is a difference
X in height of 100 mm (see fig. on the test certificate).

W.3

Functional check
The faultless functioning
can be checked
electro-magnet
When the
downwards,

of the float 3 and 4 and its limit switch 7

from the control

room by means

of a built-in

8.

electro-magnet
is operated,
it pushes the float
until the limit switch closes and simulates a low level

trip.
This can be carried out during operation
tions Testing the safety equipment

P 2101
B
KW

LO,,

by following

the instrucn

S 74.

HTGD

90 475 E
\v 1

Test Certificate

Ali IRIR
e!!!E

Dimension (mm)1
specified
measured

rep. no.

Turbine section/diagram
Ouantity

According
to drawing

Date

ldent no.

Issuer

Object

item no.

Low

Level

Monitor
I + T plan no.

I
Date

Quality control

I Date

Authority/customer

Factory erectcon

Site erection*

Archive no.

befor revision

afler rwision

Page no.

Mark whlthsver

a~p,,es

Test step no.

Vis.

P 6201
A

HTGD

90

AI, II ID
f \.1m11,

Zl
1
2
3
4
5

Designation

of parts

Housing
Cover
Float rod
Float
Guide tube

6
7
8
9
10

Miniature plug
Limit switch
Electra-magnet
Wire
Threaded pin with hexagonal
socket and plug

11
12
13
14
15

Hexagon bolt
Seal
Slotted cheese head bolt
Washer
Sealing material

16
17
18
19
20

Hexagon socket head bolt


Seal
Slotted pan head screw
Washer
Hexagon bolt

21
22
23
24
25

Locking plate
Slotted cheese head screw
Washer
Hexagon nut
Lock nut

26
27

Striker
Guide

bush

P 8102

HTGD90475E
2 1

AL IRMR

l WR11

FIG. 1

A-i

i.--+J;:j I*
. . ..
5

-.
, gn

@
4 I

FIG. 2
I:
;9w
L--

IO
-

j
;
- --&+

jL

-27

B-B

71

ii

23

(@ --

;i
IT
I
i 11
[;
il I!
gj
4

2021

122

[;

;A-,

-.--1

2
707-t I j!
.- *:;y
!

P 8202

HTGD90475
22

KW

4071

MAVI IAN001

Oil vapor exhauster

GGMV690042ER5001

ii

RR0

l 1111

Vapor Exhauster

R.OO.

GGMV690042E
1

KW 407,

Air RRRR
b\II
ID

c
Contents
Section

Title

General description

v.l
v.2
v.3

Purpose ...................................................
Construction. ...............................................
Principle operation .........................................

Maintenance

W.l
w.2
w.3

Care and maintenance ......................................


Dismantling ................................................
Reassembly ...............................................

Technical data

Y.l
Y.2
Y.3
Y.4

Technical data for the vapor exhauster ........................


Technical data for the drive motor ............................
Connection diagram ........................................
Technical data for the ball bearings ...........................

Appendix

z.l
2.2
2.3

Designation of parts ........................................


Designation of the connections and systems ...................
Explanatory designations ....................................
...........................
Cross-sectional drawing Annex1

R 5001

Page

Var.-Cod.

Vl
v 1.
Vl

PO101

WI
Wl
w2
W3

P2101
P2201
P2301

Yl
Yl
Y2
Y2

Alter.

P 6101
P 6201

Zl
Zl
P8101
Zl
GGMV390017

GGMV690042E
2

KW 4071

AI 111)

l\IIIP

v.l

Purpose

The vapor exhauster prevents by continuous SUCtion removal, that corrosive or inflammable vapors
and gases can accumulate to dangerous levels in
the connect ed system. The slight pressure reduction produced by this exhauster also improves
degassing of the media handled in these systems.

V.2

Construction

ANNEX 1 shows
vapor exhauster.

the basic construction

of the

The bearing bracket 3 (ANNEX 1, Fig. 2) (A-side),


the motor casing 1 and the bearing bracket 28 (Bside) are attached with screws 29 on the mounting flange 4. The suction unit casing 7 is attached
with the screws 5 - with the O-Ring 6 interposed
on the mounting flange 4. On the suction side
a
b , the intake flange 10 with O-ring 9 is attached
to the suction unit casing 7 with the screws 8. The
foot 18 is mounted on the mounting flange 4 with
the screws 19, with the spring washers 20
interposed.
The rotating pans of the vapor exhauster are the
rotor 2, the suction fanwheel 11 and the motor
fanwheel 27. The rotor 2 is seated on the A-side
in the antifriction bearing 21, which is inserted via
its outer ring in the bearing bracket 3. On the Bside the rotor 2 is seated in the antifriction bearing
23, which is inserted via its outer ring in the bearing bracket 28. Axial play between the rotor 2
and the bearing bracket 28 is compensated by the
shim washer 25 which is located between the
outer ring of the antifriction
bearing 23 and the
bearing bracket 28.

P 0101

KW 4071

The suction fanwheel 11 is mounted on the A-end


of the rotor 2 which projects into the suction
space, and it is fixed with the press washer 12
and with the screw 14 with interposed Dubolockwasher 15. The precision spring 13 functions
as driver and non-twist locking device for the suction fanwheel 11 on the rotor 2. The O-ring 16
located in the suction fanwheei 11 and the oil-seal
ring 17 incorporated in the mounting flange 4, are
used for sealing on the A-side between the suction space and the drive motor.
The motor fanwheel 27 on
2 is secured against axial
lockring 26. The fan hood
bearing bracket 28 with the

the B-end of the rotor


displacement
by the
24 is attached to the
screws 30.

The terminal box 22 is located on the motor casing


1.
On the exit-side @ of the suction unit casing 7,
the intermediate flange 33 and gasket 34 are anached to the suction unit casing 7 with the screws
31 and the spring washers
32 under these
screws.
The leakage connection @ is located at the bottom
on the suction unit casing 7.

V.3

Principle of operation

The vapor exhauster


removes the vapors and
gases which are released
in the connected
system. This is performed by the suction fanwheel
11 (ANNEX 1, Fig. 2) which is rotated by the drive
motor and sucks in the vapors through the intake
port @ and blows them via the vapor exit port @
(ANNEX 1, Fig. 1) and via the vapor separator and
m
pipelines into the open air.

GGMV 690 042 E


Vl

11 RRRR

l q IliB

W.7

Care and maintenance

No special care tasks are necessary for the vapor exhauster.


Under normal operating conditions, the only requirement is for
maintenance overhauls of the antifriction bearings at the intervals scheduled in the data sheet under Y.4.
For maintenance overhaul of the antifriction bearings, first dismantle the vapor exhauster (see W.2) and then proceed as
follow!s:
Thoroughly clean the B-side antifriction bearing 23 (ANNEX 1,
Fig. 2) with solvent petrol. After drying the bearing, regrease it
with a lithium-base antifriction bearing grease which has a dropping point not lower than 180 OC.
Pay attention to the following

points when greasing the bearings:

Make quite sure that no contaminants


tion bearing grease;

come into the antifric-

Adequately fill the spaces between the rollers with the antifriction bearing grease.

The A-side antifriction


bearing 21 is a dustproof construction
which can not be cleaned and regreased. Therefore replace the
antifriction bearing 21 by a new one after elapse of the operating
time specified under Y.4 on the data sheet

W.2

Dismantling

The following disassembly/assembly


instructions
are based on
the case requiring extensive dismantling of the vapor exhauster.
The extent to which the vapor exhauster must actually be dismantled in a given case will depend on the circumstances.
0

Disconnect the drive motor from the power supply mains.


DANGERI

Make quite sure that third persons can not


inadvertently
reconnect voltage to the drive
motor of the vapor exhauster. Therefore additionally switch-off
or remove the fuses of the
motor control circuit and place warning signs
indicating that maintenance work is being carried out on this circuit.

Disconnect the motor leads in the terminal box 22 (ANNEX 1,


Fig. 1).

Take the vapor exhauster out of the system.

Remove the screws 8.

Take off the intake flange 10 and O-ring 9 from the suction
unit casing 7.
CAUTIONI Take care not to damage the O-ring 9.

l Remove the screw 14, the Dubo-lockwasher

15, the press

washer 12 and the O-ring 16.

P2101
KW

4071

GGMV690042E
Wl

11 I? I?
FMDII

Pull-off the suction

fanwheel

11 with the stripping

Remove the precision

Lay the vapor exhauster

Take off the fan hood 24 after removing

Pull-of the motor fanwheel


26.

spring

13.

on the suction

side @.
the screws

27 after removing

30.

the lockring

Remove the screws 29.

Remove the bearing

Take off the shim washer

Remove the rotor 2 together with the antifriction


21 and 23 out of the motor casing 1 and bearing
(on the A-side).

Using a stripping tool, pull the antifriction


23 off the rotor 2.

Take the motor casing 1 and the bearing bracket


off the mounting flange 4.

Remove the oil-seal

W.3

tool.

bracket 28 (on the B-side).


25.
bearings
bracket 3

bearings

21 and

3 (A-side)

ring 17.

Reassembly

Insert the oil-seal ring 17 in the mounting flange 4.

Mount the bearing bracket 3 (A-side) on the mounting


4.

Fit the antifriction


the rotor 2.

Push the rotor 2 with the A-side antifriction


the bearing seat of the bearing bracket 3.

Push the motor casing


bracket 3.

Place the shim washer 25 on the B-side onto the outer ring of
the bearing 23.

Push the bearing bracket 28 with its bearing seat from the
B-side onto the antifriction
bearing 23 and funher until the
bearing bracket 28 comes against the motor casing 1.

bearings 21 (ANNEX 1, Fig. 2) and 23 on

CAUTION! Thereby do not skew the antifriction

bearing 21 into
bearing 21.

1 over the rotor 2 on the bearing

CAUTIONI Do not skew the antifriction


0

flange

bearing 23.

With the aid of the screws 29 bolt bearing bracket 28, motor
housing 1 and bearing bracket 3 to mounting flange 4. Seal
the screws 29 against mounting
flange 4 with a liquid
sealant.
CAUTIONI The antifriction bearings 21, 23 must not be skewed. The rotor 2 must turn freely by hand.

l Push the motor fanwheel 27 onto the rotor 2 on the B-side


and secure it with the lockring 26.
0

Mount the fan hood 24 and attach it with the screws 30.

Insert the precision spring 13 on the A-side into the rotor 2.

P2201
KW

4071

GGMV 690 042 E


w2

1L IRIR

ll1 B R B

Fit the suction fanwheel


11 onto the rotor 2, lay the O-ring
16 into the suction fanwheel groove, and secure it on the
rotor 2 with the press washer 12 and screw 14 with interposed Dubo-lockwasher
15.
CAUTION1 Take care not to damage the oil-seal ring 17
and make sure that the O-ring 16 lies correctly in the suction fanwheel 11.

Fit the intake flange 10 with the O-ring 9, place it on the


suction unit casing 7 and attach it with the screws 8.
CAUTION! Make sure that the O-ring 9 is correctly positioned between the intake flange 10 and the suction unit
casing 7.

Mount the vapor exhauster

Connect the motor power supply


22.
DANGER!

leads in the terminal

box

Before connecting
the motor power supply
leads, make sure that the safety precautions
taken at dismantling
time are still in effect.

Reconnect the drive motor to the mains supply and switchon or reinsert the fuses.
IMPORTANT1

Before
recommencing
operation,
make
sure that the terminal connections
correspond correctly to the connection
diagram
(see Y.3). Check that the vapor exhauster
rotates in the right direction
(see arrow
mark on the mounting flange 4).
If the motor
interchange
the motor.

l After completing
again.

P2301

KW 4071

in the system.

the tasks,

rotates in the wrong direction


any two mains phase leads to
remove

the

warning

plates
n

GGMV690042
w3

AirIRIR
!%PE

Y.l

Technical data for the vapor exhauster


:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Manufacturer
Type
Weight
Suction volume rating
Suction underpressure
Power consumption
Operating temperature
Medium

Y.2

Messrs. Dietz, DettingenITeck


DG 30
about 18kg
4 cubic meters per minute
14DOPa
0,3 kW
max. 50C
oil, hydraulic control fluid
and moisture mist

Technical data for the drive motor

The utilized motor depends on various system criteria.


Please consult the list of motors for the motor data.

BBC-order
numberIWBZI

Plant

Denomination

Vapor Exhauster

Identificationno.

lodificatior
l

TGD-:J~IFL

0215

Enrerdatc
nhncsppk&e

Documentno.

(DG 30)
P 6101

GGMV 690 042 E

Data Sheet

Y.3

Connection diagram

@
MA-

y -

Connection

w2

Connection

v2

Ul

Vl

Wl

The rotation sense can be reversed by exchanging

Direction

of Rotation

Direction

any two mains phase leads.

of Rotation

II

Ul
Vl
Wl
a-8
VP
Capacitor

Capacitor

u2

v2

Ul

Vl

WI

I
A

I
A

A
Three-phase

Y.4

w2

u2

A
A
motor on single phase mains circuit.

v2

Technical data for the ball bearings

TYpe
Replace bearings after
Replace grease after

A-side

B-side

6203-2 RS
30000 h
---

6201-2 Z
30000 h
5CCOh

shwm. Nor01lwcl~

BBC-order
numberIWBZI

Ian1

enomination

Vapor Exhauster

g..nno

lklodificatior
Enter date where appFtabk
TCD.232/Fl0215

I~:

(DG 30)
I

Documentno.

/ P62Ol

GGMV690042 y2E

AI, RR RR

l qRBBB

2.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

Designation

2.2

of parts

Motor casing
Rotor
Bearing bracket (A-side)
Mounting flange
Hexagonal collar screw
O-ring
Suction unit casing
Hexagonal collar screw
O-ring
Intake flange
Suction fanwheel
Press washer
Precision spring
Hexagonal head screw
Dubo-lo&washer
O-ring
Oil-seal ring
Mounting foot
Hexagonal head screw
Spring washer
Antifriction bearing (A-side)
Terminal box
Antifriction bearing (B-side)
Fan hood
Shim washer
Lockring
Motor fanwheel
Bearing bracket (B-side)
Special screw
Cylinderhead screw
Hexagonal head screw
Spring washer
Intermediate flange
Gasket

Vapor entrance

Vapor exit

Leakage connection

2.3

P8101

Designation of the connection


and systems

Explanatory designations

El

A-side (drive side)

El

B-side (side remote from drive)

GGMV690042E
Zl

KW so71

n RRIR
r\IImI)
ASEA BROWN BOVERI

FIG.1

FIG. 2

29
28
27
26
25
24
23

22
g

21

ti

20
19
18

<\
\

m.-

32
31 -I

10

GGMV690042

ANNEX1
GGMV390017

MAVI IATOIO

Oil Seperator

GMD0095669
GMD0095660N

23

-a 0

0b

12

10

0c 4

GMD0095669
KW 4071

Pos.

Beteichnung

der

Designation

of

Nomenclature

des

Denominacibn

de

Stiftschraube
Stud
Boulon
filet6
Prisoner0

Sechskantmutter
Hexagon
nut
Ecrou
hexagonal
Tuerca
hexagonal

5-7

zum

parts

of

pieces
las

labscheider

the
du

piezas

oil

catcher

separateur
de1

separador

d'huille
de1

aceite

Verschraubung
Connection
Raccord
a vis
Atornilladura
-

Teile

12

Dichtung
Seal

Uldunst-Eintritt
Oil
vapour
inlet
Admission
de la
d'huille
Entrada
de vaho
@

Luftaustritt
Air
outlet
Sortie
d'air
Salida
de aire

:@

Ulaustritt
Oil
outlet
Sortie
d'huille
Salida
de aceite

vapeur
de

aceite

Deckel
Cover
Couvercle
Tapa

---

10

Geh'a'use
Casing
Corps
Caja

11

Dichtung
Seal
Joint
Junta

GMD0095669N

KW 4071

MAVIICLOOI

Level pick-up
*Make BESTOBELL MOBREY,
type AE1,5-VK-L12000SVK,
BFA-A/24VDC*

lOOlsh.l-3,7,12

Bestobell

Mobrey GmbH

Postfach 130140, Nijrnberger StraBe 12a. LOO0 Oijsseldorf 13 (Reishclz)


Telefon 0211/T4 6061, Telex 06581829 mobr d

-lY=E

ElJLFL=rlN

level indicating meters sensing elements

_.

jJz?j

i
.dq-L&-~
-3

.
r&i

.
id
c
1
.

iO0-l 1001

TYPE

BULLETIN

1001

Modeof operertiea
Level indicating

meters

The indicators of the level indicating meters indicate the level of the fluid in
the containers from 0 - 100 %. KOBLER level sensing elements, which measure the level in the containers, can be connecied via extremely long lines to
the stabilizing control circuit of the level indicating meters.
Furthermore it is possible to connect remote indicators via lines of optional length.
A number of ihe level inoicating meters can be supplied with two electronic
limit value re!ays for maximum and minimum ccntrol of the leve! and an
additional analog output from 0 - 20 mA.
Recorders or limit controllers type BFST (page 10) can be connected to
the analog output with 3 to 6 electronic limit value relays.

Ex

KLjBLE2 level sensingelements can be connected to the level indicating


meters via iwo intrinsically safe Zener barriers, which are installed in
explosion hazard areas in IEC zone 1 or IEC zone 0.

-eve1 se&g

elements

The KOBLER level sensing elsments are of a design which has proven itself in
Ireat quantities. Only one moving part - a float - moves reliably up and
lawn on a slide tube following the level of the liquid.
\;.,An.annular magnet located in the float provides non-contact operation
hiough the wall of the slide tube of miniature dry reed contacts, by means of
ts magnetic field. These contacts tap a measuring voltage, which isproporfioral to the level of the fluid.
The resistance measuring chains are of closely-stepped design. The standard
srsion consists of 66 equal resistors per 1000 mm (separation 15 mm) and
he special version for short lengths consistsof 198 equal resisiors (separation
i mm). The output measuring voltage is therefore quasi-continuous.
All level sensingelements can be installed in explosion hazard areas
IEC zone 1, if the connection to the level indicating meter is carried
out via TWOintrinsically safe Zener barriers. The level sensing element
type NMG 125 L...-SVC @ ) is licensed for IEC zone 0 (PTB no. III
B/E - 27744).

TYPE

GULLETIN

1001

Adiustmentof
the limitvalue relays
Electronic

limit

When ordering

value relays

level indicating

meters with

limit value relays it can be indicated

two built-in

to which

level in
Connrczion diagram
Type: BF 1

percent the limit value relays I and II are to be set during


final iesTitl$
If ;he level sensing elements are already

insialled.

the

limit value relays can be adjusted with the containers full

112(31Li5(6(7

or empty as f0llOWS:
Disconnect the level sensing e!emenr from the ievel
indicating
indicating
indicaior

meter.

1 and 3 on the level

meter by means of a wire strap and set the


to the full deflection

potentiometer
After

Short the terminals

value by means of the

Pcrmtbmrmr

removal of the wire bridge connect a 4700 ohm


to ierminals

po;entiometer

must be carried out according to the in-

type,

Adjustment
indicator

Y
v
l-l
111
Ildcv~ ,smlowe
o...s Lmw .mW
I
L' *..tm.*
'5
*

,,calibrate.

potentiometer
strument

1.2

and 3. Connection

~6~9~10~~1(12~1~~1L~i5~i6(17

4.7 k ohm

of ihe

as indicaied

in ihe circuit diagrams.

of ihe 4700

ohm potentiometer

sets ihe

to The desired leve! e. g. 60 ?& The li.nit value

relay I should then be setwith

its potentiometer.

so ihat

it just trips.
Limit value relay il is similarly

adjusted TO the ce-

sired level e. g. 20 %.
After

adjustment

ohm potentiometer
sensing element

Csnnemion diapram
BFA

of the limit value relays the 4700


is to be disconnected

reconnected

according to the color-coding

to terminals

and the ievel


1,2 and 3

of ihe wires.

Pornti~mclo

Conntiion

diagram

Porrn~iornw

4.7 k onm

43

k ohm

III
Li"wnu.
II

I I
zTr@
!au

, ,i-;i;
2

MPE

3&L

BULLETIN

1001

Levelindicatingmeter
type BFA
Connection

diagram

Type: BFA

0Ex

Via iwo

Zoner barriers,

inrrinsicaily

can be connecred
ca;ing

melee 3fA,

j;slled

in explosion

IEC zone 1
NMG

or

safe

level sensing elemenis


10 ihe level indiwhich

are in-

hazard XEtS

IEC zone 0 iiype

125-L...-SVC

@I

(page 14).

Technical data
220 V ac
24 V ac
24 V de

Power consumption

approx.

Built-in indicator

O-loo%

Type BFA-A

0-20mA-loadSohm
(other values can be supplied)

1 antrol
element

- 1 analog output

Housing:
Dimensions:
Type of protection:
Prrmiorble ambient
Weight:

Gmneaion

temperature:

3 VA

20 V dc, 5 mA, stabilized

circuit for level sensing

2 limit flue relays. continuously


able by means of potentiometer

50.63HZ
50 - 60 HZ

Type BFA
TypeBFA24W
Type BFA 24 G

adjun-

1 changeover

contact aach for 6 A a1

220 V ac. 1330 VA

Makrolon wirh transparent


240 x 120 x 100 mm
P 54/IP 65
-2ooc
to +KJoc
1200 g

Length optional.
max. 220 m

lines:

cover

intrinsicshy

Safe

TYPE

BULLETIN

1001

level sensing ejlements


for slide tube lengths
up to approx.3000 fpllrm~
Technical data

-ype

Connection housing: aluminum


65 x 3 x 3 mm, type of -,ro:ecion
P 54liP

65

Screw-in plug: pipe thread


R 1 l/2

or R 2 made of 5;eel. refined

steel, material no. 1.4571,

or brass Ms 58

AEV2.VK-L...-SV
AEV2-VK5L...-SV
-

1.6)

;I j
L! iI
n.+
II
/:
:
1

Float type SVK for .S 1 1 i2:


44 mm 6 made of refined s7ee1, rr.a:erial
I$.

1.4571,

0.65

sicm

pressure 15 bars. for cer.sity

52 mm @ made
no. 1.4571,

of refined aeel.

pressure

25 tars,

material

ior densiv

0.7 g/cd

Slide tube and stew


seeI.

mazerial

no.

connee.ion:
1.4571
(or

brass MS jEl

Slide tube leng:h: Maximum

Permissible temperature
-5cloc

i j
73
7

wn.3
-.&TIP
,
I

Float type SV for R 2:

I ?!I

p
-7
S.76
7I I(.I

I
3
\5tau MI$6
01VICI.I1:5:1

.a5I :.a;1
c51.11
?,,

I \
ijEl
u
-
,ZL
,
I !

if--he

risu
I

i,.)

3000 mm

of fluids:

Type AEVl,S-VK-L...-SVK
AEV1,5-VKS-L...-SVK

:o +1 XPC

Total resistance of measuring chain:


Normal
approx. 4000 ohm,
sfc approx. 40000 ohm.

Maximum

intrinsically

measuring voltage: 20 V dclac

Number of resistors and dry reed relays


per 1000 mm measuring chain:
normal separation

15 mm - 66 vnirs

(VK types)
closely-stepped separation

5 mm -

198 units IVK 5 types)

Connection

lines 3+vire: length optional,

intrinsically safe maximum

220 m

@-Explosion

Licensed for

prelection:

installation

in explosion

IEC zone 1.

12

hazard area

- w
Inr..Dn
5nu
H,
55
L..szn
mat
IIIz&
r-j--j,&
2.
,:L
- ei
.1.471

MAVI

Level switch

I CL002

HTGD90475ER4002

AL BRBR
FqBBBB

Low Level Monitor


with Test Facility

R.00.

HTGD90475E
1

KW 4071

A XRIR
FIII
II

Table of contents
Page

Paragraph

Title

General description

V.l

Purpose ...........................................................

v.2

Design and mode of operation

Maintenance

W.l

Installation

w.2

Setting

.....................................

w.3

Technical

P 0101

Wl

P 2101

Yl

P 6101

Y2

P 6201

Z!

P 8102

P 8202

Vl
Vl

Wl

data
........................................................
....................................................

Y.l

Datasheet

Y.2

Test certificate

Appendices

z.l

Designation

of parts

Fig. 1 Sectional

...............................................

drawing

Wiringdiagram

of monitor

...............................

.............................................

R 4002
B
KW LO,,

Mod.

Wl

........................................................

............................................................
Functional check ...................................................

Fig.2

CodeNo.

22
22

HTGD

90475

E
2

?
f

v. 1 Purpose
In addition
large turbines

to conventional

standard

have a minimum

indicators,

level trip for lube oil

tanks. In the event of the oil level falling below the


predetermined
automatically,

minimum,

it

trips

the

threaded pin 10 and its free end projec?s into the oil
tank The float rod 3 moves inside the guide tube 5,
and at the bottom of the rod a float 4 is attached.

machine

so that no damage occurs as a result


If the oil level drops 100 mm below the minimum oil

of insufficient bearing lubrication (air in-leakage).

level, the striker 26,

V.2

Design and mode of operation

attached

to the float rod 3,

pushes down the switch 7, thus immediately

tripp-

The basic design of the level monitor is shown in fig.

ing the turbine. The electric signal is transmitted

1. The guide tube 5 is secured to the housing 1 by a

wire 9 and the miniature

P 0101

by

plug 6.

HTGD

90475
v

E
1

11 I@IB

lWBW

W. 1 installation
The level

monitor

secured with
airtight

(vacuum

For electrical

is mounted

hexagon

bolts

directly

on the oil tank

cover

and

1 1. The seal 12 ensures that the tank is

in the tank).

connection.

see data sheet.

W.2 Setting
The float

4 has to be set to a distance

certificate,

from the bottom

with hexagon
Between

nuts 24 and secured

the minimum

a,

end of the float

as shown

on the test

rod 3 and is fastened

with the lock nuts 25.

level and the trip level D there is a difference

X in height of 100 mm (see fig. on the test cenificate).

W.3 Functional check


The faultless

functioning

can be checked
electro-magnet
When

the

downwards,

from

of the float
the

control

3 and 4 and its limit switch


room

by means

of a built-in

8.
electro-magnet

is

until the limit switch

operated,

it

pushes

closes and simulaies

the

float

a low level

trip.

This can be carried


tions Testing

P 2101
B
KW 4071

out during

operation

the safety equipment

by following

the instrucm

S 74.

HTCD

90475

E
w

Data Sheet

Limit switch

Designation:

Micro switch

Type:

02-2

RW82-A2

Make:

Honeywell

Load:

AC
DC

15 AJ500 v
0.25 &250
0.5

Operating

force:

0.97 N

Restoring

force:

0.21 N

Stroke:

4mm

Switch over stroke

0.1 . . . 1.l mm

ti125v

Lifting magnet 8
Designation:

Simple solenoid

Type:

GSS - 60 FblM636

Make:

Magnet

Loading

DC
Rating at 20 C
Duration

i5%

lO%)*

100%

17.7 N

force

50.0 N

Holding force
l

of voltage

V(i
19w

15mm

Stroke:
Nominal

AG. Hausen aiA

Corresponds

to BBC standard

design

7
lant

we2

Jrbme secrlon/d#agram
hall line

Item no.
Ouantq

I + T plan no.

ldent no.

lblect
Low level monitor
with test facility

Archive
Page no.

P 6101

no.

I
J
!

HTGD 90 475 E
Yl

Test Certificate

Ilr IR RR
;?5Ax!E

II ;I
1

$+

7
*

E-f-

I
4

I
----L--z-----c--- -,-- *-

Dimension

(mm)1

!
I

specified
-

measured

Test decision

1Aoolicable

Conf.
rep. no.

Plant

Quantity

According
IO drawing

Shaft line

Tumine section/diagram
Object

item no.

Low

Level

I + T plan no.

ldent no.

(Shed no.

I
4rchive no.
ase no.
Mark

rhachersr

a,,~,,.,

P c :01

Monitor

of sh.

I
HTGD

90 475E
Y 2

1h IR BR
FcIH818

2.1

of parts

1
2
3
4
5

Housing
Cover
float rod
Float
Guide tube

6
7
8
9

Miniature plug
Limit switch
Electra-magnet
Wire
Threaded pin with hexagonal
socket and plug

io

Designation

11
12
13
14
15

Hexagon bolt
Seal
Slotted cheese head bolt
Washer
Sealing material

16
17
18
19
20

Hexagon socket head bolt


Seal
Slotted pan head screw
Washer
Hexagon bolt

21
22
23
24
25

&king
plate
Slotted cheese head screw
Washer
Hexagon nut
LDck nut

26
27

Striker
Guide bush

P 8102

HTGD90475E
2

11 ID ID
f 11111

FIG. 1

jl I
tj j -zA-I-

3
7

:P-\

-i'i

--.-Y
s4--,
+e
Fi
,iTj)
&kJ-j-.
~~
ii
rI ;.I
r1:
.

,;fl
r:

5-

I.
ii<
-r.
3
L
i
!
=r
.v

FIG. 2

t
P 8202

KW 4071

HTGD90475
22

MAVZIAAOOI

Check valve (with orifice bore)

HTGD691610ER0001

Ai RRRR
F~llrlV

CHECK VALVE

Table

of contents

Supplier
Gustav

Pages
F Gerdts

.............................

P 0101
P 0601

R 0001

HTGD691610E
1

KW 4071

X
2
d
5

Installation instructions
GESTRA * Discocheck Split Disc Check Valves
BB11 BB16a
DN 150-1200 mm(6-48)
Nominal pressure according to type PN 6-40,
ANSI 125- 300
Wafer design of short overall length to DIN or with API faceto-face dimensions. On request with facings suitable for
counter-flanges
to DIN 2512, 2513, 2514 or ANSI . . . RJ.
Max. service temperatures:
valves with soft seat of EPDM
150 C, of FKM 200 C, with metal-to-metal
seat 400 C
(depending on valve type).
1. Flow in the direction of arrow.
2. Installation in horizontal pipelines the pivot axis of the
plates vertical or in vertical lines with upward flow.
If the valves are installed in vertical lines with downward
flow stronger closing springs are required (special springs
for opening pressures of at least 5 mbar).
3. Clamp valve body with joint gaskets between pipe flanges,
centre) and tighten flange bolts in diagonally opposite
pairs.
l ) If the valve is installed in horizontal lines the pivot axis of
the plates must be vertical (eyebolt on top).

P 0101

htgd691610e

GESTRA@ DISC CHE~K


Split-Disc Check Valves
BBll-BE316

I!!!-Eil.._
._
_
Akf

155~300 :f--

_. . .

pN6-40
DNl50-1200mm
---;((I-483>.,.+;.L_ -:..
.

Issue: 12la3

International patents

Description

Application

Dual-plate check valves with API face-toface dimensions, or in short overall length
to DIN 3202. sheet 3, series K 3. Each plate
pivots on its own rigid shaft and operates
independently. Each plate opens through 80,
and is closed by two springs.

For liquids, gases, vapours. also for aggressive fluids.

-;

i BE311 -BB16

Design
Standard design with soft seat of EPDM
7
(ethylene propylene rubber).
Special designs, at extra cost, with soft seat 1:
of FKM (fluoro rubber) or with metal-to-metal i:
seat.

The valve opens fully at low flow velocities


and in comparison with swing-type check
valves the reduced weight of the plates
causes less impact when closing. There is
little friction at the plate bearing and the
position of the plates is stable when fully
open.

Range
Minimum temperatures

Maxlmum permissible temperatures

Grey-cast iron. cast steel, austenitic stainless steel valves with soft seat or metal-tometal seat: - 10 C (14 F).

Soft seat of EPDM:


max. temperature 150 C (302 F), for water. icondensate and steam.

Molybdenum-free, austenitic stainless steel


valve with
-5OC (-58-F)
soft seatof EPDM:
-25%
(-13F)
soft seat of FKM:
-196C(-32OF)
metal-to-metal seat:

Soft seat of FKM:


max. temperature 200% (392.F). for mineral
oil, gases and air.
Metal-to-metal seat:
see tables below.

Ratings to ANSI
Nominal sizes (DN)

Material)

I 88140

600)

6-12
14-24

12001165 140
~15.0~110 --~

750-1206(
150 150-1200
300 156 1200

30-48
6-48
6-48

11501 501 - i
1
1285 230 200(170 140 125 95 ,
740 655 635 600 550 535 505 i

1209
Mdvbdenum-free
-a--~~ ll!N 150-
austenittc S.S.
13001150-1200

6-48

BE15
BB 16

BB 15m
BBl6m
RR*=
lJIL

cast

ll2Sl3M

iron

cast steel

I
1

in

Max. service pressure in psig

at temoerature 7
I
IO
400~%0f600f6501750
lool3l

16a

Austenitic S. S.

6-48
1501 150-1200~
648
3601 150-12001 6-48

son
seats

275 205 180 170 140

720 530 470 435


1275(215/195)17
(72015601515148

;?-.

Ratings to DIN
Typea

BB
88129
BB14ct

Material)

cast
iron

8812

Nom. Max, service pressure in bar g


at temperature yC)
press.
PrJ?) 120f150)200(250(300f350~400
10
16

10 91 6
16 14) 13

10

10 101 10

651 851 701

soft
seats
Onty
1OllOj

Max. service pressure


._-.in psig
al temperature (g;)
120(150(200l250l300l350l406
1451130 115
230 200 185

- 1-

soft
seats
onb

wBB __
BB16
BBll

,,z

1
\ ::
-- f~:f::!~!:~::~
r--I--40
40 38 35

Be--EB
BE

) Other materials on request

5 4.5

11

z
g

145 145 145 14511451 - I ,230 215 200 185ll6Ol

~~360~350~320~290~245I

- I -I

-I

32
3.5

0 9.5
IlQ1 16 15

r) Higher pressure/temperature

P 0201

ratings on request

HTGD 691 610 E


v

lnstanatbnsbetweenANSI flanges
Face-to-face dimensionslo APi 594

mm

m
1xl

95

3%

222

2 00

127

280

2 50

10

140

51,

3 00

12

161

?I,

8%

340

96

BB 15

I
I

ANSI 150

6816

Max weight
TypeBB16
ANSI300

ANSI 300

In

mm

in

mm

In

mm

in

3'f;

222

6%

96

3'1,

25i

9'1,

11

127

279

11

127

308

12'1,

w,

146

5%

340

13v.

146

Sf,

362

14%

181

?'I,

422

16%

181

71,

410

16'f.

104

7%

451

17%

222

ev,

486

191,

191

7%

514

20%

232

S'f,

540

21%

4.

203

549

21'1,

263

lO"l,

597

23%

51

219

6%

606

23'l.

292

11 12

654

25%

222

6%

716

28'1,

318

12'lz

??5

30'&

603

1329

330

13

34%

398

15%'

953'

3%'

930

2050

1620

3570

410

16 I,

683

900

36

366

14YI

1046

41%

387

15%

1046

41%

409

19%

1110

44

1050

42

432

17

1219

46

432

17

1219

48

568'

22%'

1209'

50%'

2624

5780

1200

48

524

20%

1384

54%

524'

20%

1384

54%'

629'

24%'

1492'

58%.

2984

6500'

* not covered

by API standards

installationbetween DIN flanges


Shod overalllength to DIN 3202, sheet 3. seties K 3
Nominal sizes
DN

I
Lenti

209

mm

in

mm

150

76

Max.

Body diameter D in mm
8911

BB12

8814

BBlS

BB16

PN6

PN 10

PN16

PN25

PN40

220

220
i

200

89

264

250

10

114

319

330

331)

300

12

114

375

380

386')

350

14

127

425

44

'275

220
I

275

.=
403
460
I

13

36

293

23

73

355

40

82

420

57

114

77

119

549

109

144

574

171

146

471
I

400

16

140

475

491

496')

450

18

152

530

541

558

500

20

152

580

596

620

627

631

177

164

wo

24

178

661

698

737

734

750

353

223

700

1 28 I

229 I

786 I

613

807 I

836

8ou

32

241

893

920

914

945

900

36

241

993

1020

1014

1045

1000

40

300

1093

1127

1131

1158

1200

46

350

1310

) Th. bedy dimwrws D of the vdwa. fypa 86 140 (01 ~,rrurl


fgr lnsldlUloa bdwwn ffwwa IOPN 10 and PN 15.

1344

1345

Iron. ON 250 - 400 mm (10 -

P 0301

517

1366

055

97%

mm

226
I

266

446')
I

weight
in kg
TypeBE
PN40

510

-T&F1

670

295

1066

990

338

1196

1400

366

1404

IS)) cor~~pond 10 ows~ 01the 88 $2. The valw

20601444
are thmrdore 8dWlw

HTGD 691 610 E


v

Connections

Wafer design for sandwiching between pi pe


flanges to ANSI or DIN. Special designs w ith I
facings to ANSI . . . RJ, DIN 2512, DIN 251
DIN 2514.

Installation

Taking care of direction of flow, in horizon


pipelines (plate shaft vertical) or in vertic
lines with upward flow.

Dimensions

For installation in vertical lines with dew


ward flow stronger springs are required.

Materials
Types
BBllg
88120
88149

shafts
SpffogS

WY

Dual plate

Grey-cast
GG-25
(DIN-No.iron
0.8025)

Nodutarcastfron
GGG-40 (DIN-No. 0.70401

&ASTMA-126UassB

=-v&ygg-

8012
BB 14
BB 15
8816

CaststwlGS-C25 (Dlf$No. 1.0619)


& ASTM A-21 6 WCA
WilhSOftSeSt)
or meta!+-mataf seat 3

BBllm
BB12m
BBl4m
B815m
BBl6m

Motybdenum-free austenitic stainless steel


G-X6CrNil89(DINNo.l.4308)
1 ASTM A-351 CF 0
withsoftseat)
or metal-to-metal seat

Austzs.
s.
X10CrNiMoTf1810
(DIN No. 1.4571)
AASTMA-182F316
-%fNs
X IO CrNiMoTt 1810
(DIN No. 1.4571) 3
P ASTM A-313 Type 3
shafts
XsCrNil89
(DIN No. 1.4301)
C ASTM A-l 82 F 304
Sprinst
Xl2CdUl77
(DIN No. 1.4310)
C ABTM A-313
Type 302
Shaft!3
X 10 CFNiMoTi 1810
(DIN No. 1.4571)
aA.SThfA-182F316
Springs
X 10 CrNiMoli 1810
(DIN No. 1.4571) )
P ASTM A-313
Type316

ANSI 1251156/366
API face-to-face dlmenafons

+-a

-,-*-\
I
,d--- L,

*/--A:.:~

Tightness

With soft seat: bubble-tight shut-off.


With metal-to-metal seat leakage rate in al
cordance with API standard 594.

---A,
- 1--_

--h-J

inspections, Type-Approvals

Inspections in accordance with official regr


lations (DIN. TRD, AD); test certificates I
accordance with DIN 50049.
Types 88 149, 80 14. ES 15 and f3B 1
approved by Germanischer Uoyd for marfn
installations
(for details see certificat
No. 85467 HH)

d
I

L4
PNB-40
Short overall length to DIN

c
P 0401

HTGO 691 610 E


v

f
-.---

GeSTRFI

AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
P.0.6.10~4~0-2B00Bremen1~Tel.(M21)3503-1
Telex 244945 gfgd . Tel&ix (04 21) 3503-393

,..

BBll-BB16
r
Pressure drop chart

Imp. gal/min

The curves given in the chart are valid for water


at 20 C with horizontal flow. Opening pressure for all nominal sizes 7 mbar. To read the
pressure drop for other fluids the equivalent
water volume flow must be calculated and
used in the graph.

i:

5oow

p8i
faz
;gE

2QooQ1ooooy

Vw = Equivalent water volume flow in I/s


Q
V

= Density of fluid (operating condition)


in kg/m

Eg%j

k
5m3

;I;
y;
Iig::

45omm(l87
4Wmm(l63
ggjg g:j

= Volume of fluid (operating condition) in ;


VS

2ooo -

25onun(lo)

looo-

200 mm (8)

x0-

150 mm (63

2oQ.
loo50.

o.bos o.br
t

11,11
I I t,ia

0.05

0.1

0:oz

I,111
I
&II

0.2 0.3

do5

111111
5,

0.5 0.8 1

d.1
I

03

t11111f*f

3 456

015 bar

6psi

Enquiry specification

Pressure drop Ap
Discocheck split-disc check valves type BB,
manufactured by GESTRA, with soft seat of
1 US gallon P 0.633 Imp. gallon
EPDM, on request of FKM or with metal-tometal seat. Dual-plate check valve with two
plates operating independently of each other.
Each plate separately supported.
:!
Flow characteristics
Wafer design with API face-to-face dimen- 1
sions or in short overall length to DIN, for z BE valves in horizontal pipelines.
installation between pipe flanges to ANSI or i flow with water at 20%
DIN.
Indications on pressure
size (DN). fluid.

ratings,

nominal :: [

Opening pressures
Differential pressures at zero volume flow
Opening pressures in mbar
Direction of flow

BB fuflvopen

DN

Order specifications

Type, pressure rating, ON (nominal size), :.


material. Soft seat (EPDM. FKM) or metal- :
to-metal seat. Position of installation. Fluid, A
c
flowrate, pressure and temperature.
t
Note
For systems with pulsating flow, as in the
case of plunger plumps or reciprocating cornpressors, special valves might be required.
Please consult us.

t
5
_
.r.
Valves diflering from the standard design as well as dillerent connections and materials 2
at extra cost.
3
Supply in accordance with our general terms
of business.
Technical modifcations reserved.
ce+p$d 1se4 GESTRI A0
R34OY12bl

BREUEll Rnd

C. (U.S.) = 1.17 * Ic

C, (U.K.) = 0.96 * k,

1 mbar 6 0.0145 psi P 10 mm w. g. ? 0.4 in w. g.

h w. Gemnny

P 0501

HTGD 691 610 E


v

VWt~etUllgWl
ill akf
weit * Agencies all over the
world . Reprr%eriiations dans le monde entier * Representaciones en todo .el mundo . Rappresentanze in tutto il mondo

GESTRA-Gesellschaften

in

GESTRA en . SociedadesGESTRA

.
en

GESTRA Companies
. Filiali GESTRA in

GESTRA S. A, 18, rue Andre Pontier


94 130 Nogent-sur-Marne * T&L 873.32.62

France :

in

Societes

(lignes group&es)

Great Britain :

GESTRA (U.K.) LTD., 9-l 1 Bancroft Court


Hitchin, liertfordshire, SGS 1 PH * Tel. Hitchin 50026/7/S/9

ltalia :

ITALGESTRA S.p.A, Piazza della Vittbria, 12/24


16 121 Genova . Tel. 543.65 1

Espaiia:

GESTRA ESPAEOLA S. A., Luis Cabrera. 86-88


Madrid-2.TeL4167311
/4152980

U.S.:

GESTRA Inc, 2 15 Union Street


Hackeosack. New Jersey 07601 . TeL (201) 342 - 8886

@ GUSTAV F. GERDTS .BREMEN


GMBH

& CO. KOMMANDITGESELLSCHAFT

Fostfach10 55 49 . 2800 Bremen1


Hemmstr.130 * Tel. (04 21) 3 50 31 * TX.2 44 945 gfg d
Copyright 1980 GUSTAV F. GERDTS GMBH h CO. KG

P 0601

BAEMEN

Printed in W. Germany . 81151381/C

HTGD 691 610 E


V

MAV2lAPOOl

Main oil pump

HTGD690084ER900

A& IR IR
flq,1111

Gear Pump

Table of contents
Paragraph

Title

Appendices

2.1
22
23

Designation of parts ...................................


Designation of tools ...................................
..............................
Designation of connections
.................................
Fig. 1 Sectional view
Fig. 2 Gear drive .....................................
Fig. 3 Tools .........................................

R 9001
C
KW 4071

Page

Code No.

Zl
Zl
Zl
22
23
24

P
P
P
P

8101
8201
8301
8401

Mod.

C
-

HTGD690084E
1

lb IRIR

l \IBIB

Nomenclature
des pikes

Bezeichnung
der Teile

Designation
of parts

1
2
3
4
5

Pumpengehuse
Lagerflansch DE
Lagerflansch N DE
Antriebszahnkolben
Zahnkolben

Pump housing
Bearing flange DE
Bearing flange NDE
Geared drive piston
Geared piston

6
7
9
10

Axiallagerscheibe
Radiallager
Bolzen
Endstirck
Keil

Thrust bearing disk


Journal beating
Pin
End piece
Key

13
14
15
17

Verschluss-Schraube
Verschluss-Schraube
Zylinderschraube
Zvlinderschraube

Screw
Screw
Socket
Socket

18
19
2 1
22
23

Federring
Federring
Konischer Stift
Konischer Stift
Balancier-Zapfen

Spring washer
Spring washer
Taper pin
Taper pin
Balancer

24
25
26
29
34

Ringschraube
Sechskantmutter
Draht
Untertagscheibe
Turbinenrittel

Eye bolt
Hexagon nut
Wire
Washer
Turbine pinion

35
51
52

Pumpenrad
Antrieb kpl.(Pos. 34.35)
Antriebuahnkolben
kpl.
(Pas. 4.9.10.17.26)

Drive wheel
Drive compl.fpans
34.35)
Geared drive piston compl.
(parrs4.9.10.17.26

22

Bezeichnung
der Werkzeuge

Designation
of tools

901
902
903
904
905

Buchse
Platte
Scheibe
Gewinde-Stift
Sechskantschraube

Bushing
Plate
Disk
Headlessscrew
Hexagon screw

Zl

plug
plug
head screw
head screw

906 Sechskantschraube
907 Zylinderschraube
9C8 Sechskantschraube
909 Sechskantmutter
9 10 Sechskantmutter

Hexagonsaew
Socket head screw
Hexagon screw
Hexa9on nut
Hexagon nut

23

Bezeichnung
der Anschliisse

Designation
of connections

Saugseite

Suction

Pressure side

Druckseite
.

side

KW 4071

Designacibn
de las pieras

8101
C

HTGD690084D /E

z 1

FIG.1

-f

15

B-B
A-A

LJ

26
17

9
I

E-E
16

23

22

29

25

D-D

P 8201

HTGD690084
22

KW 4071

Ak 1D#b

l \RBBB

FIG.2

Ii
.-.I.-
-
a/

P 8301

HTGD690084
z 3

KW 4071

FIG. 3

!
m
1
Ii- i

9d8

z
I

3c

3b

3a

!J
i

901
I
I
-1

i
T
!

904

II ! I
902

!:

!I
--p
!
!
j

907

910-t

i
j

P 8401

HTGD690084
z 4

KW 6071

MAVZlAPOO2

Auxiliary oil pump

HTGD691608EROOOl

Motor
*Make

DEM402988DE
DEM144883E

ABB, type QUX200L2BH,Vli

Betriebsanweisung
Service Instructions

ASEA BROWN BOERI

Druckschriften-Besteli-Nr.
DEM402988DE

Ersetzt DruckschriftenBestell-Nr. D EA 4029 87 DEFS


= X
i

Drehstrommotoren
offene und geschlossene
Ausfhrung

Three-phase
motors
open and enclosed
design

/II
-

3.T
II--==2
di
I
c III -q
ol & [IA drd

E-l

Service Instructions for three-phase motors

c
1. General
1.1 Information to be noted
The motor has left our works ready for operation. Immediately upon receipt please check
the motor for external damage and - in the event of any such damage - inform the
forwarding agent without delay.
1.2 Transport and storage
The motors must not be exposed to any harmful effects during transport and storage.
Motors fitted with cylindrical-roller
provided with a transport retainer.

bearings

and/or

angular-contact

ball bearings

are

Motors in Vdesign with angular-contact ball bearings have to be transported in their service
position. If it should become necessary to transport them in a vertical position, this is only
allowed with the transport retainer installed.
Basically, the transport retainer should only be removed when the motor has arrived at the
site of installation and when it is in its service position.
If the motors are to be transported over a long distance or stored for a prolonged
time, we recommend the following precautions:

period of

- Protect the bare surfaces, such as shaft end, flanges, etc. by an additional anti-corrosive
coating
- Secure the rotor by means of a transport retainer
- Use special packaging to provide protection against external damage or environmental
influences, e.g. a rugged wood casing with air-tight and dust-tight sealed plastic foil with
drying agent and moisture indicator.
- Store the motor in a vibration-free, dry and ventilated room at a uniform temperature
whenever possible.
Should you require any further information on prolonged
commissioning, please contact the sales offices.

storage or standstill times before

Any damage caused by improper handling is not covered by. our guarantee.
1.3 Insulation classes, temperatures

and altitude of site

The temperatures permitted for the motor winding are specified in VDE 0530 Part 1 for the
various insulation classes.
The following table gives the limiting temperatures for standard motors. For explosion-proof
motors, these values have to be reduced, and the requirements laid down in the relevant
regulations and standards apply.
Insulation

class

Max. permissible
temperature limit
OC

Max. permissible temperature rise for windings in


K (at rated operation)

130

80

155

105

180

125

The motors have been designed in a way that the max. permissible temperature rise during
operation under rated conditionsat an ambient temperature of 40C and an altitude of site up
to 1000 m above sea level is not exceeded, assuming properventilation. Any deviations from
these specifications should be noted on the rating plate.

Load conditions or ambient temperatures


service life of the insulation system.
To avoid any excessive
radiation of the sun.

temperature

causing a higherwinding

temperature reduce the

rise, the motors have to be protected

from direct

1.4 R-F suppression


The squirrel-cage

2. Installation

induction motors meet at least r-f suppression level FN to VDE 875.

and commissioning

2.1 Driven members


The rotor of the motor is dynamically balanced with a full featherkey to DIN 6885, sheet 1,
inserted in the shaft end. Driven members designed for mounting on the output shaft must be
balanced on a plain spigot. The sensitive antifriction bearings require that couplings, belt
pulleys and the like be fitted with the aid of a suitable tool.Should this not be possible, the
parts have to be heated to about 60 to 8O*C. This allows them to be readily pushed onto the
shaft if the bore complies with tolerance range H. Please take care that, after fitting, these
parts have a tight fit, i.e. they do not slide on the shaft. They should be pressed firmly against
the stop. If the driven members (pulley, coupling half, pinion orthe like) do not cover the full
length of the shaft end, this difference should be compensated for by the provision of
spacing bushes. Pulleys which are too small or too wide, just like belts with an excessive
tension, may damage the bearings and the shaft.
2.2 Installation
The motors must be installed in such a way that the cooling air can freely flow to and away
from the motors. Care should be taken to ensure that heated cooling air is not drawn in again.
To retain the specified degree of protection, louvres for the air inlet and outlet openings must
be fitted in such a way that the cooling air is taken in from below and the heated air is
discharged towards the bottom.
In the case of motors with drain holes for condensed water (special design), care should be
taken to ensure that, with the motor in its service position, drain holes are at lowest place.
In the case of motors with the shaft end pointing upwards, protection against the entry of
foreign bodies must be ensured either by the driven machine or by the client providing an
appropriate cover. The free flow of cooling air must not be obstructed by such measures.
If water is liable to occur, additional preventive measures have to be taken to prevent the
entry and/or accumulation of water in the bearing head zone of the drive end.
2.3 Alignment
You can prolong the service life of the motors and particularly of the bearings by aligning
them carefully. This applies to motors both with flexible and with non-flexible couplings.
Even slight misalignments may very rapidly result in damage to the bearings. Please take
also care that the four feet are evenly loaded. Any unevenness in the base, which tends to
lead to undue loading of the bearings, can be compensated for by sheet metal strips.
Inthecaseofflangemotorscareshouldbetakentoensurethatthemotorhasasnugfitinthe
recess and the mounting screws are evenly tightened.
Dial indicator
Testing facility
Slowly turn coupling through
36OOand note maximum
deflection of dial gage
pointer (= 2 x A r)
t

Feeler gage

Guide values

Gap between
coupling halves

Angular shaft
misalignmant

Parallel shaft
misalignment
Ar I 0,030 mm

A bs0,05mm

a12mm

Fig. 2
Measure angular misalignment
/ b along entire circumference
by means of a feeler gage
2.4 Permissible vi brations
For criteria for the assessment

of mechanical

vibrations of machines, see VDI 2056.

2.5 Sense of rotation and connection


The motor is connected for Clockwise rotation in accordance with the new version of VDE
0530 Part 8/July 1987*. Sense of rotation is defined to mean that direction of rotation of the
rotor that is noticed by a person when viewing the face of the only or thicker shaft end.
For Counterclockwise rotation, two phase conductors
reversed in the terminal box.

of the connecting

lead have to be

If a motor is designed for one sense of rotation only, the sense of rotation is marked by an
arrow. Indicated below this arrow are the motor terminal markings in thesequence in which
they have to be connected with the successive phases (Ll, L2, L3).

A-connection

w2

Ul

u2

Vl

v2

w2

Wl

Ul

u9

Vl

v2

Wl

Clockwise rotation

Clockwise rotation

Counterclockwise
rotation

Y-connection

Ll

L2

:i

L3

Ll

L2

L3

Counterclockwise
rotation

* The content of VDE0530 Part 8/July 1987 agrees with the harmonisation
documents HD 53.8,53.8S2 and 53.8 S3 of
the European Committee for Electrotechnical
Standardization
(CENELEC).ThisCENELEC
harmonisation
document
is largely based on publication
IEC 34-8, 1 st edition 1972.

Check the data on the rating plate before connecting the motor. The voltage marked on the
rating plate must be in agreement with the supply voltage.
The terminal board is normally equipped with 6 terminals. Details concerning the connection can be seen from the diagram provided in the terminal box. The links have to be installed
in accordance with the supply voltage available.

Basically,thestarconnectionisalwaysassociatedwith
thehighervoltage.Whenastardelta
starter is used, no links are required on the terminal board, and all 6 terminals are connected
to the corresponding terminals of the switch.
Pleasenotethattheratingplatemust
bemarked220/380VA/Yor220VA
in thecaseofaline
voltage of 220 V, and 380/660 VA/Y or 380 VA in the case of a line voltage of 380 V.

Specifications
VDE 0503 and VDE 0100 require that all motors be connected to the
protective conductor. Please use the terminal in the terminal box marked with aprotective
symbol for this purpose.
Motors with output ratings above 100 kWare provided with an additional earthing terminal on
the casing.
Important
When connecting the motor make sure that the stator terminals have at least degree of
protection IP 55, or that of the motor if this is higher.
2.6 Motor protection
You can prolong the service life of your motor by protecting it against short circuits and
overloads. We therefore recommend the use of our ABB protective switches and thermal
releases.
2.7 Commissioning
Motors which are stored or not operated for a prolonged period of time must not be switched
on immediately. It is essential to measure the insulation resistance before putting them into
service.
The insulation

resistance must be measured with the supply cable disconnected.

Measurements should be made with 500 V direct voltage, e.g. using a megger with a direct
voltage output. The measuring instrument will show the correct insulation resistance value
only after some seconds, as a result of the fact that the winding is capacitively charged.
The enclosure, the thermal sensors and all winding sections
voltage applied to them should be earthed.
After disconnection
immediately.

which have no measuring

of the measuring voltage the tested winding section should be earthed

If the measured insulation resistance proves to be too low, the insulation of the terminals
should first be checked for pollution and humidity. If necessary, the insulation must be
cleaned and dried.Thereafter, measurement of the insulation resistance has to be repeated.
If the measured insulation resistance
winding must be dried.

is less than the values given in the table below, the

Drying can be performed with heated air. However, the air temperature
80C.
Minimum insulation
MOhm for:
Winding

resistance

temperature

of the complete

must not exceed

winding to earth (3 phases to earth) in

Rated voltage between 2 phase conductors

OC

220 to 660 Volts

1000 Volts

25

I 4.0

I 50

80

1 0,15

I 02

3. Maintenance and overhaul


3.1 Rolling-contact

bearings

Unless the type of grease has been specified in the purchase order or to cope with special
load conditions of the bearings, the motor has been lubricated with bearing grease type
Shell Alvania G 3 (based on lithium). In the case of motors without relubricating device,
which are designed for continuous operation under normal operating conditions and for
direct coupling to the machine to be driven, the first filling is sufficient for
20,000 service hours for motors with 4 and more poles
10,000 service hours for 2-pole motors.
Motors with lubricating device are fitted with a plate indicating the intervals at which the
motors should be lubricated, together with the quantity of grease to be used.
The rolling-contact

bearings are lubricated

with grease Shell Alvania G 3.

Alternatively,
lubrication:

any of the following

rolling-contact

bearing greases can be used for re-

Esso Unirex N3
Mobil Mobilgrease 532
Texaco Hytex EP3

C
We recommend

always to use the same brand of grease for refilling!

Where onerous operating conditions are involved, e.g. high degree of humidity, comparatively high degree of pollution, high or cyclic loading of bearings, high vibrational
stresses, ambient temperature above 40C, the relubrication intervals should be reduced.
The motor should be lubricated while running wherever this procedure does not involve any
risk The used grease will be collected in special chambers provided in the endshields.
When the relubrication intervals as well as the quantities of grease to be filled in are strictly
observed the chamber will be sufficient to take up the used grease over a period of 20,000
service hours.
It is recommended to have the bearings cleaned and.inspected by an expert every 3 to 5
years. If the motors are exposed to a high degree of humidity, vibrational stresses or comparatively heavy contamination, the bearings should be cleaned at shorter intervals. For
cleaning, petroleum ether (benzine) should be used.
3.2 Cleaning
The cooling air passages (cooling surfaces) must be cleaned at regular intervals depending
on the degree of pollution of the cooling air. For surface-cooled
motors it is normally
sufficient to clean the internal parts during normal overhauls.
The terminal compartment and the insulating parts must be cleaned as and when required.
Humidity that may have entered must be removed by drying, and any leaks have to be
eliminated.

4. Explosion-proof motors EExe II


4.1 Installation
For installing motors to protection
factors have to be considered:

category

increased

safety the following

additional

The kind of explosive atmosphere for which the motor is approved can be seen from the
temperature class specified on the rating place. The use of the motor is subject to the
following conditions (excerpt from the Certificate of Conformity of the Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt):
4.2 Motor protection
Specification VDE 0165 requires that every motor be protected by a monitoring facility
against excessive temperature rise as a result of overloading. If the motor is to be monitored
by an inverse-time overcurrent protective device to VDE 0660 (e.g. motor starter with overcurrent release), protection has to be provided in all phases.
In non-solidly earthed systems with rated voltages above 1 kV, the provision of two-phase
protection is sufficient.
The inverse-time overcurrent releases or relays have to be set to the rated motor current.
Also, they have to be selected so as to provide thermal protection for the motor even under
short circuit conditions (i.e. when the rotor is locked). This requirement is considered to be
met when the tripping time as obtainable from the tripping characteristic (initial temperature
20C) for the ratio 1,/l, does not exceed the temperature rise time tE specified for the
appropriate temperature class.
Windings connected in delta should preferably be protected by connecting the releases or
relaysin serieswith thewindingphases.Thechoiceand
thesettingsof thereleasesdepend
on the rated value of the winding phase, i.e. 58 percent of the rated motorcurrent. However, if
the releases are installed in the supply leads it is essential to take protective measures that
ensure adequate motor protection also after failure of one of the phases.
In the case of pole-changing motors, inverse-time overcurrent releases or relays, to be interlocked with each other, have to be provided for each speed step.

If motor protection is to be provided exclusively by a temperature monitoring facility using


temperature detectors, this motor design requires special approval. The motors may only be
used for continuous operation and normal, infrequent starts which have no major influence
on the temperature rise.
4.3 Terminal box
IMPORTANT
For cable entries as well as for sealing unused entry holes, approved parts to ECC Directive
84/47 EWG have to be used.
4.4 Testing electrical

items of equipment following modification

or commissioning

Modifications to electrical items of equipment that affect the type of protection for explosive
gas atmospheres or the temperature of the item of equipment are only permitted if the modified item is submitted to a testing laboratory for testing.
In the case of repairs to an electrical item of equipment that affect the type of protection, the
parts repaired must be subjected to a new routine test which need not necessarily be
performed by the manufacturer.
Attention

must be given to the national specifications.

4.5 Validity
The Certificate of Conformity
Certificate for Switzerland.

applies for the Federal Republic

of Germany, the SEV

5. Spare parts
The following information is required in enquiries and orders for spare parts:
1. Type of motor and type of construction
2. Serial number
3. Designation

of the spare part(s)

The type designation of the motor as well as the serial number may be obtained from the
rating plate attached to the motor.
The spare part designation
motor list.

should be obtained from the spare parts list of the appropriate

Spare Parts List

BBC
BOVERI

BROWN

Publication No.
DEM144883E

Three phase
squirrel cage motors
type QU Vqu zQU
Surface-cooled
Enclosure IP 54
Flange-mounted motors,

flange with plain holes

November 1983 edition. Supersedes publication No. D EM 125980 E.


Technical data and pictures are not binding and subject to change.
7

23 &
1. Outside bearing-cap- driving-end
from frame size 250
2. Endshield driving-end
3. Spring plate for ball bearing
driving-end. Only for frame size
169 to 259 and 280 to 400 (2-poles).
- Not shown 4. Ball bearing driving-end
5. Inside bearing-cap driving-end from
frame size 259
6. Rotor
7. Stator (with Pos. 22)
8. Inside bearing-cap non-driving-end
from frame size 180
9. Ball bearing non-driving-end
10. Spring plate for ball bearing nondriving-end. Only for frame size
56 to 132 - Not shown -

22c 22b

9.

11

12

13-15

16.,19

24

i 1. Endshield non-driving-end
12 Outside bearing-cap non-driving-end
from frame size 250
13. Fan
14. Tolerance ring for fan. Only for frame
size 56 to 71. - Not shown 15. Disc spring. Only for frame size
56 to 71, - Not shown 16. Fan cover. Frame size 56 to 315
and 400
17. Fan cover with protective cover
Vertical motors frame size 56 to 315
- Not shown 18. Protective cover. Only for frame size
355,400 - Not shown 19. End plate. Only for vertical motors
frame size 355 -Not shown 20. Oil seal - Not shown -

The following information is required when making an inquiry or placing an order:


1. Type of motor and mounting arrangement
2. Machine number
3. Spare parts designation
Terms of delivery for spare parts:
- In case of complete engine failure we deliver a replacement motor in act. with the
overall dimensions and the function until 3 years after initial motor delivery.
- Spares are available until 5 years after motor delivery.
- Dimension drawings for specified spares are available until 10 years after delivery.

21. Stud bolts (1 set)


hexagon cap screws (1 set), only
for frame sizes 80 to 132,355 and 400
22 Stator terminal box, complete
(without cable end box)
22a Terminal board, complete
22b Terminal box frame
22c Terminal box cover
23. Thermistor terminals (special design)
24. Double cable sealing box
frame size 250 to 315
25. Single cable sealing box frame size
259 to 315 - Not shown 26. Cable support for compound
filling -Not shown 1 entry (only for frame sizes 286
and 315)
2 entries (special design)
27. Protection device for fan only for
frame size 80 to 132 - Not shown -

Example:
Motor QU 100 L 4 AT, IM B 5
machine number GS 8912521 N 0 1
1 endshield, drive end

BBC MOTORENTECHNIK

CENTRIFUGALPUMP

Table of contents
Supplier
Martin

Pages
Scheerle

... .......... . ......... ......

Allweiler

R 0001
B
KW 4071

P 0101
P 1001

HTGD691608E
1

Qualittssicherung
I

Werk

Radolfrcll

q17003 .!I-17-003 utv.:

0 .

allweiler /Quality
Assurance

;:;;'

19.08.85

Titel:
Title:

Long time
Preservation
Centrifugal Pumps

1.0

of

and

Purpose
This

instruction

describes

preservation

against

screw-ipindle-

2.0

Screw spindle

the

rust

and

of

execution

of

uncoated

centrifugal

long-time

surfaces

of

pumps.

Scope
This

instruction

ti'on,
well

the
as

determines

supervision
-.
the removal

of
of
and/or

It

shall

transportationdition

at

-(near

east

instruction

sons

tasked

for

the

and

supervision.

Attention!

Guarantie

be given

may

for

with

govern
Head

servation

at

for

for

pumps

with

more

than

pumps

with

the

climatic

it

shorter
con-

necessarity
climate).

furthermore

for

performance

as well

Customer's

rust

Site

prevention

accepted

filled

pumps

if

as

screw-spindle

subtropic

be only

correct

Customer

of

if

requires

preservation

responsible

pump surfaces

for

time

such

shall
with

of

mandatory

govern

Site

region

This

is

storage

Customer's

by

storage-duration

also
and

preserva-

preservation
It

a transportation

long-time

preservation

and centrifugal-pumps.
6 months.

the

all

peras

for

pre-

on internal
confirmation

with

can

preservation

liquid.

3.0

Performance

3.1

Requirement
The

performance

of

separately

required

be entered

as

tion-traveller
fugal
ling

and

the

drying"

in

an additional
by

pumps

long-time
the

preservation
work-shop
working

TMAS respectively

furthermore
has

P 0101

to

be

It

is

order.
step

in

TMAK.

additional
be entered.

must

step
The

the

For

to

ereccentri-

"dismant-

necessary

HTGD691608E
v

Qualit2tssicherung/Quality

Work Radolfzcll
Titel:
Title:

Q-17-003

Long-time
Preservation
Centrifugal-Pumps

Attention
charge

3.2.3

Rev.:

of Screw-spindle-

is to be

pipe

kept

screw

pumps

Excentric

screw

pumps

uncoated

and

on complete

metal

will

filling

as described

so prepared

parts
foil

be generally

surfaces

the mixture

shrinkage

19.08.85

of dis-

- if existing.

Excentric

All

Datum:
oat:

I)

Assurance

under

shall

before

have

be

transportation

boxes

(s.

Outer

preservation

to be prevented

3.3.

packed

they

are

dismantled.

Afterwards

3.4).

these

individually

placed

in the

with

in

relevant

f
3.3

surfaces

A mixture
tioned
able.

is to

under
Each

Packing
After

with

it

same

components

a viscosity

surface

(brushing

spaces

drying

agent

or

under

still

at the

as menbrush-

outside

is to

spray-gun).

covered

paper

are

the

The

the

at the

up.

discharge

flange

the highest

P 0301

has

to

hot

air.

foil

may

mounted

with

unsanded

with

the

into

be shrinkIf larger

exist

unclosed
wooden
tarred
cover

a plastic

- in any case

position

on

is required,

Additionally

water

be packed

before.

are

insides

against

foil

shrinkage

pumps

built

is to

by blowing

If sea-shipping

to be

to be prevented

on

foil.

body

is to be enclosed

frames.

boxes

pump

as possible

land-shipping

The pump

the

shrinkage

hollow

placed

with

metal

preservation

led as close

wooden

but

by

for Shipping

a two fold

For

3.2.1

uncoated

be covered

3.4

be prepared

of the

is

foil.

- has

to be

pump.

HTGD 691 608 E


v

QualitStssicherung/Cluality
Wet-k Radolfzcll
litel:
Title

Long-time
P,reservation
Centrifugal'Oumps

4.0

Supervision

4.1

Supervision
After

and

receipt

Check

initial

of the
for

of the

and

at Customer's

supervision

shrinkage

each

foil

etc.).

.is to be repaired

19.08.85

operation

pump

openings,

(cracks,

f;;:

of Screw-spindle-

be responsible
-

Rev.: 0

Q-17-003

ti

_ :

Assurance

by an

Site

he will

6 months:

against

If this

failures

excists,

adhesive

cloth

it

tape

or

equivalent.
-

Check

of medium

blind

flange.

carried

4.2

Initial

out

level

If nescessary,

with

Tectyl

status

installation
The

record

typ;

pump

no.;

level

is ordered,

cover

at

area

of discharge

flange

x cm

below

area;

status

servation

of

media

coloured,

laminar

in

is removed
red

brown

laminares

are

be moved

interrupted
ordered

:
2
.
r

pose
to

the

fully

gasket
filled;

after
metal

coloured,

preclear,
thick

rust).

thick

:
a

below

(state:

is rusty

:
;

"cm"

condition

condition

rust

before

empty);

surface

rusty

preser-

representativ.

(state:

If surface

not

be

a minimum:

measures

gasket

the

and recorded

by Customer's

of medium,

visible

can

is to

only.

be checked

pump

shall

pump

dark

refilling

506

engineer

is to
of

the discharge

operation

If no AWR-erecting
vation

by removing

and

by hand,

founded
the

the

preservation
to the

and/or

engineer

guarantee
medium

brown

respectively
the

installation

a AWR-erecting

for saving

be provide

red

is

AWR-erecting

claim.
to be

pump
is to

shaft
be

is to be
For
hold

this
fully

purand

engineer.

i
2
3

P 0401

HTGD 691 608 E


v

QualiM-ssicherung/Quality

r
Wcrk Radolfrell
Titel:
Title:

Long-time
Preservation
Centrifugal-Pumps

of

pumps

a film

removed

of the

trifugal'pumps

after

tus,

155 or

Ritz01

screw

preservation
is the

(for

and cleaned

and

and excentri:

or gas oil

drink
soap

to

For

shall

may

be

have

(except

be pumped).

have

removal.
sud

pumps

liquid

liquid
water)

liquid

;:;I;.19. 08.85

Screw-spindle-

Screw-spindle
emulsion

5.0

Rev.:0

Q-17-003

Assurance

if
Cen-

to be dismantled
cleaning

Spiri-

taken.

Documentation
The performance

of

presence

responsible

tion

(Area).

formance
order
cate

of the

preservation

He has

after

visual

dating

and

be done

correctly

signing
An

- is to be

only

of Final

in

Inspec-

per-

the work-shop

individual

in the work-shop

specification

ity En.gineering

the

examination.

- if so required

Customer's

Inspector

to confirm

by stamping,

shall

order

prepared

certifiand/or
by

Qual-

(TQT).

P 0501

HTGD 691 608 E


v

ALLWEILERAQ
work uadonz*n
0.77~4 RAOOCFZELL

D. No. 4QOCK05017 E

Operating Instructions
for ALLWEUR centrifugal pumps
Type Sarles NSS

Date: 12.62

1. General
1.1

ALLWE~LEP centrifugal
pumps of Type Series NSS are singlestage. single-flOW.VOiule casing CentHfUgal Pumps
without seating for vertical installation In pressureless tanks for handling lubricating fluids without abrasive
constituents.

2. Structural design
21

bearing (23)
The pump shaft (4) on which the impeller is fastened is guided on the motor side by a
and on the pump side by a Qrooved ball bearing (24) lubricated by the
to be relubricated
. By means of a puncture-proof
pumped fluid. Towards the product side, lt is sealed by a shaft pack&J ring
claw coupling (6). the shaft (4) is connected with the driving motor
. The driving motor ls provided on a motor
support outside the tank

22

A strainer (37) is provided at the suction flange so that dirt particles. if any, cannot penetrate into the pump.

3. Maintenance
3.1

The grooved ball bearing on the pump side (24) Is lubricated by the ftuid to be pumped and requires no
maintenance.

3.2

. bearing on the motor side (23) Is greaseiubricated. Every 6000 operating hours or so, relubrication
The
is necessary. Use bail bearing grease Beacon 3.
at the grease nipple

3.3

After 20,030 operating hours, the grooved bail bearings (23.24) must be dismounted, carefully cleaned with Diesel
bearing.
oil and, ff damaged. replaced by a new

3.4

If in comparison with the normal (buzzing) operating noise scratching or rumbling noises or excessive temperature
increases are found, a damage at the
bearing is signalled. in such a case. it is advisable to replace the bearings
as soon as possible.

4. Mounting of pumping unit


4.1

It is imperative to flush and/or dean all pipelines, slide valves. valves prior to mounting the pump.

4.2

The delivery line must be connected tension-free. bo not forget gaskets!

4.3 If possible. the nominal width of the delivery line must be rated so that the flow velocity does not exceed 3 mlsec.
4.4

in the delivery line. a slide valve must be provided to control the delivery flow. tikewise, the installation of a nonreturn valve is recommended.

5. Start-up

5.1

For starting the pump, the tank. up to the top edge of the pressure flange, must be filled with the fluid to be pumped.

5.2

Check sense of motor rotation. Observe the directional marker on the motor support

5.3

Prior to startup. the shut-off valve in the delivery line must be closed. The operating speed being reached. slowly
open the slidevalve on the delivery side and set the operating point Prolonged driving against the ciosed.siide
valve may result in destruction of the pump; therefore, it must be absolutely avoided.

5.4

For stopping, if no non-return valve is provided, close the slide valve in the delivery line and switch-off the motor
only thereafter.

the pump
5.5 FGnting
provided at the delivery pipe below the wver plate.

a continuous air venting installation is

6. Dlsmountlng and mounting of the pump


6.1

- Replace impeller (5).


-Turn out nut (16) at the pressure flange and.remove hexagonal screw (15).
-Turn out socket head cap screw (7). in case of model with intermediate ring, socket head cap screw (18) and
remove volute casing (2).
-Remove hexagonal nut (10) and withdraw impeller (5).
- Mounting in reverse order. Replace seating (19). if damaged.

6.2

bearing (23.24).
Replace
- Proceed as under 6.1.
-Dismount driving motor ,.
-Withdrawal of the coupling half on the pump side by means of a withdrawer.
-Removal of key (12).
-Turn out socket head cap screw (31) and remove cover (26).
- Dismounting of the circiip (80)
-Press out shaft (4) towards the pump with bail bearing (24).

c
P 0601

'HTGD 691 608 E


V

opefathrg
Irtstructh
for ALlwEllER
cecrtrtfugal
Type Sodas NSS

0. No. 4QOooO5017 E

pumps
Dale: 1282

. .

Etfect mounting in reverse order. See tdi! that the shaft packing rings
and Nilos ring
are not damaged.
bearing (23) musl be filled with bail bearing grease Beacon 3 at the grease nip&
The
).

6.3 for attachment of the

COUphg.
proceed a~ follows:
- Haat up coupling to 12VC. for thasa purposes, remove coupling support Apply a filmy coat of molytdenum
dlsulphite (e.g. Molykota) to the shaft Push on coupling. If possible, counterhaM at the other shaft end

7.sparsws
7.1 For mounting and repairs. trained expert mechanlu will be at your disposal. For apars parts ordera. please always
quote the pump number engraved on the rating plate.

P 0701

HTGD 691 608 E


v

Parts list

Teileliste
2
3
4
5
6

Spiralgehguse
Tauchkiirper
Welle
Laufrad
Klauenkupplung

2
3
4
5
6

Volute casing
Submersible casing
Shaft
Impeller
Claw coupling
Socket head screw
Casing cover

7
8
9
10
11

Zylinderschraube
Gehzusedeckel
Passfeder
Sechskantmutter
Federring

7
8
9
10
11

Key
Hexagon nut
Spring washer

12
13
15
16
17

Passfeder
Abdeckplatte
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantmutter
Zwischenring

12
13
15
16
17

Key
Blank plate
Hexagon screw
Hexagon nut
Intermediate ring

18
19
20
21
22

Zylinderschraube
Dichtung
Zylinderschraube
Sttitzscheibe
Sicherungsring

18
19
20
21
22

Socket head screw


Gasket
Socket head screw
Support disc
Circlip

24
25
26
30

Zylinder-Rollenlager
Rillenkugellager
Dichtscheibe
Lagerdeckel
Federring

23
24
;z
30

Cylindrical. roller bearing


Groove ball bearing
Seal disc
Bearing cover
Spring washer

31
32
33
36
37

Zylinderschraube
Passscheibe
Passscheibe
Passscheibe
Siebkorb

31
32
32
36
37

Socket head screw


Adjusting washer.
Adjusting washer
Adjusting washer
Strainer basket

38
40
45
46
47

Zylinderschraube
Dichtung
Federring
Ringschraube
Federring

38
40
45
46
47

Socket head screw


Gasket
Spring washer
Eyebolt
Spring washer

48
49
52
53
55

Sechskantschraube
Federring
Drehrichtungsschild
Blindniet
leistungsschild

48
49
52
53
55

Hexagon screw
Spring washer
Directional marker plate
Rivet
Rating plate

57
60
61
62
63

Hinweisschild
Druckrohr
Federring
Rtickschlagventil
Sechskantschraube

57
60
61
62
63

Information plate
Pressure tube
Spring washer
Check valve
Hexagon screw

64

Sechskantmutter

64

Hexagon nut

23

P 0801

HTGD 691 608 D/E


V

67
68
69
70
71

Dichtung
Druckrohrbogen
Federring
Rohrleitung
Rohrverschraubung

67
68
69
70
71

Gasket
Pressure tube bow
Spring washer
Piping
Pipe union

72
73
74
76
77

Dichtring
Schwenkverschraubung
Dichtung
Zylinderschraube
Federring

72
73
74
76
77

Seal ring
Swing pipe union
Gasket
Socket head screw
Spring washer

80
83
84
85
86

Sicherungsring
Zylinderschraube
Federring
Support
Stiftschraube

80
83
84
85

Circlip
Socket head screw
Spring washer
Support
Setscrew

86

P 0901

HTGD 691 608 D/E


v

.
4
s\
-%
sj/--a
-%

C -4
t @C -z-i
rS4 -4
I
-s:2

A.

6
-4
\

1$
.- -2
-r
I

-+

I
/

E
J!
Y

am
rV

#I%
$
3I

&i
z3s

VI

s
N

jgz

3ze
<OZ

P 1001

HTGD 691 608 D/E


v 10

AI I
i3
i!!z!!NBovE~
Asea Brown Boveri AG
Geschaftsbereich
Elektromotoren
Anschrift: Postfach 56, D-6600 Saarbrucken 3
Telefon:
06 81/ 8109-l
Telex:
4 428 982 bbmi Vertrieb Inland
4 421 369 bbcw Vertrieb Ausland
Ttx:
681 988 BBC md SB Auftragsabwicklung
Telefax:
06 81/ 8109-5 23 Vertrieb Inland
06 81/ 8109-5 47 Vertrieb Ausland
06 81/ 8109-3 41 Auftragsabwicklung

9
i
F
$
5
P
al
z
a
2
3
0)
0
c
z
2
6
,o
4
2
cz
3
&
D
2
2
.s
x
E

aC

MAV2lAP005

Emergency oil pump

see MAV21 APO02

Motor
*Make GROSSENBACHER,
type GKCFl60L-4A-EA,Vl *

CH-IFK8409D/F/E
CH-IFK841 OD/F/E

Betriebs- und Wartungsanleitung zu Gleichstrommaschinen


maschinen Typ GK
Instructions de service et
dentretien pour machines
8 courant continu type GK
Operating and maintenance
instructions
for d.c. machines type GK

Druckschrift

Nr. CHIFK8409DFE

Grossenbacher

1. Allgemeines

1. G&&ralit6s

1. General

Uberprijfen Sie bitte sofort nach Anlieferung die Maschine auf eventuelle
lussere Beschadigung (Beanstandungen sind sofort dem Transporteur zu
melden).
Beim Auspacken bitte vorsichtig
vorgehenl
Wird die Maschine vor der Aufstellung
llngere Zeit gelagert, so sind
folgende Punkte zu beachten:
- Nur trockene Lagerraume
mit gleichbleibender
Temperatur
verwenden.
- Erschijtterungen
und
Schwingungen
sind zu vermeiden
(Lagerschlden).
- Urn Stillstandskorrosion
in den
Lagern zu vermeiden, muss
der Rotor mindestens halbjahrlich
gedreht werden.

Controler la machine d&s reception


pour constater les dommages
exterieurs Bventuels (ceux-ci doivent
dtre signal& immediatement
au
transponeur).
Prendre des precautions lors du
deballagel
Si la machine est stockee assez
longtemps
avant le montage, il faut
veiller aux points suivants:
- nutiliser que des entrepdts sets
et de temperature
constante.
- 6viter les secousses et les oscillations (risque dendommagement
des paliers).
- pour Bviter toute corrosion dans
les paliers par suite dun stockage
prolong& il faut faire tourner le rotor
au moins une fois tous les 6 mois.

Please check the motor for possible


external damage immediately
after delivery (complaints are to be
reported to the forwarding agent
immediately).
Please unpack with care1
If the motor is stored for a prolonged
time befor installation, the
following points are to be observed:
- Use only dry storage rooms with
constant temperature.
- Impacts and vibrations are to be
avoided (bearing damage).
- To avoid standstill corrosion in
the bearings, the rotor must
be turned at least once every six
months.

2. Aufstellung

2. Montage

2. Installation

Sorgflltiges
Aufstellen und Ausrichten der Maschine auf ebener
Flache und gutes Auswuchten der auf
das Wellenende aufzuziehenden Teile
sind Voraussetzung
fur einen ruhigen
und erschiitterungsfreien
Lauf.
Der Rotor unserer Maschine ist, wenn
bei der Bestellung nicht anders
vereinbart,
mit ganzem Federkeil
dynamisch ausgewuchtet.
Kupplungen, Ritzel, Riemenscheiben und
dgl. mtissen mit jeerer Nut ausgewuchtet sein und dtirfen nur warm
(80-100C)
aufgezogen werden.
Schllge beschadigen die Lager
und sind unbedingt zu vermeiden.
Die Maschine mit hoher Laufgutestufe
ist mit ausserster Sorgfalt zu
behandeln.
Die belijftete Maschine ist so aufzustellen, dass die Ktihlluft ungehindert
zu- und abstrijmen
kann.

La machine doit dtre montee et


alignee soigneusement
sur une surface plane, et les pieces 8 monter sur
Iarbre doivent Qtre bien Bquilibrees.
Ce sont la les conditions essentielles
dun fonctionnement
silencieux
et exempt de vibrations. Le rotor de
notre machine est. sauf avis
contraire lors de la commande,
Bquilibre dynamiquement
avec
la clavette entiere. Les accouplements,
pignons, poulies, etc. doivent Btre
Bquilibres avec la rainure vide et
mantes seulement B chaud (80 B
100C). Eviter B tout prix les coups
qui endommagent
les paliers.
La machine dun fonctionnement
de
haute qualite doit &re traitee avec
un soin maximum.
La machine ventilee doit Btre posee
de telle sorte que Iair de refroidissement puisse circuler librement.

Careful installation and alignment


of the motor on an even surface and
good balancing of the parts to be
mounted on the shaft end are prerequisites for smooth and vibrationfree operation. If not specified
otherwise in the order, the rotor of our
motor is dynamically balanced with
a whole feather key. Couplings,
pinions, belt pulleys, etc. must be
balanced with an empty keyway
and may only be mounted warm
(80-100C).
Impacts will damage
the bearings and are definitely to be
avoided (as given in list!).
The motor, which is of high balanced running quality, is to be treated
with utmost care.
The ventilated machine is to be
installed such that the cooling air can
enter and exit unobstructed.

3. lnbetriebnahme

3. Mise en service

3. Commissioning

3.1 Anschluss
Die Maschine ist nach dem Schaltbild
im Klemmenkasten
antuschliessen.
Wichtig ist die Klemmenbezeichnung
und nicht die Klemmenlage.

3.1 Raccordement
La machine doit dtre raccordee suivant le schema de la boite a bornes.
Ce qui compte, cest la designation
des bornes et non pas leur position.

3.1 Connection
The motor is to be connected
according to the circuit diagram in
the terminal box. Decisive is the
designation and not the position of
the terminal.

3.2 Drehrichtung
Die Drehrichtung ist auf dem Schema
im Klemmenkasten
angegeben.

3.2 Sens de rotation


Le sens de rotation est indique sur le
schema dans la boite B bornes.

3.3 Lagerung
War der Motor vor lnbetriebnahme
llngere Zeit in staubiger oder feuchter
Umgebung gelagert oder wahrend
dieser Zeit Erschutterungen
ausgesetzt,
so sind die Lager zu
erneuern.

3.3 Stockage
Si le moteur a Bte stock6 pendant un
temps prolonge en atmosphere
poussiereuse ou humide avant la mise
en service, ou sil a 6te expose B
des secousses, il faut remplacer les
paliers.

3.2 Direction of rotation


The direction of rotation is indicated
in the diagram in the terminal box.
3.3 Storage
If before commissioning,
the motor is
stored for a prolonged period in a
dusty or damp environment or if it is
subjected to vibration during this
period, the bearings are to be replaced.

3.4. Anfahren, Betrieb


Vor dem Anfahren der Maschine ist zu
tiberprijfen, ob sie frei drehen kann
und eventuell vorhandene Transportsicherungen entfernt wurden. Bei
fremdbeliiftetem
Motor ist darauf zu
achten, dass der Fremdliifter eingeschaltet ist under einwandfrei funktioniert. Beim ersten Hochlauf der
Maschine ist der mechanische Lauf zu
kontrollieren. Bei eventuell auftretenden Vibrationen ist die Ausrichtung
der Maschine zu iiberpriifen.
Achtung: Die Ankerspannung darf nur
bei eingeschalteter
Erregung an die
Maschine gelegt werdenl

3.4. Mise en marche, exploitation


Avant de mettre la machine en
marche, veiller B ce quelle tourne librement et B ce que les blocages
Bventuels de transport aient et6
retires. Pour les moteurs B ventilation
exterieure, veiller B ce que le ventilateur soit enclenche et fonctionne
parfaitement. Lors de la premiere
acceleration de la machine, contr6ler la
marche mecanique. En cas de vibrations, controler Ialignement de la
machine.
Attention:
La tension de rotor ne doit
Qtre appliquee B la machine que
lorsque Iexcitation est enclencheel

3.4. Startup, operation


Before the motor is started it is to
be checked for free movement and ensured that any transport locks provided have been removed. If the motor
has separate ventilation care is
to be taken that the separate fan is
switched on and functions correctly. During the initial run-up of the
machine the running quality is to
be watched. If vibration should arise,
check the alignment of the machine.
Important: The armature voltage may
only be applied to the machine after
the excitation has been switched onl

4. Wartung

4. Entretien

4. Maintenance

4.1 Lager
Die Lager sind mit Walzlagerfett gefiillt
und abgedichtet (ZZ-Lager).
Ein Nachschmieren ist nicht moglich.
Die Lager sind nach 20 000 Betriebsstunden zu ersetzen, mindestens
jedoch alle 5 Jahre.

4.1 Paliers
Les paliers sont remplis de graisse B
paliers et Stanches (paliers ZZ). II nest
pas possible de les graisser ulterieurement. Ils doivent &re remplaces
apres 20 000 heures de service, au
minimum tous les 5 ans.

4.1 Bearings
The bearings are filled with bearing
grease and sealed (bearing type ZZ).
Relubrication is not possible.
The bearings are to be replaced after
20 000 operating hours, or at least
every 5 years.

4.2. Demontage/Montage
der Maschine
Die Demontage der Maschine ist durch
den Fachmann auszufiihren.
Riemenscheibe oder Kupplung mit
Abziehvorrichtung
abziehen - Liifterhaube und Deckband entfernen Kohlebtirsten abheben und mit den
Druckfingern im Haltergehause festklemmen - Eigenkifter abziehen
oder Fremdltifter demontieren Anbauteile demontieren.

4.2 Dlmontagefmontage
de
la machine
Le demontage de la machine doit Gtre
effect& par un specialiste: Retirer
la poulie ou Iaccouplement avec le dispositif extracteur. Retirer le capot
de ventilateur et la bande de recouvrement - soulever les balais et les
serrer dans la boitier au moyen des
doigts de pression - retirer le
ventilateur interieur ou demonter le
ventilateur exterieur - demonter
les pieces graissees.

4.2 Dismantling/assembly
of
the machine
The motor is to be dismantled by a
specialist. Pull off belt pulley or
coupling with puller - remove fan
shroud and cover band -lift off carbon
brushes and clamp tightly with
pressure fingers in brush box remove integral fan or separate fan dismount attachments.

Achtung bei Gleichstromhohlwellentacho:


Biirsten von Kollektor entfernen Bijrstenhalter demontieren - lachorotor von We//e abziehen - Rotorwelle mit Schaumgummi oder Lappen
umwickeln (Schutz der Permanentpole im Stator vor Beschddigung) Stator vorsichtig demontieren.
B-seitigen Lagerdeckel l&en A-seitigen Lagerschild abnehmen Rotor sorgfaltig aus dem Stator
herausziehen.
Beide Walzlager bleiben dabei auf
der Welle.
Das Zusammensetzen
der Maschine
erfolgt in umgekehrter Reihenfolge wie
oben angefiihrt. Beim Auswechseln
schadhaft gewordener Wllzlager ist
besonders darauf zu achten, dass
der innere Lagerdeckel auf die Welle
geschoben wird, bevor das neue Lager
wieder aufgezogen wird.

Attention avec le tachymBtre CC


6 arbre creux:
Retirer /es balais du coliecteur ddmonter le Porte-balais - retirer le
rotor tachym&rique
de Iarbre enrouler Iarbre de caoutchoucmousse ou dun chiffon (protection
des pbles daimant permanent
dans le stator) - dhmonter le stator
avec soin.
Detacher le couvercle de palier du c6t6
oppose B Ientrainement - retirer
la flasque du c6te de lentrainement
retirer soigneusement
le rotor
du stator - les deux paliers restent sur
Iarbre.
Lassemblage de la machine se fait
dans Iordre inverse. Lors du
remplacement de paliers defectueux,
il faut veiller en particulier B ce
que le couvercle de palier interieur
soit glisse sur Iarbre avant de monter
le nouveau palier.

Attention in case of DC hollow-shaft


tachometer:
Remove brushes from commutator dismount brush holders - pull
tacho-rotor off shaft - wrap rotor
shaft in foam rubber or cloths
(protection of permanent pole in
the stator against damage) - carefully
disassemble rotor.
Loosen bearing cover at non-drive end
- remove bearing endshield on drive
end - pull rotor carefully out of stator,
leaving both bearings on the shaft.
The motor is assembled in the reverse sequence as given above. When
replacing damaged bearings special
care is to be taken that the inner
bearing cover is placed on the shaft
before the new bearing is mounted.

4.3. Kollektor
Unter normalen Betriebsbedingungen
bildet sich unter den Lauffllchen der
Kohlebiirsten eine dunkle, kohlenstoffhaltige Patina. Je nach Betrieb ist
der Kollektorraum in regelmgssigen
Zeitabsttinden
von Kohlestaub und
Schmutzteilen zu reinigen (ausblasen
mit trockener Pressluft, reinigen mit
sauberem Pinsel).
Sollte der Kollektor nach liingerer Laufzeit oder Uberlastung starker
eingelaufen (Rillenbildung) sein, so ist
er zu Oberdrehen. Hierzu ist eine
sehr genaue Zentrierung notig. Vom
Kollektor ist nur so viel abzudrehen,
dass die Einlaufspuren beseitigt
werden und ein genauer Rundlauf
gewahrleistet
ist.
Die Isolation zwischen den Lamellen ist
auszuslgen.
Die Lamellenkanten
sind zu brechen. Anschliessend ist der
Kollektor sorgfaltig vom Metallstaub
zu reinigen.

falsch
faux
wrong

4.3 Collecteur
Sous les conditions normales de service, une patine de carbone foncee
se forme sous les surfaces de frottement des balais. Suivant Iexploitation,
le collecteur doit 6tre debarrasse
regulierement de la poussiere de charbon et des impure&
(soufflage
B Iair cornprime set, nettoyage au
moyen dun pinceau propre).
Si apres un fonctionnement
prolong6
ou une surcharge le collecteur presente de fortes stries, il faut le repasser
au tour. Un centrage tres p&is est
indispensable. Nenlever du collecteur
que ce qui est necessaire pour faire
disparaitre les stries et assurer une
rotation precise.
Scier Iisolement entre les lamelles,
casser les a&es des lamelles puis
debarrasser soigneusement
le collecteur de la poussiere metallique.

4.3 Commutator
Under normal operating conditions
a dark carbon film (patina) forms under
the running surfaces of the carbon
brushes. Depending on duty the commutator is to be cleaned of carbon
dust and dirt at regular intervals (blow
out with dry compressed air, clean
with clean brush). Do not damage the
patina.
If after prolonged operation or overloading the commutator is strongly
run in (formation of grooves), it is to be
skimmed, for which very precise
centering is necessary. Only that much
of the surface is to be skimmed so
that the running marks are just
eliminated and an exact run-out is
assured.
The insulation between the segments
is to be undercut. The corners of the
segments are to be broken. Then the
commutator is to be carefully cleaned
of metal dust.

richtig
correct
right

Kupferlamelle
lamelIe

de_ mivre
_-...-

copper segment

Lamellenisolation
isolement des lamelles
segment insulation

4.4. Kohlebiirsten
Die Kohlebtirsten dijrfen nur auf etwa
l/3 ihrer urspriinglichen
Lange
abgenijtzt werden, da sonst keine ausreichende Fijhrung im Burstenhalter
gewahrleistet
ist. Neu aufgesetzte
Kohlebiirsten
miissen stets eingeschliffen werden. Zu diesem Zweck
wird ein Schmirgelleinen (Nr. 240)
urn die Kollektorlauffllche
gelegt und
unter den Btirsten hin und her
gezogen, bis sie durch Abschleifen mit
ihrer ganzen Flache gegen den
Kollektor aufliegen.
Das Einschleifen erfolgt bei normalem,
von den BBrstenhaltern erzeugtem
Btirstendruck.
Der Druck darf keinesfalls erhbht werden (z. B. durch tusltzliches Andrticken von Hand).
Bei Neubestuckung miissen Abmessungen und Typ mit der abgenutzten
Kohlebiirste
ijbereinstimmen.
Nach Moglichkeit ist der ganze Kohlebiirstensatz zu ersetzen.

4.4. Balais
Les balais ne doivent suser qu8 environ 73 de leur longueur dorigine afin
d&re suffisamment guides par le
Porte-balais. Les balais neufs doivent
toujours 6tre rod&s. Pour cela, tendre
un ruban de toile Bmeri (no. 240) sur
le collecteur et le deplacer dans le sens
du rotor jusqua ce que les balais
soient appliques sur le collecteur sur
toute leur surface. Ensuite, ii faut
nettoyer le Porte-balais, les balais et le
collecteur (soufflage B Iair cornprime
set, nettoyage au moyen dun pinceau
propre). Les nouveaux balais doivent
6tre de mbmes dimensions et du
mQme type que les balais remplaces.
Dans la mesure du possible on remplacera tout le jeu de balais.

4.4. Carbon brushes


The carbon brushes may only be worn
down to l/3 of their original length,
since otherwise adequate guiding in
the brush holder is not assured.
Newly installed carbon brushes must
always be bedded in. For this purpose a strip of emery cloth (no. 240)
must be laid over the commutator and
moved backwards and forwards until
the entire surface of each carbon brush
is seated on the commutator.
This operation is to be performed with
the normal brush pressure produced
by the brush holders, under no circumstances may the pressure be increased
manually.
After bedding in, the brush holders,
the carbon brushes and the commutator are to be cleaned (blow out with dry
compressed air, clean with clean
brush). When changing brushes,
dimensions and type must agree with
those of the originals.
It is desirable to change the complete
set of carbon brushs in one operation
if this is possible.

5. Ersatzteile

5. Pikes

Wir empfehlen, stets


1 Sat2 Waiziager
1 Satz Kohlebtirsten
auf Lager zu halten!

Nous recommandons
toujours en stock:
1 jeu de paliers
1 jeu de balais

Bei Ersatzteilbestellung
folgende Angaben:

erbitten wir

1. Maschine, fur die die Ersatzteile


bestimmt sind
2. Typenbezeichnung
des Motors
3. Fabrikations-Nr.
des Motors
(siehe Leistungsschild)
4. Anzahl und Benennung der
gewijnschten
Einzelteile
Zur Erleichterung der Ersatzteilbestellung bedienen Sie sich vorteilhaft unserer Ersatzteilliste.

de rechange
davoir

Pour les commandes de pieces de


rechange, veuillez donner les indications suivantes:
1. Machine B laquelle les pieces de
rechange sont destinees
2. Type du moteur
3. No. de fabrication du moteur
(voir plaque signaietique)
4. Nombre et description des pieces
de rechange desirees
Pour faciliter la commande des pieces
de rechange, on a inter& B se reporter
B notre liste de pieces de rechange.

5. Spare parts
We recommend that
1 set of roller bearings
1 set of carbon brushes
always be kept on stock.
When ordering spare parts we request
the following data:
1. Machine, for which the spare
parts are ordered
2. Type designation of the motor
3. Motor serial no. (see rating plate)
4. Quantity and designation of the
desired spare parts
Ordering of spare parts is facilitated
by the use of our spare parts list.

Gleichstrom-Motoren
Leistung 0,5-30 kW, Baugrossen 7 1- 180 nach IEC-Normen.
Schutzart IP 54 und IP 22
Moteurs a courant continu
Puissance 0.5-30 kW, grandeurs 7 1- 180, suivant normes
C.E.I., protection IP 54 et IP 22
DC Motors
Power output 0.5-30 kW, size 7 l- 180 according to IEC
standards, enclosures IP 54 and IP 22

Thyristorregler
Leistung 0.5-70 (400) kW, l- und 4-Quadrantenbetrieb,
l- und 3-Phasen-Netzanschluss
Wgulateurs
B thyristor
Puissance 0.5-70 (400) kW, exploitation B l- et 4-quadrants,
reseau I- et 3-phases
Thyristor control units
Power output 0,5-70 (400) kW, 1- and 4-quadrant operation,
1- and 3-phase mains connection

Transistorregler
und Servomotoren
fiir l-, 2- und 4-Quadrantenbetrieb, Drehmomente
O,l-100
Nm, Drehzahlen bis SOOO/m,n
Rdgulateurs &transistor et servo-moteurs
pour exploitation B 1-, 2- et 4-quadrants, Couple 0, l- 100 Nm,
Vitesse jusqua SOOO/rnin
Transistor control units and servo-motors
for l-, 2- and 4-quadrant operation, Torque range
0.1-100
Nm, Speed up to SOOO/mi~

Grossenbacher
Antriebe und
Steuerungen
fur Anlagen und
Maschinen
Projektierung, Fabrikation,
Verkauf, Service

Grossenbacher

Grossenbacher Entrainements
commandes pour des
installations et des machines
Conseil et projet techniques,
fabrication, vente et service

Control

ein Unternehmensbereich der


Grossenbacher Apparatebau AG, StGallen
CH-8307 Effretikon,
Vogelsangstrasse 11
Schweiz Suisse Switzerland

et

Grossenbacher Electric Drives and


controls for installations
and machines
Engineering, Production,
Sales, Consulting, Service

Ersatzteile zu Gleichstrommaschinen
maschinen Typ GK
Pikes de rechange pour
machines 3 courant continu
types GK
Spare parts for d.c. machines
types GK

Druckschrift

Nr. CHIFK8410DFE

Grossenbacber
P!3

.\

_c

--12

----11
-14

18

Item

Pos.

Pos.

1 Couvercle de palier AS
Flasque de palier AS
; Joint detancheite darbre AS
4 Bague de compensation
Stator
: Porte-bornes
Borne de raccordement
ii Joint de boite B bornes
9 Boite B bornes
10 Plaque B bornes
11 Joint de couvercle
12 Couvercle de botte B bornes
13 Balai
14 Bande de recouvrement
15 Manchon caoutchouc
16 Bouchon
17 Bague dbtancheite darbre BS
18 Capot de ventilateur
Rondelle
Aube de ventilateur
::
Bague de tolerance
Bague dart&
;;
23 Manchon
Bague de tolerance
Flasque de palier BS
z:
Couronne Porte-balais
Bague darr6t
;;
28 Rotor
29 Roulement a billes BS
30 Couvercle de palier BS
31 Roulement a billes AS
32 Support de tacho
33 Tacho
Couvercle de tacho
zz Support de ventilateur
36 Ventilateur exterieur complet

Bearing end cover, drive end


Endshield, drive end
Shaft sealing ring, drive end
End-float washer
Stator
Terminal bracket
Connection terminal
Terminal box gasket
Terminal box
Terminal mounting plate
Cover gasket
Terminal box cover
Carbon brush
Cover band
Rubber sleeve
Plug
Shaft sealing ring, non-drive
end
18 Fan shroud
19 Washer
20 Fan blade
2 1 Tolerance ring
22 Retaining ring
23 Bush
24 Spacer ring
25 Endshield, non-drive end
26 Brush rocker
27 Retaining ring
28 Rotor
29 Bearing, non-drive end
30 Bearing cover, non-drive end
3 1 Bearing, drive end
32 Tachometer bracket
33 Tachometer
34 Tachometer end cover
35 Fan bracket
36 Separate fan, compl.

Ersatzteile

Pieces de rechange

Spare parts

Wir empfehlen, stets


1 Sat2 Weblager
1 Satz Kohlebijrsten
auf Lager zu halten!

Nous recommandons
toujours en stock:
1 jeu de paliers
1 jeu de balais

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

Lagerabschlussdeckel AS
Lagerschild AS
Wellendichtring AS
Ausgleichsscheibe
Stator
Klemmentrlger
Anschlussklemme
Klemmenkastendichtung
Klemmenkasten
Klemmenplatte
Deckeldichtung
Klemmenkastendeckel
Kohlebijrste
Deckband
Gummitijlle
Stopfen
Wellendichtring BS
Liifterhaube
Unterlagsscheibe
LiXterflijgel
Toleranzring
Sicherungsring
Bijchse
Toleranzring
Lagerschild BS
BiIrstenbrticke
Sicherungsring
Rotor
Kugellager BS
Lagerdeckel BS
Kugellager AS
Tachotrager
Tacho
Tacho-Abschlussdeckel
Ventilatortrager
Fremdliifter kpl.

Bei Ersatzteilbestellung
folgende Angaben:

erbitten wir

I. Maschine, fijr die die Ersatzteile


bestimmt sind
2. Typenbezeichnung des Motors
3. Fabrikations-Nr. des Motors
(siehe Leistungsschild)
4. Anzahl und Benennung der
gewiinschten Einzelteile

davoir

Pour les commandes de pieces de


rechange, veuillez donner les
indications suivantes:
1. Machine a laquelle les pieces de
rechange sont destinees
2. Type du moteur
3. No. de fabrication du moteur
(voir plaque signaletique)
4. Nombre et description des pieces
de rechange desirees

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

We recommend that
1 set of roller bearings
1 set of carbon brushes
always be kept on stock.
When ordering spare parts we
request the following data:
1. Maschine, for which the spare
parts are ordered
.
2. Type designation of the motor
3. Motor serial no. (see rating plate)
4. Quantity and designation of the
desired spare parts

Gleichstrom-Motoren
Leistung 0.5-30 kW, Baugrossen 7 l-l
Schutzart IP 54 und IP 22

80 nach IEC-Normen,

Moteurs B courant continu


Puissance 0,5-30 kW, grandeurs 7 l-l
C.E.I., protection IP 54 et IP 22

80, suivant normes

DC Motors
Power output 0.5-30 kW, size 7 1- 180 according to IEC
standards, enclosures IP 54 and IP 22

Thyristorregler
Leistung 0.5-70 (400) kW, l- und 4-Quadrantenbetrieb,
l- und 3-Phasen-Netzanschluss
R6gulateurs B thyristor
Puissance 0,5-70 (400) kW, exploitation a l-et 4-quadrants,
reseau l- et 3-phases
Thyristor control units
Power output 0.5-70 (400) kW, I- and 4-quadrant operation,
l- and 3-phase mains connection

Transistorregler und Servomotoren


fur l-, 2- und 4-Quadrantenbetrieb,
Drehmomente
O,l-100
Nm, Drehzahlen bis 60OO/m1
RBgulateurs B transistor et servo-moteurs
pour exploitation B l-, 2- et 4-quadrants, Couple 0, 1- 100 Nm,
Vitesse jusqua 60OO/min
Transistor control units and servo-motors
for l-, 2- and 4-quadrant operation, Torque range
O,l-100
Nm, Speed up to 60OO/m1~

00

00

Grossenbacher Antriebe und


Steuerungen
fur Anlagen und
Maschinen
Projektierung, Fabrikation,
Verkauf, Service

Grossenbacher Entrainements
commandes pour des
installations et des machines
Conseil et projet techniques,
fabrication, vente et service

Grossenbacher

Control

ein Unternehmensbereich der


Grossenbacher Apparatebau AG, St.Gallen
CH-8307 Effretikon,
Vogelsangstrasse 11
Schweiz Suisse Switzerland

0
r7
et

Grossenbacher Electric Drives and


controls for installations
and machines
Engineering, Production,
Sales, Consulting, Service

MAVZIATOOI

Oil Strainer with check valve

T10.83./16E
701

Mounting,
Operating
and Maintenance
----_------_____-_-----------------------------

Instructions

Foot valves according


to our specifications
no. 701 , 7011 and 721
with cone disc closing
are mounted into pump suction
1 ines to
if the pumps are not self-priming.
prevent their
unintenional
draining,
UPOIJ
the iIJStallatiOn,
+Ae axle of the suction
pipe should not deviate
more than 3 to 5" fro,:, vertical.
In addition,
an unobjectionable
sealing
material
must be used in the flange connection
of the suction pipe to
prevent
the sucking in of air
If t,+e emptying of foot valves of this types is provided
acutating
linkage
must be placed by the mounting party.

for,

the

The excess pressure valve,


fit ted only upon special
request of the
buyers, is being set by the manufacturers
to the indicated
blow-off
;;ressure and can not by changed by the mouuting party.
The excess pressure
valve, however, does not prevent
any troubles
of
the foot valve or the pipe line system arising
from pressure
thrusts.
It rather
has to prevent
the exceeding of 'he fixed static
pressure and
thus to avoid a fracture
of the cast-iron
casing.
Xo maintenance
of the foot valves is required.
However, if after
an
any leakage
loss is showing,
the sealing
surfaces
extended operation,
of the cone disc must be quecked, and, if necessary,
cleaned from
incrustations,
or :he rubber seal must be changed.
Fcot valves of our So. 701 and 701/l are suitable
for an operating
pressure
up to G atmosprre
gauge, valves of our ?Jo. 721 up to 10 atmospere gauge.
The flow speed should be 1,75 m/set. maximum, corresponding
to abt. 5,7 ft/sec.

T108316E

1i RRRR
?~1BW

Bezeichnung der Teile zum fuventil


Nomenclature- of the parts for the foot-valve
Pos. 1

Rohrkopf
. Body

Pos. 5

Sechskantschraube
mit NutterScrew with nut

Zwischenscheibe
Middle disc

Halbrundkerbn~gel
Rivet

Kegelscheibe
Cone disc

Seiher
Strainer

'

GehWsedichtung
Body washer

DOERING

KW 4071

Norm701

MAVZZAAOOI

Switch over device DN 150, PN 16


*Make ARLON, type AR*

024.10.001.99
A:AR/9004

I
!

5
5 2%'
5 ws9rhw
s elCclAr

- ,I
J

smn: 665
2340

,
2c

I
!

'
:

I
f

<
lJ

NWlSO-ND16

CNTPC)
OONWACT

Thermal

Power

Corporation

Ltd.

(A Government 01 hdia Enterprisej


N

NO.

cC.r3lQtr&l

National
1 PC

DRAWING NO.

TALCHER Super Thermal Power Project


Stage

I (2 x 500 MW)

L 27.30
SectIon /Vur A-A
Sertmn / IICI A -A

a.nmrm

, KKS-No.: MAV 22AAOOl

-h.$a

E 1 1
Dou blethree way wlve :~~:~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~--.-::
ON150 1 PN 16
.

ABB
au--.lNn
Weight

+~u.KW
I DA25
hmmMI---

Poids

Code: 150ARF160TB0600
INDUFIL ORDERNO.:91583.2
91584.2

&/r

Max. allowable operating


pressure
PressIon d operotton
mpx.

16Bar/232

Max. allowable operoting


temperature
Temperature
mox. d operotron

1 ooc/212r

ScnAAL

cET:cFI

Double

Qz:

threeway

Psi

OAT: o&f)4191

transfer

WENST:

ball valve t bore


Flexibly coupled

-ENZlJ

MDERs MNQG
I

INDUFIL
Celsiusstroot
5
Tel. 08360-40861
Oidam-Holland

-,
6942

RA

EK.

No.

0241000199

-______--_---__-_--_--------------------------------------------------_-_____--_-------------------------------------------------------------

!MATERIAL
!PROD.CODE
POS!NR!DESCRIPTION
!DIMENSIONS
!
!DRAW.NUMBER
!
! !
===+==+=====================+==========+================+==========---!Gst 45.3
1 ! 2!BODY
!ND150 - PN16
!86.33.054.11
!
!
! !
!
---+--+---------------------+----------+----------------+
---a--w--w____
!Gst
45.3
PN16
2 ! 2!CONNECTION
!ND150
!86.34.054.11
!
!
! !
!
---+--+---------------------+----------+----------------+
----------____
!ST. 35
3 ! 4!SEATRINGHOLDER
!@180 X c)146
!86.44.024.31
!
! !
!
!103.00.000.07
----------+----------------+
------------__
B-m +--+---------------------+
!81.10.150.29
4 ! 4!0-RING
!BUNA-N
!SOR 82
!
! !
!7O"SHORE
!
D-w + me+---------------------+----------+----------------+------------!81.11.150.47
5 ! 4!0-RING
!BUNA-N
!R 2201
!
! !
!70"SHORE
!
--- + --+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------!86.15.083.31
6 ! 4!JOINTRING
!21003
!r#173 x $150.5
! !
!103.00.002.05
!
!
m-m + --+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------!86.20.024.31
7 ! 4!SEATRING
!ST 35
!@180 X +160
!103.00.000.41
! !
!
!
--- + --+---------------------+----------+----------------+-------------!81.10.150.13
8 ! 2!0-RING
!SOR 56
!BUNA-N
! !
!
!70"SHORE
!
B--+--f
---------------------+----------+----------------+
-------------9 ! Q!SPRING
!SPRING ST.!@164 X 4146 X 2 !83.15.143.31
! !
!H=6
!103.00.000.42
!1.4310
--- + -- +---------------------+----------------------+----------e-----+
10 ! 2!BALL
!
!STAINL.ST.!@240
! !T-BORE
!
!
!316
---+--+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------11 !24!BOLT
!81.20.022.44
!ST. 8.8
!M16 x 55
! !
!
.1
!DIN 933
+-----w-------w
--- + --+---------------------+----------+---------------12 !24!WASHER
!81.30.004.16
!@30 x gJ17 x 3
!ST.
! !
!DIN 125-B
!
!
---+--+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------13 ! 2!SHAFT
!sTAINL.sT.!Q~~
x 123
!86.10.135.11
! !
!
!23.34.01.29
!316
--- + em+---------------------+----------+---------------+-------------14 ! 2!BEARING
!86.17.085.31
!21003
!@55 x $45 x 19
! !
!02.00.06.13
!
!
+-----a---m-m----+--+---------------------+---------+-----------m----15 ! 4!0-RING
!81.10.150.40
!SOR 21
!BUNA-N
! !
!70'SHORE
!
!
---+--+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------16 ! 8!BACK-UP-RING
!@55 X @45 X 1.5 !86.18.082.11
!PTFE
! !
!02.00.00.50
!
!
---+--+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------!86.19.083.11
17 ! 2!BUSHING
!@60.5 X 10
!21003
! !
!
!
!23.34.01.14
--- +--+ ---------------------+----------+----------------+-------------18 ! 2!DETENTION FLANGE
!86.07.034.11
!C 45
!@105 x 21
! !
!
!23.34.00.28
!
=======================================================================
!REV
!REV
!REV
!REV
---------------^------------------------------------------------------DOUBLE THREEWAY TRANSFER BALL VALVE TYPE AR FLEX COUPLED
DAT:08-04-91
ND150 - PN16
GET:CA
*
*
INDUFIL
BV
GEZ:
******************t************
DRAW.NO: A0241000199
SHEETl/Z

=========-----------------------------------=====------================

POS!NR!DESCRIPTION
!MATERIAL
!PROD.CODE
!DIMENSIONS
! !
!
!
!DRAW.NUMBER
===+==+=====================+==========+================+==============
19 ! ~!DETENTION puTE
!ST.
!SQUARES 30
!86.24.025.11
! !
!
!
!02.00.01.11
---+--+---------------------+----------+----------------+
------------___
!ST.
8.8
20 ! 8!BOLT
!M8 x 20
!81.19.022.13
! !
!
!
!DIN 912
--- +--+---------------------+----------+----------------+
------------__
21 ! l!HANDLE
!ST.
!L=500
!
! !
!
!
!11.00.01.15
---+--+---------------------+----------+----------------+-------------22 ! 2!POSITION INDICATOR
!ST.
!@70 X SQUARES 30!86.21.016.11
! !
!
!
!02.00.10.32
-em + -- +---------------------+----------+----------------+-------------23!
!
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!
---+--+ ____---- -- ----- ------+--- ---- ---+ ------- - -------- + ---- ----- ----24 ! G!FLANGE
!
!ST 37.2
!ND150 - PN16
! !
!
!3.1B
!
---+--+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------25 ! l!COUPLINGSHAFT
!ST.
!SQUARES 30
!
! !
!11.00.00.15
!
!
---+--+---------------------+----------+----------------+-------------26 ! 2!COUPLING
!ST.
!86.26.025.11
!SQUARES 30
! !
!
!
!
--- + -- +---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------27 ! 4!PLUG
!84.01.021.02
!ST.
!1/4"BSP
! !
!
!
!
--- + --+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------28 ! 2!SAFETY RING
ISPRING ~~.!@38
!81.34.011.06
! !
!
!DIN 471
!
-me + --+---------------------+----------+----------------+-------------29 ! 2!RING
!@60 X Q50.5 X 25!86.43.030.11
!ST.
! !
!
!
!03.00.02.13
--- + -- +---------------------f----------+-----+----------------+-------------30 ! 4!USIT-RING
!VAR.
!1/4"BSP
!81.12.015.02
! !
!
!
!
w-m + -- +---------------------+----------+----------------+-------------! !
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!
---+--+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------! !
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!
w-w + -- +---------------------f-------------+----------------+-------------! !
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!
---+--+---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------! !
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!
---+--+ -------- - ---------- --+ -----^- --- +----------------+-------------! !
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!
--- + -- +---------------------+---------+----------------+-------------! !
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!
=======================================================================
!REV
!REV
!REV
!REV
----------------------------------------------------------------------DOUBLE THREEWAY TRANSFER BALL-VALVE
TYPE AR FLEX.COUPLED
DAT:08-04-91
*******************************
GET:CA
ND150 - PN16
INDUFIL
BV
GEZ:
*******************************
SHEET2/2
DRAW.NO :A 024.10.001.99

3 WAY FLANGED
BALL VALVES

;+;;;;

l oooooao
rnOIOAO
.V.V

Fairey Arlon BV, Overmaat 44 PO. Box 5008, 6802 EA Arnhem,


Holland, Phone +31 85 232313 Telex 45342, Fax +31 85 233525
Falrey Arlon Sales Office, In der Klinge 5, D-7100 Heilbronn a.N.,
Fed. Rep. of Germany, Phone 0713124331,Telex 728148, Fax 07131-21449

FAIREV
ARLON

Flow rate : up to 6000l/min


Port sizes : l- 8
Flanges : ANSI 150- 300ibs
DIN PN 16-40

Leak-free operation
Transflow design
Spring loaded PTFE seats
Low torque for easy operation
Full ports
Two-piece body design

Pure technology
Falrey Arlon BV. The Netherlands

Falrey Arlon Ltd. UK

Falrey Arlon Inc. USA aar9004

I-ic

1. Description
Equalizing Line
Transflow Design
Transflow Ball Valves
Fairey Arlon Ball Valves are designed to
transfer flow, without interruption or
shutdown.
Typical applications are: Lubrication
Systems, Shaft-Sealing Oil Systems, Fluid
Power Filtration Systems - Fluid Power
Heat Exchange Systems.

Before changing over, the pressure m the


system has to be equalized to avoid
pressure shocks and air locks. Our
threeway ball valves offer the posslblhty to
mount an integrated pressure equalizing
ball valve.

08
\

Fairey Arlons continuous - flow transfer


valve design guarantees shock-free,
uninterrupted flow while simultaneously
dlvertering both inlet and outlet flows from
one component to its twin, without altering
the continuity of full flow through the valve.
A tight shut-off of the idle component is
provided to allow for easy maintance.
Fairey Arlon ball valves do a leak-free,
efficient job in a wide variety of
applications for flmds, as well as gaseous
and process media.

Posltlon Indicator ~--

--

Design Standards

Springloaded Ball-Seat Design


The absolute tightness of the Falrey Arlon
3-way a-seat flanged ball valves is
obtained by the floatmg ball design which
gives an automatic, positive seal. Lifting
jacks or locking flanges are not necessary.
To guarantee leakfree functionmg under
the most severe system-circumstances,
the valves are provided with two
springloaded PTFE-reinforced ball seats
i.e. one in port Aand one in port B,
resulting m an extremely low change-over
torque at equalized pressure. As there is
no ball seat mounted on port cIt is
avoided that this port urlll be shut off.
(see valve torque data)

The available flange dimensions are in


accordance with ANSI-B 16.5rating 150lbs
and 300 lbs, DIN 2633rating PN 16and
DIN 2635 rating PN 40.
Maxu-numoperating pressure according to
the relevant flange rating.
The maximum operating temperature is
for Buna-N seals
: -40 c / + 100c
for Vrton seals
: -20c/+200c
for Neoprene seals : -45 C / + 100C
Hydrotestmg and leaktest according to
API-598 or DIN 3230.
The transflow design and available
materials comply with API-614.

Materials of Construction
The Ball valve two-piece body sections are
available in Ductile iron. GGG 50, Cast
steel ASTM-A 216 WCB/GS 45 and
Stainless steel AISI-316.
The floating ball and stem are made of
Stainless steel AISI-316as a standard for all
ball valve types.
All pressure contammg parts are covered
by certificates in accordance with
DIN 500 49/2.2. for valves type Aand
DIN 500 49/3.1.B. for valves type A-R.

Stem Seal Design

Surface Protection

The stem seal design consists of a radial


and axial PTFE-reinforced bushing with a
PTFE back-up ring protected double
0.ring sealing construction.

The Ductile iron valves are painted with a


washpruner 25 micron. The complete
stainless steel valves are supplied
unpainted. The carbon steel ball valves
are blast-cleaned at the outside and
painted with an epoxy based zinc
compound at a dry film thickness of 35-45
micron. Recoatable with epoxy,
polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and
alkyd resin based pamts.

2. Dimensions

L
.- ~~-~~~--

In

---+i

,/
L

Double threeway transfer ball valve Rigidly coupled

RS = RIgId Size
(no other srzes available)

Double threeway transfer ball valve Flexibly coupled

FS = Flexible Size
(requiredslzes
to be specified
2 weeks before delivery)

III

latest

i-'

II I
I'i

All sizes in mm

*N/m = change-over

torque at equalized

, I/ (

pressure

3. Spare parts
Detail P

Detail 0

1 Yz/DN40

l/DN 25
POS
1

Description

Material

O-Ring

Buna-N

70shore

___~~
2

0-Rmg

Buna~N

-~~~~
3

Ball Seat

/; FTFE

Back-up Ring

c = code number
Buna-N =

150

R3162

c qi

,2 ~81.10.150.16
R 3206

qi

: SOR 82
c jq!

~_~
= ;q

;2 81 10.15020
2 81.10.150.25
p__L----I SOR 65
~SOR 70

-020x016x1.5

~.

. 026,7x022x1.5
4

86 18082 05

032.5~7
026.5x7
_~~~~~
~~~ ~ .~~
861908503
1 861908505

PTFE

Bushing

2 181 10.150 14

SOR 72
_.--

PTFE

_~~~~~~~~~
Buna N

86 18 082.03
8

I
c 91

I SOR66

7Oshorc

PTFE
-~

SOR61

6-E- lo/
, DN 18O/2W/25O

DN lCKV125

81 11 15048 ,2 81.11.150.45
281.~l.15~~~7-~--~~~~50
19
.2 j81.11 150.47
---A.
~2
,
~. ~~..
.~-~- 2 .,81.10.150.23
~~~-__
~_~_...~
--._ / 061,5x052,2
: 0120,5x&05,
~091,5x080
051.5x041,5
/ 0173x0150,5,
~036x028.8__~
861508323
2 861508325
i218615.083.26~~~~~~
8615085.28
_2;861508529
~2,861508531
~.
-2
j 2 _.~~_.
~~
~~~~~----~: SOR 20
SOR63
~SOR 65
SOR 74
R4600
j SOR 56
-----p7.-t--~..-~~
~~~taco
81.10.150.38
1 81 10150.17
,l 81 10 150.19
181.10150.26
,I 81 11.150.29
10150.13
1
----~~-~ I:81
~~~~
~..
*~~~.~~~
_~035x030~18
055X045X19
026,7x022x10
026.7~022~10
035x030~18
020x016~8
~~
- :
~~~~~~
-ii 17.085 23
1 86 17085.25
1 86 17 085.25
1 -~861708528
1 86.1708528
1861708531
I
TV~~~
~- v --- ---- --._~~~... ....~~_
~.~
_
SOR8
R 3087
R 3087
SOR 14
SOR 14
SOR21
_.
._~.~~~~
~~..~
,~~~-~.--~~ ~~
~- ---~ ~~ + ~~~~~~~
81 10 15036
2 81 II 150 13 2 81.11.150 13 -2-81 1015002
2 81 1015002
2 81 1015040
2

7Oshore

Bushmg

~_ ~__ _._~~~---6
0-Ring

~I--c q

R2112

_-..-.~.~
: Buna-N

~--____-~---

~SOR59

81 10 15003

: 70shore

~~~~~
4 --:~i 0-Rmg
~~~~i

SOR 16
--

&f-5,

~2%3/
DN 65l80

~2/DNsO

026.7x022x1.5
.~~
4 86 18 082 05

~3~~030~1.5
4

040.5x13.5

032,5x7

~.
1 861908505

1 861908508

q = quantity for spare part kits per smgle ball valve

for ordering
vaon

.IZ

Neoprene

153

86 18082 08

035x030x1.5

: 055x045x1,5-

4 86 18 082.08
.~~~ . 4. 86 I8 082 11
040,5x13,5
060,5x10

1-8619~8508

18619085.11

4. Flow Characteristics
Pressure drop Arlon valves WA-R (L-bore)
DN 025
h/A-R

DN 040
Alh-R

DN 050
A/h-R

Switch position
(normal operation)

DN 065/080
A/h-R
DN 100/125
A/A-R

1
3
22

DN 150/200/
250 A-R

.B
slEiG 0,3
$j

02
0.1

at
$1
d: ;

is;:

/
A/

0,03

0.02

--lo

20

/
.,
I A
/
/ II
/
A I
/I

//
I/
/I /

001

,I

40

100

200

400

1000

2000

4000 (L min )

medium voter at 20C


DN
Cv Value

025

040

I5

60

050 / 065

060

1110 125 1 150 2011 250

100

280

490

280

490 j1110/11!3

1110

DN025
A/h-R

DN040
A/h-R

DNOSO
A/A-R

3
2

DN 065/080
h/A-R
~ DN 100/125
~ A/A-R
DN 150/200/
250 A-R

45 Switch position

3
jj 2 ::,;
.i E 0.3

Caution:
This posltlon only appears shortly
dung change-over and may not
be used as a permanent posltlonl!

%
0 t

0.2

$2
IZIG
0)
g .sw
5
,a

01
0,05
0,04
0,03
0,02
nnl
-,__
10

20

40

100

200

400

1000

2000

4000 (L min )

medum water at 20C

Ball bore type

Posltlon I

Posltlon II

Positlon I

Posl!lon II

L-Bore
(900 Switch)

T-Bore
(180 Switch)

Cv = LJSGPMwater at A P of I PSI
(I US Gallon = X78 liter)

Posltlon III

5. Ordering instructions

Please make your choice by


fillmg in the empty boxes and
send us a copy of this sheet with
your reference no. for immediate
action.

It is quite easy to buld up your own valve by


following items 5.1 up to 5.10 and ticking the boxes.
NOTE: All codes with m are standard lead time items

Name:

5.1

Order no.,

Ball Valve Type AR

Ball Valve Type A

Inquiry no.:

Connection: DN

Connection: DN
Flanges act. to
DIN 2633,
rated PN 16 only

All types,
DIN/ANSI

Full Bore

* Reduced BallBore

5.2

Product Material Code


Ductile Iron GGG 50

5.3 ) Valve type

5.4

3
7

Cast Stainless Steel


AISI316

Flange type
DIN 2633 PN 16
(Form E)

DIN 2633 PN 16(Form C)


DIN 2635 PN 40 (Form C)
ANSIB16.5 1SOlbsRF
ANSIB16,5 3001bsRF

.
-i---l

IL-5.5 1 Flange

Flange facing: Raised Face

facing: Flat Face

Stock fimsh Ra 12,5 tirn


Special finish Ra 6,4 pm
Smooth finish Ra 3,2 trrn

5.6 1 Ball bore


L

type for both Valve types hfhR

L-Bore (90 Switch)


T-Bore (180Switch)

5.1 1 Seals

& O-Rings for both Valve types A/AR

Buna-N
Won
Neoprene

5.8

Equalizing line for both Valve types WAX


Equalization Line WBSP
mcl. ball valve
(bore 0 6 mm)
Only one off mounted
per single or duplex valve

Not Mounted (plugged)


Carbon steel
Stainless steel

Orifice for equalizing Line for both Valve types AIOrifice


(mounted m couplmg of
equahzation lme)

5.10

No additionals

Bore 0 6 mm (standard)
Bore03
mm
Bore 0 1,5mm

MAV22AA010

Globe valve
Make KSB type ZXS

761211M

betriebsberdrcke
(im GeMuse)
Betricbsiberdriickc
/Workingpressures(in the body)I Surprassions
de rsrvica (A Iinttieur du corps)
%VlONCk
Gehas1u.c4chlhab- Zll!&#J4~~bubUT~DenllJ~Rl%
I wemmn
"Iomryl pressurn

PrvfUW
I seat tighlnsa ledPres+m
1 EPmum d'blanchNlb
, bu,l

soay le4l81-

MaImal

+%SsMt mmnrr
RI

,
f$mbFf-n

40

SW
W)-1209:

60

-1.0460
IC226
; GSC25N -1.0619

') c4N 3230 - B A IMl5209l ba


?c4N 3230- BNllklvalS 1 65052OwLeant~

Adlllmlbb~pssnrsrnbvatlnnWmvslolg:
de lmvim aanklum
1290%
I2504:

40

35

011 2481

n w~uz~ltwnPmaluml de 4:
1
13509:
(4caws:

32

211

24

21

y
31

~VdtNbSl4pllatqlunOpaorvn~ChUlN3356.

"MN3230-BAitSO
')MN3230-BNllsskwmt4163052O.%.1bgem~3)

~)W3230-BAOSO520.9)
n)W3230-811~dehdl~l(LSO52081d4Maha43)

rhsmksamnu~a~twt~~toorn33sa

Lsfet4mhP~rontts~*rass~sun*M335k

1425%

I4sos:

17
19

12
13.5

Teik/Patts/Kkes
I Nr.
.rnNa.
Nodeplae

0-q
DesqMlmn
cz4Ypmtcn

100

G&&IS
w
COPS

Naunrate
NmLska

hwua~r
Tallpnuum

Eturktmmm
DN

TempCntwr
g:

wm0n

Rmllmll
R-

C22.6-1.0460

mn ChomdaNralKaung
wihhudtircap-1.4723
aMapcanaur

a-350

GSC25N - 1.0619
ma vwrchuhnngn,
wthtvWngstw&
Sl 35.8
avsc mlrJuls

ma NkopalL?l!Nnq
mthhatdlacmq - 1.4370
avec ap$xltl au1

10-200

c 22.8 - 1.0460

250-350

GS-C25N-1.0619

10-350

x2cQ13-

to-50

X20013-1.4021

lo-50

'bls
up lo
iusqu'b

450 T

q
!
I
166

Biigm
Yoke
Anade

2W.l '1
T%"
350.1 '1

?A+
rw
@Cd

Bemabrnp

Malw
Matbmu

1.4021

FMrm~
%mshamtbumdhd
hllllbrrsmcIalba
peh6lial
hmadma
tmlml
I
ml,- tihhwdlacw-1.4370
avecaFI,md~

EK
351 'I
WI
411.1 ')

il.1

540"

RiKbsclda~
cl!& cons
c&le&lelM

B-250

c2zB-l.om

3cQ-350

GSC25N-1.0619

BCMlin(l
Gaska
Joint dblanchbtlb

10-350

IT 403 ELrPPill

SlovltnKhtDlskunp
Qala PaC~n)
Gamthm de ,n?sdtoupe
Buctd8

ltaashka
caomchmlc~
bxachouc~mwas

G4adnl~besl
Ezftlz:
lo-50

9 S Ynpb 28 K - 1.0718

M-350

MEaw6TE Mjwo

lo-350

Ck35V-1.1181

-mtlmn
Tedfar-Ranted
- nllfb

zle

902.1

Slilllchnute

- 0.7040

&t%tb
920.1

6klYlmar

c 25 - 1.0501

!Fitxu;lu.b
&

961

Eo
Resson

Hama
HaVlJlanl

10-50

x12crNi17

65-m

f&uahlB
SplnpSWdE
AdecbmssornE
GOALY6Q3-32162

125-150

GlW40

ala AnhaQa
Ii!r'ZG

Raarvtlelk

nachoiNiEN19IIy)5209):
tNe-sna~
N-e
tffll. NanIPNI. Gehsurrwauton. Netllellauwlmu wa-:
wrlnno~mllDurcMLdnclpIJno.
PI04 zmaalqa BelMt4lwnp*stw fcl u3 Nluoom
Betwsii-

- l.Oscio

10-100

200-350
I - empmkm

7 -1.4310

itwl.

fir ElBb4s.YhL 04Wd444 144 tiw4


id zwlnlia
4ll Ebb- II4 l#blnlIpu~q
0610.0 11 kmn.

Grw-40

MEElUNfEGG-25
I - lbwmmma

swl

Pan

I - Rlm

b rechanpe IkDmma~

Thevalvs4~MhtdKOOrdnDtOMMN19lISOSM9):
twmmi sue IONI. nommal mswm 1ft4). MIWI
ac.uonatm ol boay. mam4actureh nom ardm tdemafk:

Lnmbnarwttmaf&sse.bn0tNEN19l1505209):
dia~mnomnrlIW),prbwnnonmr*~Ro,dCsiprvllDn~h
matlbm. maw4 au IaMunl elm malPw tl4Pma

d-a~torrbmclMol(IOw.a-~
lcP.2 and aawmmua *wkinp

i-lbmsdmavs*la~6~tnmPbrdurdsrancrPCl
dSWWSSilb-~Dfl-

fd 10*dldhl..~lm101.
tt4t,lbN, Ub .,dl

fesstm

blm~dlbI mb mdll~
. lI1D.l.

wld~1

~1.

",I

d" lb4

Pw I4 ml~~a, I# hldic9mM.
ia Ibm~mlo~ al IWtnth
4wl I'kdmdtm
ba ~4~1444ti 44 umcl D'O579.L

mk

ON 1O-50

ON lo-50
961
200.1

St-

absperrbares RMschteQventil
Screw-Down Non-Return Valve
Soupape de retanue. btocabb

Sperr-FiinQ
Lantern RinQ (4561
Chambre de blocage

A)@

ON 10

ON lo-50

GtiuSe
DrossdkeQel
Throtttiw cone (352)
One d%tranplenwnl

ON 50

ON 65-350

ON 1O-350

ON lo-350

1?,1,
~ernegelunQ md oder dme

n>v,

dffllUnQWK~Q~

SpenRinQ
Lantern nnQ (456)
Chambre de blwaQe

OpemnQ mndtcator
lndicateur douverture

absperrbares i%iCkschlaQveM
Screw-Down Non-Aeturn Valve
Smpap6 de retenue, blocable
DN 65-350
Y---,~

GnnunQsenzelQer

Locking device vnth ox


wtthout opemng mdicator
Oispositii de vwroudbge av8c
ou sans indwteur douverture

MS

ON 65-100

ON 125-350

KW

Cone
C8ne
DN 65-350

DN 125-350

l.lroselkeQel
Thmttllng tune (352)

Enwu~skepd
Pressure reiiel cOne
C8ne de d&UQe

c8ne d&ranQlenlent

Ke~ei mit PTFE-Dkhtrin~


cmewithPTFEseallnQlinQ
CbneavecpintenPlFE
bl
upto+2oos:max
jUsqUP

Einbau

hstallation

Montage

Gktmn)vsr era muanyhlmalbd ill the lionso that lks


medbmontasIhovalvobemaththoaoeandlbwwt
OhlhOcMw.lbymrtakOtmU8UlbOmknmbnlh
albmbgckmchofflo*r

Las mtdnets I soopaps danh smt rrmt6s


WtloOUeklh#&oWtro~bcO~hsorWIOft9ZhW
audmsu8bM

Soham tii fiir DN 125 bb 350 an/q&own


Dmckdebruum
ebenchnnen mfam
slna Emlastunpskm
afwdn(lch. ii7 aFall muB asr Emhu so crtolgcn. dae dr abzwchton&
rwck
iibNdaKqsl!U!QL
mf btb~qskepsl
hat ale Funktion aina umfiihruq and
erfllrwdantsenmnZ~wonnschmchaemDitosn
emGogmatiaulhaot. saaa6 sichckdii~ nti 0rbBec
wlra. ab P lalb
angqebn

thwava.dthe~ialpnuwesMeainthotaU~w
for b-ah sizas W 125 lo 350 are moea+
then a pms.m
refis(conw#horqwsL
hthnovan&ttwnlvsmuubsirstaUedsothatthprwwo
totesmbaotf~abovrt~c9~.
Thap3wremMcmedsmahyposardcanordytuHd
IIs hnxlm on con&Ion that 0 hack pnnws tutas UD am
ooomq of ttm valve, ~6 that the oreswe mtterenual &es
rim mzeed lha YIkB bus In the tat44 ww.

Si Is vrcsbm
rliftemntrolbs aoaasont coM wdqu(r
pov I*
W125335RIatnbcasskbpr6volrdss~CdChrpr
llamcoc?&knmngedutUmszbatt6dskocnQ*h~
akbet:lakmwm,ilocdnpmaodemaCc6m
LocOm6&hargeag6comrmunbygilmstdnmphcotk
tomtmdamkmsaumssulemsrrtobaprbssman*hn,u*
commgremmn
I pmaoh.pmonam doMonir okW8 080 mgian
aarbmib
l0ldmum 6 ceks lndlqUde3 our k Iat4mu

DN

(353)

Absponvonllb mndell nomlal so nqobaot, d;rB fJas QUrehw


mtttol Unta aem Kowl em- und iibar ban Kqel awtmt. Sb
k6nnea ati
m Loiikgm rod sitimunpvrmuq
einpebsul w&o.

A D Dar

DN 65-350

125

I 33

I150

1200

1250

! 300

! 350

21

14

norm-

4.5

Abswrt!are RtkxhlagvenIlle
TyD AXi wwbo qN!WYtzlSh x)
ew%uul.
dad das Durchllu&hlllSl unlCr Oe KqM a,,rm.
Sle smd serlenma0q mil SchlsBleder auqestattot UM konncn
such I Sloq- tier FalbM@en ClnDaJaut w,(lM.

Screwdmvn mnmum
valwa 01 the type AXS
musea n such 8 wsy lha, Ihs mKlium cntors
Oomalh ll!a cow. They am scmsnunvi~uur~
cbabng smo. ana can 04 msulbd m hmuomal
lines Wh &ward or downwar Ibw.

automatisierbare

Globe valves suitable for actuators

Robinets a soupape darret


convenable pour commandes

xt

voi Typo zw

wehe TYP ZXSF

Abspenventile

Type DSF

b ttdb

am m onnc~ob
the ma
comobta wren
or vmwal

tea EOUD~O~ dc tm~


~ocatk IVW Axs aoiven( tm - oar
prrwe - mom b us lawn quo b Ilu6do mm
fm6m LwI
b tine. Los IolJrwo * rotcnLl0 bbcabb en stamard som
equwoa am rsson as termemum et owoot otm mom(r
cdarhsmmom w am 10youtsma momam
w aoscdam

DN lo-50

DN 65-350

- i
DNlO-50

;+

I /

4
0
8

kiik
,/

,_

.
x11:,

SchwatBmutte
SOckelweklend

ANSI 8 16.11
Manchon
a mttier (DIN3239/Z)

Abmessungen / Dimensions/Dimensions
ygy

I m7-c
; ;;f,y
1
I Nommal
I
!acehngth(
presswe I sue
Embans d soda
w%srJn I hanwtfe / Dimenwn t
nomtnab 1 nomml
jtace-&lacc
/ unite,
bfxbrmt
I
unmacnmed
machmedDIN3239-O
I
I
,muwM
I
l=M
I
/
1
I
/
FN
!0d3
1
/ 0Amar. IOBmin
/ 0d2
/ tm
10
15

( 18
122

13
17

37

19

128

22

32

I
)160

50

24
34

134
I43

28
37

40

11no

38

1 49

43

50

1 210

/ 75

47

161

I 54

I 55

i 290

/ 76.1

65

! 76.1

/ 70
( 82

10
15
20

x25

25140

130

80

, 310

88.9

( no

i 88.9

1OO

j 350

114.3

/ loo

1 t14,3

106

125

j 400

139.7

( 125

1 139.7

131

150

I 4aO

168.3

I148

/ lffl.3

159

! 200

600

219.1

/ 199

) 219.1

207

250

I 730

273

i 251

1 273

260

330

t 950

345

1305

1325

309

350

/ 1100

385

1335

I 359

238

AnschhBma6s

Bmmm rJeothm
Cent* to top
hclpmwm

s4hwamm
s-xk&wsldm
MsnchonslrOuda
ANSI6 16.11IDIN3239121

j0C102

I -n
I
1 h*ril.,..
I
IbmIi-----/h

25.0

j 17.6

130

36.5

27.1

44.5

33.0

53.5

423

6o.s

48.7

180

/ 61.1

15.9 210

I
/
(Ok05

736

9.5

wlthLuU.mfq
awcdammds
rt-

242
- 127

! Hub
Stroke

I
I
mm

282

12

275

315

15

313

( 365

18

16O')

BaulAngwnach CM 3202152 lbb ON250).

Assembly dimensions
Encombrements
FacStO
law bWthS ~COX@I toOiN32O2/S2 lvptoON 250). nmnvonr~~hcsru~rnMN3202lS2~LDN2M).

sehweiBendwbn*sanpanochDN3239-0.

Oimamiomoftuttw4MsendsaabtdiqtoOtN3239-O.

DimnsiomdganbwtsIsouCurumntOtN3239-O.

~nxhM255921.

wdd olmw temtalYmkq toDm255921.

T~psbnlnuretbsoudapsnmulMW2559.21.

~ndMAwNknuqda-und
SchvsiBhqenfonrmdmqlkh)cdodlnvmahllbdg

Ml?4lt-OtMtMld~Wtdwscd~lWmr
unbrMnuhdunQMo~vatNlldimmsloaAandB.

ExcqtbmbrulahJatkmdsrmboulsaEwdscetdatrpsem
rununrbmwhgosontporobkZmals-Cmba
dunsmMlrA3tR

htan8Aunda

Besteliangaban

SpecificationS
RewgiwursMcthltomummatdut:
PNLNsm*rale
W. BtimteOb*druQ
Chtbrmz- mmvut
pmunIW.nolmNl
ID(IONI.
work!q
p-wsJm,
OunMk~Bmsatm.
BelnebstMpatW
mdFIohnnrcNuRddbmhd
FWSRU
Row
mW.m
wkii tsmWntursand
and
mtenal~
PMconned=
I-

WbitsnumgmawbngabmbLw

dwk

specl6cations
NOUSMUIpMSdrWlJSUdQJWhS~~Ct6~QNSco-nt:
rmSi!M ~~bFW),dkmbtrs~mlNI
@N),Wmdr
-&Jgwmmhwdn4thtbldelkrda,temPtwtum(b
ccommmt da tubal0menslDns
a maemu)

0"
%

~w~nw.sublsdtoclungrwnhwtmtra.sota~d.~

8
0

Klein, Schanzlin 8 Becker


Aktiengesellschaft
6710 Frankenthal (Pfalz)

GeschHtsfeld
Armaturen
lndustrie

Bahnhofplatz 1
Postfach 1360
D-8570 Pegnitz

Telefon: (0 92 41) 71-O


Teletex: 17-924 184 KSB P
Teiefax: (0 92 41) 71-l 5 81

MAV22AA201

Globe valve
Make KSB type ZXL

761111M

Pos.
083 + 081
KKS Nr. MAV22AA201
Werk Nr. 5-467-424468
Werk Nr. 5-46'7-424663

, MAV22AA202 ksb
, Talcher
1
, Talcher
2

Notice Descriptive

Leaflet

Typenblatt

PANZER@

PANZER@

PANZER @

Robinets4 soupapedarrdt
TypeZXL

GlobeValves
TypeZXL

Absperrventile
TYPZXL

a brides

flanged

mit Flanschen

PN25-40

F'N25-40

PN2540

DN 10400

DN 10400

DN10400

G2 1 761111M

Belriabsiiberdrgcke (im GehAuse) / Working prasaures (in the body) /Surpresaiona da ssrvb
iercdruck

I wefkstoff

iommal pressure
7*essbon nomfnare
?N

I Matenaf
I Mat&au
(
c 22.0
GSC25

25

I WerkstoffNr.
i Matenal No.
I Materiau no

/ 1.0460
1 1.0619

25

:o
! k%N
%shgkertsprufung:

40

1.5XPN. Oichthertsprufung:

1 xPN.

Uie Ventde smd gererngt und gepruft flach DIN 3356.

TI

(A Iint8rieur du corps)

/ Zulassige 9etnebsuberdrticke fn bar her Temperaturen rn T


f Admissrble workfng pressure m bar at temperatures of Oc
Surprewons de servfce admfsstbles en bar aux temperatures
f-lo)-120
I200
I250
( 300
350 1400
I22
35

20

17

32

20

16

13

24

21

a c

DIN 2401

Body test pressure: 1.5XPN. seal test pressure: 1 xPN.

6preuve de pressron: l.SXPN. &ewe

The vafves are manufachtrad


to DIN 3356

Les robinets a soupape son1 fabrfoues et venffes suwant


DIN 3356.

and tested accordmg

detancheite:

1 XPN.

/F?ztrts/Pibces

relir.
?an No.
Noda Diem

, senennung
, Oe~NlDn

j OerqNllon

NellflWetl~
Nom. Sue

Oiametn nom.

1empeatur
Temperstun

Temp&aturc

Ltemarkunq
Remark

WUkStOfl
MaIaml

Metemu

Remarwe

mrt Chmmaahl.nemarung

C 22.6- 1.0460

withhadtatlng- 1.4723
awe atvon dur
G5-C 25 N - 1.0619

higel
Yoke
Al-cads

md Nuocmemng
wth hardlaculo
- 1.4370
avec appm dur

C 22.8- 1.0460

G54 25 N - 1.0619

351-1
IAKL)

Rlickachbglugal
!EbzztIanua

X 20 Cr 13 - 1.4021

Q&&W
hardem?Li
tnmpc

65-250

c 22.8- 1.0464

300404

WC

md Niipanawung
mth hardlacmg- 1.4370
aw amm auf

GfaphR-Asbert

w.1-,

sIoPfbuc~ckuq
GWgaFluna
Gamdura ds prasa-PO"W

10-400

Ti

OkMllll9
Gasket
Joint
d'MancM6

10-400

25 N - 1.0619
I

zj=fz

MEEH4NlTEGGG40 - 0.7040

961

t!anerad
Handwhacl
VObM

IO-100

9b-ASi 8 Cu 3 - 3.2162

aufwunscil
~!zizli

125-150

Glw-an

2Oo4Ou

MEHANm

Glw40

I
GG-25

7 - cmpiohbm .Msewetub

'I- Recommendadwan pans

'I-l%cndcmharqemcommand~

01eAmmtum s~ndgeksrm~
MCIIOlNiEN19liTi5203):
HennwmtaIL% NannhcX $?O.Gahau-off.
~~~sIMIIdndiodn Warmacnm:
warn miwemq md Ou~u6nchlunqsCM, zubsqw etl(lMg(~tuI I%1 und ZUbrwpsm Betnetsubadruck Ibafl.

The Vai~~a~mdMda~~~tim~to OWEN19 II505209):


M)muISia.uaIONI.
nomml wassureram IF?&matenai
deSlgMlmn 01 bodv. manuhcIureta mmi awJlar trademarx:
11necessetv arrow lotdwectnn or flpw. aamwbls wxkmg

L~m~neIrmesontmaqubsc(onO!?UEN
190605209):
41amMnmmnalIC#L messon lemmas~PNI.dtamalmndumIUhNU
marquadu latitcuou marquaa&oJCt).auant
inees.5~aw
de la H&ha ds pasaaqe. tnm~tura ds SUVEI (W Lt WF=WJn
deswvle~tBar)admlruUe.

ForEbbm Irnrbb.
D$mo*l(a111nwrn*r lrn
mlldw
418Ebbs II,I~bwa(naaau~(
95lDJ aa bucbln.

Ftr iwt~llah~~.
W~III~. diontlbq 111npau WV
aadWmuhq
umrwu~~ m. 0510.1.

hrb lcatqa.IIbm~awmrt. II4Lwtw


* b: rlv~l~~a
mm epb9911 b amm tucnpm m mm awrmum wr b
1~11111~~
10 as1o.L

lemcmtw

IV and admssbb wkrq

tmawa mar).

11,~wrw~~

ON lo-50

ON lo-50

absperrbares Rijckscblagventil
Screw-Down Non-Return Valve A)(L
Soupape de retenue. biocable

I,,,

SpenRing
Lantern Ring (458)
Chambre de blocage

ON lo-50

.,/I

Orosselkegel
Throttling cone 1352)
COne detranglement

Gehause
ON 50
Bodv
Corps

ON65-400

absperrbares Riickschlagventrl
ScrewOown Non-Return Valve
Soupape de retenue. blocable

AXL
ON 65-100

ON 125-400

Kegd
Cone
COne

DN65-400

ON 125-400

ON65-400
I l?T

ON lo-400

ON&400

-1
SperrRing
Lantern nng (458)
Chambre de blocage

11111

0msselkegd
Throttting cone (352)
C&e detranglement

Entlastungskegel
Pressure relii cone (353)
COne de decharge

Kagel mrt PTFEGiihtring


Cone with PTFE sealing rmg
F
avec joint en PTFE

Gffnungsanaeiger
Opening indicator
lndicateur douverture

upto+2oog:max
jusqtta

Einbau
AbsDcnvMlb wadgl rwmal fo mwbsti.
mtlaltmladbnKe#sh-wkiiibardemtt~auem.S~

kawnaucan~nla~
mti-

daE das Ourcb~~6.

Lhlckdnbrsnmn

Fan muRdn Embu so erk~kaen,


dre dw atm~~rcntsndegmck,

liOUdamKsgc)bZgt.
DaEnl~haldbhnklbnMnUm~~
cmivlMHddNISGWMZWd.WWOufhnachdemOHnao
en *gadruclr
Iulbwt. IO da3 db huckdi~scacu mcht grddBa
mrd. al UI Tab& angsgdtm.

ON

Ap

bar

Abswnbws ROC~gvanOls TV0 ML wwdm grundsalzkch


wlgsbaut dae ds.l DucmuBmRtd Untet dam Kqel smlnlt.
%2 Wnd ssfmU619 Mt Sdrh6tedsc aImmMta
und konnn
mch I Sleq- odef FalbWunqm ewq@selzt mrden.

automatisierbare
Slehe
TypCILF

Absperrventile

so

Verrtegelung mrt oda ohne


Gttrtungsanzerger
Loctdng device with or
without openmg indiir
Okposittl de verrouhtage avec
ou satts indiiteur douverture

Installation

Montage

Gbbanlv6sanbawllvimtalbdintbelinrsolbattha

Lasmbmotsa loupaw dan@ ~171month mmn&men ds letto


sorteoueb~n&?tnexisbcbnklasortms%Mtoem
arkdweusds3b-u

lklvava.dlmdlnsrsnllsr~ealsdlnlhatabbbah
forn)vsrmrON125lo100usexcaeded.thena~m
rakdomwlubsnauasl
in I* wmlt. the v&e must bs kxlalbd so that IhE glesun
lo bs aeabd on lb3 abme Ihe cons.
~RsrrunnMfwm~aabypauandcanonlyfultit
its fuwlmn on cormid~~nthat a back wssum buMs UP after
opmq 01 the vake. so lhal 1kd pressure ddtwmtlal
dma not axwed Ik vdkw hated in the tat& t&w.

Si ba DIV&OIB dift6mnlielbs d&assent cslta Meuses pou tss


oWl251~w.IaSr~vadspr6vou~~~~
OMEdUZbmonla~gs~Mnsxdnnldahmna*h~.
aidant 6 Ia femwture. sappkqw w&saw
du c&m
Lac+mdad6cbaqeagitwmmaonby+as3at6mpbacs0s
!onctbn6ambmwvmaeubnwma6.a~son~ona
cOr~lrO$fmWn $8 pmdu8t. -ant
dOblMlr abr Wm passlo
ddbmnliib
lnbnsum 1 teller md!wm WI b bbbau.

mcdi*nsnrerstkevahekomathemconeandflomout
abewlbscomTbwwnabobsml&dinfinsewlh
stlm
dnlecjlwd now.

SwmungvlcMw

SoWdbt6fDNl25bo4mlangegewl
tibawlninsnwsromrmdEnlbstwpftepsl~bl~

ON 10-400

12s

Is0

1 33

1 21

( 200

1 250

( 300

) 350

14

4.5

1 404
(

3.5

Screwdam non.mtm rakes 01 the IWS AXL are I unnclple


Ins1sund n nnh a w3 U-Lattrw nlsoum antws the MlYI
b.?mlh me wne. Ibrj are serww!aMurad
comWls wth
crounq sq!ng. and can b mtalbd I hQnzontal or vencal
IhnM *rfh upma or danwarn lbw.

La sowaP# de rwllua bbcabb. tyw AXL do+iarll 6tm - par


PnnDs - mwlC da talb IWW bw b tluldc Mn(l(
Wn
~00s
re cbne. LO wupaw b mtemn tscaob M stlndlrd solIt
6~8~6~ dun r&son de lerm~lw~ et wuvd(H MR montaS
lnddthemment suf dsa tuyautenar monlantaa w -eS.

Globe valves suitable for actuators

Robinets ~3soupape darr&t


convenable pour commandes

seeType
MLF

voir Type ZXLF

------$d
L

DN lo-50

ON

65-400

,
T

I-

Abmessungen / Dimensions / Dimensions


Hub
CeolnloloD
hngbtopcn
tlaulWT
ouvuie
mkSperrJIioq
rnlhLantern
nq
avecchambm ti
wcuw

Slmke

1 0 d,xf
14

<

25-40

/ z3:

'237

1 :6

/ !;7
I

, 20

I 150

i 105

I 75

25

160

/ 115

ia5

12

: 100

: 140

I 100

I 40

i 200

! 150

/ 110

88x3

! 50

, 230

/ 165

! 125

102x3

20

/ 65

) 290

185

122x3

22

315

i 00

1 310

I ml

160

136x3

24

305

100

j 350

/ 235

190

22

162x3

125

im

I 270

220

26

106x3

26

55

: 150

1 400

1 300

250

216x3

26

65

26

270x3

30

I 250

j 730

/ 425

1370

30

335x3

32

18

145

dlam.

COWS0

16

70x2

242

282

260

I300

275

1315

263

) 335

T
18
24
32
40

395

90
610

105

395x4

34

B05

120

33

450x4

38

1075

135

36

505x4

40

13M)

30

I265x3

34

660

33

345x3

38

610

410x4

42

965

1465x4

46

1075

36

Anschlu6mal3a

Connections

Cotes de raccordement

Baubngm mch DIN32021Fl

Facelo facelenglhe
accndng toDIN3202IFl

Loquew

1
ti
1
1
t
T
r;
1
t
E
//
1

bwslootsmaot MN 32021Fl

Mae.8inmm
Oimdrwmnmlo
Dimeoeioma mm

SOndsnurtuhnmg
laulWunsch)
spcav deogn IOnwwsl~
Ehatmn sDe0ak lsurdemands)
Flaw3 om#shn. be-Not
Fom, N UIIN2512)odefltiicksprwwl
Fan R 13 (OIN2513).
b~W~WM~WN2695)cd~tind~fi~timsndccMung(Iw2696l
!i&.mdnW.pmoMd
bolhetdeeebweN (OU'J2512~
Orm~esdd(lemabhced)st!a~R 13 fOlN2513)
cliaohfagnt
tw Wdtng pintK4N 2695)of turned
gmove lofWrtdupmt tO!N26961
Bridsssrrcuoug~ilamecndDubMl~lam.N(DLN2512)wnboRanrntlrmsllerinqlsformt~13
WI 2513),ioiet
eeudd;Imembmoe IDIN2695)Ou bvidemsnt
p~lttostt
tenttcubue
(DtN2696)

Bestellangaban

Specifications

Spacifications

wMl8tlumgaawbngabm~:
NeondmckIPN).
HeotWette
IDNt.Belnebwberdruct
Oilterenzdwck,Durchfk,BNdwm&?tf,eMemw~lw UM RohnoshkA

Pkaa gtw us exactbfomtabwsabout:


Mnni~lpraswrenttq~PN~.~m~tsbe(DN).wo~ng
pr-.
bNwan1ulkKes%we,
l!m mea,* wolklng
lem~lum
ad ww cmeckn.

Nouavwsrm~sCua~lwcafad&t3liimdn
co-Ill:
prsslonrnMn.al
IF?&dlambvrmlrnlnal
ILWI.
w-n
vehm16.tmpenlws de
~&tiie&llwde

Andmngm

Klein, Schanzlin & Becker


Aktiengesellschaft
6710 Frankenthal (ffalz)

Geschlftsfeld
Armaturen
Kraftwerke

ma0iie0~

Bahnhofplatz 1
Postfach 1360
D-8570 Pegnitz

sut.j.33 to cha~qe W~~O~OO~O~E~


- sm

r&me

da -

et
da modifiol~0

Telefon: (0 9241) 71-O-


Teletex: 17-924184 KSB P
Telefax: (09241) 71-1681

MAV22ACOOl

Lube oil cooler


*Make OELTECHNIK, type OKG

Page l-3
GMCl503930
2541 O-4

\
f-

-1
,r -l I
.
/
:
/
T
b

OELTECHNlK
~~zk?Il$ fj ckk5-k xi4
:w.
2,
5 5533W3jljsa: i

%5%-l x3.
Td: C7?3./ 9 c?f- 0
lekc X222&6&id

Operating Instructions
for Oil Cooler Type OKG
2 O Ring Construction
Flow of fluids:
Water through the tubes
Oil around the tubes
----------------------------------------------1. Description:
------------The heat exchanger is used for re-cooling
the oil which flows arourd the
tubes in one pass, whereas the cooling water flows through the tubes in
several passes.
Design:
---- -The oil cooler is a welded onstruction
consisting
of a cylindrical
shell with
oil inlet and outlet nozzles, the oil side vent and the oil side drain.
The tube bundle is located moveable within the shell,
i.e. the great tubesheet is rigidly
fixed between the shell flange and the flange of the inlet/
outlet channel (see detail Z), whereas the small tubesheet is arranged
moveable in the shell (see detail Y), thus compensating thermal expansion.
The sealing of the small tubesheet is between the upper reversing cover, the
shell flange and a tension ring by means of two O-rings.
The upper water
channel is provided with a vent line. The channel has welded pass partitions
which are sealed towards the tubesheet by a profile
rubber gasket. The profile
gaskets are shaped in a way that the thermal expansion of the tube bundle
will be absorbed by the gasket material.
The bottom inlet/outlet
channel, also called foot channel, is equipped with
water inlet and outlet nozzles, also with drain nozzles for draining the water.
This channel has also welded pass partitions
for reversing the water flow.
The baseplate of the foot channel is a bottom plate having 4 anchor holes.
2. Assembly
--e-m-----The oil cooler is delivered by the works as an individual
unit. It is advisable
to check the cooler prior to taking it into operation for possible transport
damage, dirt etr. A stress-free
connection of the connecting piping is important.
Also the facings of the connecting flanges shall be entirely
free from dirt.
3.
Taking ------into
-_-_---The circulation
line.

operation
------of the cooling

fluid

shall

be started

prior

to opening the oil

4.
Cleaning
---------Depending on the dirt in the fluids
the heat exchanger shall be cleaned within
regular periods of time. In cases of severe incrustation
chemical cleaning is
permitted.
In this case it is advisable to consult a specialised
firm.
When cleaning the heat exchanger, generally
the oil side and the water side shall
be cleaned; to this purpose the heat exchanger shall be depressurized.

-2Operating Instructions for Oil cooler Type OKG,


2-O-Ring---------------------------------------Construction
------a
The heat.exchanger shall also be drained.
After detaching the oil lines the screwed connection Detail "Y" shall be
loosened and the cover removed. After having removed the gasket, the
intermediate ring and the next O-ring can be removed.
The second step is loosening the screwed connection Detail "2".
Thereafter the shell can be removed from the tube bundle, which now stands
free upon the foot channel and can be lifted off this channel for cleaning.
Cleaning through the tubes is carried out by means of brushes, If cleaning
by brushes is unsuccessful, chemical cleaning of the tube inside will be
performed. Cleaning around the tubes is done by flushing.
After cleaning all sealing facings shall be checked for their condition.
The perfect tightness of the oil cooler is only achieved by perfect
facings. When installing the gaskets, make sure that they are seated
properly.
The assembly of the oil cooler is done in the inverse sense of disassembly.
After having assembled all components and connected the lines, the cooler
shall be filled with the respective fluids, thereafter a pressure test shall
be performed acc.to the manufacturer's drawing. The gaskets shall be controlled
for tightness during the pressure test.
The gaskets in question are as follows:
1. at the great tubesheet Detail I'Z"
2. at the small tubesheet Detail "Y"
As the O-rings are not visible from outside, the intermediate ring Detail "Y"
having 4 bores shall be controlled whether water or oil flows out. If any of
the two fluids flows out, either the O-ring is not seated correctly or it is
damaged. The respective O-ring shall be controlled.
5.
Leakage
--w----m
Leakage at the gaskets can be eliminated by re-tightening the bolts in the
gasket area cross-wise. If, however, tightness cannot be restored by these
steps, a new gasket set shall be installed. In this case follow the procedure
as under para.4. If the fluids have mixed and the 4 test bores of the intermediate ring Detail "Y" do not sho any sign of leakage, it can be expected that
a heat exchanger tube itself or the attachment of the tube by roller expansion
is defective. As for the latter, the resepctive tube shall be re-rolled.
In case of a defective tube a first step may be to plug the tube by a coneshaped metal plug (taper ratio 1 : 20). Do not drive in the plugs too roughly
to avoid damage of the adjacent tube attachments.
Since the cooler is equipped with bare tubes, the individual tubes can be
exchanged. The defective tubes shall be bored out and the tube bores shall be
thoroughly cleaned, thereafter the new tubes may be inserted and attached by
roller expansion.
It is advisable to check the whole tube bundle in case of one defective tube.

-3-

-3

Operating Instructions
for Oil Cooler
2-O-Ring
Construction
-----------------------------------------------

Type OKG,

6.
--- Spare
---- parts
----- :
It is recommended to keep on stock suitable
gaskets and heat exchanger tubes
A good thing would be to keep a whole tube bundle on stock.
The advantage
would be to have a new tube bundle for inspection;
the old one could be
removed and controlled.
7. A@icable
Instructions
----------------------Instructions
condensers,

for start-up,
operation
coolers
and preheater-s.

Gesellschaft
fur Oeltechnik
6833 Wagh5usel

mbH.

and shut-off

of

em.
Yl
_
..l:...
c ..
L, *u:7,
/ /
51
--if,,
L:,LF; ,LJ!.. 8 L
t,.ilFtih,
,
I
fl
CN:
..!C
- -.*PSI* FHTRI /*:. _ .
h i,
h4yy I\i;S,RT ,fi;,.-;;vAt .
~b~N:
: i. .
_ __
_.. 153, ENliEERviC / CR;.
.___ -I?- 1 ml, wv.AYl, :,.
T.--z:
-___+ -- ---F-

I.

OEERFLAECHENEEHANDLUN; / SURFACE TREATMENT


ORBiAN:,,il/
vt,,V. 1HA,,,, r. >;
P M I, *,r, _
% i, /,, A,,,,.
*Ij:THIcH lius>ii: I* (Irrio,Ll,iKH~PW!
,ri.,l,c .i. 0 p /. :
PAlNilNboT5rt I CPMHO,
I(I1-IPLL~PbLIIILIIIUI,I(
iI, . ,,I L1 ,
Ir lm1l K ZUCCkbPSI
hi<hlM, co 0 ,411il i 1 I+:.. 8: :I(
u+vlr HNUiliir. I mm.: leere0.wJ?o~iProdolt-. 0 m u 5: ,,>
rH*w.i I5 I,.!.. 110 CDR,,Oii.
f lewPD.drlci: haeotr. ,
!mNIt I Nd.,.*
kW i,V ml ,n,, 1 ,,,rlYr II/ l
wt L, IN
lu bP b3p.d Llll 5h.l lil,I (1 !d

/AlIe

Dichtflochen

/ all

facinos

Ra 3.2 - 6.31

__-.

ml

-:

-.:;,

,/ , ,
/ ,, ,/
,

L,
.i:

----

YL

::::

4-j

<t--t- f --

/ ,,:,, . ,A
, ,, I
, I ,, .r-

--

---/

~. -

ASME Set

r 2 l

1~ 1/ I
j i-j-i.
, :

\h
imC\;&
/
mWJI q IIPCC.~ / tiO.ar~rz

w _,.
nnlPl t .
I., ,.x 131,. 11 4x Ic co*.*

IChP-3t~I.C:!,
,*m. ctv.Fs,

I I

TX;
I
/

:
0
&;

/
/
/

I
,

L,

v.LS .,.

Gt: I

\ I

.-.. -1.::

I
i

r,
:;.,

I
I

1
:

i
j

-1

ii
i r.
/i
I
1

Y-rrd.
9 .
I?.,

I
/

on, fodot:o
dChll
i rrtv
-1

+y

/ _-

ii

p,. j

-~ ~~~ -~_~c.t:
i 10:r

iI

1,

07

(11

I Cn

*p-

I
I
/

v $1.

:(1-! !l<-re55:.

see

*er.
I
I

I
I
.

,. I-)

,~S,O,

-05

03

'h'

i *c..l w

Jc.

IT Scnrel lr3P-x
Tw"w..l:.
3- -.

c
'

6 ;:

I
.1

!Px.r

~FnlS.ZP.
m
h

-&,-us
,enct ie
,q?wp> rm.0
W.hXhl
M ..#.
ha3 n. trm..
up-w.,
/,?1, :.
--

N-ir

p,

0,

i4,

u.1,

ii)

j .;

c3

6::

cl

3:..,

,
.

-.-

,Iu),A

2 7 1

03

L.
ahyflKrFmi~
i--i??:
ii;-op.i&$g+p.
rv1 ,Y
I8 L G L
m-k,.

Is-.

c 011.iOoEa
I.,
.x.

,a@.1&1.-c.,--

-ri
.M%h.
LAGEROELKUEHLER
OKG100340 oeltechnik
254100
LU6E 0;

CCCLEA

*.*
o.rcllmJw~~.
nYIBr*l
......l.~*
~--.R
U..~U-~Y.-YLrO

t-r

j
[j .I:: 9%
103,:,:is
03,5?
6

Volld for
KKS-No

@o

- Each of the Iwo coolers per 500 tlW-Un:I


- Untl 1 and Unit 2 koch 500 fIti1
I
MAV 22 AC 001 / -002
(per 500 HW-U~I!J /

1
--

. .
F.

-~.__

l/

, .,PR,~Orie

I
\

L-1;
L5.; 1f: : 1
45 3 ii

ii~

!I

&
pi?J

II
./

tw.

IO. i.

:i,v.-

~,,

rn>,

piFq
'.

*:c

DsA....

/.310-110-VM~-oi

'

Super Thermal Power


s:;i
I , 501 v;.

30

Prqecl

.~

tm,IOUtYellUn~,
1: 30 7,
role

..
4/P.

Corporotron 11:
$11
ia.urmw0,n3.zt.-7
ullotl
cn*---*cmu
,I* I

1
CD? ,
GMC1503
?,
1:
L
.
4.L
I--

t.PunslP~l

.-

Not~onol Thermal Power

TALCHER

: I i x
t_ 0

~~

t co

L-.-

\
..
;

c,
2s

___

<CNIRI,
I .

e,np,o,7

ccol~-%~ lUP5

:-,

____--___

yB;;:v.E

Gj

LC.0 :~..wp~L,>-

1
; 5: .G.- .__
z..
-r=$ -1

,,

n-

* a

!arn+x+;icraJJ.a*
qpaa
/ -mm

P Is:o*iPP
1 ;
m *.wt+. I.ll 8 trr- ..7 ce/M/::
.*i, / nnmcqw~
nmrnc I hd
MOY. ,.n I k.mr .I, .
, :J,..
vrwm w
hn..

/
I<
,L
,r
I

*os*cr /.c.i

4:

,iP*PilirSi::-i
.
L aNa1 t )*I,.* C_,
/:_
00 hrlr
,r,
E.
,,c..
o/1_I.* L0.P
*$.I n,m*l**r
.I .*
Io:woPrI7-c
.O! ,VtolW
,r.d,-r ,rnl~

L 1

, .

/--A----.-

u
i UN.,;,
YC YP co..
*r,n .QC.t*wrr

1/ :

i
6,; *us t(,

ce CDilOS

II m II

.I .
i.e..:.
ltiil. CIIW&.P 1 vimI*
s
. P..n. Ls

.
i cot,**

I
:

I.

I !, P. P-
Id+.
/ lil* BliC.,

-I

;7~1

._.. ~ __ __
I

II.

! i j i
1
I I / I
/
1-TI / /

~7~.

VIII D1v.1 TEMA C

1 !W~W0!.I:1/
i0.c.rz.. < I*,..
m m n*.m Cl.. O,W_I
IIDCW
OS,/.v,,. / ,L. _, ./
Lb bPl-: ,
b. n 2. on 7 % .,I
,% a a LI .1 m_.,.
ii,<. ,
.I&.VLi h,, CL,.
lUPPI
,VJ.r:
lie

r y,>

v-.--~-~

j... -

Ausfuhrung noch
ek 0 c 1
ms,r,,i i,& bl

I .
i

. 3:

--

I..
.
~1 - :y
Iii
:
y:
ri:- -I
-1 Fii 7
1 Iit :,
!- H -:-_
(
A. !iLL!.C~~.
- . _-,::I L--.( r;,rJ r;: -t

7
ABC
m-m

STEAM TURBINE
LUBE OIL COOLER
I
1 OUTLINEDRWG

P+,.w

--Is?..
a-

AO,E!

_.
l.k

1,

-mm*.
1

Deckblatt Stueckliste
Cover sheet for part-list
Valid for : - Each of the two coolers per 500 MW-Unit
- Unit 1 and Unit 2 (each 500 MW)
KKS-No : MAV22AC001 / -002 (per 500 MW-Unit)

National Thermal Power Corpora fbn 1 td.


CONTRACT NO.

TALCHER Super Thermal Power Project


Stage I (2 x 500 MW)

A!iEABROuNBovm

- GMC 1503 934

steam turbine lube oil cooler part list 254104

015
1 014'SCHUTZROHR

4 0 24 h7 x 200 LG
4 0 50 x 52 LG

c 21

CONNECTION
8 012 DICHTUNG

3.1
B

TYP D4

PROTECTINGTUBE
1 013 MUFFE

43763 lOCRM0910

VDTUEV3.1B

A 105
4 G 112'

399

7603 CU

GASKET
8 011 STOPFEN

4 G l/2'

910 5.8

267

ST

PLUG
1 010 MUFFE

4 G l/2'/ 38

2448 ST 35.8I

17175 3.18

1 8 21,3x 4 x 60

2448 ST 35.8I

17175 3.1B

1 C 15 / o 21,3

2633 C 22.8

VdTUEV3.18

CONNECTION
1 009 STUTZEN
NOZZLE
1 008 V-FLANSCH
W.N.FLANGE
7 007 STUTZEN

s=4

350/3

1 QJ337x 6,3x 130 2448 ST 35.8I

17175 3.16

kPo6 &-@nml
r@
descplia,
rpiece
dEls@ml
b-m

stckAtimmmg
pa-l1
Llmmdn

SCHLERETH

DIN

moteid
fmlke

5heddkte-Nr.
gUTMS!-NO.

ml

No.

Q-fit

OeltednkmbH.

r-tan&be

DIN zew h-xi


csrfficote

MUMi

25 410-4
2

SHELL
2 0'23GRUNDPLATTE

1 0 1405x 68

BASE PLATE
! 022 KAMMERFLANSCH

1 0 1110/976
x 100

1543 H II

17155 3.1B

c 21

VDTUEV3.18

FLANGE

A 105

? 021 TRENNSTEG

399

3 10 DICK/ THICK

1543 H II

17155

I 017 SK.MUTTER

4 M30

934 5-2

267

NUT
I 016 STEINSCHRAUBE

4 AM 30 x 400

529 3.6

267

PASS PARTITION
020
019
018

STONE BOLT
rPos Q=eictrug
rd
descrbbn
rFiece
des'gabn
'a 5icHLm
wrl

thedddt

SldcAknesslng
qJlJ-!kfjncfdm

Hotem:
mokfid

DIN

2~
kd
cersfiwle

sluedbtb.

{g
for O&clnk

DIN

mhH.

Eiottpoge.faae

3 060 KAMMERFLANSCH

1 0 1110/969
x 95

c 21

FLANGE

VDTUEV3.18

A 105

399

059

046
rPos

EbAdnlq

stdc

r@
Fiece-

m-

m-a

AlLmeaq

&eabhS

ftkOeltect&
mb.H.

DIN

Moterid

mate-id

SCHLERETH

an
L

DIN

gtti?JT
nommdoiue

Na

z@w
c+zfexle

25 410-4

Ehttpogafelae 5

Ind

8 075 SCHRAUBE
BOLT
8 074 SK.MUTTER
NUT

44 5/8'UNC x 185

ANSI A 19387

3.18

B1.1 GAL
88 5/8'UNC
.

ANSI A 194ZH
81.1 GAL

3.18

MAV22DPOOl

Constant pressure valve

HTGD6901

Constant

Pressure Valve

Table of contents
Page

Paragraph

Title

General

v.l
v.2
v.3

Purpose , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . ... . . . . .. .... . . ..... . . . . ...... . .. ...... . . ..... .. . . .
Construction
.. .,.... .. ....... . ................. ...........
Principle of operation

Appendices

Zl
2.2

. .. ...... ........ .. ................. ........ ...


Designation of parts
,...............a..........
Designation of connections
Figure 1 : Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . ..... . . . .. ..... . ... .... . . ...... . . . . .
Figure 2 : Sectional drawing

Mod.

P 0102

P 8104
P8203
P8304

description

R 1004
A

KW 4071

Code No.

Vl
v ,
Vl

Z 1
Zl
22
23

HTGD690182E
1

Ai RR RR

lIR P W

V.l

Purpose

The constant pressure valve is a proportional


controller which limits the hydraulic pressure admitted to its input side according to adjustment and
valve characteristic.

V.2

Construction

The pressure of the control fluid is admitted to the


valve piston 4 via connection @ . The control fluid
pressure and the counteracting force of the compression spring 12 determine the pressure in control system @ .The desired value within the control range can be adjusted by the setscrew.

V.3

Principle of operation

The control fluid pressure admitted via connection


@ is admitted to the surfaces @ of the valve
piston 4 (see fig. 1I, pushing the piston against the
compression spring 12. With sufficiently high pressure, the valve piston is lifted so far that drain b
is cleared. The pressure in control system
a
decreases.

The constant pressure valve &an be employed


the control range indicated on rating plate 34.

for

Attention:
In case of counterpressure in drain @ setscrew
26 (see fig. 2) is screwed into auxiliary piston 5.
The leakage connection is provided at screw plug
21.
This valve may only be used in combination with a
safety valve, an orifice or a rupture diaphragm.
l

P 0102

KW 6071

HTGD

690 182
v

E
1

A 8RiR
l %818P

Bezeichnung
der Teile

Designation
of parts

Nomenclature
des pikes

Designacibn
de las piezas

Ventilgehuse
Federhaube
Ventilkolben
Ausgleichskolben
Kolbenring

Valve housing
Spring cover
Valve piston
Auxiliary piston
Piston ring

corps
Chapeau du ressort
Tiroir
Piston de compensation
Segment

Caja de valvula
Tapa de resorte
Embolo de v&lvula
Embolo compensador
Segment0 de embolo

7
8
10
12
19

Deckscheibe
Federabstiitzung
Federteller
Druckfeder
Gewindestift

Retaining disk
Spring support
Spring plate
Compression spring
Setscrew

Fermeture
Cuvette du ressort
Plateau de ressort
Resson de pression
Vis sans t&e

Placa de cubierta
Apoyo de resone
Platillo del resone
Resorte de compresibn
Espiga roscada

20
21
22
24

Stiftschraube
Verschlussschraube
Verschlussschraube
Sechskantschraube

Stud
Screw plug
Screw plug
Hexagon screw

Goujon filet&
Bouchonfilete
Bouchon filet&
vis d tete hexagonale

25

Zylinderschraube

Socket head screw

Visa t&a cylindrique

Esparrago
Tapbn roscado
Tap&-r roscado
Tornillo de cabera
hexagonal
Tornillo de cabeza

26
27
29
30
31

Gewindestift
Kapselmurter
Mutter
Mutter
Mutter

Setscrew
Cap nut
Nut
Nut
Nut

Vis sans tete


Ecrou defermeture
Ecrou
Ecrou
Ecrou

cilindrica
Espiga roscada
Tuerca de caperuza
Tuerca
Tuerca
Tuerca

32
33
34
35

Ablaufrohr
Schwerspannstift
Leistungsschild
Halbrundniet

Leakage tube
Rollpin
Rating plate
Round-head rivet

Tube decoulement
Goupille Clastique
Plaque signalitique
Rivet ti$te demi-ronde

36

Federring

Tension spring washer

Rondelle Blastique

Tubo
Pasador de sujecion
Placa de caraneristicas
Remache de cabeza
redonda
Arandela de muelle

37
38
39
40

Sicherungsring
Dichtung
Dichtung
Schwerspannstift

Circlip
Gasket
Gasket
Rollpin

Anneau darret
Joint
Joint
Coupille Blastique

Anillo de seguridad
Junta
Junta
Pasador de sujecion

22

Bezeichnung
der Anschliisse

Daisgnation
of connections

Designation des
raccords

Designacidn de las
conexiones

Regelsystem

Control system

Circuit de regulation

@
@
@

Abfluss
Leckage
Steuerflirssigkeit

Drain
Leakage
Control fluid

Ecoulement
Fuites
Fluide dela regulation

Messstelle

Gage connection

Point de mesure

Circuit0 de aceite
de regulation
Escape
Circuit0 de fugas
Circuit0 de fluid0
hidraulico
Punto de medicibn

tl

2
3
4
5
6

P 8104
A
KW 1071

HTGD690182D

/E/F/S
z

Ah IR IR
#alBIB

IG. 1

::
.?..
:/ :
.:

: ....
_j
;;.

II
2.
:
i

P 8203

KW

LO71

HTGD690182
22

-0c

24-

-6

1I :
.1 :I

Al

It

KI

___ ---.--A
-H--j

--

kL;j (II)

40 -

32.- __ _ _

P 8304

KW a071

.
lsi

30-

33
31-

I,,!
..

HTGD690182
23

MAV22DTOOl

Temperature controller

Temperature

valve

Contents
Page

Var.-Cod.

VI
V 1
V 1
Vl
V 1

P 0103

...... .. ..... ............................. . . Y 1

P 6102

Section

Title

General description

V.l
V.2
v.3
V.3.1
V.3.2

Purpose ...................................................
Mode of Operation ...........................................
Maintenance ...............................................
Oil-flushing ................................................
Emergency Manual Adjustment ..............................

Technical data
Data sheet Y1..

Additional

AIL

documents:

Instructions for AMOT temperature valve model BR . . . . . . . . . . . . L20391


Data sheet thermostatic valves ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . A3302

R 1007

to L20396
I

GGMV690083E
1

KW 4071

A IR IR
lWDID

V. 1

Purpose

An AMOT temperature controller valve of the


series BR is built in to the oil system to maintain
the temperature of the lubricating oil at a constant
level.

V.2

Mode of Operation

The regulator inserts (range no. see data sheet Y 1)


effect the following:
- at an intake temperature A (data sheet Yl) e.g.
on starting up of the turbine group, the oil bypasses the cooler and is led directly into the
lubricating oil system.
- at an intake temperature B (data sheet Yl) all the
oil flows through the cooler.
- a mixture of COLD (after cooler) and WARM
(before cooler, through by-pass) oil takes place at
the intermediate position.

V.3

Maintenance

V.3.1

Oil-flushing

In order to allow operation at shock temperatures


during oil-flushing before start-up of the turbine
group, the temperature valve are equipped with
emergency manual adjustment, with which the
regulator insens can be blocked. Aher oil-flushing,
the regulator insens must be returned to the
operating position.
V.3.2

Emergency

Manual

Adjustment

See data sheet of AMOT) for mode of operation


of emergency manual adjustment.

See conlenls. page 1 for further details.

P 0103

KW

407,

GGMV 690 083 E


Vl

INSTRUCTIONS FOR AMOT TEMPERATUREVALVE MODEL BR

1) System

check

out

In any system where the indicated


temperature
are more than 4' C from the
nominal valve rating,
an effort
should be made to find the cause. Any
system operating
at an indicated
6' C or more from the anticipated
temperatures
could be in trouble
and the cause must be located
imnediately.
On most AMOT element assemblies,
6" C above.the
nominal is the maximum
stroke
point of the sliding
valve, and beyond that point the valve is directing
all of the flowing
fluid to the port C.

The assembled-unit
type of construction
of the AMOT element assemblies
make them easy to check if they are suspected of causing erroneous
system
operation.
The following
procedure will
give you an indication
as to
whether the element assembly is close to its proper calibration.
For an
accurate
test,
we suggest the element assemblies
be shipped prepaid to
AMOT for checking
in our calibrated
test tanks. Note: Whenever shipping
element assemblies,
be sure to wrap them individually
for protection
against
nicks and dents.
On most element assemblies,
the sliding
valve starts
to lift
off the
spider seat at 3"- 4" C below the nominal temperature
rating
stamped on
the side: strap.
(This is the only number referencing
temperature
on the
element assembly.
All others are production
control
numbers.)
At 6" C
above the nominal,
the element assembly is at or near its full
stroke.
Place the element assembly in a bucket of water 8"- 10" C below the nominal temperature.
It is important
that the water always is well stired
(use a small circulating
pump). Tolerance of the thermometer
should be
+/- 1 %.
Now start
to heat the water slowly;
temperature
increase approx.
1" C per
minute or less if the element assembly reaches the crack open temperature
according
to table of data sheet A-3.301 the sliding
valve is lifted
off
of its seat approx. 0,2 mn.
Continue to heat the water approx. lo C per minute. The temperature
at
stroked is approx. 60 C above the
which the element assembly is fully
nominal rating,
see also table of data sheet A-3.302 position
"warm". Total stroke of the sliding
v.alve is approx. 9;5 mm.
It is important
ment assemblies
The water

should

that always water is used for test


which are used in a luboil
system.
always

be well

stired

during

bath

the whole

L20391

even for
test

ele-

period.

01.86
EM

AMOT CONTROLS SA
Cl-i-1816
Tki.(021)

CHAILLY
64 1141

(MONTREUX),
TClex

SUISSE
452 109

-2-

2) Maintenance
Properly applied and installed, AMOT Thermostatic Valves require minimal
maintenance. An inspection at 2 or 3 year intervals is adequate to detect and make provision for manual wear.
Excessive temperatures, chemical, electrolytic attack or cavitation will
shorten the life of the element assemblies, seals and seats. These items
are replaceable. Water additives may cause swelling of the O-ring seals
around the stem and the sliding valve to a.point where they may affect
valve action and require.replacement. Synthetic base lubricants will definitely attack the O-ring seals which may be replaced by O-rings of alternate materials. Contact the AMOT factory for recorrmendations.
Carbonates, scale and other solids must not be permitted to build up on
sliding valve or sensing cup surfaces. The valve and element assemblies
may be cleaned with mild acid or Oakite solutions. Hard scale may require wire brush buffing.
If necessary, temperature element assemblies in "BR"-models, may
be easily replaced. Remove Nuts (5) and separate the Upper and Lower
Housings. Remove Locknut (23), pull out Pin (19) and turn anticlockwise
Nut (22). As soon as Element Assembly (11) together with Stem (17) is
pulled out of Upper Housing, Stem (17) can be seperated from Element Assembly (11) by knocking out Pin, (13). To replace O-Ring (7) remove first
Screw (25) and Manual Operator Housing (20). Clean any foreign material
from all sealing surfaces. Reassemble all parts in the opposite way. Lubricate new O-Rings (7) and (9) with a good grade of petroleum grease.
To simplify re-installation of the Element Assembly it is recomnended to
put a little bit of grease at the upper part of Sliding Valve and to
turn Element Assembly when installing. If necessary replace also Housing
Gasket (3).

3) Manual override
If for any reason "BR"-Thermostatic valve should not work properly, each
element assembly is fitted with an infinitaly variable override which
allows on accurate manual temperature regulation. By unlocking the locknut (23) and by turning the screw (22) clockwise, the thermostatic element assembly's sliding valve (11) can be opened to cooler as needed. The
pin (19) will show the position of the sliding valve. When the pin is in
the lower position, the element assembly is in automatic regulation, and
when the pin is in the upper position, the sliding valve is completely
open to cooler.
Before the manual override is used we recommend, however, to check whether the cause of trouble is not somewhere in the system, according to
paragraph 4) "Trouble shooting". Manual override should only be used
in emergency case.

L2039/2

01.86
EM

-3-

If a thermostatic valve with several element assemblies is installed


(DN 65 - DN 150) it is recommended to open one element assembly after
the other against cooler by turning screw (22) until desired temperature
is nearly reached. Final regulation is done with next element assembly.

4) Trouble-Shooting
In the event that your cooling system does not operate close to the desired temperature, the following check list may point to one or more
causes for the problem.
4.1 System Temperature Too Cold

a) Insufficient heat rejected to coolant to maintain the temperature


b) Wrong nominal temperature selected
c) Thermostatic valve is greatly oversized for the system flow rate
or cooling capacity of the system is much greater than is required
d) Thermostatic valve is installed backwards, forces water to cooler
and causes engine to run cold under all conditions
e) Worn O-ring seal around the element assembly
f) Too great a pressure difference (in excess l,7 bar) between ports
B and C
g) Foreign material is stuck between sliding valve and seat
h) Element assembly may have been over-temperated sufficiently to
affect calibration or rupture wax seal and does therefore not
close "B-port completly anymore. Requires complete new element
assembly.

4.2 System temperature too hot


a) Cooling capacity of system not adequate
b) Thermostatic valve too small for flow rate (also causes high pressure drop and possibly cavitation)
c) Valve installed backwards; as temperature increases, Port B closes, reducing flow to cooler

i2039 /3

01.86
EM

-4-

d) Bypass will not close due to worn or pitted seats, sliding valve,
O-ring seal, etc.
e) Worn O-ring seal around the element assembly
f) Element assembly may have been over temperated sufficiently to
affect calibration or rupture wax seal and does therefore not
fully open 'C'-port anymore. Requires complete new element assembly.
g) Solids buildup on sliding valve prevents proper action of element
assembly
h) Foreign material stuck between sliding valve and seat
i) Excessive pressure differential between port (very low pressure
through bypass leg, very high pressure in cooler)

4.3 Additional Considerations


a) Thermometers: A thermometer that reads the same whether system
is cold or hot needs replacing
b) Location of thermometers: on horizontal pipe runs, these'should be
in the side of the pipe when possible, particularly on oil systems. Also, pipes do not always run full so the thermometer may
not be irrrnersed'inthe fluid c) Thermometers should be as far as possible downstream from the confluence of two streams of different temperature to allow camp lete
mixing
d) Look for bypasses or "sneak circuits" which prevent thermostatic
valve control of the complete system

5) Spare parts
It is not necessary to keep a large stock of spare parts for the AMOT
Temperature valve. O-rings, housing gaskets and element assemblies with
most common nominal temperatures are stocked in our factory. All recommended spare parts are listed below.

L2039/4

01.86
EM

Item Description

Part.

Quantity

No

per valve

2BR * 21/2BR ** 3BR * 4BR +* 5BR ** 6BR **


---- - ---__-_---_ -=====
_---_---_--------__-----========;===================-----------------------------------------3

Housing
gasket

remark 1)

O-ring

358

112

O-ring
Element

1183

11

10

Sleeve

1182

11

Element
assembly

44654X...*

112

14

Element a.
salt water

44656X...*

Seat

9585LOO2

22

244

66

99

244

66

99

62

93

2.

12

141

-------___-------------------------------------------------------=========-------------------------------------=
----------------------------* If ordering elemertt assemblies,
cording to Data sheet A-3.302

advise

always desired

temperature

ac-

NOTE: Rep1 acement element assemblies are de1 ivered complete with 1ink (12 1
al ready fixed with pin (13) on element assembly, second pin will
be suppl ied apart..
** Recommended spare parts
1) If ordering,

please

for 3-years

advise

operation.

complete

L2039/5

model-code.

01.86
EM

-6-

L2039/6

01.86
EM

THERMOSTATIC VALVES
SERIES BR -DIN-PNIO
The thermostatic valves series BR are fitted with a variable manual override which allows a progressive opening of the
For general applications we resliding valve in A-C position.
commend
to use the AMOT thermostatic valves
series B without
manual override
which offer a very reliable operation
since
they are fitted with several identical
thermostatic elements.
The manual override feature may,
however,
be required by some
ship owners or by the Navy of certain countries.

FIG. 1

I,KK

In automatic mode (pin "5" "in lower position) the


FUNCTION:
mill
control
the temperature automatically.
By turning
the sliding valve will progressively
the screw "M" clockwise,
open the orifices A-C, the pin indicates the sliding valve's position. When the pin is in its upper
the orifice B is closed
position,
ELEMENTS TYPE 2433X @
and A-C are completely open.
Each
Temperatur7 Ranges
element
has its own manual overCOLD" -"WARM"
ND.
ride and can be operated individuc:
a20C
551 13
should
ally. The manual override
10 - ia
571 14
only be used in case of failure of
751 24
:: : :g
the thermostatic valve.
90/ 32
3041
95f 35

T- -

DIMENSIONSDIMENSIONS

FLANGE

HOUSING

1001 38
105/ 41
llO/ 43

D@
@

YPES

mm

mm
22!

2 BR-MET.2

165 12!

ii

2#BR-MET.2

+185 14!

Is

3 BR-MET.2

200161

26:

4 BR-MET.2

224
+

ii
Is

i BR-MET.2

ii

i BR-MET.2

23
-

iii
-

181

120/ 49
130/ 55

150/
1551
160/
165/
1701

OF

1151 46

66
68
71
74
77

1751 79

1801 a2
1851 a5
195t 91

ii

35 35 3a40 44 52 54 57 60 6366687174 77 79a2 a7 93 99 102 104 107 -

43
45
47
50
54
60
63
66
69
71
74
77
79
82
a5
88
91
98
102
107
113
115
122

SPECIFICATION

PRESSURE DROP WATER AND OIL

MOUNTING POSITION: indifferent.


PORTS: "COLD" position: A-B connected, C closed.
"WARM" position: A-C connected, B closed.
diverting or mixing.
e
APPLICATION:
WORKING PRESSURE:
max. 10 bar.
indicated for position "WARM".
PRESSURE DROP:

0.6

NOTES
@

Elements in bronze
(exchangeable)
fresh water and oil.

suitable for

OS1
NOMINAL

SIZE
10
19

50 n
65 nm
80
100
125
150

mm
mm
mm
n

20
40

60
90

15
::

20
37

25
46

;;

35
64

60
90
135

40
80
120
180

50
100
150
225

60
120
180
270

70
140
210
315.

FLOW RATE in m3/h

AMOT

A3302
A-3.302

HOW TO ORDER
TYPE - TEMPERATURE

Example:. Type ZBR-MET.

CONTROLS

CH -1616 CHAILLY

(MONTREUX),

Tel.(021) 641141

RANGE No. - HOUSING MATERIAL


2 -'75/24

- cast iron

SA
SUISSE

Telex 452109

Rev. 5-E
08.84

MAV23ATOOl

Double filter

GGMV690071

ERI 002

1L IR1R
PqIBIB

Twin Filters
interchangeable

Contents
Section

iitle

General

v. 1
V.2

Purpose ...................................................
Design and mode of operation ................................

Appendix

Z.l
2.2

Nomenclature of parts .......................................


Nomenclature of connection openings lines and systems .......
;. ........
Explanatory nomenclature .........................
FIG 1 2 .l.FIG.2 ...............................................
FIG. 3 .....................................................
FIG. 4 .....................................................
FIG. 5 .....................................................

2.3

Additional

Var.-Cod.

VI
V 1

P 0101

AL

description

Z 1
Z 1
Z 1
22
23

24
25

P 8102
P 8201
P 8301
P8401
P 8502

documents

...................
installation and operation instruction for Boll Twin filters
..........................
Construction and cleaning of candle filter element
........................................
Cleaning pistol .................
Description of the change-over valve and operating instructions .............
Differential pressure contact indicator. ....................................
Resistance list .........................................................

R 1002
A
KW 4071

Page

No. 00020
00110 00050
.
No. 00060
No. 00070
No. KV349

GGMV690071E
1

AhIR IR

lWBBB

V. 1

V.2

Purpose

Media used for regulation,

control

and lubrication

purposes in turbine groups must be free from


For this reason they are led
contamination.
through
an interchangeable
twin filter which
works continuously to filter out foreign bodies.

PO101

KW 4071

Design and mode of operation

The design of the interchangeable


twin filter can
be seen from FIG. 1 to FIG.5. The mode of
operation and application
is described
in the
n
additional documents (see contents).

GGMV 690 071 E


Vl

1L IRBR
FIBBBB

c
2.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
ia
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

2.2

Nomenclature

Switch setting indicator


Pressure balancing cock
star wheel
Valve disc
Eye bolt
Filter housing
Cover
Valve housing
Intermediate shaft
Seal ring
--a
Filter tube insert
Seal ring
Seal ring
Seal ring
Set screw
Nut
Vent valve
Differential pressure gage
Stop cock (to the differential
stop cock
Seal ring
Seal ring
Seal ring
Compression spring
Set screw
Nut
Cover
Nut
Floor mounting

pressure gage)

Nomenclature of connections,
openings, lines and systems

Medium inlet

63
@

Medium outlet

2.3

of parts

Opened position

Explanatory

nomenclature

Switching indicator

El

Opening for continuous ventilation

t
P a102

KW 4071

GGMV690071E
Zl

iL BRIR

l 1111,

FIG. 1
,627

Fq.2

l?

18

I
I
I

?
7

I
I

L--i-m-J

Fig.5

-1
\

FIG. 2

Fig. 3/

19

P82Ol
KW 4071

GGMV690071
22

11 IR IR
FWPBD

FIG. 3

7
A

16

ff%
I I

II

-8

15
-Gzkfk
/

P83Ol

GGMV690071
23

KW 4071

4 RR RR
FIRBIB

FIG. 4

. ..I....
I. . . .

t
* . . : 1; ; : :;

:*

i
c

Ok.
I

c
. . -.__

_,

P 8401

KW 4071

GGMV690071
24

Ai IR RR

l WBIB

FIG. 5

P 8502

GGMV690071
25

lNSTALLATlON
I.

AND

OPERATING

INSTRUCTIONS

FOR

BOLL TWIN FILTERS

General:

consist
of two filter
corings
connected
Twin-filters
which
con be switched
over,
change-over
device.
The filter
corings
ore
in parallel
through
a two -stage
for a particular
range of pressure,
the
designed
to meet the current
regulotions
filter
elements
with an appropriate
safety
factor
for the differentiol
pressure
quoted
The
maximum
differential
pressure
for
filters
with
on the filters
name plate.
and for filters
with
micro-cartridges
2 kp/cm2.
filter
mesh is 0.b or 1.2 kp/cm2;
Twin-filters
are used in cases where
must be carried
out,
without
shutting

the regeneration
down
the plant.

of the

dirty.

filter

elements

depending
on the type and size of the filter,
may have
The change-over
devices,
segment
shifts or two-stage
change-over
valves
and allow
o
cylindrical
plugs,
since
one filter
chamber
is switched
in at
change-over
without
pressure
shock,
the same rate as the other
is switched
out; both filters
con consequently
be operated
together.
A stop,
or the design
of the change-over
device.prevents
both filters
being
off at the some time.
II.

Installation:

When the filter


is fixed
to its foundation,
the filter
casing,
ond also the connecting
Pay particular
attention
that the flow is in the
piping,
must be free from strain.
the correct
direction
is marked
on the
correct
direction
through
the filter
elements;
usually
on
the
flanges.
filter.cosing,.
III.

Attachments:

If the filter
the possibility
required:

IV.
A.

heated
filters:
valve
for the filter
operating
pressure

chamber,
set to operate
of the filter
casing.

For electrically
heated
filters:
A thermostat
which
cuts off the power
permissible
temperature
i.e.,
15OoC.
Starting

up and

Pressure

1. Set

the

or with
base
the following

heating,
ond
attachments

there
are

is

1. For steam
A relieve
permissible
2.

to the

heater

at the

plate

maximum

at the

maximum

cleaning:

filters:
change-over

device

both

filter

chambers

in

use.
I

the

air

3.

Start

the

plant

up

slowly.

4.

Close

air

vents

when

5.

Operate
the change-over
device
to isolate
one filter
chamber;
while
one of
the filter
chombers
is being
used for filtering,
the isolated
chamber
is in
reserve
until
the maximum
permissible
differential
pressure
has built
up by
the operating
filter
becoming
clogged.

When
the differential
pressure
reaches
0.8.or
1.2 kp/cm2
for filter
mesh and
the
change-over
is
mode
or
foiiows
00020
aX,20
2 kp/cm2
for micro-cartridge
filters,
and

of both

its mid-position,

Open

the

vents

at

2.

lnstallation

is equipped
pith
a heating
jacket
that a steam cushion
may form,

operating

chambers.

the

air

has escaped

instructions

and

liquid

has started

for twin filters

Operatino

Boll 8. Kirch Filterbau GmbH - K&n


ba doppelfilter Bq~~DoPPP,lfi~ter_l_~~lisch)

issuing..,

instructions

to the

6.

--?;

clean

If there
vent,

Chonge-over.

8.

Shut

the

Open

air

over

11.

Take

the

Clean

the

the

filter

element,

filter
bock

cover,

If there

is o pressure

the

filter
to

Close

opening

pressure

the

of the

oir

liquid

hos stopped

when

possible:

isolated

the

flow

there

by opening
con

filter

is o clronge-

the

be drawn

sludge

off.

chamber.

upwards.

new

the

liquid

level

by opening

instructions

the

air

casing,

sure thot

One

paro.

vent

both

the

through

cleaning)

the

filter

mesh

mesh

from

the
,

leaving

the

seal

air

vent

is in good

open.

condition

Before
ond

putting

is properly

the seal.
cock,

If there

vent.

Filter

the

eqydlising

from

by blowing

element.

renew

half.

micro-cortridges.Cleon

ossisted

open

is no pressure

its mid-positibnuntil

the

Suction

or fit

on the

if necessary

the

of the
6 on,

oir

filter

it until
equolising

has been

halves

is repeoted

the

air

hgs been

cock,

vented

set the

change-over

vented.

is then

again

in reserve,

This

as required.

filters:

Fill

up and

2.

Isolate

one

of the

Stort-up

the

isolated

chamber

the

the
device

process,

to reduce

agent

moke

seated;

1.

3.

releases

is not

vertically

(see operating

procedure,
B.

by briefly

or segment,

cleaning

of the

be necessary

cleaning

cover

the

from

and

change-over

valve

sealing
the

casing

element

cleaned

Put the

device
16.

filter

side

back

15.

this

the

using

during

the

so it may

the

clean

14.

filter;

whethec

complete

off

a suitable

Fix

it,
is full.

outlet.

with

13.

isolated

change-over

leaking

cover

Remove
sludge

to the

liquid

in doing

12.

on the

open

chamber

cock.

to check

by plug-cock,

outlet,

cock,

reserve

chamber.

In contrast

10.

vent

filter

the

equolising

it is possible

to the

equoliring

whether

pressure

the

and

chomberr

is a pressure
check

7.

9.

filter

maximum

filter

half

Open

6.

Remove

the

cover

7.

Remove

the

filter

6.

Clean

9.

Fit

air

the

11.

Put the

While

one

by means
filter

by the

of the

chamber

When
pumps

the

change-over

is being

pressure

suction

head,

drop

device.

used

for filtering,

across

the

a change-over

filter
to the

the
reaches
other

over.
the

Fill

holves

must be mode.

5.

halves;

is in reserve.

allowed

Change

10.

filter

plont.

4.

the

filter

filter

filter

up the

vent

on the
from-the
element

element,

isolated
casing
vertically
or change

filter

half.

of the

isolated

filter

half.

upwards.
the

cartridge

(see A.

12).

check

the

element..
filter

cover

coring.

bock

on the

oal2c
coring;

before

doinb

Boil & Kirch Filterbau

so,

GmbH - Kijln

BA DOi~p~2lrllTeriengllscnr

condition

Pobe

of

2t.3)

(G&

the
12.

real

The

and

cleaned

repeated
V.

its

correct

filter

half

as require.d,

seating;

if

is ready

in

from

paro.

necessary
reserve.

change
This

the

procedure

seol.
can be

4 onwords.

Servicing:
Servicing
mesh,
against

of the
and

twin

replacing

corrosion,

-filter

comprises

if necessary.
touch

up

the

checking

If the
paint,

or

filter

the

seals

is painted

repaint,

and
for

filter
protection

as necessary.

WfU
L

Installation

and operoting

instructions

for

twin-filters

I
0

-- -_..

.- .-_

Boll & Kirch Filterbau GmbH - Kdn


Ir~mn~:.-~Ll

-nm~o7~i~+nr

Ooeratina

instructions

909;
. . ;g;

G8
0,

Construction
and Cleaning of
Valve-Type
Candle Filter Element

(Bild 1)
__ . _
Fig.1

i
6

.
1.

Each filter element consists of a


number of valve-type
candle filter
elements
(3) connected in parallel;
they are all the same size and are
The candles can be
interchangeable.
removed individually.
they are i'nserted into the bottom plate (2) and
spring-loaded
against the top plate
(1) by means of springs (4). The
clean side is sealed off from the
dirty side by O-ring (5). The
candles, bottom plate and top plate
are held together by tie bolts (6).
Handles (7) or lifting eyes facilitate the insertion
and removal of the
filter unit.
The metal cage (9) serves to protect
the valve-type
filter candles
from
damage during removal and insertion
of the filter element.
In case some valve-type
candles are
not mounted due to oversized
filter
area, the holes are plugged with not
removable
plugs.
Cleaning
Temove-tce
filter element and place
it in a container
of cleaning
fluid
(observe KV349); leave it to soak in
accordance
with the instructions
(4 h
max.) (Fig. 2). Remove the filter
element from the cleaning
fluid and,
using the cleaning
gun (item 11)
(Fig. 4), blow air through the
valve-type
candles from top to bottom
(the pressure reducing valve must be
set to give full air flow).
Caution! Make sure that no contamination or dirty cleaning fluid gets inside the valve-type
candles (clean
side).

(Bild 2)
Fig.2

In the case of contamination


which is
cleaneasy to remove, the following
ing procedure may be adopted:
rinse
the filter element by gently rotating
it and moving it up and down in the
cleaning bath.
00110
Correct

Aufbau

cleaning of the filter unit

und Reinigung

.-

des

Vent+Einsteck

kerzen-Einsatzes

00110 08188

BOLL&KIRCH FILERBAU GMBH u


(Bild 3)
Fig. 3:.

1.2
".'

Dip the filter element into clean


cleaning fluid, remove, allow to
drain and blow through using the
With certain cleaning
cleaning gun.
fluids, the cleaning effecxt is improved by flushing with hot or cold
water before blowing through for the
second time.
Stand the filter element upside down
for a short period to allow the
cleaning fluid or water to drain off.

Reinigung des Einsatres falsch

1.3

From time to time check all


valve-type
fiiter elements for damage
and renew as necessary
(see para. 3).

1.4

When inserting
the candles make sure
that the O-ring is present at the top
of each element (fig. 5, para 5).

1.5

Drain the filter


the sludge drain

1.6

Fill and deaerate


the filter housing
as described
in the operating
instructions.

2.

In the case of heavy fouling of the


valve-type
filter element (gum
deposition,
incrustation,
tar residues, fibres, metal fragments),
the
valve-type
candles should be removed
and cleaned individually.

2.1

After
(101,

2*2

Remove the valve-type


filter candles
by pressing downwards
and lifting out
at an angle (Fig. 5).
Remove the O-rings.

[Bild 4)

housing
valve.

by opening

Fig.4

unfastening
the bottom plate
remove the metal cage carefully.

Caution! Do not lay the elements


across one another, or they may be
damaged.
2.3

Place the valve-type


candles in the
cleaning bath in such a way that no
cleaning fluid can run into the
candles through the top opening
(clean side). Leave the contaminants
to soak and soften (4 h max.).
00110

Aufbau und Reinigung des Ventil-Einsteckkerzen-Einsatzes

Bl. 2

GB (4)

k-

BOLL&KlRCH
2.4
..
:Bild 5)

Fig.5

Using the cleaning gun and with the


reducing valve fully open, blow compressed air carefully
through the
caadles (Fig. 6).
If necessary, repeat the procedure
described in para. 2.3 and 2.4.

2.5

Carefully remove any clinging


fouling
with the
(fibres, metal fragments)
b
aid of a soft brush.

2.6

Then rinse the elements


in clean
benzine or water)
fluid (petroleum,
and blow through with air.
The best way to see whether the
candles have been properly cleaned is
to shine a torch inside. If the light
shows through uniformly,
this indicates that the candle has been properly cleaned.

(Bild 6)

2.7

Reassemble
in the reverse order
that described in para 2.2.

2.8

Cleaning fluid - refer to KV349,


recommended
soaking time 4 hours.

3:

Cleaning

Fig.6

'1

. .

equipmen.t

3.1.1

2 off cleaning

3.1.2

Cleaning

gun;

tanks
type

as per 3-23700

5.01

10 mm 'spanner, width

(11)

across

flats

3.2

Compressed
air supply (lo bar max.)
For an efficient
cleaning we advise
to use our filter element cleaning
unit type 5.04 with disposable
cartridge type fine filter

4.

Valve

4.1

After each individual


cleaning
of the
valve-type
candle the tightness
and
the opening pressure of the valve
should be checked at each candle.

4.2

At 2.5 bar plus/minus


0,5 bar the
valve must still be closed. If the
valve
opens below this value, the
candles must be replaced.
00110

c..

Aufbau

to

test

und Reinigung des VentiI-Einsteckkerzen-Einsatzes

00110

BOLL&KIRC# FILTERBAU GMBH k!!!!id

-b

InSPeCtiOn

Of the Pluo-In

The inspection
in the plug-in
pressure
set t in
to open at 2,s
Either water or
test medium.

Candle Valve

Elements

device is used to detect


leaks in the valves
candle valve elements and to check the
at which the valves
open. The valve is set
%
?~e(~~?;~~;ion
medium can be used as the

Method
The housing. (1) is made from aluminium and is protected
iforn-$orrosion
b a hard coating.
7,;n cand.eK valve element (4) is screwea tignrly.
(11) by-the pressure
screw
2)
3). The valve is pressurise
6
(A). The presslpn
is displayed
on
The valve musi*Gpen at d&test
SdFulp-passin;j~hrough
the valve flows out through the
,bY.,Yge pipe (15).
.he
inspection-device
is relieved-by
..---..IpreszFre_?n-the
Ju+~I+_Y
U!F^ ct+ee-way
tap to tne third position.
xne
.nalcar;orr6on
1--- tne
ressure
gau e falls
to sero.
The
,mA-
..CplrD3ULe -:rew
bC
(2 P is loosene B and the canale valve
(4)
and the washer (3) are removed from the
slemenr
e
----*
-
ncnnrti
nn Anvi r-c3
&ercandle
4) needs to be inverted
in order to allow any
residual
me6 ium to drain out.
WWM....

w-1

*bsz.

INLET

FOR TEST

Ad

E
13
REL

1.a

LlIi

IEVE

Gl/L
lmmj

16

c
Aufbau
0

md Reiniguq

dos
- _-

Ventil-Einsteckkerzen-Einsatzes

MEDI UH

08188

IJJ? fuf5chtouchmit

L W IOmm
~1 for flexible tube mth inside dimension 10mm
dair pourtube flexrble de 1Ommde dom&reint&eur

: Drtianzeiger.ab!.S
bar schtbar
from 15 trJr
pressure &ic&r,vlsualisation
al rougeopt ique vlslblea partlr de1.5 bar
. . _. .-

Einstellung
des Oruckreglers
bei
reintgmgim eingebautem
Zustand
....-.-.-.
im ausgebautem
Zustand

Gewebekerzen1,s bar
max. 10 bar

Setting of pressure
regulator by socket candles
cleaning
in Imounting position 1,s bar
-.-.m.-...m.. in dismounting
position
max. 10 bar
du regulateur
Re ulatian
des bougies
ne ? toyage
. . . . . . . . . . . des bougies

depression
month ein
month aus

chez pistalet
1,s bar
max.10 bar

de

Ausftihrung
fur Gewebeeinsteckkerzen
Execution
for socket ccndles
Bougies 6 douille

Ncr

Ausfshrung
fur Gewebeeinschraubkerzen
Execution for threaded ccndles
Bougies a vies
m

\it-E
.

Adhtungieei

heiflen

und atzenden

Medien

Kerzen-Einsotz
nicht in emgebau tern Zustand
mit Reinigungspistole
reinigen.
Attention!
Do not clean candle
cimning pistol in built-m condition,
medm IS either hot or corrosive.

Attention!

Lenettoyage
des bougies
&mont&es
pour des fluides
avec un pistolet de nettoyoge.

seffectuer
eicorros:f

Nr
I
II-

insert with
when filter

LI

L2

L3

290

520

790

520

790

Y-

doit
chauds

250
500
750
Siebgrtifl e
sieve size
grandeur de panier
Offnuna

der Ringdijse

Opening

of ring-jet=;-

0 1 mm.

Ouverlure
de la buse 6
anneau 0,l mm.

00050

Jbject

to clterationst

Anderungen
.

:leoning

10.03.80

pistol

vorbehalten!

Reinigungs&stole

Boll & Kirch

Filterbau
--

oalso

modifications
Ptstolet

GmbH-

Kdn

fkerV&S

de nettayage

GB
ryp
01

5.01

I
---

'The chane-over
m--m valve
Gemma
*
The change-over valve comprises two valvoa
arrangeQ one ahxe the other. A star wheel, ae
ting on 6pbdle6 with a right-hand and a lafthand thread respectively, moves the valvedisks
which control the direction of flow through the
valves. The de6ign ensures that the two valve
disk6 move in phaee SO that, vith no intsrruption to the flow, the flow passage to one f iltel
chadscr
i.6fir6t opened and only then is the
flov parrage to the other filter chambsr
closet
An indicator on the upper valve body gives the
direction of flow and the valve netting at any
time.
=rating-the
change-over
----m- mlve
The large.arrw on the indicator gives the
direction of flow while the mall arrw shows
the valve metting. Before carrying out a changeover ensure that the preeeure balanckrg cock
(2) is

open.

To change cwer a double filter turn the star


wheel in the direction indicated. The use of a
pipe over one arm of the star wheel facilitates.
the release of the valve disks from theix seats,
Turn the star wheel by hand up to the stop and
tighten by using the pipe; this causes the valw
disks (4) to open up the new directions of flow
abd the change-over operation is thus ccmplete.
Next c$ose the cock in the pressure balancing
lias 60 that one filter clxmiber is sealed off.
After this filter chamber has bean cleaned, fill
it up again by opening the pressure balancFng
cock. !Rd6
cock remains open af.+r
air .hasbeen
vented from the chamber so that the next changeover operation can be carried out without delay.
Mote: Bsforc the initial start-up and after each
cleaning operation the filter
ohuuld be
vented.

To remove and install


the chaaover
-me--v- valve
Before removal make sure that the flu&d in the valve &dies
under prer6ur6.
I) Un6crav and remove the indicator.
2) Turn the star wheel to sbcken
th6 valve disks.

ist not

3) Remove the top cover.


4) Unscrew th? nlve 6pbadle

vith the.valve disk.


5) Check the reals und replace, If necessary,
6) Pit the ~rlvs sphdle with theavalve disk.
7) Replace the cover,
8) Fit the indicator.
9) Remove the bottom cover.
.
o) Unscrew the valve s*dls with valve disk and proceed as in 41-71.
.
DRSCRIPTIONOR THE CHANGR-UVERVALVEAND

OPXRATING LIJS!rRIETJOHS

0006 0
Bcschreibung

00060

9,572

und Bedienkgsanlei

Boll .& Kirch Fiiterbau

tuhg der Ventil schhltung

Gmbk

en@.

g+

-m:

:+40,57

[gj&
&b

L-

Circuit
dicgram
la

Specification:
AP, %
IP 54

Electrical

Switching voltage
Frequency
Hz
A
Switching current
Making and/or
breaking capacity W/VA

Katerial

GD+luminium

Rating

pressure 109 bar


IMX.
max. temperature ISOOC

Ranges

of

pressure differential:

A p =

0
0
0
o

30 i 8 3

% 2

Protection clase:
Data :

ap,

to
to
to
to
to

max. . 250
0 to 60
max.
max.
1
mx.

0,5
0,8
1,2
2,0
3,o

60/60

bar)
bar)
bar)
bar)
bar)

22c
0 to 60
0.8
4G/60

to be specified
when ordering

Description:
The purpose of this device is the measurement, and visual indication
of the difference in pressure between two points, and the establishment of an electrical contact when the pressure differential attains
a specified figure.
Method of operation:
A Plunger sealed by a diaphragm separates the space under pressure
int
two chambers. A pre-loaded spring causes the plunger to take up its
zero position when the pressure differenceap
is zero. As the pressure
difference increases (ap> 0), the plunger is forced to move against
the spring. At the same time, an indicator disc is moved magnetiCallY,
and therefore virtually without friction, and the two reed contacts
are actuated.
The red segment of the indicator disc is visible over a pressure range
The.firat reed contact is actuated at 75 %A PI
equal to 20 - 100 gap.
and the second at 100 %Ap.

an70

00070
0

. Differential pressure contact indicator


Jyp 4.362
03.10.79
Boll 8 Kirch Filterbau GmbH

CbhS'ZAhCY- LIST 11BOLL CLELI;2000 11


At a continuous soaking time of 8 d6ys , a concentration of l:2,5
and a temperature of 25O C there were no damages found on the
following Boll ds Kirch products:

Boll Clean 2000

Boll b Kirch
products

Limitatious

Perbunan gaskets

constant

none

Viton gaskets

constant

none

PA /?ES mesh

constant

Plug in candle type


vi'thstainless steel mesh

constant

screw in type candle


with stainless steel mesh

constant

Filter element series


6.20 teflonized

constant

Filter disc series 6.23


- ---

constant

soaking time not over


24 h
soaking time not over
24 h

soaking time not over


24 h
Soaking

time not over

24 h

none

Heavy fuel cil :ludi"f+n;f;j?~:.


H1iv6 to be so:-krdin 3. stsnL:.rd6oJvent. After soaking, thr filter
usins the Boll-Cleaning-Unit f:;teg.CG in
elements 61-e CleZnFd b.!;
connection aith BOLL-CLEAN ZOOO.
Further information fcr w Bcl? C1~6n X00

1(See ;?tWched

" Tcchnicnl InfOrmction ll.

KV349

Besttindigkeitslistezum Ksltriiniger 'IBoll Clean 2000 I'


27.G!.85

BOLL & KIRCH FILTERBAU GMBH


D 5014 Kerpen

066

engl

KV 349
106585.30

MAV4OAA501

Test solenoid valve

HTGD691503ER0001

11 RRRR
PWBRB

c:

DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE

Table

of contents

Supplier
Vektor

Pages
.................. ..................

R 0001

P 0101
P 0601

HTGD691503E

Mounting and Operating lnstructions herion


for Directional Control Valves
Publication
7500136060982

Mounting

and Operating
instructions
Control Valves with actuation

for Directional

Filter
method

DP (pneumatic)
ME (mechanic)
MH (manual)
Directional
Control Valves are precision-manufactured
controi units. In transit and on mounting they must be
treatet carefully and protected from falls and vibrations.
Prior to mounting check whether the data given onthe
name plate or in the relevant documentation
correspond
with the actual operating conditions:
working preisure.
minimum
pilot pressure for pneumatically
actuated
valves, starting angle, minimum travel and overtravel for
mechanically actuated types.

The valves have to be mounted carefully and cleanly.


Non foreign matter must get into the lines or valves.
The pneumatic connection
to the respective symbol.

is to be carried out according

Pay your special. attention


to cleanliness and ;o the oil
content of the air on pneumaticcontrols.
We &ommend application of an air senrice unit, comprising.

Mounting

and Operating

for Directional

Control

Instructions

Valves with actuation

method

DA (pressure operated without


solenoid control valve1
DE (pressure operated with
solenoid control valve)

Directional
Control Valves are precision-manufactured
control units. In transit and on mounting they must be
treatet carefully and protected from falls and vibrations.
Prior to mounting check whether the data given on the
name plate or in the relevant documentation
correspond
with the actual operating conditions,
such as working
pressure and pilot pressure. Concerning method DE with
solenoid operated control valve check voltage, current
and power consumption
as well.
For pressure actuated directional
control valves a pilot
medium is required to operate the valve (external pilot
media air, water or oil). It is supplied via the port 2 for
pilot control.
Normally
the control pressure is 4 to 6
bar.
On Z/Z-way valves the prescribed flow direction is indicated by an arrow. On valves featuring 3 or 4 controlled
ways the connections are marked. They must be connected according to the respective symbols.

(mesh > 40 pm for valves with


soft sealing, for valves with metal
to metal sealing mesh > 10 pm),

Pressure Reducing Valve.


Micro Spray Lubricator (spindle oil 7,4 to 9.6 mm% (cSt)
+ 20 C; recommended oil:
Aral CMO, BP HP I, Esso
Spinesso 32, Mobil Velocite
0 II Nr. 4, Shell Tellur 111,
Water Seperator (in case of condensate).
Elements installed in safety controls have to be checked
periodically
for their condition
and for their proper
functioning.
This includes inspection of all parts with regard to their wear and tear as well as operational tests.
The time intervals between each inspection depend on
the operating conditions such as contamination
of the
medium, switching frequency,
duration of operation,
pressure and temperature.
Depending on the degree of
their intensity, each of these factors alone or the combination of them may shorten the necessary maintenance
intervals.

The valves have to be mounted carefully and cleanly.


Non foreign matter such as packing resuidues, remainders of sealing materials, scale or chips from damaged or
unsuitable threads should get into the lines or valves.
We recommend to install a Filter ahead of the valves.
Pay your special attention to cleanliness and to rhe oil
content of the air on pneumatic controls. We recommend application of an air service unit ahead of the
valve, comprising Pressure Reducing Valve and Lubricator, as well as Water Seperator.in case of condensate.
On the actuation method DE with solenoid control
valve never use the solenoid as a lever. Electrical installation has to be,executed according to the regulations of
electrical engineering.
hhen using freezable liquids protect the valves from
frost or drain the liquid if frost may be expected.
Elements installed in safety controls have to be checked
periodically
for their condition
and for their proper
functioning.
This includes inspection of all parts with regard lo their wear and tear as well as operational tests.
The time intervals between each inspection depend on
the operating conditions such as contamination
of the
medium, switching frequency,
duration of operation,
pressure and temperature.
Depending on the degree of
their intensity, each of these! factors alone or the combination of them may shorten the necessary maintenance
intervals.

HERION-WERKE KG * Regel- und Steuertechnik 0 Postfach 1560 - 7012 Felibach


StutigarterStr. 120.Tel. (0711)507-OsTelex7-254507*Telegr.-Adr.:
HerionwerkeFellbach
t

P 0101

HTGD691503E
Vl

Mounting

and Operating

Instructions

for Directional Control Valves with actuation method


El

(solenoid indirectly operated)

On 2/2.way valves the prescribed flow direction is indicated by an arrow. On valves featuring 3 or 4 controlled
ways the connections are marked. They must be connected according to the respective symbols.
The valves have to be mounted carefully and cleanly.
Non f&eign matter such as packing resuidues, remain.
ders of sealing materials, scale or chips from damaged or
unsuitable threads should get into the lines and valves.
We recommend to install a Filter ahead of the valves.

Directional Control .Valves are precisio.n-manufactured


control units. In transit and on mounting they must be
treatet carefully and protected from falls and vibrations.

.._

Prior to mounting check whether the data given on the


name plate such as working pressure, voltage, current
and power consumption correspond with the actual operating conditions.
On the indirectly solenoid operated Directional Control
Valves (with internal pilot control,accoiding to the Servo-principle) the piston or the diaphragm is moved by
the differential pressure. For switching over and maintaining the switched position a minimum pressure differential between inlet and outlet is necessary, that has to be
available both with the open or closed valve. If there is
no pressure differential the valve will not switch over or
will return into the rest position.
On Directional Control Valves for air (control air) where
the pilot medium at the pilot unit is vented into the atmosphere the static minimum pressure must be available
at the supply port P. On types that can optionally be
operated with external pilot control, the,control pressure will be supplied via control port Z.

Mounting

and Operating

instructions

Pay your special attention to cleanliness and to the oil


content of the air on pneumatic controls. We recommend application of an air service unit ahead of the valve,
comprising, Pressure Reducing Valve and Lubricator, as
well as Water Seperator in case of condensate.
Never use the solenoid as a lever. Electrical installation
has to be executed according to the regulations of electrical engineering.
When using freezable liquids protect the valves from
frost or drain the liquid if frost may be expected.
Elements installed in safety controls have to be checked
periodically for their condition and for their proper
functioning. This includes inspection of all parts with regard to their wear and tear as well as operational tests.
The time intervals between each inspection depend on
the operating conditions such as contamination of the
medium, switching frequency, duration of operation,
pressure and temperature. Depending on the degree of
their intensity, each of these factors alone or the combination of them may shorten the necessary maintenance intervals.

The valves have to be mounted carefully and cleanly.


Non foreign matter such as packing resuidues. remainders of sealing materials, scale or chips from damaged or
unsuitable threads should get into the lines and valves.
We recommend to install a Filter ahead of the valves.

for Directional Control Valves with actuation method


ED (direct solenoid cbntrol)
EZ (direct solenoid control with forced lifting)
ET (solenoid control, partially automatic)
Directional Control Valves are precision-manufactured
control units. In transit and on mounting they must be
treatet carefully and protected from falls and vibrations.
On Directional Control Valves with actuation method
ED the soft seat is fitted in the plunger or the spindle
with plug is rigidly connected with the plunger
EZ the piston or the diaphragm is loosely connected
with the plunger
ET the soft seat is rigidly connected with the plunger or
the piston is coupled with the spindle and the plunger
For switching over a minimum pressure differential between inlet and outlet is not necessary. Consequently
the minimum pressure in the rest or the closed position
can be 0 bar.
On 2/2-way valves the prescribed flow direction is indicated by an arrow. On valves featuring 3or 4 controlled
ways the connections are marked. They must be connected according to the respective symbols.

Subject to r~trrrdon

Pay your special attention to cleanliness and to the oil


content of the air on pneumatic controls. We recommend application of an air serviceunit ahead of the valve,
comprising Pressure Reducing Valve and Lubricator, as
well as Water Seperator in case of condensate.
Never use the solenoid as a lever. Electrical installation
has tc be executed according to the regulations of electrical engineering.
When using freezable liquids protect the valves from
frost or drain the liquid.if frost may be expected.
Elements installed in safety contrdls have to be checked
periodically for their condition and for their proper functioning. This includes inspection of all parts with regard
to their weai and tear as well as operational tests. The
time intervals between each inspection depend on the
operating conditions such as contamination of the medium, switching frequency, duration of operation, pressure
and temperature. Depending on the degree of their intensity, each of these factors alone or the combination
of them may shorten the necessary maintenance intervals. .

7500136.06.09.02
P

0201

VW

HTGD 691 503

v2

2/2 directional valves ND 2 to 25


For neutral gaseous and liquid fluids
Direct solenoid actuated
Seat valves
Internal thread R l/s to R 1
Operating pressure from 0 up to 30 bar (see table)

Sales range Automatics


A 100 ED-SF0
Series23000,91500

Publication

7500513.06.06.82

Description (stalndard valve)


Solenoid

valve for air, water, oil

Flow direction:
Fluid temperature:
Ambient temperature:
Mounting position:

Material used:
Inner parts:
Body ND 2 to 12:
ND 20 to 25:
Seat seal:

Determined
-10 to+80C
- 5 to + 40 OC
Optional, preferably
vertical with solenoid
on top.

1.4104,

brass
Brass
Gun metal
Ruby
FKM (Viton) .
PTFE (Teflon)

For contaminated fluids insertion of a dirt


trap is recommended
(see accessories)

Features
0 Working from 0 bar up
l Up to ND 10 suitable for
vacuum range up to 1,33 * 103 mbar
0 For media up to 160 mm%,
especially for fuel oil and power fuel
solenoid system
0 Easily interchangeable

Characteristic
ND
imml

data

Switching

Connection

Operating pressure
Ibar1
min
max
liquid
gasfluids
eousi
up to
) fluids 1160 mmV

;:?I

R /ET

R %

0
0

.28
.28

:28
'28

:0

30
10

:30
30
10

R %
R %

2:: RR 3%
j/a
Xi RR Ye/2
88::
R w

R /z

0
:
0

-s
2.5

The threads. here characterized

function:

Normally closed

3.2
3.2

I
P

k,va.lut ! siwitchin
cycles
(relative
to
L ith liqui
ma/h)
f luids UC
1 lmm4
I,;.I1/mini .

0.13
0.13
0.17
0.17
0.60
0.60
0.91
0.91
0.98
0.98

SO')
SO')
352)
100
352)
100
352)
100
352)
100

seat sea

SecIXmen
tional
sional
drawin! 3 clrawin
No.
No.
7-

Weighf
fkgl

Cat No.

Valve

Solenoid
DC
AOi

Ruby
Ruby
PTFE
FKM
PTFE
FKM
PTFE
EL
FKM

0.4
0.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4

001
0;
:z
2

9152411.0201
9152911.0201
2301000.1001~
2301002.1001
2301700.1001~
230170&1001
230200&10013
2302002.1001
2302300.1001
2302302.1001

:t

02

E
E

02

03

00:

02

by R to DIN 259. corresooond to the straight threads G io IS0 228/t.

State voltage M and frequency [Hz]

I Switching cycles with liquid fluids up to 80 mmVs


*. Switching cycles with liquid fluids up to 160 mmvs
I Using a high temperature-type solenoid, valve is also suitable for hot water and s:eam.

Table continued on page 2

HERION-WERKE
StUt@rb?rStr.

KG . Regel- und Steuertechnik


120 -Tel. (0711) 507-O

*Telex 7-254507

P 0301

. Postfach
.Telegr.-Adr.:

1560

. D-7012

Herionwerke

Fellbach
Fellbach

HTGD 691

503 E
v3

Continuation

of table page 1

--

liquid I
kids
I
gasUQIO :
eons
fluids 16OmmVs
--

10
12

R 12
/z

R h

::

R3/4
R
'h

:i

R
Rl G

:0

2-

0.8

0.8

0.8

0:15
04

ii0:lS

1.30
1.30
1.70
1.70
5.30
5.30
6.0

bvitchifi
cycles
4th liqui
fluids UC
3 lmm4
[llminj

Seal se:

20')

PTFE
FKM
PTFE

&
50
20')
50
50

Dimensional
drawing
No.

:i

FE

0":
05

Cal. No.

Valve

solenoid
DC
or
AC

2302500.1001"
2302502.1001
2302600.1001"
2302602.1001
2302700.1001~'
2302702.1001
23028021001

State voltage M and frequency [HZ)

The threads. here chracterized


by R to DIN 259.
correspond to the straight threads G to IS0 22811.
1 Swilching cycles with liquid media up to SO mmZ/s
is also suitable for hot water and steam.

I Using a high temperature-typesolenoid,valve

Other versions available upon request


f
0 Normally open (Series 91 500)
l With solenoid suited for higher temperatures

Solenoids
Standard
voltages

Illpllt:
AC
DC

2oov
1lOV
46V
24V

Design act. to VDE


100 % duty cycle

Solenoid D C

50 Hz

60 Hz

22ov.
1lOV
42V
24Y

220v
115v
-

y$&,
oi

Solenoid A C
Inrush

Holding

.A

request

0580

Protection class act. to DIN 40050


Solenoids 130X and 150X IP 53
Electric connection
Solenoids 130X and 150X cable gland Pg 13,5

7500513.06.06.82

F ir4G'l

HTGD 691 503 E


v4

. Sectional

drawings

1
4
5
6

Body compl.
O-ring
Core tube
Bolt

7 Solenoid
Spring
9 Core compl.

*a

Spare parts kit


Cat. No.
Valve

Cat. No.
Spare parts kit

9152411.9152911

0577772

02

1
2
5
7

-a

Body compl.
Valve seat compl.
Core tube
Solenoid
Spring

9
10
11
15
43

Corecompl.
Retaining ring
Nut
Spindle
Spring washer

Spare

parts kit

43

Cat. No.
Valve

Cat.. No.
Spare parts kit

2302000
2302002

0592420
0592421

03
1
2
5
7

Body compl.
Valve seat compl.
Core tube
Solenoid

*a spring
Spare

9
10
11
15
43

Core compl.
Retaining ring
Nut
Spindle
Spring washer

parts kit

Cat. .No.
Valve
2302600

Cat. No.
. Spare parts kit
0592401

Wearing pary marked * are enclosed in spare parts kit.


When ordering spares,pleasestate also valve Cat. No.

7500513.06.06.62

P 0501

HTGD 691 503 E


v5

Dimensional

drawings

01

-,--

M4x6mm

-..

deep

o! individual
valves act. to
data table

-a---

-%4---47-

I&an

F-t-1

Connection size
of individual

valves act. to
data table
-Sk

----&)-

-q5 32-

Connection sire
of individual
valves act. to

data table

i
k3
.i
4

-OF-

-A-

-;

Subject to alteration

7500513.06.82

VDH

P 0601

HTGD 691 503 E


V6

MAV40AA504

Test hand valve


*,Make ARGUS,
ttjpe

BK*

3R0042
3D0656EZ
3D0071 SZ
3021-001
o-5941

13

Austauschanweisung DN850
Baureihe 8 argus 3r0042
Disasscmb:y Instruction DN 8 - 50, serie 8
Notice de d&montage DN 8 - 50, skie S
GK+MK-Hahn / ball valve BK + MK / robinet BK+MK

Sprengring (8) entfernen, P.nschlagscheibe (7) abnchmen, Stutzen (2) herausschrauben, O-Ring (331, Dichtring 01) abnehmen. Kugel (21) entfernen,
Schaltwelle (22) m it Ring (34) und O-Ring (32) nach unten driicken und aus
d e m Gehiuse (1) herausnchmen.
Der Zusammenbau erfolgt in umgekehr?er Reihenfolge. Zur6chst wieder
Schaltwelle, Ring und O-Ring van unten in das Ceh.?iuse einfiihren. Urn die
Lage der Kugei zu fixieren, Schaltwelie auf g-U-Stellung bringen.
:.
Achtung ? Hahn nlcht unter Druck demoniieren. Vor der Demor;tage
Hahn schalten, d a m it evtl. hinter der Kugel eingeschiossener Druck entweichen kann.
.

Take off snap ring (8) and stop disk (7). Unscrew socket (il. O-ring (33)
and seal rin (31). Take off ball : Press down stem (22) with-ring (34)
and O-ring $32) and take them out of body.
The assembly is m a d e in inverse order. F irst insert stem, ring and O-ring
from below into the body. In order to fix the position of the ball, bring
stem into the position ZU (closed).
Do not dismount valve under pressure ! Before dismantling,
operate valve so that possible pressure behind the ball may
escape.

Attention

.:

Enlever anneau de retcnue (S) it disque de but& (7). Dkisser


m a m e lon (21,
anneau torique (33) et anneau-joint (31). D&monter sphbe; presser en bas
tige de commande (22) avec anneau (34) et anneau torique (32) et ies
retirer du corps (I).
.

Le rassamblage se fait en succession inverse. Dlabord ins&r tige de


commande, anneau ct anrleau torique de bas dans le corps. Pour fixer la
position de la sph6re, manoeuvrer !a tige de commandc dans la position
ZU (fermk).
@.

Attention

1
..
..

.
:
.

Ne pas di?monter robinet S%JSpression. Manoeuvrer le


robinet avant son d&montage pour faire sortir une pression
6ventuellc emprisonnk derri&e la sph&e.

..
..
::
.

.
<
:.

i
:

. .

:;

-.
..
.:
:
:

1 :,
:
.
:.
. ..
.
_.

..

:.

:.
,_

.
5

. .

<

s.7 21.2.83
a*c
Hj/&mhu

r:
L-.:+*.
:,~--~s;:c ,! = j 3
ARGUS GESELLSCFAFT

1, j.m
MBi-i

O-7505

ETTLINGEII

@3

,I

I,

11

bk kugelhahn argus

14.tlAI \991

-.WIIYGUG

--

ylwstE!iiLLFc.W,
W
O-7%
Lmqm

)1+,.-w
,

i.cNl

3D0656EZ

._*
. , y
r

4-l.

~..

J/

2 1 9

:,

-.

22
8 7 323431
t

Schaltweg 90"
on /of quarter turn
commande l/L de tour

AilGuS

GESE:LSCMAFI

u 81(,

bk kugelhahn argus 3d0071sz

argus

Duiinaian

Stckliste
Bill of Materia
I

Pvlna.

BALL

VALVE

30210010594113

TYI-

BK

594

10.

8 B

suir
8/

-1150

Maiuidcombirulan
I 1150144

I
.
POltl

. .

H6
Mb

Poll2

G
G

3/8
318

Pmrla
Pm4

DIN

+.r

HYDR.
AIR

PrurwaD

Rail

ktzz.
2s.

100

150,o
6

b&r

b
bu

bnglh

-cl+

200

II

II

00I
00;2
OO!5
00;1
0013
003

1
2
2
1
1
1
1

0211

02, 2
03 1
03;
03:
034
05(

BODY
CONNECTIYC
SOCKET
PROTECTIVE
CAP
STOP DISK
CIRCUP.
SNAP RING
NOTCHED PIN,
SLOTTE[
BALL
STEM
SEALING
RING
O-RING
O-RING
RING
WRENCH

58
20
58
10
10
58
58
23
15
15
58
58

02
34
01
05
07
04
04
30
00
00
05
90

89
04
20
30
46
86
27
08
80
83
12
21

PFA
FPH
80
FPR
80
PTFE/25
3.2315.

108

GE

1213
ltLl3

181

CL

is

A
A

108
108

Gf
GF

12L13
12Ll3

-5 SHO
-5 SHO
EW.-I
162

f
5
f
i
f
iz
fi
E
:

N*WW

$,

;
* Spm p.n.
* Spar* ps*s

lor II? I...


ap.mlion
lor Commisioning

*
ARGUS

GESELLSCHAFT

MBH 0.7505

Etrlingen

P. 0. @a

1151

Goethestrrsss

15

Telephone

NEAREST

(0 72 43) I 03.0

ASTM
T&r

07 82 841

EQUIVALENT

60

MAV40CPOOl
f

Pressure switch
*Make HERION, type 08i1411*

7500767.06.07.88
7502066.06.03.90

Mounting and operating instructions herion


f6r pressure and temperature switches

Sales range
Pressure- and temperature technique

Types 7D 7T

Publication
7500767060788

Mounting instructions

Adjustment of switching points

The switching points should normally lie somewhere in the


middle of the switching range.

Switches with fixed switching difference:


The lower switching point is se! by means of t!!e range
spindle. The upper switching point is a function of the lower
switching point plus the fixed switching difference.

Max. allowable
operation.

pressure should not de utilized during

Arrest

The electrical connections


VDE regulations.

must be in accordance

with

Blanking plug

Range Spindle,

The indicated making and/or breaking capacity must not be


exceeded. Please see table ovetieaf.

r
Design with
fixed switching
difference:

The switches withstand certain vibrations, they became


sensitive to them, however, with narrow differential settings.
The mounting position is optional, except for switches with
sensor systems equipped with steel piston. Pressure
connection of these switches should be preferably vertically
downwards, inclination up to 159 however, permissible.
Pressureless discharge (for steel piston-type sensor with
leakage oil connection) of leakage oil, otherwise oil may
enter switch section.
In case of high pressure peaks (e.g. caused by hydraulic
accumulators or directional valves) or pulsating pressure
(e.g. caused by piston pumps) a damping chamber has to be
installed upstream of the pressure switch. Nonobsehrance
may cause deviation of switching points and a faster wear
and tear on the parts concerned. It may also lead to a failure
of the different&l setting. When working with steam install
condenser coil or water trap in front of it. Do not twist the
pressure sensor. Hold it tight when connecting it to the
switch.

Switches with adjustable switching difference:


The lower switching point is set by means of the range
spindle, the upper switching point by the differential spindle.
By turning the range spindle counter-clockwise
both
switching points move upwards. Turning the differential
spindle counter-clockwise
displaces the upper switching
point only, I.e. the switching difference increases.
Example
Desired:

Lower switching point


Upper switching point
i.e. switching difference

Adjustment:

With range spindle


With differential spindle

7D

7T

6 bar
8 bar
2 bar

20%
30C
10%

6bar
abar

20%
10%

Arrest

Screw off welding pipe before welding of pressure sensor.


Provide for sufficiently long supply lines if temperatures of
the pressure medium are below 0 Oc (danger of ice formation) and above +70 Oc.
Instruments must be sufficiently protected against critical
environmental conditions when Installed in the open. Critical
conditions are: Aggresslveness of air, high or low temperatures, drastic changes of temperature, solar radiation,
penetration of water.
Designs equipped with a pneumatic switching element can
only be used for filtered air. It is necessary, therefore, to
install a filter (pore size 10 w) and possibly also a water
separator upstream.

Desian with
.sw&ching
difference

If a precise setting of switching points is desired, the use


of a pressure gauge respectively thermometer Is recommended. Attention: Pressure- and temperature switches although having scales as setting aids - are by no means
measuring instruments but switching- and control
instruments only. Switching points can be adjusted any time,
even during operation.
The range- and different&l spindles are provided with
releasable arrest. If deslred, they can also be sealed.

HERION-WERKE KG
. Postfach 15 60 D-7012 Fellbach
Stuttgarter StraBe 120 Telefon (07 11) 52 09-O. Fax (07 11) 52 09-6 14 Telex 7 264 507
l

FLUIDTRONIK@

Making and/or breaking capacity


Change-over switch with silver spring contacts
Voltage jVj
160
jIIo
1220
Make and break current [Aj

24

I5

Inductive load,
cos9=0.7
Inductlveload,
Spark quenching
with RC-link
Resisthreload
inductive load,
UR= IOms

15

I5

I5

Creepage- and air paths correspond to VDE 01 IO insulation


group B (except contact clearence of microswitch;.

2.5

I.5

0.9

Spark quenching (direct current):

2.5

I.5

I. Diode in parallel to inductive load


Make sure polarity is correct when making connections.

0.9

0.45

0.2

0.3

0.08

0.02

Rated current of diode IhlKi=Ld


Choose quick switching diode (recovery timetns 200 [nsj).

1.5

0.7

0.35

0.15

2. RC-link in parallel to load (or in parallel to switching contact).


Suited for direct and aRema!inn
wn
-off-+
***Ratinos:
R in Ifi1 = 0.2 x I&,, in [Dj
CiniFFj==l~in[A]

Reference number of swltchings: 6O/min.


Reference temperature +3OC (witha reference temperature of
+7Oc, I,,,.,corresponds to 50 % of the tabulated values only).
Contact-life appr. I x ld switching cycles at max. current (at
50% of max. current, contact life is appr. 3 times as long).

Microswitch wlth gold-plated contacts:


Vh and I,,,,,,:No lower limit
Sensible upper limit: V, appr. 48V, I, appr. 20 mA (for
higher values silver spring contacts are completely sufficient).

Dimensioning of quenching diode (rectller):


Rated voltage of diode Vn 2 I .4 x VT,

,,+ (AC)

Mechanical llle appr. 5 x IO* switching cycles


For non-aggressive atmosphere which in particular does not
contain any sulphur, the following limits are valid:
MIcroswitch with standard silver contacts:
Uti appr. 6 ... I2 V, I,,.,,appr. IO mA
Maximum values act. to table above.

Switching functions
917
Version with one microswitch
Switching function: SPDT

828
Version with pneumatic microswitch
Switching function: NOC
(Control signal from P to A)
IA St

-a3

--K
918
Version with two microswltches
Switching function: SPDT
Independent adjustment

I%

828
Version wlth pneumatic microswltch
Switching function: NC contact
(lnterruptlon of control signal from P to A)

1213 22 23

919
Version with one two-pole microswitch
Switching function: DPDT
Both contact systems swltchlng almost
simultaneously

937
Semiautomatic version, locks with pressure/
temperature rising, reset by hand
Swltchlng function: i-3: ;g
- :
938
Similar to SF 937, however locks wlth pressure/
temperature falling, I. 8. closed in normal position.

w
2

iJ

subjba IO RIImtbn

\
7500767.06.07.88

VDH

Pressure switches to specification herion


of power plants
Bellows actuated
For gaseous and liquid fluids
Working pressure range -1 . . . 63 bar

Sales range
Pressure and Temperature d511 7d
Publication 7502066060390

Description (standard unit)


Pressure switch for neutral and aggressive
and liquids
Max viscosity 1000 mm2/s
Repeatability:
Switching element:
Enclosure:
Ambient temperature:
Fluid temperature:
Temperature
at
switching element:
Mounting position:
Vibrations:

+1 %
Microswitch
IP 65
-lOto+6OC
-2010+100c

gases

@
@

+80 OC max.
Optional
4 g max. (sinusoidal)

Features
0 Excellent sealpg propertie?
(leakage<lO
mbar * I * s- )
0 Large temperature
range
0 High accuracy (deviation below 1 %)
l Gold-plated contacts In microswitch
0 Electric connection: Plug connection HAN 7 D
(crimp contacts, gold-plated), with pull-relief
0 wire breakage monitoring resistance R - 47 kilo-ohm

Switching function:
Microswitch SPDT
Terminals

1-3: Contacts

close on rising

pressure
Terminals l-2: Contacts open on rising
pressure

HERION-WERKE KG FLUIDTRONIK@ . Postfach 15 60. D-7012 Fellbach


Stuttgarter Strafle 120 Telefon (07 11) 52 09-O Fax (07 11) 52 09 -6 14 s Telex 7 264 507
l

Parameters
Switching Pressure
difference

Adjuslable
range)

lower
range
ml

P~mn...P.omu
Ef-7

Max.
allowable
pressure3)

upper
range

Number 01
switching
cycles

Pressure sensor
materials

[bar1

Cat. No.

tion
Housing

Par1

Tvoe of

Bellows

z[l/min]

Switching pressure differencenot adjustable


~:~--"
... 1

0.07
0.06

0.08
0.07

10

-1"...2.5

0.08

0.09

10

0.09

0.12

10

0
0

0.07
0.08

0.08
0.09

10

0.1...2.5

0.09

0.1

10

::z:::t

Fii

i.335

20

0.3... 10

0:s

014

.22:

OS...16

2;

:3

-l...

1.6

... 1
... 1.6

0.5...25
._.
63

10

20 max.

(sudden
pressure
changes
or vibrations
not
allowed)

All parts in
contact with
the pressure
fluid made of
stainless steel
1.4301

External
thread

G1/2
G1/2
G1/2

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

G1/2

G1/2
G1/2

0610162
0610262
0610362
0810462

01
01

1.0

0311173

1.0
1.0

i1
01

0611273
9611373

Gll2
Gll2

G1/2

0.85
0.85
0.85

02
ii:

0811473
0311573
0311673

50
50

G1/2
Glf2

0.9
0.9

ii

0311773
0611873

85

G1/2

0.9

04

0811973

GlI2

1 Number of 1 Pressure sensor

1 Tvoe of 1 Connec-

Total

1 I

p-.

.,-

Switching pressure differenceadjustable

-l"...O
-l"...l

0.18...0.19
0.19...0.21

0.8 10

-1?::2:5
-1". 16

0.22...0.22
0.20
0.24

2.5 10
2.0

:: ::::6
0.1 ...2.5

0.18.aO.2
0.15...0.16
0.2 ...0.24

0.8
1.0 10
2.0 10

0.2... 4

Fi:: ::: 1:

0.8 ...0.8
0.8 .
0.9
...0.9
.. 1

2.5 20
8.0 20
5.0

0.5...16
0.5...25

1.7 ...1.9
1.8 ...2

20.0 50

2.5 ...6.5

20.0 85

...63

Thread symbol G to ISO 22Ul

1.0 10

20 max.
(sudden
pressure
changes
or vibrations
not
allowed)

repke~

= atmospheric

2) Less deviation

of switching

0609173
9600273
:: o 0600373
01
0609473

1.05
1.05
1.05

::
01

9301173
0601273
0601373

i-i
0:9

i:
02

0601473
0691573
0301673

G1/2

GlI2

0.95
0.95

03
03

0601773
0601862

Glf2

0.95

04

0301973

GlI2
G1/2
Gll2

12.0 50

1) Ref. pressure

1.05
1.05
1.05
1.05

ExternalGll2
All parts in
had
Gil2
contact with
Gll2
the pressure
fluid made of
G1/2
stainless steel
G1/2
1.4301
G1/2
Gll2

01

former symbol R to DIN 259.

pressure
points and variations

of atmospheric

pressure.

3) Even short pressure peaks must not exceed this value (- max. test pressure)
4) Values listed are maximum values. The smaller ones refer to the beginning, the greater ones to the end of the switching

pressure

range.

Other versions available on request


@ With electric plug connection R 15
0 With electric plug connection HAN 7 D, 90 bended
l Wiring to specification
0 Pressure transducer

7502066.06.03.90

Dimensional drawings
01

02

SW41
75 bended

GV2

03

G112

7502066.06.03.90

Dimensional drawings

L-

04
=75-

/I

32-

Accessories
G1/21
SW27Screw cap G l/2
Seal and welding tube
stst. 1.4301
$5 D = 6.2 mm Cat. No. 0550145
8.2 mm Cat. No. 0579516

7 D support
(2 brackets and 4 screws)
Cat. No. 0574772

Surge damper G l/2


st.st. 1.4305
Cat. No. 0551694

7502068.06.03.90

Switch selection and mounting


instructions
The switching points should normally be in about the
middle of the adjustable range.
Do not exceed electrical ratings.
Electrical connection in accordance with local regulations. For outdoor installation sufficient protection
has to be provided for. Critical conditions are: Aggressiveness of air, high or low temperatures, drastic
changes in temperature, solar radiation, penetration
of water. Avoid twisting of pressure sensor, hold it
tight when connecting the switch.

Setting of the switching points


Use range spindle to set the upper or lower switching
point on designs with fixed switching pressure
difference, the opposite one is determined by the
fixed switching pressure difference.

On designs with adjustable switching


pressure
difference, use range spindle to set the lower
switching point, then use differential spindle to set
the upper switching point by adding the desired
switching pressure difference.

Example:
Desired: Lower switching point
Upper switching point
Switching pressure difference =
Setting: with range spindle
with differential spindle

bar
bar
bar
bar
bar

Turning the range spindle anticlockwise shifts both


switching points upwards. Turning the differential
spindle anticlockwise shifts only the upper switching
point upwards, i.e.the switching pressure difference
(distance between the upper and lower switching
points) increases.
I

Detent
I

6
6
2
6
2

Detent
r Blanking plug

Range spindle

I Differential

spindle

To set precise switching points a pressure gauge is


required. (The pressure switch is a switching and
regulating device and not a measuring instrument
- even if it has a scale to assist in the setting). The
setting can be changed at any time, even during operation.

7502066.06.03.90

Spark quenching (direct current):

Making and/or breaking capacity


Microswitch with gold-plated contacts:
Vmin and I,in: No lower limit
Sensible upper limit: V,,.,,, appr. 48 V, I,.,,,, appr.
20 mA
Operating pressure switches with U>48 VDC and/or
I>20 mA will damage the gold-plating of the microswitch. The pressure switch must then only be used
forcurrents exceeding 20 mA. The switching capacity
of the then remaining silver spring contacts is listed
in the following table:

Me
Type of load

Of

current

Voltage M
48
1
24
Make and break current [A]

AC

Resistive load

10

AC

Inductive load,
cos [p- 0.7

2.5

AC

Inductive load,
spark quenching
with RC-link

DC

Resistive load

0.9

DC

Inductive

DC

10

load
when making

Dimensioning of quenching
Rated voltage of diode V&

diode (rectifier):
1.4 x V,,,,

Rated current of diode lRalcdL ILord


Choose quick switching
trr 4 200 ns]).

diode (recovery time

2. RC-link in parallel to load (or in parallel to


switching contact).
Suited for direct and alternating current.
Ratings:
R in [Ql = 0.2 x RLord in [a]
C in bF] m lLolldin [A]

?+ (AC)

load,

lfR=lOms

0.3

Inductive load,
spark quenching
with diode

1.5

0.7

Reference

1. Diode in parallel to inductive


Make sure polarity is correct
connections.

number of switchings:

60/min.

Reference temperature +3OoC (with a reference


temperature of +70X, I,,,corresponds
to 50 % of
the tabulated values only).
Contact-life appr. 1 x lo6 switching cycles at max.
current (at 50% of max. current, contact life
appr. 3 times as long).
Mechanical

life appr. 5 x 1O6 switching

CYCleS

Creepage- and air paths correspond to insulation


group B to ME Reg. 0110
(except contact clearence of microswitch).

FLevisionmontwyeer

Subject

to alteration

1 @

03.90

7502066.06.03.90

VDH

MAV53

Jacking oil system

HTGD690348ER4001
HTGG691536EROOO:

Al IRIR
fJilJnJi

Jacking Oil System


Standard type
with one jacking oil pump

Table of contents
Paracvaph

Title

Page

Code No

Mod.

General description

v.l
v.2

Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vi
Construction and principle of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V 1

PO101

Maintenance

w.l
w.2
w.3
w.4

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dismantling of the pump unit pump and motor
Checking the rotor lift . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modification for assembly and overhaul . . . .

1
1
1
1

P2101

X
X.1

Operation
Periodic functional test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W 1

P2101

Appendices

z.l
2.2
2.3

Designation of parts .........................


Designation of tools and assembly aids ...............
Designation of connections and systems ..............
Fig. 1
Pump unit ........................
Fig. 2.3
Cross-section of the pump ................
Fig. 4
Modification for assembly and overhaul .........
Fig. 5
Diagram .........................

P8101
P8201
P8301
P8401
P8501

E
E
E
E
E

Additional

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
_
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

W
W
W
W

Z1
Z1
Z1
22
Z3
Z 4.
Z5

documents

Jacking oil pump


Motor

I74Eoo1

htgd690348e

Ali m1c
P~~mJ

General
Description

V.1 Purpose
The jacking oil system is part of the rotor turning
gear of the turbine generator. It reduces the
breakaway torque developing in the bearing during
startup and ensures a suffiient lube oil film during
turning gear operation by pressing oil from below
into the bearing shell.

V.2 Construction and principle of


operation
The jacking oil system has no central pump unit, i.e.
the jacking oil pump is integrated in the bearing
pedestal. The pump yields a continuous pressure
which depends on the bearing load (maximum: 35
MPa).
During startup of the jacking oil pump, the startup
valve (1)delays the pressure increase in the system
which ensures adequate lubrication of the internal
gear pump. The oil is pressed into the space
between bearing shell and shaft due to the pressure
in the system, raising the shaft. As soon as a
sufficient oil pressure is available in the HP pocket,
a constant pressure is maintained which is lower
than the peak pressure. For safety reasons the peak
pressure is limited to 35 MPa by a pressure limiter
(k).
Additional document

HTGD
6go
38v
:

n IRIR
jTLTtLw&

Maintenance

c
W.1 Maintenance
We recommend to have the pumps checked by the
manufacturers representative every 3 - 4 years.

W.2 Dismantling of the pump unit


(pump and motor)
Dismantling or replacement of the pump unit must
be carried out with depressurized lube oil system.
If we!! prepared8 replacement can be very quick.
As always the whole pump unit shall be dismantled,
we recommend to have a complete stand-by unit on
stock.
To permit dismantling of the pump unit, remove first
of all the lateral cOver at the bearing pedestal to
allow access to the pipe unions. Loosen the hexagon head bolts 15 and the pipe unions of the pressure and suction lines. Lift off the pump unit using a
crane.

W.3 Checking the rotor lift


The proper functioning of the jacking oil system
must be checked during commissioning and after
every overhaul piir to starting the rotor turning
gear. The rotor lift which shall be at least 0.03 mm
is measured using dial gauges.

W.4 Modification for assembly and


overhaul
During turboset assembly the jacking oil system is
often not yet operating. If the rotor has to be lifted
and turned, the bearing pedestal serves as oil tank.
Disconnect the suction oil line directly before the
jacking oil pump and install the suction filter 903 (in
tool chest) with pipe unions according to fig. 4.
Block the oil drain at the bearing pedestal.
During this time the oil level in the bearing pedestal
has to be maintained at the level of the suction
flange of the jacking oil pump. (See fig. 1 and 4).
The pump sucks in the oil from the bearing pedestal
via the suction filter 903.
The oil returns from the bearing into the bearing
pedestal.

The check valve 31 prevents the air from.being


sucked in via the vent hole (u) which serves as vent
during normal operation.
The operating time of the pump must be kept short
when sucking in oil from the sump of the bearing
pedestal. This prevents quick fouling of the lube oil.
The temperature of the oil sucked in from the bearing pedestal shall not exceed 50 C.
The same modification is possible for overhauls if
the auxiliary oil pump is not available.
After modification from suction to normal operation,
the oil line to the jacking oil pump must be flushed
with oil for at least half on hour before it is connected
to the jacking oil pump.

X.1 Periodic functional test


Switch on the jacking oil pump every two months to
prevent damages due to tong shutdowns and solidification of the oil. This test can be carried out during
n
normal turbine operation.

2.1

Bezeichnung
der Teile

Designation
of parts

Flanschmotor
Ku~lungqjlocke
Kupplung
Sechskantschraube
Innenzahnmdpumpe

Range-mounted motor
Intermediate flange
Coupling
Hexagon head bolt
Internal gear pump
Socket head screw

7
6
12
13

Zyfinderschraube mit
lnnensechskant
-Versclllussmutter
T-Verschraubung
Winkelverschraubung
Dichtung

!3crew cap
T-type pipe union
Angular pipe union
Gasket

14
15
16
17
31

Grundplatte
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Distanznippel
ROckschlagventil

Base plate
Hexagon head boif
Hexagon head bolt
Spacer union
Check valve

2.2

Bezeichnung der
Werkzeuge und
Hilfsmittel

Designation of
tools and
assembly aids

901
902
903
904
906

Filtermantel
Wlnkelstllck
Saugfilter
Deckel(Transpondeckel)
Nippel

Filter coat
Angular pipe union
Suction filter
Cover (shipping cover)
Union fitting

907
908

Muffe
Verschmubung

Socket fiing
Union

2.3

Bezeichnung der
Anschliisse und
Systeme

Designation of
connections and
systems

1. Stufe
2. Stufe
3.stufe
lnteme Leckijlbohnrng
Druck vor letzter Stufe
Saugzone
Druckzone
Saugleitung
Druckleitung
Druckbegrenzer

First gear stage


Second gear stage
Third stage
Internal leakage borehole
Pressure before last gear stage
Suction zone
Pressure zone
Suction line
Pressure line
Pressure limiter

Glzufuhr zu Radiallager
Radiallager
Anfahrventil
Ent10ftun~sbohrung2
Leckage

Oil supply to journal bearing


Journal bearfn
Start-up vahre?
Vent borehole*
Leakage*

siehe Betriebsanleitung
Lagerbcck

see operating
instruction of bearfng pedestal

Verschlussschraube vor
lnbettiebnahme entfemen

Remove plug before


commissioning

tbaj
1

;I
;!I
(1)
i;

p8201

HTGD690348d

FIG. 1

r-i-7
fq+
I

16
15
6

14
13

I
3-

.I

22

:.

.:

2,

HTGD690348

P 8201
Ei
.

I
I

ktand bei Saugbetrieb aus Sumpf


Oil level when suddng from the sump
Nivel.de aceite durante la aspiraci6n
desde el colector de aceite

_^.d

_.

A4 111111
ARBRB

FIG. 2

c
P 8301
E

HTGD690348
23

Ai DRDR

l %RI,DD

FIG. 4
&stand bei Saugbetrieb &us Sumpf
Oil level when sudcing from the sump
Nivel de aceite durante la aspiracidn
de& el colector de aceite

-\.I

1
I

IIf
I I -

Fig. 4.11%

FIG.4.1

P 8401
E

htgd690348

Ah ran
t*w11

FIG. 5

.-.-.-.-.---.-.-

.-_1
-.

----_

I
I

o-!m

O--ii

>

P 8501
E

HTGD690348
25

Ai IRIR
f ~1111

INTERNAL GEARPUMP

Table of contents
Supplier
Truninger

Pages
.*...............................

R 0001
KW 4071

P 0101
P 1801

HTGD691536E

dP: t=;
,
,; ::4,P
*;~Q
.I ;
z.g
_
x7;:
:
*.:*=!.$p;~$+
,.,;,
o*a&&*.

c,
id
::g
:iJ
,;j

internal gear pump

TRUNINGER
HYDRAULICS
P 0101

HTGD691536E
v

Internal Gear Pump


THE NEW GENERATION
The OT pump family is a development based on the quiet
Truninger internal gear pump design, field proven world wide
in over 1oOWO installations. The new pump features a simple
and rugged design, low noise level. and a long life even al high
system pressures.
The OT pump offers in one single unit the design simplicity of
conventional gear pumps, the high pressure rating of piston
pumps and the silent operation associated with screw type
pumps. The modular design concept is based on a limited
number of parts which cover a large range of flow rates and
discharge pressures. 54 single pumps are available in 6 frame
sizes with displacements from 5 lo 500 cmJ/Rev and 3 pressure
ratings of 60,160 and 320 bar. Double pumps are available in
more than 1300 combinations.

UNEXCELLED IN QUIET
OPERATION

c
P 0201

HTGD 691 536 E


v

KNOW FOR
LONG LIFE

EXCEPTIONALLY
SELECTION

DESIGN

THE MANY FEATURES

PRINCIPLES

The heart of the CT internal gear pump is the gear housing


with crescent, pinion gear and ring gear. Each stage has only
three moving parts; pinion, ring gear and the shaft, the latter
being placed concentric in the housing. High pressures are
obtained with high efficiency through an unique 2 stage
design. The same elements are utilized for one and two stage
pumps and pumps for single, double and multiple circuits.
Not counting special configurations
(e.g. ccw rotation), this
modular concept offers 54single pumps and 1323 double
pumps- truly an exceptionally large selection. The simple and
rugged design eliminates the need for axial and/or radial
hydrostatic clearance compensation. Long life and high
efficiencies are achieved through large sealing surfaces,
carefully chosen running clearances for reduced contamination sensitivity, rugged design, best materials and high
precision of manufacturing.
The internal gear design along
with the patented tooth profile, the concept of multi-staging
and the hydrodynamic
bearings stand for quiet and smooth
operation and reliable performance. This holds true for all
applications of industrial and mobile hydraulics; also for very
demanding operating conditions.

LARGE

Low noise level


Low flow pulsations
Low pressure ripple
Low stress on pump components
Few moving parts
Long life
High efficiency
High speed capability
Good suction performance, self priming
Multiple pump configurations
on a common shaft
Fire resistant fluids can be used without derating operating
parameters
- For 95/5 fluids, specially designed pumps are available
- Cost savings due to the elimination of acoustical enclosures
-Small steps between pump displacements
- No compromise in sizing or selecting
- Mounting flanges according to SAE or metric IS0 standards

P 0301

HTGO 691 536 E


v

Internal
THE

INTERNAL

GEAR

DESIGN

As in the case of external gears, the fluid enters the cavities


between the teeth in thesuction zone. It then is transported
along the crescent to the pressure zone, where it is displaced
through the meshing of the teeth. The main advantages of the
internal gear design are the large suction and pressure zones
resulting in small filling and displacement fluid velocities. This
results in low noise generation as well as in improved suction
capabilities.

GearPump

THE PATENTED
PROFILE

GEAR

TOOTH

The main noise generators in conventional gear pumps are


pressure and flow ripples. They are produced by the gear tooth
profile and the trapped fluid volume, the latter being trapped in
overlap phases of the meshing cycle. The patented OT tooth
profile drastically reduces the flow pulsations associated with
gear geometry. The lack of nearlyany trapped fluid volume, a
unique feature of the Qidesign, for all practical purposes
eliminates pressure pulsations. These advantages of the
patented tooth profile result in low noise level in the range of
53 to 68 df3 (A), depending on the flow rate and at a pressure of
300 bar. The QT internal gear pump normally produces less
noise than the electric motor driving the pump. Thus, acoustical dampening measures become unnecessary. The small
curvature of the tooth flanks results in small herzian surface
stresses. This is an important advantage because it guarantees
no wear even if fluids with poor lubricity are being used.

ZO!W

zone

Large suction and pressure zones keep fluid velocities small.


thereby reducing noise level and improving suction capabilities.

._
:2. .;.
% ,-+::
w-i.-. ?

The patented gear tooth profile practically


pressure pulsations.

P 0401

eliminates

IloG

and

HTGD 691 536 E


v

THE MULTI-STAGING
PRINCIPLE

THE HYDRODYNAMIC
BEARINGS

As conventional
gear pumps use only one set of gears, the
pressure differential is limited. OT internal gear pumps are
designed for a peak pressure of 320 bar which is attained by
multistaging. Two stages are working in series. e.g. the
discharge of the first stage flows into the inlet of second stage.
Thus the total pressure differential of 320 bar is generated by
two stages, each contributing half, or only 160 bar. The
reduced pressure load per stage decreases bearing loads and
stresses on pump components-thus
increasing pump life.

The hydrostatic loads on pinion and shaft are supported in


journal bearings by hydrodynamic forces. Similarily. the ring
gear is rotating on its outer diameter in a fluid film bearing.
As no axial loads are applied to pinion or ring gear, both float
within their axial clearances on fluid films. Therefore, the
rotating parts dont touch their mating surfaces. avoiding any
metal to metal contact. This is the major reason for the long
life, r+swear is virtually eliminated also in case of poor lubricity
fire-resistant fluids.

p--bar

p-16Obar

p-320bar

Suction

The discharge of stage 1 flows into theinlet of stage 2. The


outlet pressure is the sum of the pressure differentials of each
stage.

Zone

Hydrodynamic

Lift

Pressure Zone

Hydrodynamic bearings support the pressure loads acting on


the ring gear and the pinion.

P 0501

HTGD 691 536 E


v

EXPLODED

VIEW

OF QT
17 (4)ndbd~
18 ,Wl,h
r.slw,,,

15
, 4

12

tnlermcdlalc

p,,,,onl

Rear Corw(wllh

6 slew.
~*artw)
I

ttaurlng

13 (wllhSlaev*
BoarIng)

10

Front Cover

.
29

i 1,*.Alnp

I
26
25 a. (rrltt,snnpmng
and Dmli Baarlng)

28

(11nemlnp EOIIS

27

Pump, complete

Set of. seals,


(parts 3-7)

20
oow*i Plfl
.. .

complete

IhckCorw

i,

Internal Gear Pump


SINGLE

PUMPS

The QT single pumps are available in


54 models covering 3 pressure ranges,
6 frame sizes and 21 displacements.

MODEL KEY

I:

:
c
p
:^
*
x
?:I
L
A

Notes:
1. Standard configuration:
- CW rotation
.
- Mounting flange SAE
- Internal drain
- Buna shaft seals

OPERATING

2 Mounting flange according to IS0 3019/l (SAE) or 3019/h


(metric) standards.
a Special design for low viscosity fluids. including an external
drain port.

INSTRUCTIONS.

I. Mineral oils as well as fire resistant fluids of the types HFS.


HFC and HFD can be used without any derating.
2. Fluid temperature not to exceed 60%. minimum viscosity
20 mmYs at operating temperature.
3. For viscosities smaller than 20 mm% or larger than
300 mmVs. please contact Truninger AG.
4. Peak pressure duration not to exceed 20 secper minute.
5. Suction pressure not to exceed 1.0 bar. Suction lift 2 to
6 mWH, depending on frame size and shaft speed.

6. Recommended filtration 75 p on suction side, 25 F abs. for


discharge, return or loop filtration.
7. Puma drive throuoh flexible couolino. In case of gear or belt
drive please con&t
Truninger AC. -

P 0701

HTGD 69 1 536 E
v

MODEL RANGE AND


OPERATING PARAMETERS
.: A,
_~.

,:;.r,:,.

I.~Prcssure Range..:

&;
.
..i
,,I, .~ >..:-z
, : .,I!~~?~<
.::. .
..,.
,.::^;
!> C&*i&~;:/pcrk
i.q&g&,
;5&$,%~+.
y
,a \ ,.,i ;,,k<:--.X-,,a-ir .,.. ^,, .w* 5 i &&s

...
.

*;p (
:$?,q
m,sg

~;;

.: ,,3,~~$&q~
~.;&
-j
.-qy& i qp&..
._
.&I,. -2 ,
.?di *;~ _

T$$

..

=a;* i: - I
g&$??.)

I ;..
7 ^125/7&)?9@
,<r

..*
. . ;.

.;e*;~::;;

.I:,.

2
L? #.S,-* 72.
.,.;:.;
..* ;t.

Notes:
1. The operating parameters apply for mineral oils and lire
resistant fluids of the type HFB. HFC and HFD.
0 Delivery for a shaft speed of 1450 Rpm. a viscosity of
30 mm% at pressure zero and at continuous rated pressure PC.
0 Power consumption for a shan speed of 1450 Rpm and a
viscosity of 30 mm% at peak pressure.
8 Minimum measured values
5. Number applies for max. shaft speed listed.
8 For pressure range 1, figures are approximate.
.* 7. Not applicable to CT 61-250.

P 0801

HTGD 691 536 E


v

Internal Gear Pump


PERFORMANCE
VOLUMETRIC
EFFICIENCY
OVERALL EFFICIENCY q,

I,

DATA

loo
-=====z\

Pressure Range 1
-

Shaft speed 1450 Rpm


Viscosity 30 mm%
Minimum

} QT21 toOT61

90

z
z
c

measured values

I-1

OT21 toOT61

80

/f
70

P (bar)
0

VOLUMETRIC
EFFICIENCY
OVERALL EFFICIENCY ,,r

10
IO

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

Pressure Range 1

1,

Pressure Ranges2 and 3


QT8X-250
QTGX- 125

Shaft speed 1450 Rpm


Viscosity 30 mmfs
Minimum

QT5X-063

QT~X-250
QT6X-

measured values

QT4X-032

125

QT5X-063

QT 4X - 032
QT3X-016
QT3X-016
QT2X-008
70

J
0.

NOISE

LEVEL

\
20
40

40
80

60
120

80
160

100
200

120
240

140
280

P (bar)

QT 2X - 008

160 Pressure Range 2


320 Pressure Range 3

70
360 I/min

Pressure Ranges 1,2 and 3

180

Shaft speed 1450 and 2900 Rpm


Viscosity 30 mmW

92
60

Approx. values, measured in


acoustical chamber
QT 43-032 (46 I/min),
Measurements of the University
of Stuttgart

46
3

23

Fi

11.5

50

40

P (bar)
0

::
40

20
40
80

30
60
120

40
80
160

P 0901

50
100
200

60
120
240

70
140
280

80 Pressure Range 1
160 Pressure Range 2
320 Pressure Range3

HTGD 691 536 E


v

c
PUMPE FiiR NIEDERVISKOSE
FLUSSIGKEITEN

PUMP FOR LOW VISCOSITY


FLUIDS

Einsatzgebiete
Die TBUNINGER-lnneruahnradpumpen
for niederviskose
FlOssigkeiten eignen sich besonders for hydrostatische Antrfebe mit HFA-FlOssfgkeiten. Reines Wasser, ohne Korrosionsschutzmittel.
kann nlcht verwendet werden. Zum Fdrdem niederviskoser Brennstoffe werden ebenfalls mlt Vorteil
mehrstufige QT Pumpen eingesetd

Areas of application
The TBUNINGER internal gear pumps for low viscosity fluids
are well suited for HWBF applications. Clear water, without
any corrosion protection additives cannot be utilized. Low
viscosity fuels are another area of application for the multistage QT pumps.

Pumpenprogramm
In 6 BaugrCIsaen und 6 Druckbereichen von 25,50,100,150.
200 und 250 bar werden 108 Einzelpumpen mit Verdr&-rgungsvolumen von S-500 cmYU angeboten. Doppelpumpen
for niederviskose flossigkeiten bestehen aus zwei auf der
gleichen Antriebswelle angeordneten, voneinander unabhangig arbeitenden, mehrstufigen Einzelpumpen. Doppelpumpen sind in einer Vietzahl von V&ianten liefetbar. Bei
Bedarf bitten wir urn Anfrage.

Range of pumps
SIX (6) frame sizes and 6 pressure ranges of 25,50, 100,
150,200 and 250 bar result in 108 pump configurations
with displacements in the range of 5 to 500 ems/Rev.
Double pumps for low viscosity fluids consist of two independently working (multi-stage) pumps placed on a common shaft. Double pumps are available in a large number of
combinations. Please contact Truninger AG for proposals.

Konstnrktionsmerkmale
Die TRUNINGER QT Pumpe fur niederviskose Flussigkeiten
ist eine modifizierte QT Oelhydraufikpumpe.
lhre Bauteile
werden in grossen Serien hergestellt, sind daher etprobt
und kostengunstig. lhre Eignung for niedetviskose, schlecht
schmierende FtOssigkeiten basiert auf:
- Hydrodynamfscher
Lagerung von Welle und Zahnkranz
- Mehrstufenprinzip.
kleine Druckbelastung pro Stufe
- Spezialzahnprofil. grosse Krummungsradien, kleine
Hertzsche Pressungen
- Dreifache Speziaiwellendichtung,
Kugellager ausserhalb
ArbeitsflOssigkeit
- Innbnzahnradpumpe,
kieine Ansauggeschwindigkeit,
gute
Saugleistung
Charakterlstfsohe
Werte
Der Schallpegel kann dem QT Hauptprospekt entnommen
werden. Der volumetrische Wrrkungsgrad hangt von Baugrdsse und Forderstrom ab. Anger-t&en gilt bei einem Druck
von 50 bar pro Stufe (25 bar bei Druckbereich 1) und der
empfohlenen Drehzahl das untenstehende Diagramm.

Design principles
The TRUNiNGER QT pump for low viscosity fluids consists
of a modified QT standard hydraulic pump. Its parts are manufactured in large quantities and are field tested and inexpensive. The design is compatible with fluids of low viscosity and poor lubricity due to:
- Hydrodynamic bearings supporting shaft and ring gears
- The multi-staging principle, low pressure load per stage
- Patented gear tooth profile, large radius of curvature,
small Hetiian stresses
- Three shaft seal configuration, ball bearing is outside of
working fluid
- Internal gear pump design, low suction velocities, excellent suction performance.
Performace data
The main QT catalogue shows the noise level. The volumetric efficiency depends upon displacement and flow rate
of the pump. The diagram below is valid for a pressure per
stage of 50 bar (25 bar in case of pressure range 1) and the
recommended shaft speeds.

QT lnnenzahnradpumpeIOrniedewiskose FlGssigkeiten.4-stufig.
Dauerbetriebsdrwk 200 bar

VolumebischerWirkungsgradIn Abhangigkeildes F&derslromes for p-50


bar/Slule. Y= 1 cst n=empfohlene Drehzahl

01 lnlsmal gear pumP Iof low viscosityfluids. wilh 4 stages,

Volumetricefficiencyversus pumpllow rate et p- 50 bar/stage.

continuouspressure 200 bar

I= 1 cSt n=recommended shaft speed.

#
0.9

D.8

5
:
%
z
0
0
e
e
z:

B
t
p
r.

Fbrdenlrom bel Druck Null. WmlnlFlowrate r.1pressure zero. l/tin

P 1001

HTGD 691 536 E


v 10

WPENREIHE MIT
BETRIEBSDATEN
DruckJ~rdch
Prbuura Rangb
Wriebsdruck

bar

Operetfng Freuure
VbrdfingungsvoL

25

50

100

150

200

250

TLP

M%L

Modbl

Dirplacembnt
cmVRbv

TYP

Drahzahlo
Shaft Spbbd

TYP

hhdbl

2:6

MOdbl

Rpm

005

006
006

MODEL RANGE AND


OPERATING PARAMETERS

QT22Q05
OT22-006
OT22-006

OT23-005
aT23-006
aT23-008

:T22%:
aT24-006

QT25~05
QT25006
QT25-006

QT26-005

QT35-010
QT35012
QT35-016

aT36QlO

010
012
016

QT21-010
QT21-012
QT21-016

QT32-010
QT32-010
aT32-016

QT33010
aT33-012
QT33-016

QT34QlO
4134412
aT34-016

020
025
032

OT31-020
QT31-025
QT31Q32

QT42-020
at42425
aT42-032

QT43Q20
at43025
QT43032

QT44-020

QT45-020

OT46-020

EZX

9T45-025
QT45-032

QT46-025
QT46-032

040
050
063

QT41-040
QT41-050
QT41463

QT52-040
QT52-050
aT52063

aT53-040
OT53-050
(31T53663

QT54-040
OT54-050
QT54063

QT55-040
QT55-050
OT55-063

aT56-050
QT56.063

060
100
125

aT51080
OTSl-100
QTSl-125

aT62-080
aT62.100
aT62-125

aT63-080
aT63-100

QT64mO
OT64-100

OT63-125

aT64-125

OT65-080
QT65-100
QT65-125

: 160
200
250 .

aT61-160
QTSl-200
QT61-250

aT82-160
aT82-200
'aT82-250

aT83-160
aT83-200
QT83-250

:;Tx:z
aT84-250

QT85-160

320
400
500

QT81-315
OT81-400
QT81-500

QT85-200
QT85-250

3000
3600

:TfS%:
3000
3600

3000
3600

3000
1600

3000
3600

1500
1600

3000
1800

QT66-080
QT66.100
QT66-125

1500
1600

1500
1800

QT86-160
OT86-200
QT86-250

1500
1200

1500
1800

aT36-012
QT36-016

OT56-040

1500
1200

Bemerkungen:
0 Empfohlene Drehzahlen

Notes:
0 Recommended

2. TypenschlGssel wie auf Seite 8 des QT Hauptprospektes.

2. Model key from page 8 of main QT catalogue.

3. Neue Konfiguration mit nur extemem


durch /BWZD definiert.

3. The new configuration with external leakage only is


designated with /BWZl.

Leckdlabfiuss

wird

shaft speeds.

BETRIEBSEMPFEHLUNGEN

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Gute Filtrierung ist bel niederviskosen FlOssigkeiten von


grbssterWichtigkeit.Wir
empfehlen 1Opabsolut @IO= 10).

1. Good filtration of low viscosity fluids is of utmost importance. We recommend 10 p absolute (f310 = 10).

2. 5 % 61 in Wasser Emulsionen (HFA-E) kdnnen normalerweise nicht so fein fittried werden. Synthetische Ldsungen (HFA-S) sind daher bevorzugt.

2. 5 %Oil in water emulsions (HFA-E) normally cannot be


filtred to lop absolute. Synthetic solutions (HFA-S).
therefore, are preferred.

3. Antrieb Ober elastische Kupplungen.


Zahnradantrieb bitte njckfragen.

3. Pump drive through flexible coupling. In case of gear or


belt drive please contacl Truninger AG.

Bei Riemen- oder

P 1101

HTGD 691 536 E


v 11

al-ABMESSUNGEN

DIMENSIONS

8augr6rso

Frame Size
DNCkbW&Ch

4151 6

41516

Y-l5

I-

SAElV

SAEl

SAE w

170

132
109

78

140

180

146

181

14

18

66

92

22

26

160-h8

200-h6

112
353 1409 1465
166 i244i300

Mew.
Y-

63-h6

W-h8

IOO-h8

82.5ca.05

SAE

101.60-8.05

12

125-h8
127,0-8.05

16

50

60

75

93

20-i6

25-18

32-j6

40-j6

58

82

36

42

12

22.5

43

k4atsa kg

Druckbereich S
Ressure Range S

Bemerkungen:
1. Die Abmessungen der Pumpen der
Druckbereiche 1,2 und 3 konnen dem
OT-Hauptprospekt
entnommen werden.
2. S= Sauganschluss
3. P = Druckanschtuss
4. W/C= Externer Leckolanschluss

vorbehalten

TRUNINGER

.t

IS 1 22 1.25

Druckbereich 4
Pressure Range 4

Anderungen

152.40-8.0s

180

115

20

Druckbereich 6
Pressure Range 6

Notes:
1. The dimensions of the pumps for the
pressure ranges 1,2 and 3 are given
in the main QT catatogue.
2. S= Suction Port
3. P = Pressure Port
4. FM= External Drain
Subject to change without notice

AG

lndustriestrasse 9
CH-4513 ImgendorVSwitzerland

P 1201

Telefon 065 38 20 21
TelexA 588

HTGO 691 536 E


v 12

.. :

Internal Gear Pump

PORT FLANGES for pressure


DRAWING

and suction

ports

k--b&

O-kit-q

DRAWING

LEJ

SUCTION PORT r*
-LANtitS
-mm--l--F-l

DRAWING

O-R;

3 ..,.;
I;&r
C.
;;3hjL:.
l,

!I=

g 4*

.!f

Notes:

1. Hole pattern of port flanges follow SAE standards (3oM) PSI)


2. Bolts and seal (O-Ring) are supplied with the flange.
3. Seamless precision steel tubing is recommended for suction
lines.

4. The welding seams must be cleaned thouroughly.


5. For additional accessories please contact Truninger AG.

P 1301

HTGD 691

536

v 13

Mounting and Operating Instructions


for
TRUNINGER Internal Gear Pumps

before starting any TRUNINGER

internal

Gear Pump, please observe the following

instructions:

I. Coupling.
I I.

The pump is dcsigncd for direct drive by means of an elastic coupling.


rigrd coupling

:rre to be considered, please consult the manufacturer,

If drives with gears. belt or


because their application

is

lintitcd.
I .2.

The shaft has a tolerance j 6. The bore of the coupling must have a tolerance H 7. Therefore, the
coupling

! 3.

can easily be pushed on the shaft without

zpplying

Both halves of the coupling should be perfectly straightened

strokes with

hammer.

out. A check for

this

should be possible

when the pump is mnuntcd.

2. Piping.

1.1.

The pump connections

are marked as follows:

Suction port

Pressure port

port

Exhaust

The size of the suction line should correspond to the size of the suction port. In this way, quid

_.-.
velocity
2.3.

in the suction line stays below 1.5 m/set.

Use seamless drawn tube (or hose) for the suction line.
Clean this tube before mounting

2.4.

as carefully

3s

all other hydraulic

lines.

If the inlet pressure exceeds 7 psi, a special type pump must be ordered.

3. Filter.

3.1.

The pump has good suction capabilities

3.2.

The wire mesh of the suction filter should be 0,I mm, and not exceed 0.2 mm.

3.3.

To avoid any sucking of air. be sure that. the suction fiiter and all return lines reach at least I below
the minimum

and therefore a suction tiher should always be used.

oil level in the reservoir.

P 1401

HTGD 691 536 E


v 14

3.4. If heavy noise is produced in the system or pump, or if foaming on top of the oil is observed, then
air must be enclosed in the system.
Trouble shooting: Clean filter, check oil level and fill oil if necessary. cheek suction line of porositics,
check suction port seals, check and replace if necessarythe shaft seal of the pump.

4. Hydraulic
4.1.

fluid.

Au known

hydraulic

mineral oils with a viscosity of 30 to 37 at at 500 C can be recommended.

As examples, the following

fluids of major suppliers arc mentionned:

ESSO

huto H 54

SHELL

Tellus 29

MOBIL

Mobil DTE Oil Medium

OIL

Mobil DTE Heavy Medium

4.2.
4.3.

Fire-resistant

can also be used. Consult the manufacturer

in this case.

The oil viscosi:y can deviate from the value given if necessary. But Lhc viscosity must always stay
within

4.4.

flui&

the range of a min. of 21 est. and a max. of 300 est. at operating temperature.

The hydraulic

system must be designed such that the oil temperature

nuously, a short temperature

does not exceed 60 C conti-

peak must not exceed SO0 C.

5. stat-t-up.
5.1.

The hydraulic

system must be protected

by a prasure

relief valve which limits the pressure to a

value equal or below the peak pressure rating of the pump. The peak pressure should not be exceeded
for very short peaks as well.
S.2.

Check senss of rotation

of the pump by starting the motor for a very short time. The sense of rotation

is marked by an arrow on all pumps. (If not ordered Jeft,

t.he sense of rotation

viewed on shaft.) It is not possible to change the sense of rotation

P 1501

is clockwise

when

on a given pump.

HTGD 691 536 E


v 15

TRUN I NGER

HYDRAULI

VT-PRESSURE
SAE FLANGE

CS

CONTROL
MOUNT1 NG

VALVES

FOR

The VT-pressure control valves are


designed for direct mounting to the
SAE port flanges of the TRUNINGER
internal gear pumps. Pressure relief
valves with or without solenoid
operated unloading or electrical infinitely variable remote control, a.5
well as pressure unloading and
pressure reducing valves etc. are available. Operating pressure is 320 bar.
The by-pass flow rates at a pressure
drop of 4 bar are ,SO, 100, 200 and
400 l/min corresponding to the
nominal bores of 0, 1, 2 and 3.
Model

Key

Drain:
- = internal (standard)
Y = external

Family
-I

I Port

Flange Size:2,3,4,5,6,8

1Nominal

Bore: 0, 1, 2, 3
J

1Characteristic:
Mdel

Seals:
B = Buna (standard)
V = Viton
I

DB,DE,DA,DM,DF,EA,F

Pressure Range: 1,2,3 (3 = standard)

Range

WQainri 0Dv2
Port rLan9c size

SU

-z-j-Tm2

rrlme size Of Pump


Prclrucc Relief valve

Valve wit,,solenoid
orrrat0.i
wrloadlnq

VT 20/w.

1'

I pl3

pr4

1
lL4'
qrs

lL4'

lL2

l\r2

Q-r s (51)

pl 6

YI 6 161)

b7 30/m

VT 41/m

VI Sllo0

b-r 52/m

Vl'62/DE

VT 63/m

vr El/m

VT 30/m,

VT 41m

VISl/DE

vr s2/M:

VI 621~~

VI'63/D=

vc flWDE

VT 41m

VT 51/M

VT 62/m

VI 63/M

VT 83/M

4l/Dn

VT Sl/DN

VT s2m

vI 62/~8

I.-I'
63fON

P?CssU?eRcLlcf Vrlvc with cLectmric.1


lnflnltclyvarlablc R~trauControl

VT 41/vr

vr Sl/OF

VT 52/D-

VT 62/DP

VT 63/Df

vt H/DC

Electricalunloading Valve

VT 41/u

VT 51/u

v-r 52/m

VT 62/EA

VT 63/EA

VI 83/E*

t-r41/r

VT 51/r

VT 52/T

VT 63/P

v-r83/f

RcrSurc

2om

Pellef

. -

Prcrsurc unloadin .,W


Pressure wdducIn9 Valve

Valve for hydraulic

Rcwtc

Contzel

-.
It2 kq I

tam*
) -Ax.

l/mIn

2.2 kq

6.1 kq
100

6.3

kq

100

S2/OA

62/r

10.4 kq

10.5 kq

zocl

200

IS.4 kq
400

e3/w

16.0 kq
400

,,

Notes:
1. The VT-Valves are fastend to the
pump by means of the port flange
bolts.

2. Port flange, O-Ring retaining plate


and O-Ring are supplied with the
valve.

P 1601

HTGD 691 536 E


V 16

VT- Druckventile

NG

Vent;Iabmessungen

NG

el

TYP
VT
VT

,
VT
VT

20
30

2L
28

10

10

e2

e3

17.5
22

38

12.5

L8

20

VT-Druckventiie

NG

SAE
SAE

16,

'/,'
3lL'

25 , 32

13

DB
DA
DM

9
11

;t
II
a
Q
II!
ffiz

DE
00

VT
VT
VT

kckanscNuss

VTDE

+-+
.:
9
;

q
z

+-

VT F

NG

\lenti1abmessunQen
t I
1

TVD~
,r,

b
-

Ll
170
VT 51
61 I VT
-. 17

t h i(

I1
1 II
.-.

1 II
.-

1 IL
.

i77qi 7
!
I 80 11110 1, 150
---,---,a33

I5

16

215

140

82

16.
C
C

31

25,

32

cl

c?

c3

hl

h2

h3

hL

30

26

52

25

11

138

128

lr?

91

--

--

___ .~_
fill/,'
83
wir.:

11OL

1115 Il52/192(

2sjj286

1 2571182 I107 1 Gl'/z'

1992

1 (1 1 36 1 70 1 38 1 1L

lL8

160 100

175

165

175 109

1 f.1 1 ~3 j 78 1 50 1 1~ 11751 165) 1751109 /


ThUNlNGER

AG

Industriestr.

P 1701

156

CH-4513

Langendorf

Telefon

065

38 20

Schveiz

21 /

HTGD 691

Telex534588

536

v 17

07
.
2
0

ac,
Pi

-L

cz

PCI

Z
30
Em
Gns
-C L
5:
n

WZ
au

2;

-=3

b
+.
s

c,

*r

2,

s
-7
E
C
z
c,
m
-z
$3
cv
co
w
z
5
z

0
cc
e
I-z
?L

Jz
0
.F
AZ
r
-9
.C
3
5
z

ln

2
z
0

0
-

E
VI

P
SF
-

vl

r
*I-* .
z
zm
u
zi
-c
-P

*vVI

i!f
I
5
7-r
Icrcc
03

*bp

3z
ss
-e- m
-rUC
c,

.C
c
2
3
VI
0
v)
a

.
ed
U-IT
SF
z:E:
w5
Z2,
*r w
ccm
F-r:
22

w -r
3.0
OE
LV
n
&
0
WtZ
03-l-

LZ

=,z
L -C

7
cu,
ww
VIL
33

5
c

t?z

WS
ul
.C 0

Et4

030

2:

w%
vlw
33

5:
-A
go+
c

FZ

,k

28

5C
-rE(

--

fii

2
-0
c
CL

GWZ

WZZ
x4-0
I-vim

P 1801

w Fr
2 2

if!:
DE
tn -r
WI-0
kk
.s
VI4
SO
0
.;
WI-

5
EL
-I-- 0
0%

HTGD 691 536 E


V 18

MAV53APOO3

Jacking oil pump (d. c. motor driven)

see MAV53APOOl

Motor
*Make GROSSENBACHER,
type GKEFl80L-4A-ea,Vl *

CHdFK8409D/E/F
CH-IFK841 OD/E/F
HI4

Betriebs- und Wartungsanleitung zu Gleichstrommaschinen


maschinen Typ GK
Instructions de service et
dentretien pour machines
a courant continu type GK
Operating and maintenance
instructions
for d.c. machines type GK

Druckschrift

Nr. CHIFK8409DFE

Grossenbacher
l!!Y

1. Allgemeines

1. G6nkralit6s

1. General

Uberpriifen Sie bitte sofort nach Anlieferung die Maschine auf eventuelle
aussere Beschadigung (Beanstandungen sind sofort dem Transponeur zu
melden).
Beim Auspacken bitte vorsichtig
vorgehenl
Wird die Maschine vor der Aufstellung
lengere Zeit gelagert, so sind
folgende Punkte zu beachten:
- Nur trockene Lagerr%.rme
mit gleichbleibender Temperatur
verwenden.
- ErschCltterungen und
Schwingungen sind zu vermeiden
(Lagerschgden).
- Urn Stillstandskorrosion
in den
Lagem zu vermeiden, muss
der Rotor mindestens halbjlhrlich
gedreht werden.

Controler la machine d&s reception


pour constater les dommages
exterieurs Bventuels (ceux-ci doivent
&re signal& immediatement au
transporteur).
Prendre des precautions lors du
deballagel
Si la machine est stockee assez
longtemps avant le montage, it faut
veiller aux points suivants:
- nutiliser que des entrepdts sets
et de temperature constante.
- eviter les secousses et les oscillations (risque dendommagement
des paliers).
- pour Bviter toute corrosion dans
les paliers par suite dun stockage
prolong& il faut faire tourner le rotor
au moins une fois tous les 6 mois.

Please check the motor for possible


external damage immediately
after delivery (complaints are to be
reported to the forwarding agent
immediately).
Please unpack with care1
If the motor is stored for a prolonged
time befor installation, the
following points are to be observed:
- Use only dry storage rooms with
constant temperature.
- Impacts and vibrations are to be
avoided (bearing damage).
- To avoid standstill corrosion in
the bearings, the rotor must
be turned at least once every six
months.

2. Aufstellung

2. Montage

2. Installation

Sorgfaltiges Aufstellen und Ausrichten der Maschine auf ebener


Flache und gutes Auswuchten der auf
das Wellenende aufzuziehenden Teile
sind Voraussetzung fijr einen ruhigen
und erschiitterungsfreien
Lauf.
Der Rotor unserer Maschine ist, wenn
bei der Bestellung nicht anders
vereinban, mit ganzem Federkeil
dynamisch ausgewuchtet. Kupplungen, Ritzel, Riemenscheiben und
dgl. miissen mit leerer Nut ausgewuchret sein und diirfen nur warm
(80-1OOC) aufgezogen werden.
Schlege beschldigen
die Lager
und sind unbedingt zu vermeiden.
Die Maschine mit hoher Laufgfitestufe
ist mit Busserster Sorgfalt zu
behandeln.
Die belirftete Maschine ist so aufzustellen, dass die Kirhlluft ungehindert
zu- und abstrbmen kann.

La machine doit Btre montee et


alignee soigneusement sur une surface plane, et les pieces B monter sur
Iarbre doivent Btre bien equilibr8es.
Ce sont IB les conditions essentielles
dun fonctionnement
silencieux
et exempt de vibrations. Le rotor de
notre machine est, sauf avis
contraire lors de la commande,
Bquilibre dynamiquement avec
la clavette enti&e. Les accouplements,
pignons, poulies, etc. doivent Qtre
Bquilibres avec la rainure vide et
mantes seulement a chaud (80 B
1OOC). Eviter B tout prix les coups
qui endommagent les paliers.
La machine dun fonctionnement
de
haute qualite doit ltre traitee avec
un soin maximum.
La machine ventilee doit itre posee
de telle sorte que Iair de refroidissement puisse circuler librement.

Careful installation and alignment


of the motor on an even surface and
good balancing of the parts to be
mounted on the shaft end are prerequisites for smooth and vibrationfree operation. If not specified
otherwise in the order, the rotor of our
motor is dynamically balanced with
a whole feather key. Couplings,
pinions, belt pulleys, etc. must be
balanced with an empty keyway
and may only be mounted warm
(80-1OOC). Impacts will damage
the bearings and are definitely to be
avoided (as given in list!).
The motor, which is of high balanced running quality, is to be treated
with utmost care.
The ventilated machine is to be
installed such that the cooling air can
enter and exit unobstructed.

3. lnbetriebnahme

3. Mise en service

3. Commissioning

3.1 Anschluss
Die Maschine ist nach dem Schaltbild
im Klemmenkasten anzuschliessen.
Wichtig ist die Klemmenbezeichnung
und nicht die Klemmenlage.

3.1 Raccordement
La machine doit Btre raccordee suivant le schema de la boite B bornes.
Ce qui compte, cest la designation
des bornes et non pas leur position.

3.1 Connection
The motor is to be connected
according to the circuit diagram in
the terminal box. Decisive is the
designation and not the position of
the terminal.

3.2 Drehrichtung
Die Drehrichtung ist auf dem Schema
im Klemmenkasten angegeben.

3.2 Sens de rotation


Le sens de rotation est indiqub sur le
schema dans la boite B bornes.

3.3 Lagerung
Warder Motor vor lnbetriebnahme
lengere Zeit in staubiger oder feuchter
Umgebung gelagert oder wahrend
dieser Zeit ErschJtterungen
ausgesetzt, so sind die Lager zu
erneuern.

3.3 Stockage
Si le moteur a Btt5
stock4 pendant un
temps prolonge en atmosphere
poussiereuse ou humide avant la mise
en service, ou sil a 6th expose B
des secousses, il faut remplacer les
paliers.

3.2 Direction of rotation


The direction of rotation is indicated
in the diagram in the terminal box.
3.3 Storage
If before commissioning, the motor is
stored for a prolonged period in a
dusty or damp environment or if it is
subjected to vibration during this
period, the bearings are to be replaced.

3.4. Anfahren, Betrieb


Vor dem Anfahren der Maschine ist zu
Oberpritfen, ob sie frei drehen kann
und eventuell vorhandene Transponsicherungen entfernt wurden. Bei
fremdbelirftetem Motor ist darauf zu
achten, dass der FremdliIfter eingeschaltet ist und er einwandfrei funk.tioniert. Beim ersten Hochlauf der
Maschine ist der mechanische Lauf zu
kontrollieren. Bei eventuell auftretenden Vibrationen ist die Ausrichtung
der Maschine zu fiberprtifen.
Achtung: Die Ankerspannung darf nur
bei eingeschalteter Erregung an die
Maschine gelegt warden1

3.4. Mise en marche, exploitation


Avant de mettre la machine en
marche, veiller a ce quelle tourne librement et a ce que les blocages
dventuels de transport aient BtB
retires. Pour les moteurs a ventilation
exterieure, veiller a ce que le ventilateur soit enclench et fonctionne
parfaitement. Lors de la premiere
acc&&ation de la machine, contrdler la
marche mkcanique. En cas de vibrations, contrBler Ialignement de la
machine.
Attention: La tension de rotor ne doit
Btre appliqu6e 3 la machine que
lorsque Iexcitation est enclench6el

3.4. Startup, operation


Before the motor is started it is to
be checked for free movement and ensured that any transport locks provided have been removed. If the motor
has separate ventilation care is
to be taken that the separate fan is
switched on and functions correctly. During the initial run-up of the
machine the running quality is to
be watched. If vibration should arise,
check the alignment of the machine.
Important: The armature voltage may
only be applied to the machine after
the excitation has been switched 0nl

4. Wartung

4. Entretien

4. Maintenance

4.1 Lager

4.1 Paliers .
Les paliers sont remplis de graisse B
paliers et dtanches (paliers ZZ). II nest
pas possible de les graisser ulterieurement. Ils doivent dtre remplaces
apres 20 000 heures de service, au
minimum tous les 5 ans.

4.1 Bearings
The bearings are filled with bearing
grease and sealed (bearing type ZZ).
Relubrication is not possible.
The bearings are to be replaced after
20 000 operating hours, or at least
every 5 years.

4.2 DBmontagefmontage
de
la machine
Le demontage de la machine doit &re
effectud par un sp&ialiste: Retirer
la poulie ou Iaccouplement avecle dispositif extracteur. Retirer le capot
de ventilateur et la bande de recouvrement - soulever les balais et les
serrer dans la boitier au moyen des
doigts de pression - retirer le
ventilateur int&ieur ou d6monter le
ventilateur ext&ieur - d6monter
les pieces graissees.

4.2 Dismantling/assembly
of
the machine
The motor is to be dismantled by a
specialist. Pull off belt pulley or
coupling with puller - remove fan
shroud and cover band-lift off carbon
brushes and clamp tightly with
pressure fingers in brush box remove integral fan or separate fan dismount attachments.

Die Lager sind mit WIlzlagerfett gefullt


und abgedichtet (ZZ-Lager).
Ein Nachschmieren ist nicht moglich.
Die Lager sind nach 20 000 Betriebsstunden zu ersetzen, mindestens
jedoch aile 5 Jahre.
4.2. Demontage/Montage
der Maschine
Die Demontage der Maschine ist durch
den Fachmann austufiihren.
Riemenscheibe oder Kupplung mit
Abtiehvorrichtung abziehen - Lirfterhaube und Deckband entfernen KohlebBrsten abheben und mit den
Druckfingern im Haltergehause festklemmen - Eigenliifter abziehen
oder Fremdlirher demontieren Anbauteile demontieren.

Achrung bei Gleichsrromhohlwellenracho:


Bgrsren von Kollekror enrfernen Bgrsrenhalter demonrieren - Tachororor von We//e abziehen - Rororwe//e mir Schaumgummi oder Lappen
urn wickeln (Schurz der Permanenrpole im Sraror vor BeschBdigung) Sraror vorsichrig demonrieren.
B-seitigen Lagerdeckel l&en A-seitigen Lagerschild abnehmen Rotor sorgfUtig aus dem Stator
herausziehen.
Beide W&lager bleiben dabei auf
der Welle.
Das Zusammensetzen der Maschine
erfolgt in umgekehrter Reihenfolge wie
oben angefirhrt. Bairn Auswechseln
schadhaft gewordener Walrlager ist
besonders darauf zu achten, dass
der innere Lagerdeckel auf die Welle
geschoben wird, bevor das neue Lager
wieder aufgezogen wird.

Anention avec le rachymerre CC


B arbre creux:
Rerirerles balais du collecreur ddmonrer le Porte-balais - rerirer le
rotor rachym&rique de Iarbre enrouler Iarbre de caoutchoucmousse ou dun chiffon (prorecrion
des p6les daimanr permanent
dans le sraror) - d&monter le sraror
avec soin.
DBtacher le couvercle de palier du c6tB
oppos6 a Ientrainement - retirer
la flasque du c&B de Ientrainement retirer soigneusement le rotor
du stator - les deux paliers restent sur
Iarbre.
Lassemblage de la machine se fait
dans Iordre inverse. Lors du
remplacement de paliers dhfectueux,
il faut veiller en particulier B ce
que le couvercle de palier intdrieur
soit gliss6 sur Iarbre avant de monter
le nouveau palier.

Arrenrion in case of DC hollow-shaft


tachometer:
Remove brushes from commutator dismounr brush holders -pull
racho-rotor off shaft - wrap roror
shaft in foam robber or cloths
(prorecrion of permanent pole in
rhe sratoragainsr damage) - carefully
disassemble roror.
Loosen bearing cover at non-drive end
- remove bearing endshield on drive
end - pull rotor carefully out of stator,
leaving both bearings on the shaft.
The motor is assembled in the reverse sequence as given above. When
replacing damaged bearings special
care is to be taken that the inner
bearing cover is placed on the shaft
before the new bearing is mounted.

4.3. Kollektor
Unter normalen Betriebsbedingungen
bildet sich unter den Laufflechen der
Kohlebiirsten eine dunkle, kohlenstoffhaltige Patina. Je nach Betrieb ist
der Kollektorraum in regelm&sigen
Zeitabsttlnden von Kohlestaub und
Schmutzteilen zu reinigen (ausblasen
mit trockener Pressluft, reinigen mit
sauberem Pinsel).
Sollte der Kollektor nach langerer Laufteit oder Uberlastung starker
eingelaufen (Rillenbildung) sein, so ist
er zu iiberdrehen. Hienu ist eine
sehr genaue Zentrierung nlitig. Vom
Kollektor ist nur so viel abzudrehen,
dass die Einlaufspuren beseitigt
werden und ein genauer Rundlauf
gewahrleistet ist.
Die Isolation zwischen den Lamellen ist
auszus8gen. Die Lamellenkanten
sind N brechen. Anschliessend ist der
Kollektor sorgfaltig vom Metallstaub
zu reinigen.

falsch
faux
wrong

4.3 Collecteur
Sous les conditions normales de service, une patine de carbone foncee
se forme sous les surfaces de frottement des balais. Suivant Iexploitation,
le collecteur doit 6tre debarrass6
r6gulidrement de la poussi&e de charbon et des impurett% (soufflage
B Fair cornprime sec. nettoyage au
moyen dun pinceau propre).
Si apr&s un fonctionnement prolong6
ou une surcharge le collecteur pr&
sente de fortes stries, il faut le repasser
au tour. Un centrage tr&s p&is est
indispensable. Nenlever du collecteur
que ce qui est n6cessaire pour faire
disparaitre les stries et assurer une
rotation pr6cise.
Scier Iisolement entre les lamelles,
casser les a&es des lamelles puis
dbbarrasser soigneusement le collecteur de la poussi&re m8tallique.

4.3 Commutator
Under normal operating conditions
a dark carbon film (patina) forms under
the running surfaces of the carbon
brushes. Depending on duty the commutator is to be cleaned of carbon
dust and dirt at regular intervals (blow
out with dry compressed air, clean
with clean brush). Do not damage the
patina.
If after prolonged operation or overloading the commutator is strongly
run in (formation of grooves), it is to be
skimmed, for which very precise
centering is necessary. Only that much
of the surface is to be skimmed so
that the running marks are just
eliminated and an exact run-out is
assured.
The insulation between the segments
is to be undercut. The corners of the
segments are to be broken. Then the
commutator is to be carefully cleaned
of metal dust.

richtig
correct
right
Kupferlamelle
lamelle de cuivre
copper segment
Lamellenisolation
isolement des lametles
segment insulation

4.4. Kohlebiirsten
Die Kohlebcrsten diirfen nur auf etwa
/3 ihrer ursprtinglichen Llnge
abgentitzt werden, da sonst keine ausreichende FOhrung im Burstenhalter
gewahrleistet ist. Neu aufgesetzte
KohlebDrsten mirssen stets eingeschliffen werden. Zu diesem Zweck
witd ein Schmirgelleinen (Nr. 240)
urn die Kollektorlauffltiche gelegt und
unter den BDrsten hin und her
gezogen, bis sie durch Abschleifen mit
ihrer ganzen Flache gegen den
Kollektor aufliegen.
Das Einschleifen erfolgt bei normalem,
von den Bjrstenhaltern eneugtem
Birrstendruck. Der Druck darf keinesfalls erhBht werden (2. B. durch zusstzliches AndrGcken von Hand).
Bei NeubesMckung miissen Abmessungen und Typ mit der abgenutrten
Kohlebtrrste itbereinstimmen.
Nach Mijglichkeit ist der ganze Kohlebfirstensatz zu ersetzen.

4.4. Balais
Les balais ne doivent suser qua environ l/3 de leur longueur dorigine afin
d&re suffisamment guides par le
Porte-balais. Les balais neufs doivent
toujours &re rod&. Pour cela, tendre
un ruban de toile Bmeri (no. 240) sur
le collecteur et le dbplacer dans le sens
du rotor jusqug ce que les balais
soient appliqu& sur le collecteur sur
toute leur surface. Ensuite, il faut
nettoyer le Porte-balais, les balais et le
collecteur (soufflage g Iair cornprime
sec. nettoyage au moyen dun pinceau
propre). Les nouveaux balais doivent
&re de memes dimensions et du
meme type que les balais remplac6s.
Dans la mesure du possible on remplacera tout le jeu de balais.

4.4. Carbon brushes


The carbon brushes may only be worn
down to /3 of their original length,
since otherwise adequate guiding in
the brush holder is not assured.
Newly installed carbon brushes must
always be bedded in. For this purpose a strip of emery cloth (no. 240)
must be laid over the commutator and
moved backwards and forwards until
the entire surface of each carbon brush
is seated on the commutator.
This operation is to be performed with
the normal brush pressure produced
by the brush holders, under no circumstances may the pressure be increased
manually.
After bedding in, the brush holders,
the carbon brushes and the commutator are to be cleaned (blow out with dry
compressed air, clean with clean
brush). When changing brushes,
dimensions and type must agree with
those of the originals.
It is desirable to change the complete
set of carbon brushs in one operation
if this is possible.

5. Ersatzteile

5. Pikes

Wir empfehlen, stets


1 Sat2 WZilzlager
1 Satz Kohlebursten
auf Lager zu haltenl

Nous recommandons
toujours en stock:
1 jeu de paliers
1 jeu de balais

Bei Ersatzteilbestellung
folgende Angaben:

erbitten wir

1. Maschine, fur die die Ersatneile


bestimmt sind
2. Typenbereichnung
des Motors
3. Fabrikations-Nr. des Motors
(siehe Leistungsschild)
4. Antahl und Benennung der
gew&nschten Einzelteile
Zur Erleichterung der Ersatneilbestellung bedienen Sie sich vorteilhaft unserer Ersatzteilliste.

de rechange
davoir

Pour les commandes de pieces de


rechange, veuillez donner les indications suivantes:
1. Machine B laquelle les pieces de
rechange sont destinees
2. Type du moteur
3. No. de fabrication du moteur
(voir plaque signaletique)
4. Nombre et description des pieces
de rechange desirees
Pour faciliter la commande des pieces
de rechange, on a inter& g se reporter
5 notre liste de pieces de rechange.

5. Spare parts
We recommend that
1 set of roller bearings
1 set of carbon brushes
always be kept on stock.
When ordering spare parts we request
the following data:
1. Machine, for which the spare
parts are ordered
2. Type designation of the motor
3. Motor serial no. (see rating plate)
4. Quantity and designation of the
desired spare parts
Ordering of spare parts is facilitated
by the use of our spare parts list.

Ersatzteile zu Gleichstrommaschinen
maschinen Typ GK
Pikes de rechange pour
machines 8 courant continu
types GK
Spare parts for d.c. machines
types GK

Druckschrift

Nr. CHIFK8410DFE

Grossenbacher
FlFl

, /
/ /
cI!!!3
/

-14

15

16

17
18

#+$

j2

Pos.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

Item

Pos.

Lagerabschlussdeckel AS
Lagerschild AS
Wellendichtring AS
Ausgleichsscheibe
Stator
Klemmentrager
Anschlussklemme
Klemmenkastendichtung
Klemmenkasten
Klemmenplatte
Deckeldichtung
Klemmenkastendeckel
Kohlebtirste
Deckband
Gummitulle
Stopfen
Wellendichtring BS
Lijfterhaube
Unterlagsscheibe
LiXterflijgel
Toleranzring
Sicherungsring
Biichse
Toleranzring
Lagerschild BS
Bfirstenbrticke
Sicherungsring
Rotor
Kugellager BS
Lagerdeckel 8s
Kugellager AS
Tachotrlger
Tacho
Tacho-Abschlussdeckel
Ventilatortriiger
Fremdliifter kpl.

1 Couvercle de palier AS
2 Flasque de palier AS
3 Joint dbtancheitd darbre AS
4 Bague de compensation
5 Stator
6 Porte-bornes
7 Borne de raccordement
8 Joint de boite B bornes
9 Boite B bornes
10 Plaque a bornes
11 Joint de couvercle
12 Couvercle de boite h bornes
13 Balai
14 Bande de recouvrement
15 Manchon caoutchouc
16 Bouchon
17 Bague d&anch&t$ darbre BS
18 Capot de ventilateur
19 Rondelle
20 Aube de ventilateur
2 1 Bague de tolerance
22 Bague darrgt
23 Manchon
24 Bague de tolerance
25 Flasque de palier BS
26 Couronne Porte-balais
27 Bague darrbt
28 Rotor
29 Roulement B billes BS
30 Couvercle de palier BS
31 Roulement B billes AS
32 Support de tacho
33 Tacho
34 Couvercle de tacho
35 Suppon de ventilateur
36 Ventilateur exterieur complet

Ersattteile

Pikes

Wir empfehlen, stets


1 Sat2 Waltlager
1 Satz Kohlebfirsten
auf Lager zu haltenl

Nous recommandons
toujours en stock:
1 jeu de paliers
1 jeu de balais

Bei Ersatzteilbestellung
folgende Angaben:

erbitten wir

1. Maschine, fijr die die Ersatzteile


bestimmt sind
2. Typenbezeichnung des Motors
3. Fabrikations-Nr. des Motors
(siehe Leistungsschild)
4. Anzahl und Benennung der
gewanschten Einzelteile

de rechange

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

Bearing end cover, drive end


Endshield, drive end
Shaft sealing ring, drive end
End-float washer
Stator
Terminal bracket
Connection terminal
Terminal box gasket
Terminal box
Terminal mounting plate
Cover gasket
Terminal box cover
Carbon brush
Cover band
Rubber sleeve
Plug
Shaft sealing ring, non-drive
end
Fan shroud
Washer
Fan blade
Tolerance ring
Retaining ring
Bush
Spacer ring
Endshield, non-drive end
Brush rocker
Retaining ring
Rotor
Bearing, non-drive end
Bearing cover, non-drive end
Bearing, drive end
Tachometer bracket
Tachometer
Tachometer end cover
Fan bracket
Separate fan, compl.

Spare parts
davoir

Pour les commandes de pieces de


rechange, veuillez donner les
indications suivantes:
1. Machine a laquelle les pieces de
rechange sent destinbes
2. Type du moteur
3. No. de fabrication du moteur
(voir plaque signaletique)
4. Nombre et description des pieces
de rechange desirees

We recommend that
1 set of roller bearings
1 set of carbon brushes
always be kept on stock.
When ordering spare pans we
request the following data:
1. Maschine, for which the spare
pans are ordered
2. Type designation of the motor
3. Motor serial no. (see rating plate)
4. Quantity and designation of the
desired spare parts

Gleichstrom-Motoren
Leistung 0,5-30 kW, Baugrassen 7 l-l
Schutzart IP 54 und IP 22

80 nach IEC-Normen,

Moteurs a courant continu


Puissance 0,5-30 kW, grandeurs 7 1- 180, suivant normes
C.E.I., protection IP 54 et IP 22
DC Motors
Power output 0.5-30 kW, size 71-180
standards, enclosures IP 54 and IP 22

according to IEC

Thyristorregler
Leistung 0,5-70 (400) kW, l- und 4-Quadrantenbetrieb,
l- und 3-Phasen-Netzanschluss
RBgulateurs B thyristor
Puissance 0.5-70 (400) kW, exploitation
reseau l- et 3-phases
Thyristor control units
Power output 0,5-70 (400) kW, l-and
l- and 3-phase mains connection

B l- et 4-quadrants,

4-quadrant operation,

Transistorregler und Servomotoren


ftir l-, 2- und 4-Quadrantenbetrieb.
Drehmomente
0.1-100 Nm, Drehzahlen bis 60OO/m1n
Rdgulateurs B transistor et servo-moteurs
pour exploitation B 1-, 2- et 4-quadrants, Couple 0, l- 100 Nm,
Vitesse jusqu& SOOO/m,n
Transistor control units and servo-motors
for l-, 2- and 4-quadrant operation, Torque range
O,l-100
Nm, Speed up to SOOO/m,

0
cl

na

Grossenbacher Antriebe und


Steuerungen ftir Anlagen und
Maschinen
Projektierung, Fabrikation,
Verkauf, Service

Grossenbacher Entrainements
commandes pour des
installations et des machines
Conseil et projet techniques,
fabrication, vente et service

Grossenbacher

Control

ein Unternehmensbereich
der
Grossenbacher Apparatebau AG, St.Gallen
CH-8307 Effretikon,
Vogelsangstrasse 11
Schweiz Suisse Switzerland

0
cl
et

Grossenbacher Electric Drives and


controls for installations
and machines
Engineering, Production,
Sales, Consulting, Service

Grossenbacher
c
Anschlussplan
zu DC - Motor Typ
Ausfiihrung
nach GMD0995126 Pl

GKEF180L4Aea

Sttllstandshetzung

Bremse
_

H14
AI + CLDCz+A,-

AI ~DEIG~DE:
CWEIAI

WE:
GK 950

MAV53CPOOl

Pressure switch
*Make BARKSDALE,

P505-D587E
type B2T-M48SS*

delaval DELAVALTLF~IKE GNBH.POS:F

4%D.t:tl

:EL

WCKELSrE!Hl

Kb335)

pressure switches
$vlrCncf
IUSf"nf -

(1111)

- b'

*
T

rovw .
ktwtlm
VllU
fDlf'c~nti41)

lntn,~inp

a11

wttr4

cJUlO9
wdT.?r

621
rAtr109
W-b,

911~Ml2

621~Ml2

,11412Ss

92T-rl2Ss

Ill-HI2

621.U32

n1n.

HI.

"IS.

-1.

3.1

81.4

4.8

61 .a

0.7

1 ,a

12,
331

3.4

2.9.9

1.9

316

211.6

u.0
210.7

CJ

11.0

5.3
11.1

1.0

2.1

C~ocrr

131

11.0

211.0

13.1

ZZO.?

1.1

2.1

316

BIT-H32SS

CiT-W32SS

1%

16.5

325.2

22.4

33t.o

2.a

5.9

BIT-MllSS

82rrers

6?2

12.4

440.3

30.3

U6.3

3.1

7.9

316
3!6

811465ss

627~utsss

7e9.1
1263.1

79.3
79.3

621.6
!241,4

- 37.9
- 51.9

316
316

BlT-ll12os!
Sll-)llt.CSS

S2T-Rl2css
UT-nlBcss

ADProl imu

SMppwlp

41.4
11.4

*ercme
l

821 DUN CONTROL

tn
p4rSt

12,

'1655

slTw9

rEr.1

MtW!Il
A
Bronze

'1241

SINGLE

S(*rn

rt!u,lIblr

Dccm1~n9

P-tSSYR

All rIJ*I
,pp.

VroQf

111

415938.FAXA3(C6035)

OPfRATlMG
CHARACTCRISTICS
l ORDIRING
DATA

Hnu( befk Iha Y&la


Walu.lighl HcuringI r 6 6 A
rndfuninaiSlfip
Tamper-pr&odamalMjr

e?-O.TLX

l-ep?trrnt,

Phcsphor

Broclr

Tubs

ViU

t9.0
19.0

YL

la

6rass

wlght

1.2 k9

bcket

'3:6'
reprbstnts
I:6 St~lnlrss
S.ael lu5( L bckef
'u!w[~J'
fewala ~c.cr.,ng for l/4' OD tu!x ronncction.
To chngc
(d rode1 n&.tr.
sr>t~ks
to 111' r.;t, rdd 41 suffix

-htSSS and -112CSS

DETAIL DATA
Electrical
rating
(continuous
inductlvc)
10 amps 125 or 250 volts AC, 3 amps '40 volts AC.
For more details
and other switch ClaSSeS. See paws
Automatically
reset by snap-action
of witch.
Cores are intenxateable
with terminal
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: Gland bushing Pg13,S for cable entry.
1/4"N.P.T.
internal
thread,
except as noted **, nodels
opening for l/4' D.D. tube connection.
Screw clockwise
to lower actuation
ADJUSTHENT INSTRUCTIDNS: Turn adjus&nt
PRESSURE CDNNECTION:
have 'BilNCO' female

with
point

Proof

Pressures

(switch

37-38.
strip.
above 8.000

P.S.].

Setting).

GRAPHICAL SYbM

B2t

BlT
1-c

2 = NC
i NO

WIRE CODING

WIRE CODING

1 = purple
2 = blue
4 = red

p5050587e

pdrtBlT/

low

SWITCH 0

SUITCH@

1 = purple
2 = blue
4 = red

l=brown
2 = orange
4 = black

DELAYAL TURBINE

Adjustment

GMBH. POSTF. 40. D-6361 REtCHELSHElt.4 1 *TEL (06035) 62-O -TM

Instructions For Barksdale

415938

.FAX A3 (06035) 3651

Pressure Switches

GENERAL
1.

Check proof

2.

Note the odjustoblt

3.

Check the totalog

EQUIPMENT

pressure

of w&h

on name plate or cototog.

range of switch
listing

lincreosing

for actuation

NEVER

and decreasing

EXCEED
pressure)

THIS

PROOF

OS listed

PRESSURE.

in thr

catalog.

value of the switch.

REQUIRED

1.

Eocily odiustcd

2.

Accurate pressure

pressure

3.

Small,

sourcecapable

low voltage,

battery

optrottd

of producing

etc.1connected

gouge fmonomettr,

bug light

a pressure

equal to proof

to pressure

with

alligator

pressure

of switch.

source.
clips on leads.

CAUTION

sn

1.

ALWAYS

2.

Always check switch setting before making any adiustments.

CHANGE

PRESSURE

SETTINGS

GRAOUALLY.
Refer to Chart A.

UP
I.

Remove ttrminol

strip cover for explosion

2.

Connect pressure

switch to oressure

SETTING
INCREASING

proof

cover) ond adjusting

(crew cover for

plug).

source.
CHART

FOR

SEl?lNG
DECREASING

PRESSURE

FOR
PRESSURE

1. Connect bug light to N.O. and common leads or terminol lsee Note 1). Bulb should not light with zero
pressure. Consult Chart B if bulb lights.

1. Connect bug light to N.C. ond common leads or terminol free Note I). Bulb should light with zero pressure. Consult Chort B if bulb dots not light.

2.

Roire pressure and check the point ot which bulb lights.


THIS IS THE SET POINT. (If bulb does not light at proof
pressure, consult Chart 6.)

2. Raise pressure until light goes out. (If bulb stays lighted
up to proof pressure, consult Chart B.)

3.

Drop pressure to zero. Raise or lower setting by turning


adjusting screw. (See Notes 2 and 3.1 Use maximum %
turn on odiurtment screw.

3. Slowly decrease pressure and check point


bulb lights. THIS IS THE SET POINT.

4.

Rtptot
Instructions 2 and 3 (abort) until desired set
point is reached. Use smaller increment turns as intended setting is approached.

4. Drop pressure to zero. Raise or lower setting by turning


adjustment screw. (See Notes 2 and 3.) Use maximum
A turn on adjustment screw.

5.

Raise pressure to maximum operating point; then drop


to xero. Repeat Instruction 2 (above).

5. Repeat Instructions 2 and 3 (above) until desired setting


is reached. Use smaller increment turns as intended
setting is approached.

6.

Nofe pressure difference between points where bug


bulb lights and goes out. THIS IS THE ACTUATION
VALUE OF THE SWITCH.

6. Raise pressure to morimum


to zero. Repeat Instructions

7.

Repeat Instruction

7.

2 (above] several times,

I.

For proper electricat


toched to switch.

Note

2.

DUOI control

Note

3.

Turning

CAUllONI

switches

directions

will

DO not force odiusting

connection follow

operating point; then drop


2 ond 3 (above).

Note pressure difference


between points where bug
bulb lights and goes out. THIS IS THE ACTUATION
VALUE OF THE SWITCH.

8. Repeat Instructions
Nate

colors of wire insulation

2 and 3 lobove)

or instructions

should be set one side at a time. Recheck both sides otter

final

screw cover or switch cover.

screw when it becomes difficult

to turn.

10

ADJUST

FOR

CHART
I
IMPROPER

BUG

LlGtiT

code tag at-

setting.

ACTION

Adiustment for
correct bug
light octian

Bug light
connected to
N.O. ond common
lead or terminal

several times.

an terminal

be found inside the odiustment

HOW

at which

Bug light
connected to
N.C. and cammon
Ieod or terminal

PROBLEM
1. Bug tight on ot xero gouge pres.
swe lshautd be off).

1. Turn adiusting
screw toward in.
creased pressure setting until desired
tight response is obtained.

2. Bug light faJs IO go on


,Yrt,
up ?O proof pr.,turr.

2. Rrgulotc prtsture to middle of ad.


iuctobte rongr of I-itch.
Turn odiucting scre- towwd decrtoscd
precsure
setting until desired light response is
obloA*d.

at pres-

I.
SW.

Bug light off ot sero gauge


Ishoutd br on).

I
lug tight on 01 proof
Irhoutd be off)

prrs.

prenture

c-A

DEuvAL

NR&NE

~MBH

. POSTF.

40.

D-6361

REICHELSHEIM

1 . TEL. (06035)

62-O + Tu(.

TECHNISCHE

Barksdale
Boutdonrohrschalter
mtt wettrrlrstem Gehlluse,
abgedeckter KIemmleiste und
abgedocktw Einrtrllschraubr
Schukart IP 6 C

415936.

FAX A3 (06035)

OATEN - BESTELLANGABEN

Druckachaltrr - - alIte Werte In bar Dbrrdnrck


m9 lmnr

cinrt.llbtr,cch

iiinh.ln(

Ml.

Ml".

I(
69.9
216.6
219.0

11.0
163

221.2

22.4

uo.3

I::::: I :1::I

769.7
129l.4

*r*.
1

62.6

0.7

- I.4

5.3

(1.0 1

0.0 -

1.9

316

an

*1t,11-

hUIl,l
..
Irmu

I)bCLICblNrt

1.8

BIT

bewUlH

mprnht

DNCLILI!9*nd

3661

*Itall-

I-W
1

Ium

811~It12

UT-WI2

:114t12ss 1

n2l-m2sS 1

ij~~~~~;~~
; 1~~~~~
UnQefPhreS

Vef$andQewichl:

I,2 kQ

Hochdruckgewinde Aminco l/4


Bronze bedeutet Sockrl aus Messing und Bourdonrohr aus Phosphor-Bronze.
316 brdrutet Socket und Bourdonrohr aus rostfrelem Stahl.
Eloktrischo Werir: Alla Modelle rind mtt Schnappschaltem ausgrritstrt.
Dauerbelastung drr Kontaktr:
Wechselstrom: 125 - 250 V.

l l

Gleischstrom:
SelbstAndiges RQckschalten der Schnappschalter nach Entlasten des Schallsliftes.
Weitrre Einzelheiten und andere Mikroschaltertypen siehe Seite 8 und 10.
El&tdschaAnschtusr: Die Anschlussleitungen werden von der Klemmleiste durch eine
PO 13.5 Verschraubung nach sussen gefirhrt.
Dndmschlurr:
l/4 NPT Innengewinde, ausgenommen die in der Anmerkung mit
bezeichneten Typen mit Priifdrficken Sber 500 bar, die mit Aminco Hochdruckgewinde und
elner Venchraubung R 114 geliefert werden.
Schattpunktelnrtollung:
Schaltpunkt sinkt durch Drehen der Einstellschraube im Uhneigersinn.

BlT
Einfachachalter
B2T
Dualschalter

BlT

B2T

l=C

2 = NC
4 I NO

K*-iOMg
1 .
2 4

-liia
blau
(01

jy$4

.L
i@

-.-.-.-.-I

lohrblld

10A

C,,llel,ti*F9
r.l*..Der.hCh fb. 110.1
---I.

1 hm...12m

I
2B

KlUWMnmmrlri.Nng

OL

y;p
2 4 -

:Y$;u?
blau

rot

2.ormJ~
4

YlmsI,

)t
E
@
P
s
&
0
.
t.
2

DELAVAL TURBINE GMBH . POSTF. 40 * D-6361 RElCRELSRElM

Betrlebsanleitung

t . TEL (0 60 35) 82-O. TtX

4 159 38 . FAX A3 (0 6035) 3851

fiir Drudtscfalter

ALLGEMEINES:
9. Der maximale Systemdrudc
dart den Prgfdruok auf keinen Fall ilberscfiraiten.
Fgr P$ifdru&angaben
s&ftd
oder Katalog. Es ist LU baa&ten.
da8 Drutitpitten
evtt. den Betrrebsdrud
uberatireiten.
2 Beadten
Sic den Einstellbereich
des Scjtalters
fitr steigenden
und smkenden Drudr entspr. techn.
3: Be&ten
Sie die Katalogangaben
ftr den ROdrschaltwert
des Schalten.

tiehe 1) rpenDatenblatt.

BENOTIGTE
GERATE:
1. Lei&t
verstellbarer
Drudcregler
mit einem Einstellbereich.
der dem Prijfdrudc des S&alters
entspricbt
2. Genau anteigendea
DrukanzeigegerBt
(Manometer,
usw.) angeschlossen
am Druduegler.
3. Kleines,
batteriebetriebenes
Niederspannungs-KonlrollQer8t
mit Anreipelampe
und Anschtu8klemme.
ACHTUNG:
1. Verstellen
Sie die Schaltpunkteinsteliung
immer nur stutenweise.
2. UberprQlen
Sie immer zuerst den eingestellten
Schaltpunkt
des Schalters
vORBEAEITENDE
1.
2.

(s. Tale1 A).

ARBEITEN:

Entfernen
S&lieEen

Sie die Abdedtung


dar elektristien
Anschlgsse
Sie den Druckschalter
am Druckregler
an.
ANLEITUNG

SCHALTPUNKTEINSTELLUNG
STEIGENDEN
DAUCK:

TAFEL

und der

Einstellschraube.

A
SCHALTPUNKTEINSTELLUNG
SINKENDEN DRUCK:

FDR

FOR

1.

SoClieBen Sie die Kontrollampe


an 1 (C) und 4 (N. 0.) an;
(s. Anmerkung
1). Kontrollampe
some bei 0 bar ni&t aufleuctten.
Siehe Tale1 B, falls Kontrollampe
doch aufleuchtet.

an 1 (C) und 2 (N. C.) an:


Sie die Kontrollampe
1. Sdlie8en
(s. Anmerkung
1) Kontrollampe
sollte bei 0 bar aufleu&ten. Siehe Tafel 3. falls Kontrollampe
nicht aufleuchtet.

2.

Erhbhen
Sie den Systemdrudc
wel&em
Druck die Kontrollampe
einges!ellte
Sdialtpunkt
(Sollte
reihen
des Ptiidruckes
no&
s. Taiel B).

und beobaohten
Sic, bei
aufleuchtet.
Dies ist cer
die Kontrollampe
bei Ernitit
auigeleudtet
sein.

2.

Erhbhen Sie den Systemdru&,


bit die Konirollampe
erlIstit.
(Sollte die Kontrol:empe
bei Erreichen des Prufdrukkes nodr nitit
erIcseen
sein. s. Tafel 8).

3.

Regeln Sie den Syslemdruck


zuriick auf 0. Stellen Sie hoheren oder niedrigeren
Stialtpunkt
durti
Drehen der Einstellshraube
ein. (S.Anmerkung
2 und 3). Verslellen
Sie
die Einstellschraube
maximal urn /a Umdrehung.

3.

fiegeln Sie den Systemdrudc langsam gegen 0 und beob


achlen Sie den Punkt. an welchem die Kontrollampe
auflewtitet.
Dies ist her eingestellle
Saaltpunkt.

4.

Wiederholen
Sie Anleitung
A Punkt 2 und 3. bis der gewunschte Stialtpunkl
eingestellt
ist. Verstetlen Sie die Einslellsohraube
urn weniger als /r Umdrehung
in der Nahe
des gewgnschten
Schaltpunktes.

4.

ReQein Sie Cen Systemdrudc zurirck auf 0. Stellen Sie hoheren oder niedrigeren
Schaltpunkt
durci-r Drehen der Einstellscfuaube
ein. (S. Anmerkung
2 und 3). Verstellen
Sie
die Einstellschraube
maximal urn /d Umdrehung.

5.

ErhClhen Sic den Systemdruck


bis zum max. Beiriebsdruck:
dann zuril&
auf 0. Wiederholen
Sie Anleitung
Punkt 2.

5.

Wiedarholen
Sie Anleitung
A Punkt 2 und 3. bis der Qt?wunschte
Sdaltpunkt
eingestellt
is1 Verstellen
Sie die
Einslellstiraube
urn weniger
81s /d Umdrehung
in der
N8he des gewgnschten
Schaltpunktes.

6.

Beobachlen
Sie die Druckditferenz
zwischen den Punkten.
an denen die Kontrollampe
aufleucfitet
und erlischt. Diese
Druckdiflerenr
ist der Rtckschaltwert
des &halters.

6.

Erhbhen Sie den Syslemdrud


bis zum max. Eetriebsdruck;
dann zurgck au1 0. Wiederholen
Sie Anleitung
2 und 3.

7.

Wiederholen
5 mar).

7.

Beobachten
Sie die Druckdifferenzen
zwischen den Punkten, an denen die Kontrollampe
aufleucbtet
und erlischt.
Diese Druckdifferenz
is1 der RiklcsChaltwert
des S&alters.

Sie Anleitung

Punkt

2 mehrere

Male

(mind.

Sic Anleitung
8. Wiederholen
(mind. 5 mal).
Anmerkung

Um die elaktrisC?len Ans&lQssa


xum Mikros&alter
entspretiend

Anmerkung

An Dualschaltern
sottte erst
Schaltpunktes
vorgenommen

Anmerkung

Drehrichtung
der
der Abdedthaube
Versuchen

ACHTUNGt

1. Kontrollampe
(Sollte erlo&en

leu&tet
sein).

2. Kontrollampe
Ieu&tet
Erreichen des Prgfdrudtes

nach korrekter
Einstellung
des ersten Schaltpunktes
die Einsteltung
werden. Uberprufen
Sie beide Schaltpunkle
nad-i erfOtQter Einstelluno.

Einstellschraube
zur h6heren
bzw. auf dem Schalterdeckel

EINSTELLARBEIT

nitit

BEI

Schaltpunkteinstellung

bzw. niedrioeren
angegeben.

mit Gewalt

tu verstellen

ANLEITUNG
TAFEL B
NIGHT EINWANDFREIER

wenn

FUNKTION

Einstellung
urn
korrekte Funktion der
Kontrolleuchte
zu erhalten

Kontrollampe
angescblossen
an
4 (NO) und 1 (C)

sie schwerglngig

ist auf

der

1. Drehen Sie die Einstelltiraube


Richtung
hbhere
Drudteinstellung.
Qewunschte Schaltfunktion
erreicht

in
bis
ist.

au& nitit
auf.

2. Stellen Sie den Betriebsdruck


auf die
Mitte des Einstellbereidtes
des Dru&schalters
ein. Drehen
Sir die Elnstellschraube
des Drudrstialtem
In Rio%tung niedrigerer
Sdtaltpunkteinstellung,
bis gewQns&le
Schaltfunktion
erreat
ist.

Mate

Kabel

his

des zwetten
lnnenseite

wird.

DER KONTROLLAMPE
Kontrollampe
angeschlossen
2(NC)undl(C)

bei 0 bar auf.

bei

2 und 3 mehrere

auf Richligkeit
zu tberpritfen.
vetfolgen
Sit die verschiedenfarbigen
der. dem S&alter
beiliegenden
Farbenerktaruno.

Sie die Einstellstiraube

ERFDRDERLtCRE

Punkt

1. Kontrollampe
erloschen
(Some aufleuchten).
2. Kontrollampe
des PrGfdrudtes

an

bei 0 bar.

brennt
bel Erreicben
(sollte erloschen rein).

MAV7OAA213

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXS*

7612.1/1M

Notice Descriptive

Leaflet

Typenblatt

Robinetsi soupape
TypeZXS

GlobeValves
TypeZXS

Absperrventile
TYPzxs

~9embouts a souder
ou manchons a souder

with butt- or socket weld ends

mit SchweiOenden

PN 2940
DN lo-350

PN 25/40
DN lo-350

PN 25/40
DN 10-350 panzer

Pos.
KKS

KSB

761211M

Werk
Werk

G2

085
Nr.

Nr.
Nr.

+ 082
MAV70AA213

r-467-424472
5-467-424664

, MAV70aa214
AA 214
, Talcher
1
, Talcher
2

oder -muffen

IMri~bs~berdrMe b-n Gehfuse)IWorking pressures (in the body)/brprusions ds tonics (A Iintbtiwr du corps)
NWWkU#

welimll

?iOmlNI
prassure

MalesI

RtwonmllmaM
Fw

Mal4Nu

40

j Gehiusdkudc

1s112.olchlhML- Zuligq(~nbscDaTanWrsturwn%
muno
I sealt~INal lost0182481
Adnwsrb*mNbqpnrwantiarmt~ufedtiS:
B~ess!m
&lmMvdepfoSmn ErlrmJwa
d4IaNhalIo sumssponr
80swco Iambd~ I barauxbmpmtum cboc
tar)
h)
)4009: 1425%
610wos:)mos:
12509:
13m9:
135OS:
B&y Ied-

C22.6
-1.0460
GS4 25 N - 1.0619

'lW3230-RAOSOS~)
21
cm 3239 -~~scknte

@I

0so5208/~kkn1~3)

~V~k~9MODIUndQ8&+JItNChDtn3358.

40

40

35

32

29

24

21

')ow32%-6Ahso5236~
'1W
- 6NAa0kaW 101s1 (SO 52O&Wka~n nla 3)

')DlN32M-BAWl5208l
,)Dur3230-BW~dcturlel(BO52081WbRdelvde3)

llmvahedamman

Lesm0indaLsowawmhbnqugdcaray4swmaOtN3355.

32M

aMlIemdaczmbqIoL4N3356.

, 4509:

17
19

12
13.5

Teile / Parts / Pihcea

GSC25N-1.0619

X20Cr13-1.4021

~%~fm&-g"
hIbkNomcall6e

tmmti
:27J-1.0460

ml tOmpnmnmq
tih hardtacq - 1.4370
aveca&lF.al
dur

25-C25 N -1.0619
T 400 Eilmpll)

c 35 - l.Oxll

x 12Cd

17 7 - 1.4310

Eitst&
eal3saolnB

- l.Mm

W8Cu3-32162

allAmIqd
Oilrspwsl-GTW40
su,dmanea

VObd

I-

125-150

3w-40

200-350

d-GE25

empfomen Reswctn)e

7 - Recommmhi

spar8 pm

1 - Film

da rahmg

mmmanaoa

DiebmWumsmd~kanvkma
t-ahcwEN19fB05209~:
Ncnnwao ILW. NeMdrudrm. Geha-0ll.
HNdeHerun~ouf wammaen:
m
mMnQp
mllDUDBfsil
NlNNJm Bdnsblt~Iur
(%I und rug
BnfiehoJbadnrr
kw).

meva~amrnrked4cmmslo~lDIl9(~552M)):
m7l-f = W. nomnul w. ~18631
@WNom
m body.mmluhcIlJlerr
NrN anworua-rk:
dNasalY~m*.fofeNclmoflbw,~~
tempentm (%I and aamrmbk maq
psssua (bar).

LambinOmn1mamutssdonDWEN19lS052MI):
duman llmml m. mrwwl Nmuub IFW).
dhsipMIDnds is
Mtw,mawdlltatnam~mamwdemsea.w
necasrurawoaabllshe*passWrempenIwrIb-m)
m sloum%dn 44 scmc4 k0.f~
admmm

FirEbb& Ielm).9~mtdyl ~4 W&W4 Y m4ldbl


lie Ebbs- et Wb~qmwmq
4471.1II Mba.

FarhUoHtib~.sudlo~. Uwd~m~ ~4 mdmn*r


bddWbnu4
Yddwl lldmdbl n.9578.1.

P wk ltdy(.b b4dbmmml.b Umulwmd IWrdb~vdr


NNi I'bdndl~u41 me11141
d 44 uvmP0570.5.

MI, ,I,,
,,,

ON lo-50

ON lo-50

aLsparrbarf6 RiidcschbgverdS
Screw-Lbwfl Nondetum Valve
SOUP@8OCrelenwq
bbcsbb

SpanRing
Lantern Ring (456)
Chambre de blocage

166
If.1

ON 1 O-50

ON lo-50

350.1
130

GehaWa

ON 50

O==MJd

l-hmttlinp am
c&md%imghM

ON 65-350

(352)

ON 1 O-350

1311-s

Vernegelung mit odsc ohne


Ofmungsanzeqa
Locking dwrce wrth or
wrthout opemng mdiior
OISCOH~~de verroudlege awe
ou s8.n~ mdicateur damrture

Sperr-fling
Lantern rmg (456)
Chambre de blocage
absperrbares
ScrewOown
%upap=s de
DN65-350

Riickschlagventrl
Non-Return Valve us
retenue, blocable
,,-ON 65-100

Einbau
AbsDarvsmllswerdcnMtiSOW~ughEdarCkUChflub

mssrunterdemKspslarrundubadan~aurUmSM
k6nnmauChn~md-Slrdmungsnchhlnp
emQobaln md+?a

odw FmlMungwl elItpan

automatisierbare
whe TYP WF

EnHastungke@
Ressure r&i mne (353)
Bne de ddcharge

Montage

dmkn

sortequabfluidrpU!mmsbc&e,ksDNsrolf&luul
mJ-dmusdr~

of fkw.

ON

1125

)EJl

)zoo

/ 250

) 306

I 350

133

121

114

19

(6

Absperwentile

Kegel mt PTFE-DHdring
Cone wrth PTFE sealing ring
CbneavecjointanPlFE
bb
upto+2oos:max
jusqua

~fobbma~IOup;lp.met~m~mmmrmsbmftbbib

APOW

wwm.

ON 65-350

installation

bWbw,
d Ihd difbmnlUI Premurm Ibled in the table below
for Vuvr sum On 125 to 350 am mccadsQ then a -UR
rUbtcm*nybanqwt.
htheww%lfwnivemwtMtnm&drothmUnpnsnvs
lotwMak4oAhBsaaow1).mm.
~Pmmrd*lcomec.basabypprrandunomyhJfrd
dS tunnloff On COMftDn Ihat a tack press~ budm P after
%nnP Of Ihe WV& so lhm lhe pressure dflemntml does
mlexcnMlhenbekmMilln1*tal!4ehebw.

KM groBa

AbsDmbaR RuCkshkWMlle TW u(S we&n q,w,&$t&h Ed


emut
oe.5 oas l3Jrudbe4nlllM unwr oem Kequ m,rm.
Se sand omnmkg ml SchltWdw aufqmfm~m WJ k~nnm
such !n smp

ofossel~er
mr0tuiOgtune (352)
CM d&rangiement

abvethacomTfwycanak0obsimLlllsdbk~~h

soblddrLON125bb350a
nDepebaunDnfcirddkrKuul
!h8ncbllt~
wmim End EMk.uu~
*tDldn*h.
k MeSem

.
.

ON 125-350

Glob nka
am usually insmlkd in the lim so that the
~8nkSSthcn~bcmaththacoreandfkvmout
aemw

FaImu8d~EMrW~erfolpagdrSdaabzudchIsndsDnrk

ihMd+lllKEQUlb@
cerEmbe4tnwwhmdsFunktlmamrUrmidmmpund
er(iifHfWdSWiZdh%lZWCkWWSChMChdMOfflWl
em S.qmdmk
W~WI. SO da8 dm huckdiltenm
mrd. ak in T-&e!& tcqegeben

ON 65-350

ON 125-350

~mclcPrbmonur~onnncxsut4O~nawbpa;ion.
sbam I k lamstuq sa~
rudaPur du corn
Lecen8aed4zilarge~cocowunty~U*ilmnf#kea4ls
bmimfdamkmmumseukmem
Ou.VfhrOnwmmr*UM
M vmdud. v@mmtaM dOMen+abn IJIMpsp*m
conl~n

ddmmnbuk ~nfanwn e c.ula mdmu4es sur k tao4eeu

4.5

Sc~dmn
nmwnm MC03 01the fype MS are tn wmc~mo
~~fkd in such a my mm 1h8med~wn *mm m vale

La srmpaw dc retenue bkcable. tyoe MS dokern Mrc - mr


pnncw

- monfb da Imk IaEon que b nutae mvam

p4nblm sous

berulth IM cm-a. They in -twbcfwM


forn~~~ Mh
c@%l smwa. and un M nlslawd In ha!zontPl of Yerllcal
lhm wfh wward OT downwwd IYIW.

k c&n. Lm souol~ de retems bioubk WI stanaard 1011

Globe valves suitable for actuators

Robinets & soupape darret


convenable pour commandes

se0 Type WF

vat TYP ZXSF

~uWdunmwndakmmunmpwvabtmmomba
+dm(rama
sur des twamews momam

ou deamdamlr

.
DN 10-50

Od

DN 65-350
!

DN lo-50

s@.&mw(j

ANSI B 16.11

Marchon

(DIN 3239/Z)

A aider

Abmassungen / Dimensions / Dimensions


wm0uC.r
NOmMl
prmn
fwsnn
nammab

I Nennwma
/ Nmmal
I SlX
I D!am&re
I nomml

Schwe&,Wm
Euttwm
Embouis I SDWW

I bUhiTJ8 ,
I Fzce !o
I
ace bnolh ,
I Dlmmsmn I
I :ace&acr/
/ ""bmrbewl

8auhoha Qeoltna
Cenln 10 1OD
klKimr5tmuoa
A)(sIB16.11tD!a3239/2)

iiT%hm
Ealdbn)e cwen.?
Faceta i
/ mtSwn4mo
-ml
IN-l

bcarbma

, .25

25140

24

i 34

28

--..

' 36.5

j 27.1

iu.5

33.8
1423

32

ii60

60

30

] 43

37

) 5%

40

I 180

38

/ 4Q

43

I
, fir.
-5

148.7

50

I 210

/ 75

i 47

1 61

54

/ 73.5

j 61.1

I 65

! 290

/ 76.1

( 65

310

1 88.9

/ 80

88.9

350

/ 114.3

' 1w

114.3

1%

139.7

131

I 1w

I 125

76.1

I 1w. 3
6DD

2w
250

/ 730

(219.1

199

' 219.1

j 273

251

j 273

300

, 950

/ 345

30s

/ 350

ill00

1385

335

1 242

1282

180

. 275

315

210

/ 313

I365

12

15

I 15.9

70
82

159

160

200

110

1200

I7

Ii
.

385
395

i 32
'40

'250

30
40

515
540

/ 55
' 85

_ 315

680

i90

1;

105

965

1:
28.5

830

380
weabnm
ll+lmmebn*n
Chmmmmmmm

Assembly dimensions

Encombraments

Face10 fxo Whr

Di-nrhcbahca

sclw&dmbmss~gsn

~-tibuitwsldsadraccwdingtomN3239.cl.

~%nmsimdssanb~u~sIsoudscsutvamMN323413.

~imwtwrnrPordinplooiN

Tm*-~so~wsuivul(DiN25592l.

Bestaiiangaben

specifications

VAItillmurn@ena* Allgwencite
Nadrufk IFW).
NmnmaCS IDNI,
8OhMW~
&tbmnzdruQDurcMluamedun8~~smpsrtuundR~mcMuB.
MaBe tmd WefkaOli)

Mm
~~~

oiw us mm !4Jfo&wm about:


omwum @w. nollNmI
SW m. viM!dqprsssurq
mmulow andrmlmlal)

8ale3m nachDIN3202112 lbbDN 2501.

2559-21.

60

Anschlu6ma6a

schMiBtuoenfDmlmcJlDiN
2559-21.

z
'u
,o

18

)nrhlrvchOB(/mtacctoMN/msw.pasDm

nachDiN32390.

37
7.7
7.5

1 24

1075

aecOrdnpt0DIN3202152 (~18 CN 250).

315

810

1 359

3.5

1 125

160')

127

( 207

I i3.8I

WV-A DlN3202/S2 WA

DH 2501.

NOUS VWI rnwnsds WJS mdlqualm umtitnrti wc(ea


COWOA-W4llt:
praplwlmmmb
Ft4l.
dbmbm mmma KM).w-n
d,
suww ormum ddl6mMmlb. llukb vhad& lsmpbmn
dr
-44-dOtUk~dMenclonrC4M1t4lDUJ

0
%

iindecunwnwte-tudm * Sutqtctto chants withoutnottca* SMB &we

38 roo(Icltan

j
0

Klein, Schanzlin 8 Becker


Aktiengesellschaft
6710 Frankenthal (Pfalz)

Geschlftsfeld
Armaturen
lndustrie

Bahnhofplatz 1
Postfach 1360
D-8570 Pegnitz

Telefon: (09241) 71-O


Teletex: 17-924 184 KSB P
Telefax: (0 92 41) 71-15 81

MAV80AAOO

Stop valve DN80, PN16


*Make ARGUS,
type FK-K*

3R0140
3L6039EZ
3L6042SZ
3 151-0080-559739

.
l

disassembly INSTRUCTION argus 3r0140


DN 65 - 200
FFK FK ASK ARK
Series
75 - PTFE + BS 5351

A)

Diaassenblt
should be in closed
and stop disk (10).
and ring (16). Take off cover
tape (55), O-ring (42) ,t?.rust
(49)

:
position.
Remove snap
: '
Unscrew hexagon screw (15) .:
plate (11) with bearing
.
ring (18) and seal ring
.- ..'
..i.

**.

Unscrew hexagon nut (20) from body 2 (2). Renok body 2


(2) and O-ring (51) from body 1 (1). Take ball (30).
bearing seats (ls), annular piston (50) and Bellevllle
-'
washer (25) from body 1 (1). Now, stem (31) with thrust
ring (44), bushing (59) and disk (56) can be removed
from bod through .-he inside.
Take out of body thrust
rlfiq
(43 1;, O-ring (47), ring (45) and compression
spring (17).

B)

Exchawe of

etea

sealinq

Proceed as per A) until **.


Then take off thrust ring (43) and O-ring (47). Ring .
(45) end compression spring (17) can be left In body.

Fire-safe
seal

rings

desi n according
(42 7 ,

(571,

(58)

to BS 5351
and thrust

~3regards
ring

(53).

According to requirenents a partial


disassembly may
be sufficient.
Reassembly is made in reverse order.
.

Do not dfnaesonble valve *under pressure.


Before disassembly operate valve so that
possible pressure behind the ball may
escape,

Note:

:
.

..

=
::

;
n
3
3

kc
C5C
12
,:
iQ,;
., - 4 .
~ cl\*
i
c z 2 ;:
sg
Gy
;+?i
i+KL;
zl v c
z .. -= ;
; : cm.
2
:cG
;Q>>
< ., -

IFIJrn JT z r3
- ;-ne x3=

24. Afk jyo$s

Ar.jerbu:t.slobc
I

ARGUS GESELL5CiiAFT

MB4

D-7505

ETTLINGEN

+------327

.
k!e

--

!--7
-, PI
t4
i

-7

100

-I

-.
argus fk kugelhahn
.
P
.

Ansicht in Pfeilrichtung

-_

.._

-9. Jan. ~

t3mxhanscMun:
ON 80
PN LO

LL

MO?1

mch

UN2501

- cL.kA-*

h
15

~buus
IfsELLxwr bsw
D-m5mnQ.n

Brh. 7s I buu27
Ill., -c
315

rmr.
IhcMbj

III
,

ON 80 PN LO
-

3L6039EZ

.ii;
.

4
I

I.*..

I
i.

Tl Tl

T.4.k

~1~lII1~III~ll~l~I~I~I.

.a

.
A

c..+.l.#.u-n1

LL

11

\
II

-.I-.

-9. Jan. m

argus fk kugelhahn

UUGUS
AnGus
GEYLLSCWI
Mm4
D-1505
c-l
11 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I ,I I I I I I.

.--__
.3L6042SZ

3121315
,
14.
A$
rurnlme $,( .*r;-,,~

i
;
.

I
t

I
;

(
..I. -

a.,.

argus

Dwi!pl

Stckliste
Bill of Material

fkk fk

PUtI-

31510080559739

swim
I

DIN

001
00;
@Oi
OIC
011
012
012
015
016
017
OlP
015
02c
021
,022
02c
027
03c
031
032
033
042
043
044
045
047
049
050
051
(2.55
059
061
090

?
a
I
f
:
f
i

3202-F4
3Lb042

LkluiaJcDmbiMIo.

7.5/40226

I 1854E44

-4 +

180 tO@
Ie$?I

atIDY
1
I BODY 2
1 NOTCHED
PINI
SLOTTEC
1 STOP DISK
1 COVER PLATE
1 NOTCHED PIN,
SLflTTEC
4 SEARING
4 HEXAGON HEAD SCREd
4 SLEEVE
1 COMPRESSION
SPRING
1 THRUST
RING
E STUD9 STUD 90LT
E HEXAGON NUT
2 3ELLEVILLE
WASHER
I CIRCIJP.
SNAP RING
2 FLANGE
COVER
1 WRENCH
1 3ALL
1 STEM
1 HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
DISK
: SEALING
RING
1 THRUST RING
1 THRUST RING
2 t ING
1 I-RING
1 jEALING
RING
2 LFJNULAR PISTON
1 I-RING
1 iEARING
TIPE
1 JUSHING
1 PLATE
1 YAHE PLATE

3L6339

jgind,

54 41
10 74
52 89
52 68
l!! 26
52 01
10 20
52 68
19.08
52 65
10 73
10 11
23 19
10 05
20 30
58 92
52 70
52 68
l@ 07
10 15
52 66
52 06
52 52
52 52
15 04
52 65
21 80
15 11
52 65
52 52
54 55
15 05

IR

90

JHINIUM

72
58
c2
24
37
71
34
24
24
89
96
42
27
39
09
25
62
32
11
39
lb
11
22
26
31
85
2a
70
96
20
13
19

2co

-0

ES

181

CL

A
A
A
A
A
A

181
le2
181
193
194
182

CC SS 60
F316
5s
Cl 55 bG
Gi
87
Gf
4
S:
F316

A
A

217
582

5:
Gg

CA15
430F

182

GS

F316

131

CL

js

shut

no.
s *-

i
I
i
0

3j
NUW

I
l

S$a*

p**.

for

l/2

yew.

c.p.r,,*n

Spu* pmafw CemmiGoniq

=
ARGUS GESELLSCWJT

MBH

D.7505 Et~lingsn . P. 0. Bar 1151 Gcahes~rurr

15

NEAREST

ASTM

E3UIVALEhJT

Telephone 10 72 43) 103-O. T&r 07 82 541

60

60

MAV85AAOlO

Solenoid valve
*Make
HERION,

type

2333620.1824*

7500136.06.02.90
7500953.06.12.86

Mounting and operating instructions herion


for directional control valves
Publication
7500136060290

Pneumatic controls require extreme cleanliness. Observe


the oil content of the air. For the air treatment we recommend
the installation of an FRL unit consisting of:

Pneumatic directional control valves with the operating


modes:
DP (pneumatically operated)
ME (mechanically operated)
MH (hand-operated)

Filter

Pressure control
valve lubricator Spindle oil 7.4 to 9.6 mm/s (cSt) at 20 C.
Recommended oils: Shell hydrol DO 32,
Shell Voltol 46, Esso Febis K 32 or oils of
similar quality.

Directional control valves are precision-manufactured control units..They must be handled most carefully during transport und assembly. Do not let them drop or expose them to
vibrations.
Check before installation if the operating conditions stated
on the name plate and/or technical documents correspond
with the existing plant conditions: Working pressure,
minimum pilot pressure for pneumatically operated valves
(DP) and starting position angle, minimum travel and overtravel for mechanically operated valves (ME).

Water separator (in case of condensate).


Elements installed in safety controls have to be checked regularly for their general condition and proper functioning. This
includes the inspection of all pans which are subject to wear
and tear as well as the carrying out of operational tests. The
time intervals between each inspection depend on the
operating conditions (contamination of the fluid, switching
frequency, pressure and temperature). The extent of these
limiting factors determines the interval between the maintenance work.

Mount valves carefully and make sure foreign matter does


not get into the piping or valves.
Connect the valves in correspondence with their respective
symbol.

Directional control valves with operating modes


DA
DE

Filtration 5 50 pm for valves with soft seals


and I20 pm for valves with metal sealing.

Mount valves carefully. No foreign matter such as packing


residuals, remainders of sealing materials, scale or chips
from damaged threads etc. must get into the piping or valves. We recommend the installation of a dirt trap upstream of
the valves.

(pressure operated, without solenoid control valve)


(pressure operated, with solenoid control valve)

Directional control valves are precision-manufactured control units. They must be handled most carefully during transport und assembly. Do not let them drop or expose them to
vibrations.

Cleanliness and oil content of the air must be assured when


using pneumatic controls. We recommend the installation of
an FRL upstream of the valve, if necessary, with additional
water separator.

Check before installation if the operating conditions stated


on the name plate and/or technical documents correspond
with the existing plant conditions: Operating pressure and
control pressure as well as voltage, current and power consumption for solenoid controlled valves.

Never use the solenoid as a lever. Electrical equipment has


to be connected according to local regulations.
Protect valves from frost, drain liquid, if necessary.
Elements installed in safety controls have to be checked regularly for their general condition and proper functioning. This
includes the inspection of all parts which are subject to wear
and tear as well as the carrying out of operational tests. The
time intervals between each inspection depend on the
operating conditions (contamination of the fluid, switching
frequency, pressure and temperature). The extent of these
limiting factors determines the interval between the maintenance work.

Pressure operated directional control valves require an external pilot fluid (air, water, oil) which is supplied via port Z.
Normally the control pressure is 4 to 6 bar.
On 2-way/2-position valves the flow direction is indicated by
an arrow. On 3-way or 4-way valves the connections are
marked by symbols.

HERION-WERKE KG. FLUIDTRONlKs


Postfach 15 60. D-7012 Fellbach
Stuttgarter
StraOe 120. Telefon (07 11) 52 09-O. Fax (07 11) 52 09-6 14. Telex 7 254 507
l

Directional control valves with operating mode


El

(solenoid pilot operated)

Directional control valves are precision-manufactured


control units. They must be handled most carefully during
transport und assembly. 00 not let them drop or expose
them to vibrations.
Check before mounting if the data stated on the name
plate (operating pressure, voltage, current and power consumption etc.) correspond with the existing operating
conditions.
With solenoid pilot operated directional control valves (internal pilot source/servo principle) the piston or the diaphragm is moved by differential pressure. For switching and
maintaining the switched position, a minimum pressure
difference between inlet and outlet is necessary, regardless of whether the valve is open or closed. Without pressure difference the valve will not switch and assumes its
rest position.
For air operated directional valves (pilot exhausting to atmosphere) the static minimum pressure must be available
at the supply port P. With valves which can optionally be
operated by external pilot source, the control pressure is
supplied via control part 2.

Mount valves carefully. No foreign matter such as packing


residuals, remainders of sealing materials, scale or chips
from damaged threads etc. must get into the piping or valves. We recommend the installation of a dirt trap upstream
of the valves.
Cleanliness and oil content of the air must be assured
when using pneumatic controls. We recommend the installation of an FRL upstream of the valve, if necessary,
with additional water separator.
The solenoid must never be used as lever. As to the electrical equipment connection local regulations must be observed.
Protect valves from frost, drain liquid, if necessary.
Elements installed in safety controls have to be checked
regularly for their general condition and proper functioning. This includes the inspection of all parts which are subject to wear and tear as well as the carrying out of operational tests. The time intervals between each inspection
depend on the operating conditions (contamination of the
fluid, switching frequency, pressure and temperature).
The extent of these limiting factors determines the interval
between the maintenance work.

On 2-way/Z-position valves the flow direction is indicated


by an arrow. On 3-way, 4-way or 5way valves the connections are marked by symbols.

Directional control valves with operating modes


ED (direct solenoid operated)
EZ (solenoid operated with forced lifting)
ET (semi-automatically solenoid operated)
Directional control valves are precision-manufactured
control units. They must be handled most carefully during
transport und assembly. 00 not let them drop or expose
them to vibrations.
Check before mounting if the data stated on the name
plate (operating pressure, voltage, current and powerconsumption etc.) correspond with the existing operating
conditions.
Constructional details:
ED: Seal incorporated in plunger or in disc of valve stem
which is firmly connected to the plunger.
Ei!: Piston with incorporated
coupled to the plunger.

seal or diaphragm loosely

ET: Plunger with incorporated seat seal or piston with


valve stem coupled to the plunger.
For switching, a minimum pressure difference between
valve inlet and outlet is not necessary. The minimum
operating pressure at rest as well as in switching position
may therefore be 0 bar.

Subject

to alteration

On 2-way/2-position valves the flow direction is indicated


by an arrow. On 3-way or 4-way valves the connections
are marked by symbols.
Mount valves carefully. No foreign matter such as packing
residuals, remainders of sealing materials, scale or chips
from damaged threads etc. must get into the piping or valves. We recommend the installation of a dirt trap upstream
of the valves.
Cleanliness and oil content of the air must be assured
when using pneumatic controls. We recommend the installation of an FRL upstream of the valve, if necessary,
with additional water separator.
The solenoid must never be used as lever. As to the electrical equipment connection local regulations must be observed.
Protect valves from frost, drain liquid, if necessary.

Elements installed in safety controls have to be checked


regularly for their general condition and proper functioning. This includes the inspection of all parts which are subject to wear and tear as well as the carrying out of operational tests. The time intervals between each inspection
depend on the operating conditions (contamination of the
fluid, switching frequency, pressure and temperature).
The extent of these limiting factors determines the interval
between the maintenance work.

7500136.06.02.90

VDH

22 directional valves herion

Nominal diameter DN 15 to DN 166


For neutral gaseous and liquid fluids
Direct solenoid actuated
Seat valves
Flange connection
PN 16
Operating pressure 0 to 16 bar (see table)

Sales range Automatics


A100EDSBO
Series 23300
Publication

7500953061286

Description
Solenoid valves for air, water, oil
Flow direction:
Optional
Fluid temperature:
-25 to +80X 0
Ambient temperature:
-25 to +80 C @
Mounting position
UptoDN40:
Optional, preferably vertical
DN 58 and larger:
Valve upright imperative
Material used: Body:
Grey cast iron
Seat seal: NBR (Perbunan)
Inner parts: St.st. 1.4104, brass
For contaminated fluids, insertion of a dirt trap
is recommended (see accessories).

Features
0 Working from 0 bar up
0 Suitable for vacuum down to 133 mbar
0 Seals in either flow direction

Characteristic
DN

Switching function:
Normally closed

Switching function:
Normally open

data

Operating pressure

k,-value

IW

h (US)=
kvx1.2)

mm.

max.

Switching
cycles with
gaseous and
liquid fluids
upto

Weight
Fgl

DiTBXioMI
drawing No.

Cat. No
.

40mm~/s

Gaseous
fluids

Liquidflutds
upto

Valve

[l/ml]

40mm2/s

Switching
15
15
20
20
25
25
32
32
40
50
65
80
100

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

10
16
10
16
10
16
10
16
10
10
10
4
4

function:
10
16
10
16
10
16
10
16
10
10
1
1
1

Solenoid
De

Valve

Solenoid
AC

Normally closed

4.3
4.3
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
15.0
15.0
16.7
33.0
39.0
75.0
127.0

50
50
50
30
30
30
30
30
25
10
10
10
10

8.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
13.0
13.0
18.0
18.0
21.0
28.5
34.0
69.0
80.0

01
01
02
03
04
04
05
05
06
07
08
09
10

2333120.1500
2334620.1500
2333220.1500
2334720.1600
2333320.1600
2334820.1600
2333420.1600
2334920.1600
2333520.1700
2333620.1800
2333720.1800
2333820.1800

2333920.1800

2333120.1501
2334620.1501
2333220.1501
2334720.1601
2333320.1601
2334820.1601
2333420.1601
2334920.1601
2333620.1701
2333620.1801
2333720.1801
2333820.1801
2333920.1801

State voltage M and frequency [Hz]

HERION-WERKE KG . messen - steuern - regeln . Postfach 15 60 . D-7012 Fellbach


Stuttgarter StraRe 120. Telefon (07 11) 52 09-O. Fax (07 11) 52 09-6 14. Telex 7 254 507

a
A

DN

Operating pressure
Ibad

k,-value
cc, (US) =
kx1.21

Switchmg
cycles with
osseous and

Weight
kg1

Dim
drawirgNo.

Cat. No

Valve

Switchingfunction:Normaliy

15
15
20
20
25
25
32
32
40
50
65
80

100

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

10
16
16
10
16
10
16
10
70
10
4
4

33.0
39.0
75.0

127.0

10

Valve

Solenoid
AC

open

4.3
4.3
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
15.0
15.0

10
16
10
16
10
16
10
16
10
10
1

Solenoid

16.7

50
50
50
30
30
30
30
30
25

10
10
10
10

8.5
8.5
8.5

01
01
01

10.5
13.0
13.0
18.0
18.0
21.0
28.5
34.0

03
04
04
05
05
06
07
08

69.0

09
10

80.0

2335120.1500
2336620.1500
2335220.1500
2336720.1690
2335320.1600
2336a20.1600
2335420.1600
2336920.1600
2335520.1700
2335620.1800
2335720.1800
2335820.1800
2335920.18CO

2335120.1501
2336620.1501
2335220.1501
2336720.1601
233!x320.1601
2336820.1601
233S42O.lSol
2336920.1601
233S520.1701
233562o.laol
2335720.1801
2335820.1801
233592O.lSol

statevoltageM and frequency [Hz]

Solenoids
Current draw
Solenoid
Standard
voltages
Other
voltages
on reauest
Design to VDE 0580
Duty cycle 100%
For more technical details on solenoids
Publication 7500778 (solenoids 1500/l
Publication 7500777 (solenoids 160X/l
Publication 7500773 (solenoids 1800/l

see:
501)
70X)
801)

1500
1600
1700
1800

DC

Solenoid

42W
60W

1501
1601

5ow
7ow

1801

1701

AC
Inrush

Holding

55 VA
78VA
65 VA
85 VA

78 VA
65 VA
85 VA

55VA

Enclosure to DIN 40050:


Solenoid 150X IP 65
Solenoids 160X, 170X. 180X IP 53
Cable gland Pg 13.5

Other versions available on request


0
0
0
l

Inner parts St.st. 1.457111.4104


Body cast iron GS PN 25
Body St.st. 1.4571
Seat seal FKM (Viton) for fluid temperature up to +130 C

0 Manual override 351 (wheel)


0 Solenoid in protection class (Ex)s G4
0 Solenoid in protection class (Sch)d (Ex)d 3n G5

7500953.06.12.86

Sectional drawings

1
l
2
4
5
7
8
9
ll 5
l19

Body with flanges


Valve seat
O-ring
Core tube
Solenoid
Pressure spring
Plunger
Spindle assly.
O-ring

Spare parts kits


Cat. No.
Valve

Spare park kiis

2333120
2333220
2333320
2333520
2333920
2334620
2334720
2334820

OS6654

0592746
0592748
0592750
0593292
0592779
0592796
6592752

Normally closed

1
2
4
5
7
8
9
15
19

Body with flanges


Valve seat
O-ring
Coretube
Solenoid
Pressure spring
Plunger
Spindle assly.
O-ring

Spare parts kits

.-

Normally open

Cat. No.
Valve

Spare parts kiis

2335220
2335320
2335520
2336620
2336720
2336820

0592797
0592756
0592758
0592798
0592761
0592761

Wearing parts marked are enclosed in spare parts kit.


Please state Cat. Nos. for spare parts kits and
corresponding valve to prevent misinterpretations.
l

7500953.06.12.86

Dimensional

drawing

//-/

~- Pg 13.5

of holes

+I
a-60 fY&
,1
8

DN for
individual valves
act. to data tables

Diagram

for 4 holes

Diagram for 8 holes

Flanae PN 16 Ito DIN 25331


Dimensional
drawng
NO.

Laid
length
A

Hlght

01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10

130
150
150
160
180
200
230
290
310
350

263@
263@
290
290
340
365
395
415
495
510

Alteration month/year

Subject to alteration

1 @

12.66

120
120
125
125
174
179
210
230
310
325

50.5
50,5
50.5
50.5
73,5
79
93
102
147
156

GE
92@
92@
106
106
106
152
152
152
152
152

F
62 @
62@
70
70
70
91
91
91
91
91

;Z;H

DJ

(3K

70
74
74
74
100
100
126
144
195
220

14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18

65
75
75
65
100
110
125
145
160
180

95
105
105
115
140
150
165
185
200
220

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8

7500953.06.12.66

VDH

MAV90AT002

Air exhaust

HTGD691604EROOOl

11 RRlR
P%lDlD

AIR FILTER

Table

of contents
Pages

Supplier
Oscar

Fh

...... ............ ......... ....

R 0001
KW 4071

P 0101
P 0401

HTGD691604E

mann pico air filter 45

GeneralInstructions
MANN Pica air filters are designed
to remove the dust from the intake air
for internal combustion engines and
other plant which takes in air by suction and so to protect them from premature wear.
The filter servicing intervals to be observed depend upon the prevailing
dust conditions,
The filter cartridges should never remain in use for more than two years.
Servicing of cartridges must only be
carried out with the engine turned off.
Note and observe any deviations from
this set of service instructions which
may be contained in the operating instructions of your specific plant or
engine.

Spares:

Depending on the type of service carried out, the


following will be needed:
13 or 17 mm spanner
a compressed air supply
bucket, water,,MANN cleaning agent 053
cleaning rags
hand lamp

P 0101

HTGD691604E
v

Filter casing

MANN

----.

cartridge

Special hexagon nut

Service
The servicing of the filter is normally confined to the MANN e filter cartridge. The clean
air hose or tube (connection between filter and engine) should be occasionally checked
for freedom from leaks. Damaged parts of the clean air hose or tube and damaged filter
casings must be replaced.

Timing of Services
The timing of services of filters Is generally laid down by the maker of the plant or engine
the filter serves and Is usually based on mlleage, operating hours or the maximum flow
resistance of the filter (as indicated by the servicing indicator). This informatlon may be
obtained from the appropriate operating instructions for the plant or engines concerned.
Where a service Indicator Is fitted cartrldges should only be seen to when the service lndlcator remains locked with a red field showing after the engine has been turned off, or, when
the filter service warning lamp lights up during running.

P 0201

HTGD691 604 E
v

Service Procedure
Turn off engine or plant.
Undo hexagon nut with key.
Remove dirty cartridge and throw away.
Clean filter casing with a damp rag paying
particular attention to sealing surfaces. When
doing this, take care that no dust enters the clean
air hose or tube leading to the engine.
Insert new MANN Y$cartridge into filter casing.
Replace and tighten hexagon nut with key,

Cleaning of Cartridge Part


f

MANN -$? cartridges may be cleaned several


times during their service life. Note should however be taken that the maximum service life of
these cartridges is two years after which time
they must be replaced whatever their appearance.
Cleaning may be done as follows:

By Blowing
Blow against the surface of the cartridge from
outside with dry compressed air at not more than
5 bar pressure, firstly with the jet oblique to the
surface in direction of the folds, then carefully
blow out the inside cavity.

By Washing
MANN ?& cartridges may be given up to five
washings in the course of their service life. It is
recommended to preclean them by blowing as
described above.
Then soak the cartridge for an initial period of 10
minutes in hand-warm water containing a special
non-foaming cleaning agent (MANN cleaner 053
or equivalent industrial cleaning agent, such as
e.g. P 3 RST). Move to and fro in the solution after this for 5 minutes. Rinse thoroughly in clear
water, shake off droplets and allow to dry at room
temperature. The cartridge must be completely
dry before refltting. Cartridges must on no account be washed with steam jet cleaners or
soaked in petrol, caustic solutions or the like.
t

P 0301

HTGD691 604 E
v

As a makeshift measure, by tapping


Only to be resorted to when cleaning by blowing
or washing is not feasible. Tap front end of cartridge repeatedly on a soft surface (e.g. ball of
the thumb) to dislodge the dust. Do not use force.
Take care not to damage cartridge.

Prior to refitting check the duly cleaned cartridge


for damage, e.g. on the rubber seals, dents and
bumps on the sheet metal casing, abraded spots
on the paper element etc.
Look out carefully for cracks and holes in the
paper element of the cartridges. This can be
done by holding it up obliquely against a light or
passing a hand lamp inside.
If the cartridge shows any sign of damage or if in
doubt, throw it away and replace it at once.

Servicing Indicator
After completed filter service the servicing indicator should be rendered operative again by
pushing in of trip button so that the red field
disappears.
t

Storage of Cartridges
Store cartridges under conditions where they
are protected from dust, moisture and damage.
They are best stored in their original packaging.

FILTERWERK MANN & HUMMEL GMBH - 0 7140 LUDWIGSBURG


Postfach 409 * Telefon (0 7141) 14 51 - Telex 7/264 615 - Telegramm: Filterwerk Ludwlgsburg

VKD 4!iO4 E

673

Printed in Western Germany

P 0401

HTGD 691 604 E


v

c -.-~~----:- ---.-Y------.

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual

A::::
f

KKS power station


Identification code

MAW

Document no.
or cross reference

Designation

Seal Heating and Cooling Steam System


instruction sheet for the recording
of bulk articles
Ordering list measuring
- GMD0956363
GMD0956369

see LBA

Globe valve DN65 PN160


Make KSB type Nori

MAW10AA011

Gland steam admission


Make FISHER
Valve
Make

MAW10AA012

MAW10AA013

MAW10AA014

Plant
Contract

:
no. :

7642110

valve

Form2376
FISHER, type 657EWD

Actuator
*Make FISHER, type 65740

see MAN1 1 AA021

Positioner
*Make ECKHARDT

see MAN 11 AA02 1


type 6986513

Filter
*Make FISHER, type 67AFR

see MAN 11 AA02 1

Gate valve DN250 PN100


*Make KSB type AKGSA

057085M
743814M
AP11822B

Actuator
*Make AUMA

TL35101GB
GST12400

type GST161B4

Hard faced valve DN25 PN160


*Make KSB type NORIA

AP11809C

Actuator
*Make AUMA

see MAW80AA040
type SA075F10B122

Gate valve DN350 PN10


*Make PREUSSAG type 60500k
- BA10A002

device

MAW10AA010

T05881E

Talcher
CC4101 IOIA

6288955
6288905
4003350581
see MAJ 1 OAAOOl

Book code :
Tab
: MAW
Rev. :

Page no.

I:::::
KKS power
Identification

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
station
code

MAW10AA015

Document
no.
or cross reference

Designation

Gland steam exhaust valve


Make FISHER
Valve
Make

Form5032
FISHER, type 667ED

Actuator
*Make FISHER, type 66770

Form1203

Positioner
*Make ECKARDT

see MAN 11 AA02 1


type 6986513

Filter
*Make FISHER, type 67AFR

see MAN1 lAA021

MAW10AA016

Gate valve DN350 PN16


*Make PREUSSAG type 60500K

see MAW1 OAA014

MAW10AA017

Gate valve DN
PN
Make PREUSSAG type 60500-K
- BA10A002
- 4003350581

6288906
6288956
see MAJl OAAOOl
see MAW1 OAAO14

Actuator
Make AUMA

see MAJ 1 OAAOO 1


type SA101

MAW10AA020

Gate valve DN200 PN16


Make PREUSSAG type 60500K
- BA10A002
- 4001950580
- 228DB

6288907
6288957
see MAJl OAAOO 1
see MAG 1 OAA2 10

MAW10AA021

Gate valve DN200 PN16


*Make PREUSSAG

6518001

MAW10CG003

Position transmitter

see MAW1 OAA013

MAW10CG005

Position transmitter
*Make ECKARDT type 6986513

see MAN 11 AA02 1

MAW10CG007

Position transmitter
*Make ECKARDT, type 6986513

see MAN1 1 AA021

MAW10CG011

Position transmitter
*Make ECKARDT, type 6986513

see MAN 11 AA02 1

MAW10CG012

Proximity switch
*Make P&F type NJ518GKN

229

Plant
Contract

:
no. :

Talcher
CC4101101A

Book
Tab
Rev.:

code

Page no.

:
: MAW
:

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
KKS power
Identification

station
code

Designation

Document
no.
or cross reference

MAW10CG013

Proximity switch
Make P&F type NJ518GKN

see MAW1 OCG012

MAW10CG016

Proximity switch
*Make P&F, type NJ5-18-GK-N

see MAW1 OCGO12

MAW10CG017

Proximity switch
*Make P&F, type NJ5-l8-GK-N

see MAW1 OCG012

MAW10CG018

Proximity switch
*Make P&F, type NJ5-18-GK-N

see MAW1 OCGO12

MAW10CG019

Proximity switch
*Make P&F, type NJ5-18-GK-N

see MAW1 OCGO12

MAW10CG021

Proximity switch
*Make P&F, type NJ5-18-GK-N

see MAW1 OCG012

MAW10CG022

Proximity switch
*Make P&F, type NJ5-18-GK-N

see MAW1 OCGO12


*

MAW10CP001

Differential pressure transmitter


*Make ROSEMOUNT type 1151DP Smart

see MAG 1 OCLO02

MAW10CP002

Differential pressure transmitter


*Make ROSEMOUNT, type 1151 DP-Smart

see MAG 1 OCLO02

MAW10DP011

Air pressure filter reducing valve


with pressure gauge
*Make FISHER type 67AFR
Form5144

see MAN 11 AA02 1

MAW10DP015

Air pressure filter reducing valve


with pressure gauge
*Make FISHER, type 67AFR
-Form 5144

see MAN 11 AA02 1

MAW30AA010

Gate valve DN200


*Make PREUSSAG
- BA10A002
- 4001950580
- 228DB

6288908
6288958
see MAJ 1 OAAOOl
see MAG 1 OAA2 10

Actuator
*Make AUMA

Plant
Contract

:
no. :

Talcher
CC4101

PN16
type 60500K

see MAJ 1 OAAOO 1


type SA075

Book
Tab

IOlA
Rev.

code

Page no.

:
: MAW
:

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
KKS power
Identification

station
code

Designation

Document
no.
or cross reference

MAW30AA020

Gate valve DN200 PN16


*Make PREUSSAG
- 4001950580
- 228DB

see MAG 1 OAA2 10

MAW80AA010

Safety angle valve

see MAW80ACOOl

MAW80AA020

Throttle

see MAW80ACOO 1

MAW80AA030

Gate valve DN300 PN10


*Make PREUSSAG type 60500K
- BA10A002
- 4003350581

6288909
6288959
see MAJ 1 OAAOO 1
see MAW 1 OAAO 14

Actuator
*Make AUMA

see MAJ 1 OAAOOl

MAW80AA040

MAW80AA050

valve

type SA075

Butterfly valve DN300 PN10


*Make JAMESBURY
type L1 +

2L1C l1d70

Actuator
*Make AUMA

D00205001DGBF
D00104001
D00111001GB
D00102001DGBF
D00103001DGBF
KMS9TP200331
D01813001DGBF
D00405001
D00404001
D00410002DGBF
D00411001DGBF

type SA075

Butterfly valve DN300 PN10


*Make JAMESBURY
type L1
Actuator
*Make AUMA

see MAW80AA040
l

see MAW80AA040
type SA075

MAW80AA201

Globe valve
*Make KSB type ZXL

see MAW80AA304

MAW80AA202

Globe valve

see MAW80ACOOl

MAW80AA203

Globe valve

see MAW80ACOOl

MAW80AA204

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXL

76311210

MAW80AA205

Globe valve
Make KSB, type ZXL

see MAW80AA204

Plant
Contract

:
no. :

Talcher
CC4101

1OlA
Rev.

Book code
Tab

:
: MAW

Page no.

List of Documents
Maintenance
Manual
KKS power
Identification

!
t

station
code

Designation

Document
no.
or cross reference

MAW80AA206

Globe valve
Make KSB type ZXL

see MAW80AA204

MAW80AA304

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXL

761111M

MAW80AA305

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXL*

see MAW80AA304

MAW80AA306

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXL

see MAW80AA304

MAW80AA307

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXL

see MAW80AA304

MAW80AC001

Condenser
*Make HALBERG

L995990024
L791430029
Direct L
L100174025
Page 21

type R593

MAW80AN010

Gland steam fan unit


*Make ROTAMILL

26
GMC1503902

MAW80AN020

Gland steam fan unit


*Make ROTAMILL

see MAW80AN020

MAW80CL010

Level indicator
Make PHOENIX

see MAW80ACOOl
type 71100K

MAW80CL011

Level switch

see MAW80ACOOl

MAW80CL012

Level switch

see MAW80ACOOl

MAW80CL020

Level controler

see MAW80ACOOl
...

Plant
Contract

no.

. Talcher
: CC4101101A
Rev.:

Book
Tab

code

:
: MAW

Page

no.

MAW

Seal Heating and Cooling Steam System


Instruction sheet for the recording
of bulk articles
Ordering list-measuring device
- GMD0956363
GMD0956369

T05.88/1

see LBA

Instruction

sheet for the recording

of bulk articles

Designation

I
1
i
I
I
(
(
Motor safety switches

I
t
I
t
I
,Small transformers

i lherrnal overload relays

Instruments (Voltmeters. ammeters, etc.)

1rime meters

Iqadiators

Document package: Data sheets. Technical information sheers. Maintenance instruaions

elc.

2 Measuring data sheet

T05881E

MAWIOAAOIO

Globe valve DN65, PN160


*Make KSB, type Nori

7642.1-10

L&l& 7642110

POS.
027
KKS Nr.
MAW10AA010
Werk
Nr.
3-719-422380

Talcher

Werk

Talcher

Nr.

3-719-422526

NORIA
PANZER High pressure
globe valves

PN250

PN320
PN500
DNlOto65

VdTijV type-approved
mark TO+A.29-88

Application

Optional extras

- General industrial engineering, power stations, process


engineering and shipbuilding.
- For water, steam, gases, oils and other non-aggressive
media.
- Further applications on request.

Operating data
- Operating pressure ranges up to 500 bar.
- Operating temperature range up to 570 C.
- Higher operating data on request.

Design
- One-piece, forged body without cover.
- Non-turning stem.
- Easy-to-install and easy-to-service, bayonet joins body
and yoke.
- Tight seating ensured even in the case of temperature
variations
by. means of cup spring support.
- Position Indicator.

Materials
-

up to 500 @C
15 MO 3 (1.5415)
up to 550 OC
13 CrMo 44 (1.7335)
up to 570 C
10 CrMo 9 10 (1.7380)
Other materials on request.

Valve combination
Screw-down non-return valve type AXSV
Angle type, type ZJSV or type AJSV
With flanges
With 2 thrust ball bearings
With locking device
With position switch
With full stemprotection

On all inquiries/
orders please specify
I

Type ZXSV according to leaflet . .


DN . ... PN .. .. material ..
With butt weld ends d2 = ... . d3 = . mm,
re;;;g
joints to DIN 2559, code nurber ...I
. . .. Operating temperature . .. C,
- Operating pressure ... bar
- Differential pressure .. bar
- Optional extras
When ordering spares indicate serial number and year of
origin.

Further remarks
- Electric actuator retrofit possible without any remachining
work and without plant shut-down (bayonet flange to DIN/
IS0 5210).
- Step stage throttling valve type ZJSVD ksb
- NORI-A with cover flange
type ZXSR 7656.1- IO
and back seat
type ZXLR 7655.1- 10
as well as with flanges
- NORI-A non-return valve type RXSR 7694.1 - 10
type RXLR 7693.1- 10
as well as with flanges
For installation, dismantling and maintenance
refer to leaflet:. 05708
-

Pumps
Valves

instructions

NORI@-A

KBB

Working pressures (in the bodv)


.
Material no.

Material
15Mo3

1.5415
1.7335
0 C@o 910 ) 1.7380
1
1._
R CrMn
_.... -

44

jn

10 CrMo 910 ( 1.7380

Permissible working pressures in bar at temperatures in C


300 350 400 4 25 1450 1475 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 1550 / 560 570
Butt weld ends
320 310 290 285 (280 1275 1180 1
machined accordina
182 149 120 93
1320 1315 1274 123.l
1to leaflet = PN 320 -1
1320 1270 235 205 180 155 136 -116 102
45 1437 1429 1282
1500 1492 11
428 361 285 233 188 146
I=PN 500
1500 1421 368 321 281 243 212 -181 159
Remark

I~~~~$!n~~ds
j500
1484
1453
I4

Strength test: 1 SXPN, leak test: 1 XPN.


The max. pressures have been determined in accordance
with relevant AD and TRD Codes of Practice (German Pressure Vessels Association and Technical Rules for Steam
Boilers) and in accordance with standard engineering practice.
.
VdTUV type tested means:
T&-acceptance
test with acceptance
(DIN 50 049) is not necessary.

Lbl-

certificate

-152

3.1 A

-902

-201
-100

The valves are marked according to DIN/EN 19 (IS0 5209):


PN 320

Butt weld ends machined to leaflet, in stock

4 PN 500 Available at short notice


Angle type globe valve
type WSV

Straight-way globe valve


type ZXSV

k!a-203

q-&----

DN 1O-65 Throttling cone stem (204)


DN 32-65 Cone stem (203)
Angie type screw-down
non-return valve
type AJSV

Parts
Part no.

Designation

Temperature
o(:

Material

Remark

15Mo3-1.5415
13CrMo44-1.7335

Die forged

Straight-way screw-down
non-return valve
type AXSV

lOCrMo910-1.7380

200

IStem

Stellite hard facing

Cone solid resp.

DN lo-25
DN 32-65

X 35 CrMo 17 - 1.4122

welded on
Stem shank burnished

X 35 CrMo 17 - 1.4122

544

l
)

579
902
920
950
961

13CrMo44-1.7335

Die forged

Graphite

Die pressed rings

Threaded bushing

Multi-allov bronze

stop
Stud
Hexagon nut

USt 42-l
21 CrMo V 5 7 - 1.7709
24 CrMo 5 - 1.7258
45 CrMo V 6 7 - 1.7737

Spring
Handwheel
I

) = Recommended

Malleable iron - GTW

spare parts

Non-rising

IWEEHANITEGGG-40
**) = Special packing on request

DN lo-25
DN 32-65

Q
KSB

NORI-A

-y
Installation

On request we deliver:

In principle the NOM-A globe valve is suitable for operation


product flow in either direction. Normally the valve is installed
in the line so that the product enters the valve below the cone
and flows out above the cone.

NORI-A with lantern ring, locking device, full stemprotection,


stem extension, actuators, position switch; special materials.

When used as throttling valve, the pressure should be above


the cone. For drain, vent or manual starting lines, valve combinations consisting of a shut-off valve (with the pressure
below the cone) and of a throttling valve (with the pressure
above the cone) are usually adopted.

NOM-A globe valves with actuators


All NOR-A can be equipped with an actuator flange according to DIN/IS0 5210/l for mounting electric actuators.
(Retrofit also possible without need for plant shut-down.)

Assembly dimensions
Face-to-face

lengths in accordance

with table.

Butt weld ends unmachined/machined


see table;
Welding joint form according to DIN 2559-21.
Socket weld ends according to ANSI B 16.11 (DIN 323972).
Different versions of butt weld ends and/or welding joint form
resp. of socket weld ends can be manufactured, but only
within the dimensions A and B.

k?i
0

*I,,, \

1i
i:
B
I-L
.__ I

1 jl

I
+--

-Bb

L,,__J
zxsv
x
Nom.
presSUE

Nom.
we

Face-tolace
length

Fti

DN

zxsv
I1

250
320
500

10
15

150
150

Center
llne faceto-lace
length
ZJSV
12

---iL?A
wsv

Butt weld ends


zxsv

al=

Butt weld ends

unmachred

7,n

cents to top
height

Handwheel

ht

h2

0d

240
240

200
200

1297 255

215

Socket weld ends


accordmg to ANSI B 16.11
machlned

0knax

0Bmm.

@d?*)

0d3

0D.g.S

@C+g,*

35
35
50
50

9
14

18
22

9
14

27
32,5

17-6
21.7

19

20

24

35

19

39,5

27,l

24

48

33,8

20
25

160
160

80
80
80
80

32
40
50

270
270
270

135
135
135

78
78
78

30
35
35

44
49
77

30
35
59

57
64,5
-

65

300

150

86

44

) @d2==pipe o.d. DIN 323911 PN 320


Butt weld ends variable according to the nominal pressure

bmjn

9.5
9,5

Socket weld ends


/ ZJSV

12,7

255

215

160
160
200
200

42.5
48,7
-

12,7
12.7
-

360
360
360

290
290
290

250
250
250

420

335

315

INeIghI

Comblnatton ot two
NOW&~

/I

Dimensions in mm

KSB

NORI-A

Locking device (935)

With 2 thrust ball bearings (323)


DN 32-65

Mounting of electric actuators

Design with position switch (838)

,-

to guarantee tigh
at the seat even i
of fluctuations in
temperature

Nameplate

Bayonet-type fitting
for mounting electric
actuators during
operation conditions

i
g
@
2
s
z
1
@
20
1
.g
$
,o
ij
g
3

Position indicator
on the yoke-arm

Bayonet joins
body and yoke
easy-to-assemble
and easy-to-service

P
:
2

Sealing surfaces
in the body and on
the throttling cone/
cone of stellite

KSB Aktiengesellschaft
Geschaftsfeld
Armaturen
Kraftwerke

Bahnhofplatz 1
Postfach 13 60
D-8570 Pegnitz

Telefon: (0 92 41) 71-O


Teletex: 17-92 41831/1845 KSB P
Telefax: (0 92 41) 71-l 5 81

z
i
r
.
0
7
7
R

MAWlOAAOll

Gland steam admission valve


*Make FISHER*
Valve
*Make

Form 2376
FISHER, type 657-EWD*

Actuator
*Make FISHER, type 657-40

see MAN1 lAA021

Positioner
*Make ECKHARDT,

see MAN1 lAA021

Filter
*Make

type 6986513
see MAN1 1 AA021

FISHER, type 67AFR

Designs

Fisher Controls

Instruction Manual

Design EWD
Valve Bodies

I FISHER)

EWD, EWS, & EWT

June 1981

EWS

and EWT

Form2376

INTRODUCTION

Scope of Manual
This instruction manual includes installation. maintenance,
and parts information
for 4 x 2 through 12 x &inch Design
EWD, EWS. and EWT valve bodies (figure 1). Refer to
separate manuals for instructions covering the actuator and
accessories.

Description
These single-port
globe-style
valve bodies have cage
guiding, clamped seat rings, and push-down-to-close
valve
plug action. Body configurations
are as follows:
Design EWD: Balanced valve plug with metal-to-metal
seating for all general applications
over a wide range of
pressure drops and temperatures.
Design EWS: Unbalanced valve plug with metal-to-metal
or optional metal-to-TFE seating for all general applications
requiring better shutoff capabilities than can be obtained
with the Design EWD body.
Design EWT: Balanced valve plug with either metal-to-TFE
seating (standard for all except Cavitrol*
III cages) for
stringent shutoff requirements
or metal-to-metal
seating
(standard for Cavitrol Ill cages, optional for all others) for
higher temperatures.

ghh,r

con,m* Camp., 117J.1171.1111: *II t*1, R.L..wld

.. ,.:
Figure

I. 12 x b-Inch EW Series Valve Body


with Type 667 Actuetor

Specifications
Typical specifications
for these bodies are shown in table 1.
Some of the specifications
for a given body assembly as it
comes from the factory appear on the actuator nameplate if
the body is part of a complete control valve assembly.

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT


Table

EN0 CONNECTION
STYLES

1. Specifications

Flanged Ends: Styles per ANSI


B16.5-1977
are Class 300,600,
or
900 I raised-face or m ring-type
joint
Buttwelding Ends: Styles per ANSI
816.25-1972
are Schedule n 40
or I 80 for all Class 300 and 600

FLOW
CHARACTEfffSTfCS

Standard
Ca g e s:n Linear, n
quick opening, or n equal percentage
Wbispor
Trim Q and C#vitro/ Cages:
Linear

FLOW DlRECTf6NJ

Design EWS with Standard


Normally up

valves or Schedule # 60 or m XXS


for all Class 900 valves

MAXIMUM INLET
PRESSURES
AND
TEMPERATURES.
AND
PRESSURE
DROPS

SHUTOFF
CUSSIFICATIOWS

Consistentwith applicable Class w


300, n 600 t ,or n 900$ pressure/
temperature
ratings
per
ANSI
616.34-1977,
but do not exceed
the pressure, temperature,
and
pressure drop conditions specified
when the valve was ordered. Also
see the Installation section.

Cage:

Design EWD or EWT with Standard Cage: Normally down


Whisper
Trim Cages: Always up
C&rot Cages: Always down
APFffOXfMATE

See table 3

WEIGHTS
ADDITIONAL
SPECIFICATIONS

See table 2

For specifications
such as materials. port diameters, valve plug travels, yoke boss diamete.rs, and
stem diameters, refer to the parts
list

*o r ..,~
yC,lOn,.
.~nl*.CI*900-mhC-I1 Ic .Q.r .n~r ..
*VW p,.**w
ot
,
,,m~.r .tr
1 1 1In
.
1f )
hl
l,
u ,I ,r d
,m l0*1 *c.l.nda
.b !.
h mr ll.tto
d
*D
n*
yId ~D,W*I*llk . P Olk ..r On*lr
,,I
c l***
QLm p ~*Ir *
OID~I.
AlI ml*, ,r m CO,,NC,lO,
lm hmt,d to CI..
6M
pl.Lwr .l
no tb .
..C..d.d.
,Qo m.n,np.* c b ,l 603 b e*,.0
n 3,s b Si*o n*,c o mp~
W,h & NSI ll6.34.1977.

,.zmD.rIt1.
Lnvu.r.n lhou*h
,nt.ll.* II)I cl..* 900boay.
,ThB
I.,,,, r.d,,r~n,C,,RK)*,~bQ*~.~n~,Ol~~a~~nthC~itlDllll~lQ.I.nd~hrDlhtr

INSTALLATION

Personal injury or equipment damage caused


by sudden release of pressure may result if the
valve assembly is installed where service conditions could exceed the limits given in table 1
or on the appropriate nameplates. Use pressurelimiting or pressure-relieving
devices to prevent service conditions from exceeding these
limits.

If hoisting the
recommended
Also be careful
be no damage

valve, the use of a nylon sling is


to protect the painted surfaces.
to position the sling so there will
to the tubing or any accessories.

1. Before installing the valve, inspect the valve body and


associated equipment for any damage and any foreign
material. Make certain that the body interior is clean,
pipelines are free of foreign material, and the valve is
oriented so that pipeline flow is in the same direction as the
arrow on the side of the valve body.
2. The control valve assembly may be installed in any
orientation unless limited by seismic criteria. However, the
normal method is with the actuator vertical above the body.
Other positions may result in uneven valve plug and cage
wear and in improper operation. With some valves, the
actuator may also need to be supported when it is not
vertical. For more information,
representative.

1 CAUTION

consult

the Fisher sales

1
Note

When ordered, the valve configuration and


construction materials were selected to meet
panicular pressure, temperature, pressure drop
and controlled fluid conditions. Since some
body/trim material combinations are limited in
their pressure drop and temperature ranges. do
not apply any other conditions to the valve
without first contacting the Fisher sales office
or sales representative.

If the valve being installed

has small internal

flow passages, such as with Whisper Trim or


Cavitrol cages, consideration should be given
to installing an upstream strainer to prevent the
lodging of particles in these passages. This is
especially important if the pipeline cannot be
thoroughly cleaned or if the flowing
not clean.

medium is

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT

Table. 2. Shufoff Clessificstions

Air at rervicr AP or 50 psi (3.4 bar)


drop, whichever is lower, and between
60 and 125F (10 and 52-C) per ANSI
916.104-I 976

Air at rervicr AP or 50 psi (

0.0005 mUmin. p*r in.


of pon diamrtrr per psi
(5 x 10-12 In per see.

than 4 bubbler

Air at service

When rprcifisd. optional Fiihrr test UIC

EWl with
C~VlpOl III

WT with 1 -stage
:avftd III

0.01% of valve capacity

drop, whichever ir lower. and between


(10 and 52C) per ANSI

0.01% of valve capacity

drop, whichever is lower, and between

0.0005 mUmin. par in.


of port diameter per psi
(5 x 10+2 m3 per sac.
per mm of port diamrtar

AP or 50 psi (3.4 bar) drop, whichever ia

at service AP and between 50 and

W
with 2-stage
:*vlwol II1

0.0005 ml/min. per in.


of pon diameter per psi
(5 x 1W12 ms per sm.
per mm of port diameter

AP or 50 psi (3.4 bar) drop. whichever


nd between 50 and 125F (10

8t service AP and between 50 and

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1


I

Table 3. Approximate

Weights
BODY SlfE,IN.

4x2

END CONNECTION

6x4

Lb
165

8x0

6x4

KAI

Lb

KO

Lb

Kg

Lb

64

330

150

515

234

625

12x6

12x6
Lb

Kg

Lb

1102

500

1440

K&l

Kg
653

Clssr300 (fhgsd only)


IFlanged
Class600

220

loo

430

195

6w

272

660

306

1590

721

1690

057

6umvrlding

135

61

270

122

390

177

600

272

1160

526

3300

1497

Flanged
Bumwelding

. ..
. ..

...

...
.. .

...

...

. ..

1350

612

. ..

...

3000

1361

.. .

. ..

.. .

...

1000

454

*. *

.. .

2660

1293

clsss900

204

3. Use accepted
piping and welding practices when
installing the valve in the line. Internal elastomeric parts
maystay in place during the welding procedure. Forflanged
bodies, use a suitable
pipeline flanges.

gasket

between

the

body

and

4. With a leak-off bonnet construction, remove the pipe


plugs (keys 14 and 16, figure 5) to hook up the leak-off
piping. If continuous operation is required during inspection or maintenance, install a three-valve bypass around the
control valve assembly.
5. If the actuator and valve are shipped separately, refer to
the appropriate actuator instruction manual for the actuator
mounting

procedure.

zz
.mY,

MAINTENANCE
Valve parts are subject to normal wear and must be
inspected
and replaced as necessary. Inspection and
maintenance frequency depends on the severity of service
conditions. This section includes instructions for packing
lubrication, packing replacement, trim replacement, lapping
metal seats, and bellows seal replacement.
All maintenance operations may be performed with the valve body
in the line.

Avoid personal injury or damage to property


from sudden release of pressure or uncontrolled process fluid. Before starting disassembly:
a Shut off operating lines to the actuator,
l Isolate the valve from the process,
l Release
l Vent

process pressure, and


the ectuator loading pressure.

gasket

seal

If a lubricator or lubricator/isolating
valve (figure 2) is
provided for TFE/asbestos or other packings that require
lubrication, it will be installed in place of the pipe plug (key
14, figure 5). Use a silicon-base lubricant. Packing used in
oxygen service or in processes with temperatures
over
500F (ZSOC) should not be lubricated. To operate the
lubricator, turn the cap screw clockwise to force the
lubricant into the packing box. The lubricator/isolating
valve operates the same way except the isolating valve
must first be opened and then closed after lubrication is
completed.

Packing Maintenance
This section

covers only TFE V-ring

is

disturbed

by

and TFE/asbestos

packing. Refer to a separate manual for graphite laminate/


filament packing if used. Key numbers refer to figure 3 for

For spring-loaded

removing or shifting gasketed parts, a new


gasket should be installed upon reassembly.
This is necessary to ensure a good gasket seal.

Valve

Packing Lubrication

TFE V-ring packing and to figure


packing unless otherwise indicated.

Note
Whenever

LUIIICATOK/IS9UTINg
VALVE

Figure 2. Lubricator and Lubricator/Isolating

4 for TFE/asbestos

single TFE V-ring packing,

the spring

(key 8. figure 3) maintains a sealing force on the packing. If


leakage is noted around the packing follower (key 13,figure
3), check to be sure the shoulder on the packing follower is
touching the bonnet. If the shoulder is not touching the
bonnet, tighten the packing flange nuts (key 5, figure 5)

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1

UPPER WWE

fOUOMn
(KEY ,I

f1MAl.E
ADAPTOR I

fEMAU
ADAPTOR
RlNl

?AcKINa

fACKIN0

WASNER
-. Jl.A.
,rrr

MALE
ADA?TOR

INO

MAU
ADAPTOR

rq -

?ACKINa
SET (KEY

smwo
IKEY II

CACKINO SDX
IKEY 1,)

nma

BOX ma
LOWER

WWE

FO1218
DI Il-on
ttr
UETAL ?ACKlNP tOX M1T$

FOB A11 OTIIEI


IOX ?ARf

NETAL ?ACKlllO
IAAlEAlAlt

SINBLE ARAAN6EYENT

....

fOLLOWIll

IKEY

13)

MALE
ADAPTOR

(KEY

PACKING

,WNO

fEMALE
ADAPTOR

(KEY St,

31)
(KEY 7

UNTERN
a._.Ill
iKEY8l

CACKINO
BOX RINO
IKEY I,,
ASSEMBLY 1 ASSEkSLY
troslTlvE
(VACUUM)
~RESSI)ES)

ASSEkiLY,
(fDSlllVE
rnESsUREs
b ACVUM)

ASSEMSLY
(POSITIVE
PaEssuKEs)

1 1
Ill.
12 1l42.7
STEM

ASSEMDLY
IVACUUM)

IIO.1.

- _ .
a/4. 1. u

ASSEMBLY
J
lrOslTlVc
?RESSURES b
VACUUM)

l-114

26.4. br 11.1

II.

RR] :TEN

OOUBLE ARRANGEMENTS

. ..

PACKINO
FEMALE
PACKINO

MALE

LANTERN

PACKINO

l/2 Ill.
Ifi,;.

314 Ill.
l~;E;

LEAK-OFF
Figure

LOWER

fDLLOWER
ADAfTOR

(KEY 1,)

(KEY ,2j

I1lNQ (KEY 7)

ADAPTOR (KEY

MN0

(KEY

Jl)

0)

BOX RING (KEY

WI,E

(KEY

JO,

ARRANGEMENT

3. TFE V-Ring Packing

Arrangements

11)

WIPE
(KEY

30)

,KEY

r,,

[ Designs

EWD, EWS, & EWT

1
UPPER
V.W

WIPER

PACKINO
FouDwxn

CACKINO
WW r)

lKEv

lal

IWO

uNTEnlN0
WV r)

PAcKlmo
.0x
ntwo @EY 11)

112IN.
i';;Ei4
.,.*.a.
.>.*11.
.wI

;I$# ,y
11ni~.;~~09

iTEN
LEAK-OFFARRANGEMENT

TYPICAL(DOUBLE)ARRAN6EMEWT
Figure 4. Deteil

of TFE/Asbestos

until the shoulder is against the bonnet. If leakage cannot


be stopped in this manner, proceed to the Replacing
Packing section.
If there is undesirable packing leakage with other than
spring-loaded
packing, first try to limit the leakage and
establish a stem seal by tightening the packing flange nuts.
If the packing is relatively new and tight on the stem and if
tightening
the packing flange nuts does not stop the
leakage, it is possible that the valve stem is worn or nicked
so that a seal cannot be made. The surface finish of a new
valve stem is 4 micro-inches (0.1 micro-meter) rms. If the
leakage comes from the outside diameter of the packing, it
is possible that the leakage is caused by nicks or scratches
around the packing box wall. If performing any of the
following procedures, inspect the valve stem and packing
box wall for nicks and scratches.

Pscking

Arsngements

3. If split-ring packing is being added, spread the rings


over the stem, and slide the rings into the packing box.
If solid-ring pscking is being added, remove the stem
connector, and slip the rings over the end of the valve stem.

4. Replace the packing flange and packing follower.


lighten the packing flange nuts (key 5, figure 5) only far
enough to stop leakage under operating conditions.

5. If the valve-actuator stem connection was taken apart,


reconnect according to the appropriate actuator instruction manual.

6. Check for leakage around the packing follower when the


valve is being put into service. Retighten the packing
flange nuts as required.

Addin! Pwklng Rlnpt


When using packing with a lantern ring (key 8,figure 3 or 4).
it is possible to add packing rings above the lantern ring as a
temporary measure without removing the actuator from the
valve body.
1. Remove the packing flange nuts (key 5. figure 5). and lift
the packing flange and follower (keys 3 and 13. figure 5)
away from the valve body.
2. It may be possible to dig out the old packing rings on top
of the lantern ring, but use care to avoid scratching the valve
stem or packing box wall. Clean all metal parts to remove
particles that would prevent the packing from sealing.

ReplacingPacking
1. Disconnect the operating lines from the actuator and
any leak-off piping from the bonnet. Disconnect the stem
connector, and then remove the actuator from the valve by
unscrewing the yoke locknut (key 15, figure 5) or the hex
nuts (key 26, figure 5).
2. Loosen the packing flange nuts (key 5, figure 5)so that
the packing is not tight on the valve stem. Remove any
travel indicator parts and stem locknuts from the valve stem
threads.

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT

PACKlNO
FOLLOWE

(KEY 11)
IEMAU
ADAPYOR

fEMALE
AOAPtOll

lACKINOR I NO

PACKINO

MN0

MALL
ADAPTOR

SPACER (KEY 6)

?ACKINO

SEY (KEY Sl

M CICINO
1 0X
PACKINO

60X RINO (KEY 11)


LOWER
WlPE
-

FOI A11 OfHEX


SOX lllll

FOR 316 OK IT-4rll SST


METAL ~ACKIKK 30X MAT3

SINGLE

NETAL ?ACKIX9
MREIIALS

ARRANGE#ENT
UPPEK

WIPE (KEY 12)

PACKINO
fOLWWE

[KEY 11)

MALE
ADAPTOII

(KEY 30

D.PIIIY.3

meun ,IG

--.....-

..-

73
,

PACKINO
BOX RIND

(KEY 11)
.o....

. I

ASSEYSLY
(PosmvE
PnEssunE4

1
(VACUUM)

112In.
. ..a.

112.7

ASSEinBLY 3
(PosRIw
PRESSURES
b VACUUM)

ASSEMBLY

(POSIYIVE
PRESSURES,

RNI STEM

ASSEMSLY
(VACUUM)

ASSEMBLY
,PoslY;E

PRESSURES
VACUUM)

[l&l.

DOUBLE

WIPER
WY
sol

3/4. 1. w I-l/4 II.


26.4. af 31.1 urnI ITEM

ARRAH6EHENlb
UPPEn WIPER (KEY 121

PACKlNO fOLLOWE (KEY 13)


FEMALE ADAPTOR

(KEY 3Zl

PACKINO RI110 (KEY T)

MALE ADAPTOR (KEY 31)

LANYERN

111110 (KEY Bj

PACKINO

60X

WWE

LEAK-OFF

WtPE

RI110 (KEY 11)

(KEY l0,

ARRANGEMENT

Flgure 3. TFE V-Ring Pscklng

Arrangements

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT


h
Lubricated stud bolt nuts (key 18, figure 8.8 or
9) referred to in step 9 can be identified by a
black film coating on the nut threads.

ICAVTlONl
When lifting the bonnet (key 1, figure 5). be
sure that the valve plug and stem assembly
remains in the valve and on the seat. This will
avoid damage to the seating surfaces as a result
of the assembly dropping from the bonnet after
being lifted part way out. The parts are also
easier to handle separately.

The bolting

3. Unscrew the hex nuts (key 18, figure 8,8 or 9) that bolt
the bonnet and body together and carefully lift the bonnet
off the valve stem. If the valve has a bellows seal bonnet,
separate the bonnet from the bellows seal adaptor (key 17,
figure 5).

4. If the valve plug end stem assembly starts to lift with the
bonnet, use a brass or lead hammer on the end of the stem
and tap it back down. Set the bonnet on a protective surface
to prevent damage to the bonnet gasket surface.

5. Remove the bonnet gasket (key 10. figure 8 through 9).


and cover the opening in the valve body to protect the
gasket surface and prevent foreign material from getting
into the body cavity.

8. Remove the packing flange nuts, packing flange, upper


wiper, and packing follower (keys 5,3,12,
and 13, figure 5).
Carefully push out all the remaining packing parts from the
body side of the bonnet using a rounded rod or other tool
that will not scratch the packing boxwall. Clean the packing
box and the metal packing parts.

7. Inspect the valve stem threads and packing box surfaces


for any sharp edges that might cut the packing. Scratches or
burrs could cause packing box leakage or damage to the
new packing. If the surface condition cannot be improved
by light sanding, replace the damaged parts.

8. Remove the covering protecting the body cavity and


install e new bonnet gasket (key 10, figure 8 through 9).
making sure the gesket seating surfaces are clean and
smooth.

Proper performance

of the tightening

9. Slide the bonnet over the stem and onto the stud bolts
(key 15, figure 8,8, or 9). Lubricate the bolting with NeverSeez* Nickel Special lubricant orequivalent (not necessary
if factory-lubricated stud bolt nuts will be used), and install
the stud bolt nuts (key 18, figure 8,8. or 9) using accepted
bolting procedures during tightening so that the body-tobonnet joint will withstand test pressures and application
service conditions. The bolt torques in table 4 may be used
as guidelines
otherwise.

unless accepted

bolting procedures

dictate

10. Install new packing and the metal packing box parts
according to the appropriate arrangement in figure 3,4, or
5. Place a smooth-edged

pipe over the valve stem, and

gently tap each soft packing part into the packing box,
being sure that air is not trapped between adjacent soft
parts.
1 1. Slide the packing follower, upper wiper, and packing
flange (keys 13,12. and 3, figure 5) into position. Lubricate
the packing flange studs (key 4, figure 5) and the faces of
the packing flange nuts (key 5. figure 5). Replace the
packing flange nuts.
12. For spring-loaded
TFE V-ring packing, tighten the
packing flange nuts until the shoulder on the packing
follower (key 13, figure 5) contacts the bonnet.
For other packing types, tighten the packing
according to accepted bolting procedures.

flange nuts

Mount the actuator on the velve body assembly, and

reconnect
procedure

the actuator and valve stem according to the


in the appropriate actuator instruction manual.

proce-

dures in step 9 compresses the spiral wound


gasket (key 12, figure 6 through 8) or load ring
(key 28, figure 9) enough to both load and seal
the seat ring gasket (key 13, figure 8,8 or 9) and
compresses
the outer edge of the bonnet
gasket (key 10, figure 6 through 9) enough to
seal the body-to-bonnet joint.

T*.6.m** of Nmr.sr*r c0.p.

in step 9 include-

reached, perform this torquing procedure once


again.

13.
Note

procedures

but are not limited to-ensuring


that bolting
threads are clean, and evenly tightening the
nuts onto the studs in a crisscross pattern.
Because of the boltup characteristics of spiral
wound gaskets, tightening one nut may loosen
an adjacent nut. Repeat the crisscross tightening pattern several times until each nut is
tight and the body-to-bonnet
seal is made.
When the operating temperature
has been

Trim Removal
Except where indicated, key numbers in this section are
referenced in figure 8 for Design EWO and Whisper Trim Ill
constructions,
figures 8 and 7 for restricted trim detail,

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT


Table

4. Body-to-Bonnet

FGM gasket sets, figure 8 for Design EWS


and figure 9 for 12 x E-inch, Design EWT
regardless of size, and Class 900 12 x &inch

constructions.
1. Remove the actuator and the bonnet according
1 through
5 of the Replacing Packing section.

Torque

Guidelines

Nonlubricated

BODY SIZE. IN.

figure 7 for
constructions,
constructions

Bolt

2. Packing parts can be removed if desired. Replace these


parts as described
in the Packing Replacement
section.
Remove the load ring (key 26) from a 12 x E-inch body or
the cage adaptor (key 4) from any restricted-trim
body
through 6 x 4 inches, and wrap it for protection.

to steps
3. Lift the valve plug and stem assembly out of the valve
body, and set it on a protective surface. If the valve plug is to
be reused, protect the valve plug seating surface to prevent
scratches. On a 4-inch (102 mm) travel body with Whisper
Trim I cage or on any 12 x O-inch body or body with

When lifting the valve plug stem (key 7) and


attached valve plug (key 2) out of the body, be
certain that the cage (key 3) remains in the body
(key 1). This will prevent cage damage caused
by the cage dropping back into the body after
being lifted part way out.
Use care
surfaces.

to avoid

damaging

gasket

sealing

Each graphite piston ring (key 6) in a Design


EWD body is brittle and in two pieces. Use care
to avoid damage to the piston ring(s) caused by
dropping
or rough handling.
The surface finish of the valve stem (key 7) is
critical for making a good packing seal. The
inside
surface
of the cage or cage/baffle
assembly
(key 3) or cage retainer (key 31) is
critical for smooth operation of the valve plug
and for making a seal with the piston ring (key
6) or seal ring (key 28). The seating surfaces of
the valve plug (key 2) and the seat ring (key 9)
on a metal-seat
construction
are critical for
tight shutoff.Assume
all these pans are in good
condition,
and protect them accordingly
unless
inspection
reveals otherwise.

Whisper Trim III cage, also remove the bonnet spacer (key
32) and bonnet gasket (key 10) on top of the spacer. Then
on any construction
with a cage retainer (key 31), remove
the cage retainer and its associated
gaskets. A Whisper
Trim III cage retainer has two 3/E-inch 16 NPT tappings in
which screws or bolts can be installed for lifting.
4. Remove the cage or cage/baffle
assembly (key 3) and
the associated
gaskets (keys 10, 1 1, and 12). With fullcapacity constructions
that have FGM gasket sets, a shim
(key 53) is used instead of the cage gasket (key 11). If the
cage is stuck in the body, use a rubber mallet to strike the
exposed portion of the cage at several points around its
circumference.
5. Remove the seat ring (key 9) or disc seat (key 22). seat
ring gasket (key 13). and the seat ring adaptor (key 5) and
adaptor gasket (key 14) where used in a restricted-capacity
construction.
Design EWS and EWT TFE-seat constructions use a disc (key 23) sandwiched
between the disc seat
and disc retainer (key 21). A Class 900 8 x 6-inch Design
EWT construction
with Cevitrol
III cage has its spiral
wound gasket (key 12) on the side of the seat ring opposite
the seat ring gasket.
6. Inspect parts for wear or damage that would prevent
proper operation
of the valve. Replace or repair trim parts
according to the following
Lapping Metal Seats or Valve
Plug Maintenance
procedures as appropriate.

-1

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1

(
Lapping Metal Seats
With metal-seat
constructions, seating surfaces of the
valve plug and seat ring (keys 2 and 9. figure 6.8. or 9) can
be lapped for improved shutoff. (Deep nicks should be
machined out rather than ground out.) Use a commercial
lapping compound or a mixture of 600.grit carbomndum
and solidified vegetable oil.
Assemble the valve to the extent that the cage (and cage
retainer and bonnet spacer if used) is in place and the
bonnet bolted to the body. A simple handle can be made
from a piece of strap iron locked to the valve plug stem with
nuts. Rotate the handle alternately in each direction to lap
the seats, After lapping, remove the bonnet, and clean the
seat surfaces. Completely assemble the valve as described
in the Assembly portion of the Trim Maintenance section,
and test the valve for shutoff. Repeat the lapping procedure
if leakage is still excessive.

Valve Plug Maintenance


Except where indicated, key numbers in this section are
referenced in figure 6 for Design EWD valve plugs, figure 8
for Design EVVS valve plugs, and figure 9 for Design EWT
valve plugs.

If replacing the piston ring (key 6) or seal ring


(key 28). be careful not to scratch the surfaces
of the ring groove in the valve plug or any of the
surfaces of the replacement ring, or the replacement ring may not seal properly.
1. With the valve plug (key 2) removed according to the
Disassembly section, proceed as appropriate:
For the Design EWD carbon-filled TFE piston ring, the ring
is split in one place. If there is visible damage, spread the
ring slightly, and remove it from the groove in the valve
Ph3.
To install a carbon-filled TFE piston ring, spread the ring
apart slightly at the split, and install it over the stem and into
the groove in the valve plug. The open side must face along
the stem, depending on flow direction, as shown in view A
of figure 6.
For each Design EWD graphite piston ring, the ring can
be easily removed since it is in two pieces. A new graphite
piston ring is furnished as a complete ring and must be

7r~dom*Lof Dewcomingcow.

broken into two approximately equal portions. Do this by


placing the ring horizontally in avise and applying pressure
until the ring snaps. An alternate method is to place the ring
on edge on a smooth, hard surface and strike the ring
squarely with a hammer. Be sure to match the broken ends
when installing the ring in the valve plug groove.

For the Design EWT seal ring without spring loading, the
ring cannot be reused as it is a closed ring, which must be
pried and/or cut from the groove. Then the elastomeric
backup ring (key 29). which is split, can be spread slightly
and removed.
To install a new seal ring without spring loading. apply
Molykote*
No. 80 lubricant or equivalent
to both the
backup ring and seal ring (keys 29 and 28). Place the
backup ring over the stem (key 7) and into the groove. Place
the seal ring over the top edge of the valve plug (key 2) so
that it enters the groove on one side of the valve plug.
Slowly and gently stretch the seal ring, and work it over the
top edge of the valve plug. The TFE material in the seal ring
must be permitted time to cold-flow during the stretching
procedure; so avoid jerking sharply on this ring. Stretching
the seal ring over the valve plug may make it seem unduly
loose when in the groove, but it will contract to its original
size after insertion into the cage.

For the Design EWT spring-loaded


seal ring, the ring
used on a valve plug having a 5-3/8 inch (138.5 mm)or less
port diameter may be removed undamaged by first working
the retaining ring (key 27) off with a screwdriver. Then
carefully slide the metal backup ring (key 29) end seal ring
(key 28) off the valve plug (key 2). The spring-loaded seal
ring used on a valve plug having a 7-inch (178 mm) or
greater port diameter must be carefully pried and/or cut
from its groove. Therefore, it cannot be reused.
Aspring-loaded
seal ring must be installed so that its open
side faces toward either the top or the bottom of the valve
plug, depending on flow direction, as shown in view A of
figure 8 or 9.To install a spring-loaded seal ring on a valve
plug with a 5-3/8 inch (136.5 mm) or less port diameter,
slide the seal ring (key 28) onto the valve plug followed by
the metal backup ring (key 29). Then install the retaining
ring (key 27) by insetting one end in the groove and, while
turning the plug, press the ring into the groove. Again. be
careful not to scratch any surfaces of the ring or plug.
To install the seal ring on a valve plug with 7-inch (178 mm)
or greater port diameter, lubricate it with Molykote NO. 80
or equivalent. Then gently stretch the seal ring, and work it
over the top edge of the valve plug. The TFE material in the
seal ring must be permitted time to cold-flow
during
stretching procedure: so avoid jerking sharply on the ring.
Stretching the seal ring over the valve plug may make it
seem unduly loose when in the groove, but it will contract
to its original size after insertion into the cage.

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT


Table 5. Groove Pin Replacement
VALVE SfEM CONNECTION

Never reuse an old stem or connection stud


with a new valve plug, Using an old stem or stud
with a new plug requires drilling a new groove
pin hole in the stem (or stud in case a bellows
seal bonnet is being used). This weakens the
stem or stud and may cause it to fail in service.
However, a used valve plug may be reused with
a new stem orstud exceptwith Cavitrol Ill trim.

Note
The valve plug and valve plug stem for Cavitrol
Ill trim are a matched set and must be ordered
together. If the Cavitrol Ill valve plug or valve
plug stem is damaged, replace the entire
assembly (key 2, figure 9).
2. To replace the Design EWD. EWS, or EWTvalve stem
(key 7) or connection stud (key 24, figure 5). drive out the
groove pin (key 8). and unscrew thestem or stud from the
valve plug.
3. Tightly turn in the new stem or stud: then refer to table 5
to select the proper drill size. Drill through the stem orstud,
using the hole in the valve plug as a guide. Remove any
chips or burrs, and drive in a new groove pin to lock the
assembly. On a bellows seal bonnet assembly, thread the
new stem into the stud.

Trim Replacement
Except where indicated, key numbers are referenced in
figure 6 for Design EWD and WhisperTrim Ill constructions,
figures 6 and 7 for restricted trim detail, figure 7 for FGM
gasket sets. and figure 9 for Class 900 8 x g-inch. 12 x 8inch, and Design EWT constructions.
1. With a restricted-trim

seat ring construction,

install the

In.

l/Z
3t4
1
l-Cl4

(SC)

mm

DRILL SIZE.
IN.

12.7
1st
25.4
31 .a

110
3/l 0
l/4
114

4. Slide the valve plug (key 2) and stem assemblyorvalve


plug and bellows seal assembly into the cage. Make sure
the piston ring or seal ring (key 6 or 28) is evenly engaged in
the entrance chamfer at the top of the cage (key 3) or cage
retainer (key 31) to avoid damaging the ring.
or ! 4 ifused. and i0) and
5. Place the gaskets (keys 12,ll
the shim if used (key 53) on top of the cage or cage retainer.
If there is a cage adaptor (key 4) or a bonnet spacer (key 32).
set it on the cage orcage retainergaskets
and place another
flat sheet gasket (key 10) on top of the adapter or spacer. If
there is only a cage retainer or bonnet spacer, place another
flat sheet gasket on the retainer or spacer.
6. With a 12 x 8-inch body, install the load ring (key 26).

1 CAUTION
If the packing
removed
installing

is to be reused

and was not

from the bonnet, use care when


the bonnet to avoid damaging the

packing with the valve stem threads.


7. Mount the bonnet on the body, and complete assembly
according to steps 9 through 13 of the Replacing Packing
section, omitting steps 10 and 11 if new packing is not
being installed and being sure to observe the note prior to
step 9.

Bellows Seal Replacement


Refer to figure 5 except where indicated.

adaptor gasket (key 14) and seat ring adaptor (key 5).
2. Install the seat ring gasket (key 13). seat ring or liner
key 9). or disc seat (key 22). With a TFE-seat construction.
install the disc and disc retainer (keys 21 and 23). With a
Class 900 8 x 6-inch Design EWT body with Cavitroi Ill
cage, install the spiral wound gasket (key 12) on the seat
ring.
3. Install the cage or cage/baffle assembly (key 3). Any
rotational orientation of the cage or assembly with respect
to the body is acceptable.
A Whisper
Trim Ill cage
designated by level A3, 63, or C3 may be installed with
either end up. The level D3 cage/baffle
assembly or
Cavibol Ill cage assembly, however, must be installed with
the hole pattern end next to the seat ring. If e cage retainer
(key 31) is to be used, place it on top of the cage.

10

1. Remove the actuator end bonnet accordihg to steps 1


through 5 of the Replacing Packing section.
2. Screw the stem locknuts onto the valve plug stem, and
lock the nuts together. Hold a wrench on the flats of the
shaft extending out the top of the bellows seal assembly
(key 20). and use a wrench on the stem locknuts to unscrew
the valve plug stem from the bellows seal assembly. Then
remove the cap screws (key 23) from the bellows seal
adaptor (key 17). and unscrew the bellows seal assembly
from the connection stud (key 24).
3. Install the replacement
bellows seal assembly by
screwing it onto the connection stud. Make sure that the
new gaskets (key 21). anti-rotator (key 18). and the travel
stop (key 19) are in place.

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT


4. Bolt the bellows seal assembly
adaptor with cap screws.

to the bellows seal

PARTS ORDERING

5. Hold a wrench on the flats of the shaft extending out the


top of the bellows seal assembly, and screw the valve plug

stem into the shaft.


6. Install all new gaskets between the bellows seal adaptor
and the body and between the bellows seal adaptor and the
bonnet.
7. Mount the bonnet on the body and complete assembly
according to steps 9 through 13 of the Replacing Packing
section, omitting steps 10 and 11 if new packing is not
being installed.

PARTS LIST

16

Each body-bonnet assembly is assigned a serial number,


which can be found on the body. This same number also
appears on the actuator nameplate when the body is
shipped from the factory IS part of a control valve assembly.
Refer to the serial number when contacting your Fisher
representative
for technical assistance. When ordering
replacement parts, referto the serial number and to the llcharacter pert number for each part required from the
following parts list.

Dircription

P6n

Numbrr

Pip6 Plup for doubletapped bonnet


For 4 6 2 thru 12 6 6 body

21

Sti26l for WC6 St661

Bonnet Assembly
(figures 2-5)
KV
1
2
3
4

5
6
7
6

10
11
12.
13
14

14
14

15

Dossription

P6tt Numbor

Bonnet
ttsnrion Bonnet
Bushing
Packing Flange
Packing Flange
Studs

See following table


See following tsbl6
See following t6bl6
See fOtlOWi,#Qt6bls

P6cking Fl6ngs
Nuts
St6 following
Single TFE V-Ring Packing
SE1
See following
Individual Packing
Ring
Ser following
Pecking Box Spring or lant6m
Ring
See following

table
table
table
t6bls

lndividu6l Packing
Ring
Se6 following t6ble
Sp6ci6l W6sher
See following table
P6cking Box Ring
S66 following table
Upper Wipsr
Se6 following tsbls
P6cking follow6r
S66followingt6bl6
Picking Box Pip6 PIUQ
St661 for WCB stsst
bonnrt
tA7675 24662
31% SST for chrome moly 61661or
31% SST bonnst
lA7675 35072
Lubricrtor. 6t661/440
SST
0V0873 OO0A2
LbriCEtOr/tSOlEtingV6b. Atry.
Cd pl stsrl
A16429 OO0A2
Yok6 Locknut, Et601
2-13/1c
(71 mm) yOk6
boss
tE6074 23062
3-8/l 6 (90mm) yoke
bO6S
1 E6327 23062

~nuomm.nd.6

.pem pm.

17

1%

19

20

bonnet
1A3692 24092
316 SST for chrome moly steel or
31% SST bonnet
1A3692 35072
For 12 6 6 body
St661 for WCB ~1661
1 A7675 24662
bonnet
31% SST for chrome moly steel or
lA7675 35072
3 1% SST bonnet
861iOW6 5661 Adaptor
Steel for WC9 st66l bonnet
4 x 2 body
1R3356 24492
6 x 4 x 2.112. 6 x 4. or 8 x 4
body
2113698 24492
6-x %-or 12~ 6
tU5115 24492
body
316SSTforC6st6elor316SSTbonn6t
4 x 2 body
lR3356 35072
6 x 4 x 2.112. 6 x 4. or 8 x 4
body
2R3699 35072
8 I 6 or 12 x 6
body
2U5115 35072
WC9 Et661 fOf WC9 6teEl bonnet
4 x 2 body
1R3356 X0022
6- x 4 x 2-l/2. 6 x 4 0,
6 x 4 body
2R3698 X0022
Bx%or12x%
2U5115 X0022
body
96110~6 Sell Anti-Rotator. 17-4PH SST
4 x 2 body
tR3362 35012
6 x 4 6 2-l/2. B x 4. 0, 8 x 4
body
1 R3702 35012
Br%or12x%
body
lR3702 35012
Se61 Tnvel Slop. 31% SST
4 1. 2 body
1 R3359 35072
6 x 4 x 2-1 f2. 6 x 4. or 8 x 4
body
1 R3701 35072
8 I 6 or 12 6 6
body
lR3701 36072
B6llows SC61 A68.y. 3 1% SST
4 x 2. body
2R336B OOOA2
6 x 4 I 2-112. 6 x 4. or 8.. x 4
body
2R3705 00OA2
8 x 6 0, 12 6 6
body
2R3705 OO0A2

DEEcription

22

23

hIlOwS

24

P6rt Numbor

Bsllowr S66l Anti-Rotstor G6sket (2 reqd)


To %OOF(427C). 6SbeStO6
4 x 2 body
1 R3363 04022
6 x 4 x 2-l/2. 6 6 4. o, 8 6 4
body
1 R37tJ3 04022
6 I 6 or 12 6 6
body
1 R3703 MO22
Over 8oOF (427C). ltminsted gmphite
4 I 2 body
1 R3363 04262
8 x 4 x 2-l/2 6 x 4. 0, 8 x 4
body
1 R3703 04262
9 x 6 or 12 6 6
body
1 R3703 01262
Ballows SEEI BOnnEt G66kst
To 90O*F (427C). asbestos
4 I 2 body
1 R3299 04022
6 x 4 x 2-l /2. 6 6 4. or 8 6 4
body
1 R3724 04022
6 6 B or 12 6 6
body
1 U5OBl 04022
0v6r BOOF (427C). ISminEtOdQrsphits
4 x 2 body
1 R3299 04262
6 x 4 6 2.1 f2. 6 x 4.: 01 6 x 4
1 R3724 04282
bodV
8X6or12x%
body
1 U5OBl 04262
B6llOWS

SE61 c6p SCr6W (4 taqd)


To 460F (232C). pl st66l
4 6 2 body
1 A381 6 24052
6 x 4 x 2-r/2*: B x 4. 0,B x 4body
1A3449 24062
6 x B 0, 12 6 6
lA3449 24052
body
fhrr 45OF (232.C). SST
4 x 2 body
lA3816 38992
6 6 4 x 2.1/2.6
6 4. 0, 8 6 4
body
1 A3449 XOOBZ
8~6or126%
body
lA3449 XOOBZ
B6tlOW6Se61 Connection Stud. 31% SST
4 x 2 bo&y
1 U2266 35012
0 x 4 6 2-l/2. 6 x 4. 8 x 4.
8 x 6. or 12 6 6
body
1 U2217 35072

11

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1

\
La..
DETAIL
OFs in.1121
amIrollt
IOUAAUATot
lOLTllll
S...
?UlN

IOKWET

DETAIL OF I2 f I fUII
TOKE 101: IOLllil~

OOOILE-TA?tfI

EKTtltlOR

Figure 5. Typical Bonnets Shown with Single TFE V-Ring Packing

IDllKf~

Sat

DO@

26

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT

K.Y

Description

25
26

Psti Number

Cap Screw !or 5 (127 mm) yaks boss,


steel (8 reqd)
1 AS362 24052
Her Nut for 5 (127 mm) yoke boss. pl
steel (8 reqd)
lA3433
24122

27

Dsrcription

Patt Number

Pipa Nipple for IubricrtorlirolatinQ


Class 300 or 600 bonnet
1 D2397
SICSI
102397
SST
Class 900 bonnet
1 P3207
SlSSl
1 P3207
SST

Darcription

valva

28

26232
XC01 2

29

26992
36022

Pert Number

30

WerninQ Plato for bellows seal bonnet.


SST
1 E6174 36022
Drive Screw for bellows reel bonnet,
SST (2 rrqd)
lA3682
28982
Lower Wiper
See fOtlOWinQ table

31
32.

hIsI* Adaptor
Female Adaptor

Se. followinQ lrbl.


See fOllOWinQ table

Key 1 Bonnet
BODY
SIZE.
IN.

STEM
In.

DIA
mm

l/2

12.7

314

19.1

4x2

l/2

6 x 4 x t-112.
6 x 4. or
6x4

314

314

12.7

19.1

25.4

19.12

8x6or
12x 6,
Class
300 or 600

900

12x 8.
:Iasr
lOOor 600

12x 8
ZllSS

mo

.m*.

a.*.

plain
ext. style
ext. style
ext. slyls
ext. style

1
1
2
2

Strel

c5 Steel

WC9

316

Steel

SST

2R3305
2R3315
2R3321
3R3317
3R3322
3R3319

23022
22012
22012
22012
22012
22012

2R3303 29022
2R3315 29022
2R3321 29022
3R3317 29022
3R332229022
3R3319 29022

2R3303
2R3315
2A3321
3R3317
3R3322
3R3319

29032
29032
29032
29032
29032
29032

ZR330333092
2R3315
33092
2R3321
33092
3R3317
33092
JR3322
33092
3R3319
33092

22012
22012
22012

ZR330429022
2115456 29022
3U6708 29022

2R3304
2U5456
3U6706

29032
29032
29032

2R3304
33092
2U5456
33092
3U670833092

2R3666
29032
2R3200 29032
2R3676
29032
3R3685
29032
3R3684
29032
3R366629032

ZR366633092
tR320033092
2R3678
33092
3R3665
33092
3R3684
33092
3R3688
33092
2R3667
2R3202
2R3680
3R3687
3R3686
3R3689

6mQlc-tapped
Singta-tapped
Single-tapped

plain
ext. style 1
ext. style 2

2R3304
2U5456
3U87OB

6inQle-tapped
Double-tapped
Single+epped
Double-tapped
Single-tapped
Bellows seal

plain
ext. style
ext. styla
ext. style
ext. slyle

1
1
2
2

2R366923022
2R3200
22012
2R367B 22012
3R3685
22012
3R3684
22012
3R3688
22012

2R3666
2R3200
tR3678
3R3665
3R3664
3R3668

Single-lapped
Double-tapped
Single-tapped
Double-tapped
Single-tapped
Bellows seal

plain
ext. style
ext. style
ext. style
ext. style

1
1
2
2

2R3667
2R3202
2R3680
3R3687
3R3686
3R3689

22012
22012
22012
22012
22012
22012

2R366729022
213202
29022
2R3680 29022
3R3667 29022
3R3666 29022
313669
29022

2R3667
2R3202
2R3680
3R3607
3R3686
3R3669

Single-tapped
Double-tapped
Single-tapped
Single-lapped

plain
ext. style 1
ext. style 1
ext. style 2

ZR3668
3115675
3u5740
2V6665

22012
22012
22012
22012

2R3668
3U5675
3u5740
2V6665

29022
29022
29022
29022

ZR366629032
3U5675
29032
3U5740
29032
. . .

2R3668
33092
3U567533092
3t.574033092
2V6665
33092

Single-tapped
Double-tapped
Single-tapped
Double-tapped
Single-tapped
8eIlows seal

plsin
ext. style
ext. style
ext. style
ext. atyle

3U5094
3u5105
3u5104
2U5112
2U5113
2U5114

23022
22012
22012
22012
22012
22012

3u5092
3u5105
3u5104
2U5112
ZU5113
tU5114

29022
29022
29022
29022
29022
29022

3U5092
3U5105
3U5104
2U5112
2U5113
2115114

29032
29032
29032
29032
29032
29032

3U5092
3U5105
3u5104
ZU5112
ZU5113
2U5114

1
1
2
2

29022
29022
29022
29022
29022
29022

29032
29032
29032
29032
29032
29032

33092
33092
33092
33092
33092
33092

33092
33092
33092
33092
33092
33092

25.4

SinpIe-rapped
Double-tapped
Single-tapped

plain
ext. stylr 1
ext. style 1

2115098
3115107
3U5108

22012
22012
22012

2U5098
3u5107
3U5108

29022
29022
29022

2U5098
3U5107
3U5106

29032
29032
29032

2115098 33092
3u510733092
3U5108
33092

1.1/4=

31 .8a

Single-tapped
Double-tapped
Single-tapped

plain
ext. style 1
ext. style 1

2U5099
3u5109
3u5110

22012
22012
22012

2u5099
3u5109
3u5110

29022
29022
29022

2U5099
30A3281
3U5110

29032
X01 2
29032

2U5099
3U5109
3u5110

J/4
1
l-1145

19.1
25.4
31.8

Single-tapped
SinpIe-tapped
Single-tapped

3i4a

19.1

Double-tapped
Single-tapped

25.4

1.1/4=

31.8

314
1
1-114s

19.1

9ingle.tapped

25.4
31 .a=

SinQle.tapped
Single-tapped

H.S P.Is,l*,7
mmll*OL* bo,,.
H., J-s/Is- Is0 mm, rob be.,.

%romm*nd*d

Singlr.tapped
Double-tapped
I Single-tapped
Double-tapped
Single-tapped
Bellows seal

WCB

lx6
ha

MATERIAL

BONNET
STYLE

. . .
. . .
. . .

. . .
. ..
. . .

33092
33092
33092
. . .
. ..
. . .

32Al452
3lA8234
30A5369

X012
X012
X012

ext. style 1
ext. style 1

3OA3279
30A3270

X012
X01 2

3OA3279
30A3270

X042
X042

30A3279
30A3270

Xl02
Xl02

30A3279
30A3270

Oouble.rapped
Single-tapped

ext. style 1
ext. style 1

30A3280
30A3274

X012
X012

30A3280
3OA3274

X042
X042

30A3280
30A3274

Xl02
Xl02

3OA328OX062
3OA3274 X062

Double-tapped
Single-tapped

ext. slyla 1
ext. style 1

30A3281
30A3275

X01 2
X012

30A3281
3OA3275

X042
X042

30A3261
30A3275

Xl02
X102

30A3261
X062
30A3275X062

45A9271
45A9273
45A9272

X012
X012
X012

45A9271
45A9273
45A9272

X032
X032
X032

45A9271 X042
45A9273X042
45A9272XO42

. . .
. . .
. . ,

,. W,S *- (07 mm, *Oh. ban..


4. NS, b, 1.1 ,ser, @Oo,~I7T,.

Sp.ch 116H SST Ier Y.. .bow.

Mof

X062
X062

,427--l

13

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT


Key 2 Extrnrion

Bonnet

Eturhing

BODY

STEM

DIA

In.

IN.

STYLE

mm
12.7

l/2
4x2

6xlor
6x4

3/4

19.1

l/2

12.7

19.1

3/4

25.4

siaor
12x6

Keys

1 R3360

35072

31222

lR3518

35072

31222

1 MS18

35072

1 A351 8 24492

lR3518

1 OA2908

1 OA2906

314

1 R3586

24492

1 A3566

31222

1 R3566

35072

1 f7351e

24492

1 R3518

31222

lR3516

35072

1 R3713

24492

lR3713

31222

lR3713

35072

1
2

1 US676

24492

lU5676

31222

1115676

35072

lOA

X012

31.6

13.

30.

X022

lOA2986XO32

1 R3518

24492

lR3518

31222

lR3518

i U7632

24492

1117632

31222

lU7632

35072

lU5676

31222

lU5676

31222

1 US276

3 1222

lU5278

35072

6 24492
24492

31.

Kay

Kay 3
Pecking Flange

SST

35072

4 Stud

Key 6 Hex

Bok

(2 reqd)

Nut

(2 mqd)

1 E9442

23072

1 E9444

31032

lE9445

24112

1 F3803

35072

1 E9444

35222

1 E9445

35252

1 E944a

23072

1 E9449

31032

lE9446

24112

SST

1 F3904

35072

1 E9449

35222

lE9446

35252

Steel
316 SST

OVO024
1 Ii7982

25052
36072

OVO025

31032

Steel
316 SST

OWOS56
1 JlOO7

25052
35072

SlCCl

25.4

11. 12.

lOA

Steel

316

l-1/4

lOA2906XO32

X022

and Nuts

19.1

X01 2

Matori*

12.7

8. 10,

31222

lR3518

1 U5276

l/2

7..

1 R3360

24492

316

6.

24492

1 R351a

31.8

STEM

Keys

1 R3360

l-1/4

mm

SST

1 U567

In.

316

lOA2909X032

Studs,

X01 2

X022

25.4

Flung%

iOA2909

1 OA2909

3. 4. and 5 Packing

MATERIAL

Chrome-Moly

Sad

19.1

314

BUSHING

EXTENSION

SIZE.

and 32.

Packing

lA3433

24112

OVO02535222

lA3433

35252

OW0669

31032

lA36al

24112

OWO869

35222

lA3661

35252

Box Pans

I
STEM

KEY

DESCRIPTION

NO.
Stnglc

set. TFE

pxkmg

Pecking

Ring,

Quantity

TFE

Leak-off
Lower

Wiper.

TFE

M~ls Adaptor. TFE (1 rcqd


single of 2 rcqd for double

TFE
1 V-riyg
PaCklng

Fcmslc

Adaptor.

single

or 2 rcqd

Spring.

SST

Lantern

Ring.

for
or leak-off)

(for sinpis

only)

SST (for double

.-..
rl
0-q Y

Spccirl

Washer.

Packing

Ring.

Ousntity

reqd

double
Packing

Common

Leak-off

TFElrsbcstor

14

<CT
II
-1.
,.

or 2 reqd
aos

Packing

lC762801012

[mm)

01012

01012

1 R2906

I(37529

01012

1 D3876

. .

.- ._.--.
,F124,01012

1I

. .a .

II2

. *.

10

-.-

lF12430,012

1 F1255
.-----1
I lJ9623

37012

1 J6723

06992

._.-.__.
lF1246

01012

.- .-..
lF1242

-IL
:
01012

01012
3

. .

lJ672206992

01012

. . .

-_
81

(31.6)

lR2906

30

l-1/4

1 (26.4)

158724

I36992

lH9825

01012

lH995701012

lH9824

01012

lH9956

1 1 J6725

06992

1
01012

2 35072

ON0284
F1256 1 37012
35072

DUO997
105029 1 35072
37012

OWO071
103074 I 37012
35072

7
Double

. . .

Leek-off

. *.

for Icrk.off)
316

Ring

felt

follower.

316

I2
I

1 lFl251

36042

1 E3190

01042

. . .

lF125036O42

1 H9622

lE3191

107516

01042

10

. . .
1 H9959

X0012

lD7520

XOOl2

36042

36042

~rn
A1 tee
8-v
I,

pans
Wiper.

only)

only)

SST

17.4Ptf
Upper

Rinp ,,

lC7527

a
or leak-off

SST (for single

packing
bntern

IN.

Double

Q..h,
..a.,

TFE/rtbcstor

1 R2904

01012

DIA.

(19.1)

1R290201012

32

or leak-off)

3/4

TFE (1 rcqd for


for double

(12.7)

. . .

Single
Double

reqd

l/2

SST

SST

lJ962335072

ON028435072

11

lJ6.73235072

lJ6733

11

35012
. . .

. . .

DUO99735072

OW0871

35072
. . .

. . .
1 Ja734

35012

lJa735

35012

12

lJ872706332

1 Ja72a

06332

1 J6729

06332

1 J6730

06332

13

lE944335072

129447

35072

1 H9623

35072

1 H9964

35072

-R*wnm*nd.d

Wl.

P.

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1


Dwcrfption

Part Numbw

Body Assembly
(figures 6-9)

1
2*
3
4

Vdvr Body
See following table
Valvt PIUQ
See following tablet
ClQI
See following tables
Capr Adaptor for rrrtricted-capacity
6 x 4 x 2.112 body
WCB steel for WCB steel
body
lV705722012
410 SST Ii1 for c5 0, WCS steel
body
lV7057X0012
316 SST for 318 SST
lV7057 33092
bW

Scat Fling.Ad@ptor
for rcrttic-ctd-srpacity
6- x 4 x 2.112 body
WCB steel for WCB steel
1 U2396 22012
bodV
410 SST HT for C6 or WCS steel
body
1 lJ2396 X0032
316 SST for 316 SST
body
1112396 33092
Design EWD Piston Ring
Class II shutoff minimum (1 reqd)
To 45OF (232OC). carbon-filled TFE
(not used w/l 2 x 8 body)
4 x 2 body
1 U2257 05092
6 1. 4 x 2-l/2
body
1 u2299 05092
8 x 4 or 8 x 4
body
1 U2391 05092
8 I 6 or 12 x 6
body
1 U5068 05092
for Whisper Trim III
cager
13A4BB8 X01 2
For all except Whisper Trim Ill
cager
1 U5068 05092
Over 45OF (232C). graphite
4 x 2 body
1 U2258 05 102
6 x 4 x 2-112
body
lU2300 05102
8 x 4 or 8 I 4
lU2392 05102
t--M
B~x6orl2x6
bdv
For Whisper Trim Ill
cager
llA9727 X012
For all except Whirpw trim Ill
Cag.1
1 U5069 05012
1lx 8body
lOA
X012
Optional Class IV shutoff. graphite
6~ 4 or 8 I 4 body (3 reqd)
Standard
1?A3988xo12
High-tamp
17A3908 X022
8 I 6 or 12 x 8 body (3 rsqd)
For Whiapw Trim III cross
Standard
17A39BS X01 2
High-trmp
17A3989X022
For all except Whispw Trim Ill cager
Standard
17A3990 X01 2
High.tcmp
17A3990 X022
12 x 8 body (2 rrqd)
Standard
17A3991 X01 2
High-tamp
17A3991 x022

Ruomm*ndrd

,L

Pm.

W
7
8.

Dosctlption

Pan Number

K*v

V&a PfUQStem
See following tsblos
Groove Pin, 316 SST
Design EWD of EWT
l/2 (12.7 mm) stem
lV3227 35072
dia
3/4 (19.1 mm) stem
dir
lV328035072
1 (25.4 mm) or l-114 (31.6 m) stem
lV3340 35072
dia
Daripn EWS
l/2 (12.7 mm) stem
dia
185998 35072
3/c (19.1 mm) stem
dir
1 F7238 35072
1 (25.4 mm) or l-l/4 (31.6 mm)
stem dia
102897 35072

16

9.
Seat Ring
Ssr following table
10. thru 14. Gaskets
See following table
15
Stud Bolt, steel
Plain, ext. style 1. or 8x1 style 2 bonnet
4 x 2 body (8 raqd)
Cwitrol Ill c,ger
1 P5823 31012
All other
constructions
lK2429 31012
6 x 4. 6 I 4 x 2-l/2. or 8 I 4
body (8 reqd)
Cavltrol Ill cager
13A5819X012
All other
constructions
lR3690 31012
8 x 6 Class 300 or 600 body
(12 reqd)
Cwitrol Ill c*gcr
2 (51 mm)
lA3668 31012
travel
5 (127 mm)
travel
11 A8276 X01 2
Whisper Trim Ill cages
Design MD or
Ew-r
12A3315 X012
Design EWS
lA3656 31012
Whlspw Trim I
12A3277 X012
es**
All other
constructions
lA3858 31012
8- x 8 Class 900 body (12 rsqd)
CavitrolIllcagss
llAB237X012
All other
constructions
16A5490 X01 2
12 x 6 body (12 reqd)
Whfsper Trim Ill cages
Design EWD or
llA9096 X012
Ewl
Design EWS
lA3658 31012
Whirpor Trim I
c**e
lR5807 31012
All other
conrtructionr
lA3858 31012
12 x B body (18 rrqd)
Class 300 or 600
body
109452 31012
Class 900 body
15A3906 X01 2
Bellows seal bonnet
4 x 2 body
(8 reqd)
lP5823 31012
6 I 4. 6 x 4 x 2.112 or 8 x 4
body (B reqd)
1N6604 XOO12
8~6or12x8body
(12 reqd)
lU508B 31012

17

1s

19
21.

22

Dwcfiptlon

Pafl Number

Stud Bolt Nut. strel


4 x 2 body (8 reqd)
Nonlubricated
lA3772 24072
Factoy lubricated
1 A3772 X0242
8 x4. B- x 4 x 2.112. 0, 8 x 4body (8 roqd)
Nonlubricated
lA3520 24072
Factorylubricated
1A3520X0172
8 x 6 OI 12 x 6 Class 300 or 600
body (12 reqd)
Nonlubricated
1 A4409 24072
F~ctoylubricated
1A4409 X0202
8 I 8 Class 900 body (12 reqd).
nonlubricated
1 D7167 24072
12~ 8 body (18 rrqd). nonlubricated
Class 300 0, 600
lA4452 24072
Class 900
1 NB505 24072
Pipe Plug for drain-tapped body
Steal for WCE steel
body
lA7716 28992
316 SST for C6 or WC9 steal or 316
SST body
1 A7715 35072
Flow Arrow. SST
Standard or Cavkrol
cager
lV1060 38982
Whisper Trim
cages
lV4170 38982
Drive screw. SST
(2 rcqd)
1 A3682 28982
Disc Retainer for TFE-seat Design EWS
or EWT
4 x 2 body.
316 SST
lV7108 35072
6 x 4 x 2.112 body.
316 SST
lV7109 35072
6 x 4 or 8 x 4 body.
316 SST
1 V7115 33092
8. I 6 or 12 x 6 body.
316 SST
lV7llB 33092
For Whisper Trim Ill
C,ag.%
23A4937 X012
For all except Whisper Trim Ill
cager
1 V7118 33092
12 x 8 body
316 SST
1 OA4466 X01 2
Alloy X 6 (CoCr-A)
1OA4466 X022
Disc Seat for TFE-scat Dcsipn EWS or
EWT
4 x 2 body
316 SST
1 OA5936 X01 2
416 SST HT
lOA
X072
6 x 4 x 2-l/2 body.
316 SST
iv7113 35072
B x 4 body.
316 SST
IV71 25 33092
6 x 4 body.
316 SST
lV7126 33092
8 x 6 or 12 x 6 Class 300 or 800
body. 316 SST
For Whisper Trim Ill
cager
23A4939 X01 2
Forall except Whimpw Trim Ill cages
2 (51 mm) or r (76 mm)
tVl
2V7217 33092
4(102mm)tvl
20AllBOX012
8 x 6 Class 900 body.
318 SST
21A9344 X012
12 x 8 bodv
316SST

20A4467 X012
Alloy X 8 (Co0.A)
20A4467 X022

15

D8signS

EWD, EWS, & EWT

vltw*
flow

mm...

VIEW
UC

f LOW

A
DOW

COIIECTOllElTAllOR
OF C1l:W
RLLEITFE~I:fOR1111

. ..B.

Kllll OFIulTIrLt
tllTOlII10FOI
CUIIII SWOTOFF

lESfllCfEITlll
lETAl

COIIPLETE
IO01AISENILVWITII
)IwIcNIrnlvlil
CASE
AllD:IllCLE
PAAtliITE
1lSTOll
RIM

Figure 6. Design EWD

16

Valve Body through

12 x 6 Inches

Designs EWD, EWS, & EVVT


.

Figure 7. FGM Gasket Set De:&

W
23.

26

27

Description

Pert

Number

Disc for TFE-seat Design EWS or EWT.


TFE
lV7107 06242
4 x 2 body
6 I 4 x 2-l/2
lV711006242
b=v
6 1. 4 or 8 %4
body
lV7116 06242
8 x 6 or 12 x 6 body
Far Whisper Trim III
cages
13A4936 X01 2
For ril except Whisper Trim III
cages
IV7119 06242
Load Ring for 12 x 6 body only
17-4PH SST
20A3267 X01 2
lnconel t
20A3267X022
Retaining Ring for spring-loaded Design
EWT real rings, 302 SST
4 x 2 body
All except Z-stage Cavitrol 111
construction
lOA
X012
2-stage Catitlol III
construction
lOA
X01 2
6 x 4~ 2-l /It body, std construction
lOA
X012
Only
6 x 4 or 8 x 4 body
111
All except 2-stage C.vitrOl
construction
lDA4225 X01 2
2-stqfl Cwftrol Ill
construction
lOA
X012
8xBorl2~6body.Whisper
Trim Ill or 2.stag* Cwitrol Ill
constructiononly
lOA541OXO12

,cam.nd.d
.pw. pm.
, he&la ei *Iwn*,mll*,
NICL., Compmy.
*s@mg 4 .*t.q
c. I a.d.m,n
* s,,r,*.

0% Clbol Corp.

W
20.

Description

Part

Number

Design EWT Seal Ring for all except


Cwiool Ill constructions
Carbon-filled TFE (not used w/12 x
8 body)
4 x 2 body
1V550605092
6 x 4 x 2.1/2
bodV
lV6595 06092
6 x 4 0, 8 x 4
body
lV6699 05092
8 x 6 or 12 x 6 body
For Whisper Trim Ill
llA9729 X012
cager
For std. Whisper Trim I. or
Cevitrol I
cager
lV6601 05092
Spring-IordcdS TFE
4 x 2 body
lOA
X01 2
6 x 4 x 2.1 J2
lOA
X012
body
6 x 4 or 6 x 4
lOA
X012
body
6x6or12-x6body
For std. Whisper Trim I. or Cavitrol
I cages
lOA2643X022
For Whkpor Trim 111
lOA
1 X022
cager
12 I 6 bodv
lOA
X012

W
28

26.

Description

Part Number

Design EWT Seal Ring for rll except


Cwiizol Ill constructions (Continued)
Spring-Loaded: FEP
4 I 2 body
1 OA4206 X022
6 x 4 x 2-l/2
1 OA4215 X022
body
6 x 4 or 8 x 4
1 OA4223 X022
body
8~6or12r6body
For std. Whiapw Trim I or CaviVol I
1 OA2643 X0 12
crgee
For Whisper Trim Ill
lOA
X012
CWJS
lOA
X022
12 x 6 body
Spring-Loaded Design EWT SeaI Riw for
cwftrol III constructions. TFE wl
Hartrlloy C spring
4 x 2 body
1DA4206 X01 2
1 -stage fag.
lOA
X012
2.stage tags
6 x 4 o, 8 x 4 body
IDA4223 X01 2
1 -stBge c.g.
lOA
X012
2.stage csge
6xBor12x6body
lOA
X022
1 -stage cage
lOA
X022
2-stage cege
12 I 6 body
1 -stage c*g.
lOA326t X012
htage
cage
lOA
X022

17

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1

29.

Pan

Dllcription

K.V
Backup
w/o

Ring

for Oesign

spring

wow

Number

EWT reel

ring

oIsCf,OW

ufma

TlM

losdinp

Fluororlsstomert
4 I 2 body

lV550705292

6 x 4 x 2-l/2
t=dv

1 V6594

05292

IV6598

05292

6 s 4 or 8 I 4
body
8x6orl2-r6body
For etd. Whlaperlrim

I, or Cevftrd

cager

lV6600

For Whirprr

Trim

06292

Ill

cager

11 A9728

X01 2

Ethylene-Propylene
4 I 2 body

lV5507XOO12

6 I 4 x 2-l/2
bOdV

1.~6594

X001

lV6598

05392

6 x 4 or 8 x 4
hdv

8 x 6 or 12 x 6. body
For std. Whisper

Trim

I csges
For Whiepn

Trim

ca*sr
29

Backup
EWf

I or Cevitrol

1 V6600

05392

Ill
1 lA9728

X032

Ring for spring-loeded

Design

seal rings

For all except

Cwitrol

4.. x 2 bod V.
416 SST

1 OA4206

6 I 4 x 2-112
416

Ill constructions
X01 2

body.

SST

lOA

X012

6 x 4 or 8 x 4 body.
416

SST

lOA

X01 2

8. x 6 or 12 x 6 body
416

SST

12A3332

X01 2

316

SST

12A3332

X022

For Cevitrol

Ill constructions.

COI~LETE IOBY A::EllllY

WI111 MYAl

SEAT

416 SST

4 x 2 body
1 -stsgo

erg*

lOA4208XOl2

2-stege

cage

lOA

X022

6 x 4 or 0 I: 4 body
1 -stege

csgr

15A4582XOl2

2-stage

crge

lOA

8 x 6 or
cage
31

CSgo

12 I 6 body.

only

Rsteiner

1 OA5409

Bonnet

51

New+Scez
(1.8

furnished)
53

Shim

See following

Spacer

See following

NickelSpecial

kg) ten

X01 2

or Csge Reteiner/Beffle

Assembly
32

X012
2.stege

lebles
reble

lubricant.4

lb

(not
1 M5539
See following

x001

EU:fOlEllC

SEAT BEYAIL

teble

Figure 8. Design EWS Velve Body through

18

-n*comm*nd.d *r.w pm.


t w kd 8t..8830, r~.t.t .b.

teov

tercl.

12 x 6 Inches

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT

VIEW.
FLOW

-zztw
.-

DOWN -

COIIECT

1111

I?AIII-LOAOE8
011E1111101

.-.

IEAL

1*7/l'
TO 5-w 122TO 136.5
aal
?ORTOlAMETEfIS

.a.

7 1171

mm) NT

DIAMETER

DElAlll
Of VALVE PLUt
WITH S~IIND LOAOIM
CDNPLETE

DETAIL

Of Tft SEAT LIB IAllE

NJ6 WlT10UlI?lIIE
tOADIll

fOL 4 I f II. fWIOUSI

It I I Ill. AOOIES

It I I Ill. IOW
flAHDARl
CAGE

WlTi

EASKETIM
lETAl
OF CUU
IO0
I I I Ill. IODY WITH tlnrno1
III CAOE

Figure 9. Typical Design EWT Velve Body Assemblies

19

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1


Key 1 Valve

Body

BODY

SIZE.

4 I 2 w/o

drain tapping

4 x 2 w/drain

5 x 4 w/o

tapping

drain trpping

B x 4 w/drain

8 x 6 w/o

tapping

drain tapping

6 I 4 w/drain

8 x 4 w/o

IN.

tapping

drain tapping

6 x 6 w/drain

tapping

MATERIAL

END
CONNECTION

WCB

c5 Steel

S14el

strr1

316 ssn

20A5922
X012
20A5923
X012
20A5924X012
20A5925
X012
20A5925
X012
20A5927
X012

20A5922
20A5923
20A5924
20A5925
20A5926
20A5927

X042
X042
X042
X042
X042
X042

20A5922
X092
20A5923
X092
20A5924X102
20A5925X102
20A5926XlOZ
20A5927X102

20A5922X062
20A5923X062
2045924X062
2505925
X062
20A5926XO62
20A5927X062

Sch 40 BWE
Sch 80 EWE
Class 300 RF
CIass 600 RF
Clsss 300 RTJ
Class 600 RTJ

20A5926
2OA5929
20A5930
20A5931
20A5932
20A5933

20A5928
X042
2oA5929xw2
2DA5930
X042
20A5931
X042
20A5932
X042
20A5933
X042

20A5926
X092
20A5929
X092
20A5930
Xl02
20A5931
X102
20A6932X102
20A5933
Xl 02

2OA5926XO52
20A5929X062
2015930X062
20A5931X062
2OA5932 X062
20A5933X052

Sch 40 8WE
SchBOBWE
Class 300 RF
Class 600 RF
Class 300 RTJ
Class 600 RTJ

2iA9361
XOi2
21A9363X012
2 lA9365
X012
21A9357XO12
21A9369X012
21A9371
X012

ii63361
X022
2lA9363XO22
2lA9355XO22
2lA9367
X022
21A9369XO22
21A9371
X022

2iA936i
21A9363
21A9365
21A9357
21A9369
21A9371

2iA9361XO32
21A9363XO32
21A9365X032
21A9367X032
21A9369X032
21A9371X032

Sch 40 BWE
Sch 80 BWE
Class 300 RF
Class 500 RF
Class 300 RTJ
Class 600 RTJ

21A9362XO12
21A9364X012
2lA9366X012
21A9368X012
21A9370X012
21A9372X012

21A9362
X022
21A9354
X022
21A9366
X022
21A9368XO22
21A9370X022
21A9372
X022

21A9362
X042
21A9364
X042
2lA9366XO42
21A9368
X042
21A9370XO42
tlA9372
X042

21A9362X032
21A9364X032
21A9366X032
21A9368X032
21A9370X032
21A9372
X032

Sch 40 8WE
Sch 80 8WE
Class 300 RF
Class 500 RF
Class 300 RTJ
Class 600 RTJ

32AO543
32AO545
32AO547
32Ao549
32A0551
32A0553

32AD543
32AO545
32A0547
32AD549
32AO551
32AD553

32A0543
32A0545
32AO547
32A0549
32AO551
32AO553

X042
X042
X042
X042
X042
X042

32A0543
X032
32AO545 X032
32A0547X032
32A0549XO32
32A0551
X032
32A0553X032

X01 2
X01 2
X01 2
X012
X01 2
X01 2

X012
X01 2
X012
x01 2
X012
X012

X022
X022
X022
x022
X022
X022

Xi342
X042
X042
X042
X042
X042

Sch 40 BWE
Sch 80 8WE
Class 300 RF
Class 500 RF
Class 300 RTJ
Class 600 RTJ

32AO544 X012
32AD546X012
32A0548
X012
32AO55OXO12
3240552
X012
32A0554
X01 2

32AO544 X022
32AD546
X022
32AO548 X022
32AD550X022
32AO552 X022
32AD554
X022

32AO544 X042
32A0546
X042
32AO548 X042
32AO55OXO42
32AO552 X042
32AD554
X042

32A0544X032
32A0546X032
32AO548XO32
32AO55OXO32
32A0552
X032
32A0554X032

Sch 40 BWE
Sch 80 8WE. Class 600
Sch 80 EWE. Class900:
Sch XXS EWE. Class 900:
Class 300 RF
Class 600 RF
Class 900 RF:
Class 300 RTJ
Class 600 RTJ
Class 900 RfJ:

2V7207 22012
2V7208 22012
31A9336X012
31AB225X012
2v7209
22012
2V721022012
31A823BX012
2V721122012
2V721222012
31A9339X012

2v7207
2V7208

29022
29022
. .
...
2V7209 29022
2V7210 29022
...
2V72 11 29022
2V72 12 29022
...

2V7207
2V7200

29032
29032
.
.
29032
29032
.
29032
29032
.

tv720733092
2V7208 33092
...
...
2V720933092
2v721033092
...
2V721133092
2v721233092
...

Sch 40 EWE
Sch 80 8WE. Class 600
Sch 80 8WE. Class 900:
Sch MS EWE. Class 900:
Class 300 RF
Class 600 RF
Class 900 RF:
Class 300 RTJ
Class 600 RTJ
Class 900 RTJ!

2V7201 22012
2V7202 22012
31A9335X012
31A8242X012
2V7203 22012
2V7204 22012
31A8240X012
2V7205 22012
2V7206
22012
31A9340X012

2V720129022
2V7202 29022
...
...
2V7203 29022
2V7204 29022
...
2V7205 29022
2V7206 29022
...

29032
29032
...
...
2v720329032
2V7204 29032
...
2V7205 29032
2V7206 29032
...

2V720133092
2V7202 33092
...
...
2V7203 33092
2V7204 33092
...
2V72D5 33092
2V7206 33092
...

t ~~ toI W. .DOr. sews l427Q. SDHltf 31w SST (or ~p$llutisnr c4.I mobs pn-c,.
tbl IP YS. wntl cnrm l h lnlh eve, cl- ,I* nm) t,,w,.
- Continued

20

WC9

Sch 40 BWE
Sch 80 EWE
Class 300 RF
Class 600 RF
Class 300 RTJ
Class 500 RTJ

..
2V7209
2V72 10
..
2V72 11
2V72 12
..
2V7201
2V72D2

.
C

Designs EWD, EWS, 8t EWT


.
Kay 1 Valve

Body (continued)

BODY

12 x 6 w/o

SIZE.

END
CONNECTION

IN.

drain rapping

12 x 6 w/drain

12 x 8 w/o

tapping

drain tapping

MATERIAL
WCE

St**1

C6 Stool

WCS Stod

316 ssrt

Sch 40 BWE
Sch 80 EWE
Class 300 RF
Char 600 RF
Class 300 RTJ
Class 600 RTJ

32AO555 X012
32AO557 X012
32AO559XO12
32A0561
X012
32A0563
X012
32AO565 X01 2

32A0555
32AO557
32A0559
32AO561
32AO563
32AO565

X022
X022
X022
X022
X022
X022

32AO55S
32AO557
32A0559
32AO561
32A0563
32AO565

X042
X042
X042
X042
X042
X042

32AO555XO32
32A0557
X032
32A0559
X032
32A0561
X032
32AO563 X032
32AO565XO32

Sch 40 EWE
Sch 80 EWE
Class 300 RF
Class 600 RF
Class 300 RTJ
Class 6CXI RTJ

32AO556XOl2
32A0556
X01 2
32AOSSD X01 2
32A0562
X01 2
32A0564
x012
32AO566 X01 2

32AO566
32AO556
32A0560
32A0562
32A0564
32AO566

X022
X022
X022
X022
X022
X022

32AO556
32AO558
32A0560
32AO562
32AO564
32AO566

X042
X042
X042
X042
X042
X042

32A0556
X032
32A0558X032
32A0560
X032
32A0562X032
32AO564 X032
32AO566 X032

Sch
Sch
Sch
Sch
Sch

45A6262
X012
45A8263
X012
45AS276
X012
45A9277X012
45A9276
X01 2

45A6262 X022
45A6263 X022
. . .
. . .
. . .

45A8262
45A8263
45A9276
45A9277
45A9278

X032
X032
X032
X032
X032

45A6262XO42
45A6263
X042
45A9276X042
45A9277
X042
45A9276X042

45A8259
45A6256
45A9274
45A6261
45A8260
45A9275

45A6259
45A6256
. *
45A8261
45A6260
..

46A8259
45A6256
45A9274
45A8261
45A8260
45A9275

X032
X032
X032
X032
X032
X032

45A6259X042
45A6256
X042
45A9274
X042
45A6261
X042
45A8260
X042
45A9275
X042

Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class

40 EWE
60 EWE. Class 600
80 EWE, Clsss 900
100 EWE
120 EWE
300
600
SW
300
600
900

RF
RF
RF
RTJ
RfJ
RTJ

X01 2
X01 2
X01 2
X012
X012
X012

X022
X022
.
X022
X022
.

21

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT


Key 2. Design

EWD Valve Plug


STEM DIA. IN. (mm)
MATERIAL

BODY SIZE. IN.

4x2
(for 1 pirton

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

with Alloy 6 on
with Alloy 6 on
and guides
with Alloy 6 on seat and guides

lV6577
46172
lV6677 35072
llA6330
X012
llA6332XOl2
llA5334
X012

lV6576
46172
lV657635072
llAS331
X012
llA5333XOl2
llA5335
X012

. .
..
, .
I..
..

.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

For 1 piston ring

Hardened 416 SST


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Atloy 6 on seat and guidss
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides

lV6561
46172
lV6561 35072
llA5341
X012
llA5344X012
tIA5347X012

lV6662
46172
lV6582 35072
llA5342XOl2
llA5346XOl2
tlA5348XO12

lV6663
46172
lV656335072
llA5343
X012
llA5346XOlZ
llA5349xOli

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

For 3 piston rings

Hardened
316 SST
316 SST
316 SST
316 SST

27A3932
X012
27A3932XO22
27*3935X022
27A3939XO22
27A3941
X012

27A3933
X01 2
27A3933XO22
27A3936XOl2
27A3939X012
27A3942X012

For 1 piston fing

Hardened 416 SST


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 seat and guide
316 SST with Alloy 6 seat and guides

For 3 piston rings

Hsrdaned 416 SST


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guide

Hardened
316 SST
316 SST
316 SST
316 SST
Hardened
316 SST
316 SST
316 SST
316 SST

416 SST
with Alloy 6 on seat
with Alloy 6 on seat and guida*
with Alloy 6 on seat and guides
416 SST

sest
seat

416 SST
with Alloy 6 on scat
with Alloy 6 on seat and guide
with Alloy 6 on seat and guide

lV6585
lV6565
lOA
20A0103
21A5354

. *
.
.
. . .

27A3944
27A3944
27A3947
27A3950
27A3953

27A3945
27A3945
27A3946
27A3951
27A3954

Hardened 416 SST


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guide
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides

.
. .
.
.

.
.
.
.

llA2622
X012
1 lA2622
X022
21A6128XOl2
21A6129XOl2

For 1 piston ring

17-4PH SST with H900 heat-treat condition


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guide
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

22A3297
X012
22A3297
X022
22A3296
X012
22A3299XOlZ
22~3305
X012

.
..*
. .
. .
..

For 3 piston rings

17-dPH SST with HSOO heat-treat condition


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides

For 1 piston ring

17-4PH SST with H900 heat-treat condition


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides

.
..
*.
..
. *

Ill

17.4PH SST with H900 heat-treat condition


316 SST
For 3 piston rings 316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat end guides
Hardened 4 16 SST
316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guide
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guides

Hardened 416 SST


316 SST
For 2 piston rings 316 SST with Alloy 6 seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 seat and guide
316 SST with Alloy 6 seat and guides

1. *I.. LaoOr.* bQ.4.


2. Nw~Iw~I~~~ O.~?n~5T~rpr~~~on~~0~1t~0~1~r~~~c~,..~or,10~~(~a7~~~

22

. . .
. .
. . .
. .

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

. . .
. . .
. .
. .
. . .

46172
35072
X012
X012
X012

lV656g
lV6566
lOA
20A4608
21A5355

XOli

. . .
.
. .
.
. . .

X012
X022
X01 2
X012
X01 2

..
. ..
. . .
. ..

.
.
.
.

22A3300
X012
22A3300
X022
22A3301
X012
22A3302XO12
22~3306
x012

. .
.
. .
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.

27A3968X012
27~3966
x022
27A3970
X012
27A3974X012
27A3976
X012

27A3969X012
2743969
x022
27A3971
X012
27A3975X012
27A3977
X012

.,.
. .
. .
. .
. .

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

21A9734
X012
21A9734XO22
tlA9735
X012
21A9736
X012
21A9742
X012

21A9737
X012
21A9737X022
2lA9736
X012
21A9739
X012
21A9743
X012

. . .
: ::
. . .
. . _

27A3978
27A3978
27A3980
27A3984
27A3986

X012
X022
X012
X012
X012

27A3979
27A3979
27A3961
27A3985
27A3987

.
.
.
.
.

2lA5356
2lA5356
21A5359
21A5362
21A5365

X012
X022
X012
X012
X012

21A5357
X012
21A5357
X022
21A5360XOl2
21A5363X012
21A5366
X012

.
.
.
.
.

.
. .
. .
. .
.

27A3956
X012
27A3956
X022
27A3959XO12
27A3962
X012
27A3965
X012

.
.
.
.

X012
X022
X012
X012
X012

*pt. p.n.

.
.
.
.
.

27A3957
X012
27A3957
X022
27A3960XO12
27A3963
X01 2
27A3966
X01 2

.
.
.
.
.

21A5356
21A6356
21A5361
21A5364
2tA5367

a. 9h.1.mD..IY1.m.1.n.l ,ld.ldmIC .n H .tmp.d on ,op*ltb*plY~l~01,,


587 cq.8 abna 41o*F tato*c~~f *uw e C~OI+tbor. aoo*r ~ra7~c~.

*,wnal.d.d

46172
35072
XOli
XOli

.
.
.
.

. .
. .
. .
.
. .

..
*.
..
.
..

X01 2
X022
X012
X012
X012

,.
.. .
. ..
,..
. ..

lV6584
46172
lV6564
35072
llA535OXO12
21A5361
X012
2lA5353
X012

For 1 piston ring


2x9

(31.6)

.
.
.
.
.

4 (102 mm) travel


(for 1 piston ring only)

Ill

l-1/4

.
.
.
.
.

EE=Qb?S

age1

1 (26.4)
.
.
.
.
.

6x4or
6x4

2 x 6. for
Vhisper Trim

(19.1)

IV6576
46172
IV657636072
llA5326XOll
llA5327X012
llA5329XO12

6x4x2-1/2
par 1 piston ring only)

3 x 6. for
Whisper Trim
aget

3/4

1V6576 46172
lV657635072
llA6324X012
llA5326X012
llA5326XOl2

ring only)

2
or 3
;2x66
(51 or

76mm)
except for travel
Whisper
Trim Ill

l/Z (12.7)

X017
XOZi
X012
X012
X012

: : :
. . .
. .
. . ,
Wlk ,,.4PH

1 Designs EWD, EWS, 81EWT 1


Kq 2. Design EWS Valve Plug
BODY SIZE. IN.

4x2

thrdensd 416
316 SST
316 SST with
316 SST with
316 SST with

I6 x

Hardened 416
316 SST
316 SST with
316 SST with
316 SST with

4 x 2.112

Hardened 416
316 SST
316 SST with
316 SST with
316 SST with

9x4or
#x4

Except for
Whisper Trim III
cegcr

Hardened 416
316 SST
316 SST with
316 SST with
316 SST with

For
Whisper Trim Ill
cegcr

elx6or
1 2x6

12x 6

STEM DIA. IN. (mm)

MATERIAL
SST
Alloy 6 on seat
Alloy 6 on seat rod guide
Alloy 6 on seat and guide
SST
Alloy 6 on seat
Alloy 6 on aeat and guidr
Alloy 6 on seat rod guide*
SST
Alloy 6 on seat
Alloy 6 on seat and guide
Aiioy 6 on seat and guide

l-l/4

(31.8)

l/2 (12.7)

J/4 (19.1)

llA5214 X012
llA5214X022
llA5216XOlZ
llA5216XOl2
llA5220X012

llA5215 X012
llA5215X022
llA5217X012
llA5219 X012
llA5221 X012

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

llA5222X012
llA5222X022
llA5224 X012
llA5226 X012
llAS228X012

llA5223XOl2
llA5223X022
llA5225 X012
llA5227 X012
llA5229XO12

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

...
...
a..
...
...

llA523BX012
llA523BX022
llA5241 X012
llA5244XOl2
llA524fXOlZ

llA5239XOl2
llA5239X022
llA5242XOl2
llA5245X012
llA5246X012

llA5240XOl2
llA5240X022
llA5243XOl2
llA5246X012
llA5249XOl2

SST

1 (26.4)

.
.
.
.
.

..
..
..
..
.,.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

llA5250X012
1 lA5250 X022
llA5253X012
llA5256XOl2
llA5259XOlZ

llA5251 X012
1 IA5251 X022
llA6264XO12
llA5257XOlt
llA5260X012

llA5252X012
1 lA5252 X022
llA5255X012
llA5256XO12
llA5261 X012

17.4PH SST with H9OO heat-treat condition


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guide
316 SST with Alloy 6 on soat and guide

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

21A9750 X012
21A9750 X022
21A975t X012
2iA9752xoi2
21A9758 X022

21A9760 X012
21A9760 X022
21A9761 X012
2iA9762 x012
21A9765 X012

21A9766 X012
21A9766 X022
21A9767X012
21~9766 ~012
21A9771 X012

Hardened 416
316 SST
316 SST with
316 SST with
316 SST with

. .
.
..
. .
. .

.
.
.
.
.

21A5262 X012
21A5262 X022
2lA5265 X012
21A5266X012
21A5271 X012

21A5263 X012
21A5263 X022
21A5266 X012
21A5269XOlZ
21A5272 X012

21A5264 X012
21A5264 X022
21A5267 X012
21A5270XOl2
2lA5273 X012

Alloy 6 on seat
Alloy 6 on seat and guide
Alloy 6 on saat and guide

SST
Alloy 6 on teat
Alloy 6 on seat and guide
Alloy 6 on seat end @da

II. Ahe LMI . . Cob-L


.L .-I I.
1 Yiah.,.ms
I,., ,.,.I.*.,
.A.,...li.*l.-. .. ._.r__._._
..._.-..-.
,.
_......__, -.. Y-.---1-. . . .. ...C I.. .--.--~..--I-.-~.------*a*.. I WI.S)1-1Y.. ll
2. Norl~m~~~h17~~HSSTc~~~1~bow4lO~fi2lO~CJe,*/~ec~~,,bo*~~~~,427~C~ -. IF SSTc.e.. .bar. 410-F (21OC, o ,~ey
6c .o ..
lb o r ,
WWF
,.27T,.
Key 2. Valve Plug for Design EWl Seal Ring Without Sprine Loading
BODY SIZE. IN.

113 (12.7)

4x2

STEM DIA. IN. (mm)

MATERIAL
1

3/4(19.1)

1 (25.4)

Hardened 416 SST


316 SST
I 316 SST with Alloy 6t on seat
1316 SST with Alloy 6 an teat and guide:

lV6575 46172 i lV6576 46172 1


lV6575 35072
lV6576 35072
I
I llA5325XO12
I llA5324XOl2
111495326 X012 11 lA5327 X012

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

1 Herdaned 416 SST

(lV657746172~1V657646172~

. . .

I
I
I

6 I 4 x 2-l/2

-. ._ -,
except
I:--_-. fc

---. ..-.I

...

i 1 lA2622

--..-.--..-._
I

X012 1

316 SST with Alloy 6 on sea: and guide :

. ..

21A6126

X012

6 x 6. for
Whispw Trim Ill cages

17.4PH SST with H9OO heat-treat condition


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Uloy 6 on aaat rnd guide:

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

22A3297
22A3297
22A329B
22A3299

X012
X022
X01 2
X01 2

22A3300
22A3300
22A3301
22A3302

12x6.for
Whiapor Trim III cager

17.4PH SST with H9OO hrat-treat condition


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat and guide:

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

21A9734
21A9734
21A9735
21A9736

X012
X022
X012
X012

21A9737 X012
21A9737 X022
21A9736 X012
21A9739 X012

+uu -

V6566 46172
V656635072
DA5106 X012
,IDA4606 x01 2

. . .
X012
X022
X01 2
X012

. . CICI..
__-._

:Na I-we lh 1 7.OSSl


N r q ..
.b ew
4 1 0(290-C)
F

*I*.bmm*~*o ,pw. *em

23

Designs

EWD, EWS, & EWT

Key 2 VJIVO Plug For Spring-Loeded


BODY

SIZE.

Deeign

EWT Seal Ring (Except for Cm vitro1 Ill Constructions)


STEM

MA;ERlAL

IN.

l/2 (12.7)

4 16 SST

2OAAO97 X012

2OA4099

X01 2

416

20A9533

X01 2

20A4144

X012

20A2641

X012

412

Herdened

6 x 4 x2-112

Hardened

SST

ox4orar4

Herdened

416

SST

8r6orl2r6.
except for
Whinpw
Trim

Herdaned 4 16 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 t on eeet
316 SST with Alloy 8 on feet end guide*

Ill cegee

12 I 6. for
I Whisnar Trim

17.4PH SST with Ii900


1 316SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat
I
6 on seat and guidet

III cegee

I --.---r-. .-..-.-.. -

+ NW

20A4194XOl2

2OA4195

X012

...

X012
X012
X012

20A7343
X01 2
.. .
.

X01 2

. . .
. *.
. .
. . .

22A3307
22A3307
22A3306
22A3309

X01 2
X022
X01 2
X01 2

22A3310
X012
22A3310
X022
22A3311X012
22A3312XOl2

. . .
.. .

21A9744
21A9744
21A9745
21A9746

X012
X022
X012
X012

21A9747
) 21A9747
2lA9748
2lA.9749

X012
X022
X012
X012

21A5356
21 A5356
2lA5359
21A5362

X012
X022
X012
X012

21A5357
21A5357
2lA5380
21A5363

X012
X022
X012
X012

X01 2

...

...

.**
.. .

. . .

2 1 A6443

...

Alloy 6 on seat
Alloy 6 on seat end guided

1.114 (31.8)

. .

.. .

...
316 SST
316 SST with
316 SST with

12 x 6

1 (26.4)

20A2642

.. .

IN. (mm)
1

2OA5621
21A8442
20A6706

.. .

17-4PH SST with H900 heel-treat condition


316 SST
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seet
316 SST with Alloy 6 on seat end guidet

8 x 6. for
Whieper Trim Ill cegee

DIA.

3/4 (19.1)

. .
.. .
. .
.. .
.
I

21A5356
21 A5356
21A5361
21 A5364

.
.

X012
X022
X012
X01 2

a* c0cI.A.

*a l
IOIW.
r r lhI,JW SST r .g.,
lb o v.
4 1 0vP I OC,.

Actuator

Groups

(by Type Number)

Group 1
Z-l/o
(64 mm), 2-13/1tl
(71 mm).
or 3.9/18
(90 mm) Yoke 801s
350-2-13/l

6 (71.4

Group 100
5 (127 mm) Yoke Boer

470

Series-2

472

b 473

472

512

b 512R

473

513

6 513R

474

603

b 18

608

6 618

610

b 688

471

(50.8 mm) travel

475

3-8/lr

613

b 613R

Group 101
6 (127 mm) Yak.

855
657 b 667-3
(76.2 mm) trevrl
1008-2-l
3/l 6 (71.4 mm) yoke boas

J-9/18

Group 403
(80.5 mm) Yoke
470-7

Boer

667

644 b 645
2-13/1(1

475.7
471-5.7

657

Group 440
(71.4 mm) Yoke

Bose

470-7
471-7

~hrc.mm.nd.*

*pat* pm.

Group 402
(90.5 mm) Yoke 8oee

476

1008
b612R

Bore

657 MO
657-4
657-4 MO
667
667 MO
667.4
667-4 MO

470

b 424

612

Group 401
(90.5 mm) Yoke

350

mm) yoke boss

422

611

24

3-g/16

Group 404
5 (127 mm) Yoke 8011

667-4

Group 406
5 (127 mm) Yak.

Boss

667 MO
667-4 MO
Group 407
5 (127 mm) Yoke Boss

801s

470
471
A74

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1

Ksy 2 Volvr
BODY
SIZE.
IN.

Plu9 8 Smm A&y


TRAVEL
I
In.
mm

4x2

76

102

76

6x4

STEM

ACTUATOR
G
-ROUP

31

for Spring*Lc mded Cwltrol

III Design

316 SST STEM

DIA

In.

CAGE
STAGE

mm

314

19.1

1
2

24A5236X022
24A5350
X022

24A5277
24A3331

X022
X022

1.402.403

314

19.1

1
2

24A4231
X032
23A301 a x022

24A3262
24A3292

X022
X022

24A4231
X042
. . .

24A3262
X032
. . .

401. 402,403

314

19.1

1
2

24A4251XO22
23A3016
X032

24A6262
24A3292

X042
X032

24A4231
X052
. ..

24A3262
X032
. . .

25.4

1
2

24A4252X042
24A5270X022

24A3203
24A3293

X022
X022

.. .
.. .

. . .
. . .

23.4

1
2

. ..
. ..

. . .
. . .

1
2

24A3203
24A3293
I
1 24A3283
24A3293

X022
X022

23.4

24A4252
X042
24A5270
X022
I1 24A4252
X032
24A3270X042

1
2

24A5270X032

24A3293

X032

..._405. 406

1
I

23.4

1
314
1
1
1.1/A

314
76

l-

24A3261
24A3261
24A6262
24A3262

X042
X022
X022
X032

33A3829
33A3829
34A4271
34A4271

X032
X022
X022
X032

19.1

1
2

24A4233XO22
23A43 13 X032

34A5500
24A3296

X022
X022

1
2

23A5832
24A5271

34A3301
1 24A5297

X042
X022

25.4

401,403
402

404
4

I
I

X032
X042

23A9067
24A5261
24A3261

...
...
...

X072
X052
X032

33A3923
X052
33A3829
X062
33A5929
X042
. . .
. . .

24A4233
23A4313

X032
X062

34A5500
24A5296

X032
X032

23A3832

X062

34A55Dl

X032

.. .

..*
...

...
...

. . .

24A4265
23A4315

X032
X062

34A53DO X032
24A5296X032

X052
X082

34A5300
X032
24A3296X032

19.1

314

19.1

1
2

24A4233
23A4313

23.4

1
2

23A3832
X062
. ..

34A5501

31.8

1
23A5032

X082

34A3501
X072
. . .
I
. ..
I 34A3501
X092
. . .

X062
X042

X032
1 34A3502
-01
X052
24A5297

X032
X062
X032

...
1
I 23A5832
X102
.. .

1 34A5302

X042

34A35DD
24A5296

X062
X062

24A4253
23A4315

X072
Xl 02

X032
X072

34A66Dl
24A5297

X022
X032

23A5832

X042

X052

34A5302

X052

1
2

23A5832X072
24A.5271
X082
_.____. ..---

31.0

24A5264

1
;
I
2

24A3264
X042
23A5032XO9
24A4253
X002
23A4315
X092
23A3832
24A5271

314

19.1

26.4

1
2

31.0

802
l-114

34A5501
I 24A5297
- ---

23.4

31.8
23.4

X032

...

24A5271

*..

314

801

1
2

c l-114

102

. . .
. . .

. ..
. ..

es.

1
1
1
1
1

_-

X032
X042

19.1
23.4
23.4
31 6.
I

31.8

8 x 8,
Clrrr
300 or
600

X032
X032

X022
X022

24A3276
24A3207

X032
X032

24A3276
24A3207

1
100
101
In9

1 316 SSTV*hw
Plug w/Alloy 6
Smt e Guidr

X022
X022

407

24A5233
24A303B

66 ,T STEM

24A3233
24A3038

100, 101

l74PH
______.._
419 60, 1
V&r
Plug

1
2

404
102

I
1

12.7

0,

420 SST HT
Vdvo PlU6

I 316S6TV.l~
Plu6 w/Alloy
6
Sort b Guide

112
1

ax4

EWT

24A5264
- Continued

.. *

. . .
34A5SDO
24A3296

X072
X072

34A35Dl

X032

1
I

..*

25

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1


Key 3 Cage (Gcspt for Cwitrol III Conrrwtionr)

Body Sit..

In.

Standard
Stdnl~rr
Strrl t

Cap* Style

316 SST,
ElWWOl~~l

Nickel Carted

316 SST.
Chrome
Plrtod

Cmt
Iron,
Elrcwolarr
Nick.1 Coated

Alloy 6

Duick-oprninp
Equal pwcrntago
Unew
Whlrpw Trim I

Cwltrol I

6x4~
6x4

Design EWD or EWT


Desion EWS

Quick-opening
Equal percentage
Linear
Whisper Trim I
Cwitrol I

2U2360
2U2363
2U2366
23A9915

Design EWD or EWT


Design EWS

Ouick-opsning
Equal percentape
LinQw
2 (51 mm) travel

33272
33272
33272
X032

2U7407
2U7413
2117419
..

48932
48932
48932
.

3V8953 33272
3V895433272

3V9955 50022
3V6956 50022

2U5053 33272
2U5059 33272
2U5061 33272

2U8069 48932
2U6067 48932
2U8068 48932

2U6930
2U6931
2U6933
..

46102
46102
46102
.

..,
.,.
2U6935 46102
2U6937 46102
2U6938 46102

20A2716 X012 2U2360


2117413 X0012 2U2363
. . .
2112366
.. .
23A8915

39102
39102
39102
X01 2

. . .
. . .

. ..
. ..

2U8069 43242
2U8067 X0012
. . ,

2U5063 39102
2U5059 39102
2U5061 39102

23A9913 X032

. .

...

.. .

23A8913 X012

23A7190X012
23A7191 X012

.. .
.. .

...
..*

*.
.. .

23A71 SO X022
23A7191 X022

Design EWD or EWT 3V8957 33272


Design EWS
3V8956 33272

3V8959 50022
3V8960 50022

.,.
...

.. .
., .

. ..
. ..

Design EWD or EWf 3V9430 33272


Design EWS
3V940433272

30A1230 X012
30A1231 X012

...
..,

. ..
. *.

. . .
. . .

Whisper trim III

Leval
Level
Levd
Level

32A3295 X012
32A3286 X01 2
32A3267X012
32A6218 X012

32A3266 X012
32A3289 X01 2
32A3290X012
32A6221 X012

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
,

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

. ..
*..
. ..
. ..

12x6

WhIrPer Trim Ill

Lovrl A3
Love1 B3
Level c3
Level D3

31A9714 X012
31A9715XOl2
31A9716XOl2
32A6219 X012

31A9717
31A9718
31A9720
32A6222

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

12x8

Quick-oprninp
Equal pwcentrgr
Unrrr

8 I 6 0, 12 x 6. Whisper Trim I 4
(102 mm)
sxcspt for
travel
Whir-r
Trim Ill
2
cage.
(51 mm)
travel
Cavitml I
3
(76 mm)
tr8Vel

6x6

8 x b body
12 x 6 body

A3
83
c3
D3

2OA3249 X01 2 20A5469 X012 2OA4350 X01 2


20A3245 X01 2 2OA5467 X012 20A4349 X01 2
20A3247X012
20A5468X012
20A4349X012

t s1*ndwd
.Ull..l *t..b #or.I M whiyr mm $1,sr*.* ir 1MM SST.4 ,s S6Ti, r,.nd,d
tarwhhpw Tdn, 111
C.@.,.
Kay 3 CwiWol Ill Cage. hardened 17.4PH SST

28

X012
X012
X012
X012

. . .
:::

*.
. .
. .
..

2OA3249 X092
20A3245X092
20A3247 X092

Designs

EWD, EWS, & EWT

Valve Stems (by Length)


BONNET
R

BODY SlZE.IN.

Plain
In.

4x2
6X4X

2.112

3 176 mm) travel


ax6

In.

mm

413
482

24.3116
...

614
...

13-l/4
15-l/2

336
394

17-l/6
20

434
508

25.114
27-5116

541
702

12-l/2

318%

16-9116

421

24-9116

624

12-?/e

327

19.314
.. .
..,

502
.. .
.. .

27.5116
...
...

694
...
. ..

15-l/4
. . .
. . .

3e7
..,
,..

27.112

699

15-1/4

387

i 2-5/e*

321

1
loo
101

15-l/2
19-l/4
l&l/4

394
489
464

314

19.1

15.7/8

4Q3

25.4

loo

25.4

101

1.114
1.114

31.8
31.8

100
101

20
19

506
482

25-3116
24.114

640
616

............
............

314
1
1.114

19.1
25.4
31.8

1
lOO.101
loo. 101

19-l/2
19-518
20

495
498
508

21
24.13/16
24.710

533
630
632

............
............
............

314
3/4

19.1
19.1

1
403

17
19-l/2

432
495

21-l/4
21-3/a

540
543

28.112
26-?/a

314

19.1
25.4
31.8

601
802
a02

21
23.3/e
23. l/4=

533
5948
591

24-314
28
28.3/165

62g2
711
716'

32.718
6352
............
............

19.1
25.4

1
100

19-3/e
26

1
2 (51 )trsval

12-318
.,.

314
.__

. . .
. . .

.. .
.. .
I

19.1
25.4
25.4

314

mm

16-l/4
19

314

1
1.114

In.

311
371

4 (102 mm) travel


6x6sndlZx6
I5 x 6 or 12 x 6 for
1Nhispw Trim III cager

mm

B~llawr
S*al

12.114
14-5/e

12.7

1
1

Bx60r12x6
,Class 300 or 600.
,cxcapt
for
Whisper Trim III
,:e*cs

In.

mm

Sryia2
Enwmion

l/2
6X4W8X4

2 (51 mm) travel


6 x 6 snd 2(51 mm) o
3* (76 mm) travel
12x6

StYi
Extension

I
,

492
I 660

724
733

......
......

......

I
I
~

::: I:::1 ::: I:::1 .::: I:::1

22-S/16'
23~,5,,6s

573'
5oa'

..................

23.114
24.114

591
616

..................
..................

~
~
!
I

I1 x 6 Class 900

3(76

mm)travel

314 19.1
1
25.4
1.114 31.8
314

1 2x8
C311s 300 0,600

1 2x8
C3ass 900

2(51

mm) travel

1
1-114

19.1
25.4
31.8

I I ::: I :::I ::: I :::I ::: I:::1

1
100.101
loo.101

19-3/a
23-l 5/16
24-l/4

492
608
1 616

1
100
100

24W16

1616

29.718
29-5/16

.. .

126-l/4

I I
I
759
745

27.114
29.5116

721
725

28.310
28.9116

...

. ..

. . .

.. .

I667

...

...

1 . .. 1

. . .

1 .. .

1::

:::

1 :::I

:::

1 :::

3 (76 mm) travel

28-3/a
28-9116

2 (51 mm)travel

30.3/4
34
34-5/16

787
064
872

..................
..................
..,
..................

...
...

33
33.114

a39
a45

..................
..................

...
...

3 (76 mm) travel


1. ca owl@ ON0 rrilh InuL~
pi(lml ring.
2. Nol for thtip
FWD wall muMpI Dim* nnp.

721
725

............
............
.

9..

...
...
...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...
...
...

...
*. .
.. .
...
.. .
...
I..

1. kw
1.
kw lkIbJn
lkIbJllEws.
Ews.

29

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1

Key 7' Valvr Stem (ExceptforCmitrolIIIConstructions)'


f

BONNET
BODY

STEM
DIA

SIZE. IN.

4x2
1" 1 I 9.4I,
I.

e-v,*

111.17
I,&

_ _

6X401

,&.I

314 19.1
SC.

5x4
I

LO.4

25.4
3/4 19.1

2"

'

pi,

31SSST
1
1

l/2 12.7 1
1 3/4119.11 1

25.4

314 19.1
25.4

2"
(51 mm)1
25.4
IraVel
9x6
l-114 31.8
ct.*.9flt-l

310 SST

31 (I SST cr PI'

(316 SST0

I
,

lP6693 35162 lP669346592


llK5577 35162 ~lK567746592

lK557735162
.*."*mr^C.**
lIllDdJlDL

1~t,D46tlY2

lK567746592
..---- .--^-

31OSST

jlK5673 35162 llK597346592


llV7524 35162 llV762446592

(lV7825 35162
IlV2400 35162

1
i

. ..
...

...

lK7950 35162

lK759046592

lL996435162

lL996i46.592

100

. ..
lK7347 35162$
lN7047 35162'1N704746592'

lU444635162
. . .

lK566035162
1K778335162

,..
...

101

llA3429X582'
lN3256XOO12'

".

100

lU9886XOO12

. . .

. ..

lU5071 35162

llJ507146592

lU7651 35162%
. ..
lK7551 35162'1K7551 46592'

:::

1
100

111444646592

.. .

101
1

j:::::::::::

I B*llOW. So.1
,

316SST

PI'

...
ji0~564~x152~(
.. .
~lU230635162'~
I
~111230535162'1U230546592~1U2306
3516241U23064659241U2307

IW

,"!?!YLII.",lLm

~lU226346592
m--9235162
lK5569 46592hU228J
__-- .~~--_ 35162
~~~ ~~ ~~~- lllJ2264
.--~ 35162lU38
~- .~
. ..
...
114001 35162 lL4001 46592
lU226546592

lK566935162
111226535162

1
.-a

j 314llpll io3

Style1 Extonslon

In. mm
111 12.7
314 19.1

ACTUATOR
GROUP

/k?zxt::

:::

...

35162'

ZR369335072

lU240035162
...
...

lK557635162
...
. ..

lU524435162

lK567635162
...

...

lOA9265X562
lOA9265XO62

.. *
.. .

.. .
...

...
. ..

...
.. .

. ..
*..

.. .

., .

.. .

. ..

...

...

...

.. .

...
. ..
...

...
..*
...

...

-. .
..
.
-. .

10A9266X5322~'
.. .
.. .

lZr6fo
Whisper
CSQOS

,
1

25.4

25.4

6435162

(lL996446592 11U5071 35162 (lU507146592

...
.. .

l-114 31.5
l-114 31.9

. . .

(
II

. ..
...
. . .

4
(102
mm)
trrvsl

314 19.1 1
314 19.1 403

111294135162
lU293835162

.,.
.a.

lOA9265X552
lOA9265X142

..a
. ..

- Continued-

30

~R*comm*nd*d

s9.w

Plr(.

lOA9265X562
lOA926SX062

. ..
. ..

1 Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT 1


Kay 7. Vdve Stem (Except for Cwitrol III Constructions) (Continued)
1

1 STEM
DIA
BODY SIZE. IN.

12
If51 mm

1~_

mm

3/4

19.1
25.4
31.9

1
100
loo

lOA
X882
1 IA3429 X452
11 A3430 Xl 32

. . .
. . .
. . .

lL918235162
11 A3429 X452
llA3429X132

. . .

25.4
31.6

loo, 101
loo. 101

lL2941 35162
llA343OX012

:::

lL2941 35162
llA3430X012

. . .
. . .

76mm1-1/4
..-_-.

I,,1
.--

I-

1
(76 mm) 1 -l/4
travel

316 SST

3/4 19.1
2
25.4
I51 mmll
I&d I-l/4131.8

:Itrr 900 y

I.
2.
3.
4.

25 .4
31 .s

I
1
100
loo

716 SST Cr PI

I
lOA
X852
llA3429XA92
llA3430X362
1

100. 101 I 1 lA3429


100. to1 111~3430

316 SST

I
. . .
. . .
. . .

316 SST Cr PI*

316 SST

. . .

...
...
...

.._

I
:::
...

=.llows
-

Sad

316 SST
.. .

. ..

...
...

9. .
. ..

. . .
. . .
. . .

...
...
...

. . .
. ..
. ..

5. ForDwlwlEwclOT6w-fonly.
6.ForO.sqnWt on+.
7. ior 2" 151mm,WWIIPw*n EWDW*llh
rn"Lpmc.",lng.
6.NotIor I- I51mm1ttnd ~.sspnWD wth mdt,pmmnn6,
Ill Constnrctions)
MATERIAL

BODY SIZE. IN.

316 SST

416 SST
4x2
6x4
6 I: 4 x 2-l/2

lOA
X012
lV6764 46172
1 U2227 46172
lV6423 46172

6x4
Except for
Whispw Trim Ill

X022
33092
35072
33092

316 SST

1045935X032
-.-,.
fi735 46062
1 U2227 39102
2V6424 46062

2V7215 33092
2V9406 XOOAZ

2V7216 46062
20AllBl
X012

For Whisper Trim Ill cager

21A9708 X012

21 A9706 X022

21A9709

2 (76
(51 mm) travel
3
mm) travel

21A9231 X012t
21A9345 XOl2t

. . .
. . .

21A9343 X01 2
21A9346 X012

2V6439 46172
20A6345 x01 2
2V9406 XOOBZ

2V6439 33092
20A6345X022
2V9406 XOOAZ

2V6440 46062
-.-.:..
20AllBl
X012

21A970B X012

21 A9708 X022

21A9709

2OA3260 X01 2

20A3260

2OA3260 Xl 52

9x6
clsss 900

Except for
Wf+w
Trim Ill
cager

2 (51 mm) travel


3. (76 mm) travel
4 (102 mm) travel

For Whisprr Trim Ill cages


12x8

I
2 (51 mm) travel
3 (76 mm) or 4 (102 mm) travel

lOA
lV6764
lU2227
lV6423

2V7215 46172
2V9406 XOOB2

cages

I
I

Key 9 MetsbSsst Seat Ring (Except far Cdtrof

a x 6.
CllW
300 or 600

...

XA02
~622

sewPrniou.Ilbh (or*t.m t.ngtfl.


VI. wh. 1mnp.mu~.r. own*007 ,427Y).
Fofoe,qn mo wallm~pton
6,
Hotbl ow.tpntwo wnhN"iPntO"""6.

12x6

Style 2
Extwwian

Stvle 1 Extwtnion

GROUP

In.

l-1/4

BONNET

X022

x012

X012

1410 sn * .bm1bl.dforIhi. C~h,lNS,lo.


Key 9 Cwitrol III Seer Ring

BODY SIZE. IN.

hSS 300 or 600

31

1 Designs

Ksyr 10..

11.

12.

13.

14. and 53 Gmksts

EODY SIZE. IN.

snd Shims
KEY
ND.

APPLICATION

1 R3297
1 R329S
1 R3297
1 R3296
16A1938

X0222
X0042
99442
X0042
X012

Set
10
11
12
13

. . .
Asbsstoslnitrila
Asbestos/nitrilr
316L SSTlssbrstos
Atbcstas/nitrile

1 R3297
1 R3299
1 R3298
1 R3297
1 R3296

X0032
04302
01302
99282
04302

set
10
11
12
13
14

. . .
Asbestos
Atbestos
InconeVgnphits
Arbrstos
Asbestos

1 R3645
1 R3724
1 A3846
1 R3845
1 R3844
1 JSG47

X01 22
04022
04022
99442
04022
04022

Sst

MetsI **St
over 450.F (232C)

10
11
12
13
14
53

**
FGM
FGM
Inconsl/gnphite
FGM
FGM
316 SST

1 R3845 X01 62
1 R3724 X0042
1 R3846 X0042
1 R3845 99442
1 R3844 X0052
1 J5047 X0062
lbAl939X012

TFE ssst
to 400. (204=q

set
10
11
12
13
14

. . .
Asbsstos/nitrilc
Asbestoshitrilo
Inconsllgrsphiro
Atbestos/nitrila
Asbestos/nitrilm

1 R3045
1 R3724
1 R3846
1 R3845
1 R3844
1 J5047

X01 32
04302
04302
99442
04302
04302

. . .

Mctsl

s.1t

(232C)

TFE sect
to 4OOF (204C)

MetsI se11
to 45OF (232-Z)

SO1
10
11
12
13

. . .
Asbsstos
Asbestos
316L SSThsbestos
Asbestos

sst
10
12
13
53

. . .

10
11
12
13

Atbsstos
Asbestos
316L SST/ssbestos
Asbestos

1 R3722
1 R3724
1 R3723
1 R3722
1 J5047

X0012
04022
04022
99262
04022

Set
10
11
12
13

. . .
Atbsstos
Asbestos
Inconrllpnphite
FGM

1 R3722
1 R3724
1 R3723
1 R3722
1 J5G47

X0072
04022
04022
99442
X0062

over 8OGF (427*C)

set
10
12
13
53

FGM
-
InconsVgrsphitr
FGM
316 SST

1 R3722 X01 42
lR3724XOO42
1 R3722 99442
1 J5G47 X0062
16A1941 X012

TFE scat

Set
10
11
12
13

. . .
Asbestos/r&rile
Asbestos/nitrila
316L SSThsbsstos
Asbrstos/nitrilo

1 R3722
1 R3724
1 R3723
1 R3722
1 J5047

sat
Mats1

JJJl

to 450.F

(232C)

Mets1 rsrt
450-F (232.C)
8OOF (427C)

to

6x40r6x4

MJtJl

Jest

- Continued

-R.cam*nd*d

.p.t,

pa.3

PART
NUMBER

FGM
kbestos
FGM
316 SST

(232%)

over 45OF

2-l/2

IAL

X0012
G4022
04022
99262
04022

Jest

IO 450.F

6x4x

MATER

113297
1 R3299
1 R3298
1 R3297
1 R3296

Motrl

4x2

EWD, EWS, & EVVT 1

X0032
04302
04302
99282
04302

32

Designs EWD, EWS, & EWT

Ksvs
~.~ 10..
~. 1 I*.

12. 13..

14. md 53 Gsskets snd Shims (Conlinued)

BODY SIZE, IN.

KEY
NO.

MetsI SW1
10 450.F (232OC)

SSl
10
11
12
13

...
&bestor
I\rbestor
3lSL SSThsbestor
316L SST/ssbestos

1 U5085
IV5081
1 U5003
1 U5085
lV6441

x0092
04022
04022
99282
99282

Metd JlJI
450*F (232C) to
WOOF (427-Z)

Set
10
11
12
13

.. .
Asbestos
Asbestos
InconelIgrsphite
316L SST/ssbertor

1 U6085
IV5081
1 US083
1 U5085
lV6441

X0062
04022
04022
99442
99282

Meld Deat
over 6OOF (427OC)

sot
10
12
13
53

.. .
FGM
Inconellgnphite
Inconellgnphite
316 SST

1 U6085
i ~5081
1 U5085
lV6441
lbAl942

X0222
X0052
99442
99442
X012

TFE zest

Set
10
11
12
13

*. .
Arbertor/nittile
Asbestos/nitrile
316L SSTlrsbertos
316L SST/asbestos

1 U6085
1 USOat
1 U6093
1 U5085
lV6441

X0082
04302
04302
99282
99282

Mete1 seat
10 450F (232C)

set
10
11
12
13

.. .
Silver-plated Monel
Arbsstor
316L SST/ssbestos
316L SST/ssbestos

lU5085 X0162
11 A8244 X01 2
1 U5063 04022
1 U5085 99282
lV6441 99282

Mstrl saat
450F (232C) to
800F (427-J

set
10
11
12
13

.. .
Silver-plated Monel
Asbestos
Inconel/leminsted graphite
316L SST/asbestos

1 U5085 X01 72
11 A0244 X01 2
1 U5003 04022
1 U5085 99442
lV6441 9928.2

TFE seat

set
10
11
12
13

.. .
Silver-plrtsd Monel
Nitrile/ssbsstos
316L SST/srbestos
316L SST/asbestos

lU5085 X0182
11 A8244 X01 2
1 U5OaO 04302
lU5085 99282
iv6441 99282

Mets1 rest
to 45OF (232C)

10
12
13

Silver-plsted Monel
304 SST/asbestos
Arbcrtorlnitrile

llA8244 X012
14All50X012
13A9456 X012

Metal SeJt
to aDDoF (427OC)

10
13

kbastor
Asbestos

lOA
X012
1 OA3266 X01 2

Mets1 ssst
owr aOOF (427C)

10
13

Graphite
Graphite

1 OA3265 X022
1 OA3266 X022

TFE scat

10
13

Asbcstos/nitrile
Psbestoslnitrile

1 OA3265 X032
lOA
X032

8~6or12x6.
Class 300 or 600

8 x 6 Chss 900.

exceptfor

Csvitrol Ill csger

8 I 6 Class 900 for


Csvitrol Ill Cages

12xa

~.rmnm,nd.d

BP... pm.

PART
NUMBER

APPLICATION

MATERIAL

33

1 Designs

EWD, EWS, & EWT

1
f

Key

31 Whieper

Trim

III Cage Retainer

or Cage

Relainer/Beffle

Assembly

MATERIAL
piq=Jyp

Key 31 Cevitrol

III Cage

Reteiner.

316

SST
TRAVEL
PART

Key

32

Bonnet

NUMBER

Ill.

Ill

51

24A3040

X01 2

3 or 4

76 or 102

23~6814

x012

127

24A1131

X012

153

21A4533

X012

Specer
MATERIAL
BODY

SIZE.

IN.
WCB
4 (102

6x6

Designr

EWO

b EWT only

Whieper
5 (127
Whleper
4 (102

12 x 6

Designe

EWD

b EWT only

Whiepw
6-l/2

12 I 6

All designs
mm

Trim

I csge

Trim

Ill csges

C5 Steel

WC9

stoe1

316

SST?

1 lA2623

X012

1 lA2623

X022

1 lA2623

X042

1 lA2623

X032

22A3313

X012

22A3313

X022

22A3313

X042

22A3313

X032

lOA

X042

X032

mm) travel
Trim

Trim

end cege etylee

I cage

mm)

travel

Ill cager

lOA8757XO22

. . .

21A9722

X012

21A9772

X022

21A9772

X042

21A9772

26A8255

x012

25~8256

x022

25A8256

X032

26~8255~042

W7Cl.
SP m h JTlM SST 04
lr #i+.ls
oov.1
l)o o v(.2,.C,.

~~~Mu~~k~~~~~~~~a~.F~Crne~~
cn-nbda~k~~*Cm~hccugo,~n(mrutrn
sloL*sonslrdas
a wmntpvguafan(ra

[ FI~HEFC)

travel

mm) travel

(165

Whieper

+ un 1el Y., 1lb *

ml)

Steel

cxpfesswmpka

Nolhnpcmta,c.&hemm
rsprmnprrwperlonnancq

Fisher Controls

nwchmwt7llx
hlness 01 any Olhef nlrnW wilh /e$pec, 10 IhC plz&cP
dabQlt0uYlypr~u~~~n~t~~~tentF~CORrOLIR~$hCnpr
~nODcLm~uu~~PYdeYpraurpeCkatDladmepo0ucl6dc~~~

ru as 1 rv

Forinlofmrlion
wril*:
P.O. Box 190. Mershelltown.
lowe 50156. U.S.A.
or Brenchley House. Maidrtone.
Kent ME 14 1LKJ. England

MAWlOAAOl2

Gate valve DN250, PNl 00


*Make KSB, type AKGS-A*

0570.8/5M
7438.1/4M
AP-118228

Actuator
*Make AUMA,

TL3.5.101-GB
GSTl2-400

type GSTI 6.1 -B-4*

Montage
Demontage
Entretien

Robinets & Soupape


Robinets-Vannes
Soupapes de Retenue
Clapets a Battant

057085M

1 G2

Installation
Dismantling
Maintenance

Einbau
Demontage
Wartung

Globe Valves
Gate Valves
Non-Return Valves
Swing Check Valves

Absperrventile
Absperrschieber
Rckschlagventile
Rckschlagklappen ksb

920
902

161
411
100

746

200
452
-139

461

Part No.

Designation

Part No.

Designation

100
139
161
166
200
350
351
352
360

Body
Bonnet
Body cover
Yoke
Stem
Cone
Check cone
Throttling cone
Wedae

411
442
452
461
746
902
902.4
914
920

Gasket
Bellows
Gland cover
Gland packing
Disc
Set screw
Set screw (Bonnet)
Socket screw
Nut

General
The valves are marked according to DIN/
EN 19 (IS0 5209): nominal size (DN).
nominal pressure (PN), material designation of body, manufacturers name and/or
trademark; if necessary arrow for direction
of flow, admissible working temperature
(c) and admissible working pressure (bar).

Installation, Dismantling,
Maintenance
1.1 Installation
In order to avoid damage lo the seats during
transportation and storage, the valves are delivered in closed position. me caps at the flange
openings should be removed prior lo installation.
The gaskets al the joining flanges must be properly aligned upon instalialion.
me piping system should be constructed so as
to avoid s1resses near the valve body (100).
When the pipes are painted stuffing box screws,
stems
(200) and plastic parts may not be coated
with paint. if constructlon work is still to be carried
out the valves should be protected against dust.
sand or materials (e.g. with a plastic cover).
Valves and gale valves can be installed in any
position, however installation with vertical stem
is recommended.
Valves may always be installed in pipelines with
alternating direction of flow.
Globe valves are usually installed such that the
medium enters the valve beneath the cone (350)
and flows out above the cone.
When installing valves with throttling cone (352)
the direction of flow must be observed.
Valves with bellow (442) should not. if possible,
be installed with stem (ZOO) pointing down to
prevent dirt accumulating in the bellow shafts.

lf the differential pressures given in the leaflets


are exceeded when the valves are closed, a
pressure relief valve is required, as other-wise
perfect sealing and operation is not possible. In
this case the vaive must be installed in such a
way that Ihe pressure lo be sealed off lies above
the cone.
Non-return valves and screw-down non-return
valves are always installed such that the medium
enters beneath the cone (351). Through the use
of a spring (950) (hey can be used in rising
mains and downpipes.
The direction of flow in gate valves is optional.
In the case of gate valves with pressure seal
bonnet (139). where there is the possibility of
overheating in closed position. the operator
must check wheter it is necessary to provide a
connecting piece from the centre of the body
to the pressurized connection of the valve (flow
in one direction only) or a body safety device
(alternating flow).
lf valves and swing check valves with pressure
seal bonnet
(139) are installed in quick
succession, such thal when Ihe valve is closed
the enclosed medium acts on the bonnet and Ihe
cones, the operator must mount a body safety
device. In case of doubt. please enquire.

11 PoInta to observe when welding in the


valve
When welding in valves with welding endtl
sleeves it is imporlant to ensure absolute cleanliness. If dirt is allowed to enter the body il
can damage the sealing surfaces or the Stem
guide.
Furthermore, H is important lo open the valve sufficiently when welding il in, lo prevent the sealing
elements (cone, sealing plate) from contacting the
body sealing surfaces. Otherwise, the seats may
be welded together.

2. DISMANTLING
2.1 Safety Prescriptions
Before removing the complete valve from the
pipe, or prior to repair and maintenance work
on the valve itself, I.e.
- befon releasing the cover/yoke bonnet or ths
pressure seal bonnet from the body, therefore rlso
- before opening a bayonet joint (or the yoke
in the case of NORI valves)
- before releasing sealing and venting plugs or
the gland packing to repack or replace the
packing
- before dismantling the yoke or before opening the yoke bonnet for maintenance of the
bearings or before removing an actuator/gear
that is screwed directly onto the upper yoke
flange (without yoke bonnet) - (do not mistake Intermediate flanges for yoke bonnet)
the entire valve must be depresrurlzcd and rufficlently cooled down ao that the tempemture
In the valve is below the evapontlon tempenlure of the flow medium (in rtuffmg box too)
and scalding prevented In the case of toxic
media the valve must additionally be drained
and ventilated.

1.3 Putting into service and opemtlon

In case of doubt or uncertainty please refer.

Before putting new systems into service compare


material. pressure and temperature data of the
valves with the operating conditions of the piping
system to determine material stability and loading
capacity.

2.2 If actuators that are fed by a separate


energy supply (electric, pneumatic. hydraulic)
have to be dismounted from the valves or dismantled, the separate supply must first be
switched off, and the points in 2.1 observed.

In the case of new systems. and especially after


carrying out repair work the piping system
should be rinsed through with the vahres
completely open in order to remove particles
and welding beads which would damage the
sealing surfaces.

221 Actuators with integrated spring-loading


feature can only be dismounted when the
springs are relaxed. For this screws of adequate
length should be provided: these should always
be released last.

Seen from above, looking down on the handwheel, the valves are closed by turning in clockwise direction and opened by turning in the
opposite direction.
Globe valves are usually actualed such that
they are either completely open or completely
closed. For intermediate positions in constant
operation the ins:allation of throttling cones is recommended; in which case the direction of flow
must be observed.
The use of additional levers when turning the handwheel is not permitted.
The proper functioning of the installed valves
should be checked by opening and closing
several times. When the medium charges the
gland packing (461) with the operating pressure
and temperature. the tightness of the stuffing
box should be checked. H necessary the nuts
on the gland cover (452) should be retightened.
exerting the same pressure on bolh sides.
Pressure surges (water hammer) may not
exceed the nominal pressure (PN). Protective
measures should be taken.
Afler the first operation or heating up of the
valves, including maintenance-free valves, and
if the gasket (411) becomes untight, the screwed
cover union (902/920) must be gradually recrosswise.
exerting
the
tightened
same
pressure (DIN 375412. Clause 2.2; Use of ll
Gaskets). Hereby, ensure that the valves are
first opened by about 2 handwheel turns.

3. MAINTENANCE
3.1 Whenever maintenance work is carried out on
the valves the safety prescnptions given in section
2.1 must be observed.
3.2 All parts of the valves are largely maintenancefree. me materials of the slidina Darts have been
selected lo keep wear lo a m%mum. However,
lor reasons of safety and to reduce maintenance
and repalr costs. all valves - especially those which
are seldom actuated or not easily accessible should be regularly inspected. i.e. a! least 4 times
a year, depending on the safety requirements sel
forth in the acceptance certifcate or of the testing
authority.
3.3 The life of the valves can be extended by
lubricating the moving parts such as stern and
gland screws using a suitable lubricant (except on
BOA-W. bellow-sealed globe valves and oxygen
valves). and by repacking or replacing the gland
packing and cover gaskets in good time.
3.4 If the valves do not seal tight. indicating that the
body. cone or wedge seat is damaged, the body
cover (16l)/bonner (139) must be separated from
the body (100) and the sealing surfaces ground.
This should be done by qualified personnel using
suitable grinding equipment. The body sealing
surfaces and counter sealing surfaces should be
ground lo an even and smooth ring.

Relightening the nuts (920) of the screwed


cover union is also particularly imporlant for
valves that are used in heat exchanging plants
according lo DIN 4754, however not for valves
type BOA-W and NORM, tightly welded bellowsealed vakes and valves wilh pressure seal
bonnet (139).
In the case of valve; with pressure-tightening
cover. the nuts of the studs (920.4) which keep
the bonnet (139) and inserted gasket (411) pretensioned. must be secure during operation lo
prevent untightness at the cover caused by
lowering 01 the bonnet when the pressure in the
body is low.
In the case of valves with electrical/pneumatic/
hydraulic actuator (IA/MA)
the regulating distances/actuating forces must be limfied
Electrical actuators should be wired as follows:
Valves CLOSED - depending on torque
OPEN - pa:hdependent: Gate valves CLOSED
and OPEN - pathdependent.

G2

0570.8/5 M @

Wtr liefem:
- Absperrarmaturen:
Ventile, Schieber, Kugelhahne. Ktappen,
wartungsfrei;
weich- und metallisch dichtend
(hand- und fembetatigt)
- ROckfluBverhinderer
- Sonderarmaturen
l fOr die Haus- und lndustdetechnik
(Heizung, Kfima, SaniMr)
0 fflr die Chemie- und Verfahrenstechnik
(aggressive, abrasive und tiefkalte
Median)
0 Mr die Energie- und Kraftwerkstechnik
(konventioneli und nuklear)

We supply:
- Valves:
globe valves, gate valves, ball valves,
buttertly valves,
maintenance-free: with sofl- or metallic
seat (hand or remote controlled)
- Non-Return valves
- Special valves
0 for domestic engineering and general
industries (heating, airconditioning,
sanitary engineenng)
0 for chemical and process industries
(aggressive, abrasive and cryogenic
service)
0 conventional and nuclear power plants

Ventile
Valves
Robinets a Soupape

Nous foumissons:
- Robinetteries:
Robinets a soupape, robinets-vannes.
robinets a toumant, robinets a papillon,
sans entretien; a etancheite souple et
metallique (commande manuelle ou
telecommande)
- Soupapes de retenue
- Robinetteries speciales
0 pour les techniques du batiment et de
Iindustrie (chauffage, climatisation,
installations sanitaires)
0 pour les techniques et le genie chimiques
(produits agressifs. abrasifs et ctyogenie)
0 pour les techniques de fenergie et des
centrales (conventionelles et nucleaires)

PN 6-40
DN lo-300

mit flanschen oder Schwei6enden


flanged or butt weld ends
a brides ou emboulr a souder

GG-25
GGG-40.3
C 22.6, GSC 2.5 N

mit Ftarmchen oder SchweiBenden


flanged or butt weld ends
h brides ou embouts a souder

C 22.0, GS-C 25 N
13 CrMo 4 4. GS-17 CrMo 5 5
10 CrMo 9 10

Tmrx + 450 C

Ventile

PANZER
NORI

Valves
Robinets ir Soupape

PN 25-500
DN IO-400
Tmax + 600 Oc

pmex 600 her

Schieber

PANZER

Gate Valves
Robinets-Vannes

Ventile

CHEMIE
SICCA

Valves

CHEMIE

Gate Valves

Robinets a Soupape

Schieber

Robinets-Vannes

Kugelhlhne

TOPI

Ball Valves
Robinets B Toumant

mit Ftanschen oder Schweieenden


Ranged or butt weld ends
a brides ou embouts a souder

mit flanschen
flanged
A brides

C 22.8. GSC 25 N
;; ;:3 4 4. GS-17 Crt.tO

PN lo-500
D,., 50-600

B
3
P

10 cm40 9 10
x 20 crh4ov 12 1

Tmax + 600 =C

%
I
I
e

PN 10-40

CrNiMo
18 91.310
G-X 6 CrNi

DN lo-250

Tmsr + 300 =C

I
.g

PN lo-63
DN 50-1000

;
:
5

Tman + 300 DC

PN 1 O-40
DN 15-200

55

pmex 600 bar

G-X 6 CrNiMo 18 10
G-X 6 CrNi 16 9

mit Flwschen
flanged
a brides

mit Ftanschen. Schweisenden oder Mutfen


flanged, butt weld ends or sockets
P brides, embouts 6 souder ou manchons

C 22. GSC 25 N
G-X 5 CrNiMoNb 16 10
~~~~~~t$~

ii :i

Tmax + 230 DC

0
fs
>
E

BOAX
ZEKA*
DEXA@

Klappen
Butterfly Valves
Robinets I Papillon

Membranventile
Diaphragm Valves
Robinets ii Membrane

BOAMAT
SICCAMAT
TOPIMAT
BOAXMAT
SISTOMAT

Aggregate
Armaturen

Angclrtebcnr
Actuated Valves
Robinets A commander

GG-25
GGGdO
Ekstomere
Thermoptaste
G-X 6 CrNiMo 16 10

Einklemmarmatur
wafer type
robinets sans brides

mtt Fiahschen oder Gewindemutten


Ranged or screw sockets
a brides ou manchons taraudes

mtt Fbnschen. Schwaiaenden oder Mutten


langed. butt weld ends or sockets
a brides. ambOutS a souder ou manchons

PN 6-40
DN 40-600
_

-6

t .

Tmax + 300 Oc

GG-25
GGG-iO.3
Elastomere

PN lo-16
DN 6-300

Thermopfaste

Tmax+1750C

GO-25, GGG-40.3
C 22.6 GSC 25 N
X 10 CrNiMoli 10 10
G-X 6 CrNtMo t6 t0

PN lo-40
DN 1 O-300

4-66

.1_HSB

Klein, Schanzlin 8 Becker


Aktiengesellschaft
.
6710 Frankenthal
(Pfalz)

Geschaflsbereich
Armaturen

Bahnhofplatz
1
Postfach 1360
D-8570 Pegnitz

Telefon:
Teletex:
Telefax:

(092 41) 71-O


17-924 184 KSB P
(0 92 41) 71-l 5 81

Notice Descriptive

Leafi et

Typenblatt

PANZER@

PANZER@

PANZER

Robinets-vannes
t doubleopercule
TypeAKGS-A

Doublewedgegatevalves
TypeAKGS-A

Absperrschieber
mit Keilplatten
TypAKGSA ksb

a embouts a souder

with butt weld ends

mit SchweiSenden

pN63mo
DN 80/80-26Ol200

PN63/l60
DN 80/80-260/200

PN63mo
DN 80/8&260/200

743814m

Bctrirbsliberdrkkc

Om Gehhe)/Workin~

prcuuru

fin tie bodyl/Surprusionr

de

WtfkXOll
Maltrd
Ma1knn
DN 17m

WNtWtlW.
Mllvd Ht.
uawttt I?

zul&$ql9*rr~tiu
m 3s 3m lnmtun
n c
hammltkrOrtepptwuom3ww~m;mradt
Sr*pcwmdt-~dmPribaWbr~I~Mdtt
20
Ku
150 (2Rl)250 ~"~'30~400~421(450

63160

c 22.J

1.W

It.0 100

17s 1160 140

13cruo44

1.7335

239

230 1 SO

')Fw~l5x~,~~lxFn.

215

'1 Be

475

500

5101529
I

I120 (130 1 80 1 72 1 60
140

ldxR1. +d bx pmun: 1xFn

118

Is30

so

IW 1 00 1 67

IS50

~~zYv-~-,,,
3x')

1270

52 1 42

J310

')Lv~wdcvcum:ld~R1,LpnMu~*lxR(.

wvlsxdl
walti
Mnbuu

hfwatu
nmwtlul
kfvm~
g:
tir
Z4.b

murae4

) le.01170 (160 1 rso (147 114s

14x Ptwr:

du cyps)

rcrvia (a l%drie~

NUn%la
Nomvlpnur
fTwsmlmuub
m

czx-1.040160
4w9:

BZ

,
mfaNdmsold6e

tti~
rmadm
wudt

wm
x35 Wll-

I
I
,

11122

:lt
ssos:
urarr

I
Iwmdwl

-t&w4
1.4%1 - ttacsos
- aTim

mwtsivart4lepn
s#danm*p-4ddlt~

umtamut

13trMo44-1.733s

I
4
1

pnpirlwlt-~

pnidmt4rMtm3tslmNQtlvwsutrmadng

Gwmut
tu,

4509:

&&

ssos:

lsan

uatimt lullylwt r#ssim

lSMO3-1.5415

13wAa4

4 - 1.733s

a@-ps
nonamilabw3q
rmrruarlad~e/lowLa

wn35H2-2os4o

Ianeigmd
,=fw
Imrmmut

Fk lqmlmt

IbWIs0 f nmtt su4tlmlbblbuntlm.

Einbau
lbSdb~tkdIlrtbu.rrP~~ucR~hKl~tdu
nNltilttldli8bIIbtrhln uytb#.
Bein imtddm
tDamtlmdw DlLcumw
rritcha
4bmBnrrbtdruslrvamdmGepmdnrb:ldmrdcm
uui4uBuirdtmvl~uischb3wmhnQImReiw
U~N~DdYtitNkidlttftllBtl3lipunp
~SImt&tdt~KcgehdV*b~mwk~aDtbtiNdtn
Mdndhdnt
nut DN 3230 BL 2 1-W

sudel smwbbWI wd IW14Bwtbftlchn sl4 0.

rltrltIla~att~ftlIou%~lwnn4n
UlNbtl twlR

Installation
nl m: hi8 U)hw

Montage
LllHbbtN
attntallmltttbtlN
,tttenpultt 4mNt~lbna
etbr4ultlpmlbl1t
urda84DbImk

mbkt b&t uw

IWI lIL1mtd81pu~m

urlmkrcfkbl

pfua@f&

AusDuldtb -Utmcnm.b~~lmbexsrmf

mu3mJm(mrtNlouti
whatttm~~ltnm~
WWShRtlbtdbUlftbM#Rbt&lhtNMItOrO
m@dlorthikpurWob*PhhUrbniuumcadOh
DlNmosblLnlMvpaMedluenlillkhntnIhc
w4.bqpttwtupxrtamadlbtlu(*vtuatdmwmnam
tlNltcbsutumtdsNltntwsMldtwbw,wncwnmtnd

es3alccruicbr~~p#rMo*rk4op*suls,dc~~

Ntmtwn&tdm&twr+tHtnmtwdttvtlvdudvtmDN3250
mwrmcmmdm8tRdr~rlt
llltMtpUUl~ygrtttUltVtMt,ttR*~&J@UtndtlWlI~
r&e WI frcililr b manmw~~

tdhwmtvtvisimtla~gromuwgabnlvtaInt
(nmgdrmdth3btptamIhtnhvlatasiutptnlii

ubu

mrld
h91P
tin(cauil
Aul hrdnpr nwdtt
SDndilg

UL schiibg nil tnlwiutMlguluuerc

3l da Sloplunu

gtMtntl

RocbdiiChlw9.

bbptu~igcc.
Etatptmdtnt~
Amit~tt
N
GwtInpumdJlb.
Sm. oda Kegtlmmntb md WWuJwn
Sbntmnce gtbtltf~

Pow It1 nwlw

- robhtt WlJwpt uurol Dw ls,

Dnnwul BegabWvu cm& tu@td *ahadsin mnncelrn a Walt8 ltal glrnd rbnltm mg k III4 aul@ box). hard
bmdtmcbwt.Wl-%lcnthtFua3twl~rt~
hdultr.tar&tIr
ltmtlt
mtNtl~tlltntt ImA t*
rkars aaWltR

DUE dvmbrrdt Ntu# datek VtutIwpZ


ttrtil~
dubpc(.mnrvpltvO(fm6(cDuru,tnpruvprrtm~mu
cwmYtimuU~1dat~~c0mmtnd+tWn~ut.

fu JaWbh~ ~pmli& limutliq.


bnwiq tmmltb: 0670.1

hUb~lyrbIrrditu~.It
dlult~ d f'tdfditt
ubmIriadnei4ubhpfimk0570.9

884ubluua

lbt

mcnhsr.,rrp~~brg(DD~~lg(LSOU09):
rcunntlsut(DI1.romrvlvauntl~.mlmtl
twQu1m
tlmdy. mhllaautQ rym rhlb mdcrmh:
dnwstqtmvloc&taitnc4h-av~tMi&4tvmrkhq
lcmcdRlU4 m. aa rm
*on3p v-t
bar).

su dmu*

bs m3mtb*nm

ptwtm bill hTt.5 tvu IdJur

LaKsmlsscama?EAswbllm~19IbovD91:
bmkrr mn'd 4% rOmrVk WI. dgplVta
~~*~WbWWttUW~WCW4kS&WW.t
~~bfWtapmrgt.~mcemlutdrta-vix~.w
-dcsmic2br)~3c

et

ImCn

de b

1 -961
200

Gehiiusesichenmg

Body Safety Device

Dispositif de sbcurit~ du corps

fsichs such 7300.270)

(se0alr07300.270)

@!,rursi730027D)

Ei~GcYuuPchanpb~ulorde~w~~~Mpttdbucwm
saiebadiiu~deswiriu~~
F%SiOkr)UnnprMd~mlcin~Druckrttirmnp
beslenAmGetIiuYQtvlelLulD~sllNan(131.2).tidM
lMOx74mmnrnactaa#icAuIAabrhpucg
tiFbz%zB
~il@tVlpSkSwdrnDdNOlllNF
ausfimnnpwid o)nc St"
pclclul.
'?da karllungk4
m~obcmccdll
-Mdl*
Stutzm) gewhcfd lid0
D~GcN-ldu(lliChl~M~3lShrrrn
~1312)~nudm.bmuB~ainRolvun~
WllO~WkdUbbrrbdWUMdenSl~rnpc
olrdd w&n
Dn Itbtrwhrh Slam nniLILJW.
rjduhllLlntdl
ldbl DialItml"". Lbbnrhq.

Akdyulaydnbb-~il,vahwtrnheckwd,
IheR ilI dal-qer
Cltnp+r.d
w
hemming Ovsmuld and
tks8~patunincn~octuinp.l~
bati~1312).size1wl0r74 mm,MteprevidcdonIh
urwbdfpu(kfsllkalw~~inpofl~sardy
valvlRydMdafdmrionkrupplhdwilholdcorwdmii
twKJLwnm~~pbavaaevhrthecrbodynfn/
dwicc(bob/olay ntltvatIcmnedioo bnncrl)
isnqlhd,
The badYUlay ntn may nul be w&d
uiwuy on10lb
ccmeuh bmch (llrij.
IImua ta mmted 10 Ihe

Un6witilUdabducntwwI1~~hrobiM~Nlr
cunlLnnL.I~~hpo~euuy~drbqpvvanldu
cummu liquidt
a done uuol avgmnatcn de prmim llorkadolktc.
AbmipulrsupehundueorprI~DoPblrdt~unel~
(131418n0174mm
poubpwull~Uu,~d~tontC
ducutpsL(mtd&amdardeabmdansblubuhmRiheUii
owrb-dm~b~l&rLcuill(wo~6(
_~~ - - --

sklta1ubuhrr).
Lcsowpadcsbalduenusmdc4msLlmsoddiaOmmdlb
lubuhrr. I doll em ptu4 vulirahmml urn lam $u ridmrlwbii

cmncUbnbnnchvbanuprigMpipe.oulddtdUu~ton
Uupl~u.~~ds~iro~~~h:lmJurL~I~Ul~b
mhn

nr ,lfI
bdmN CmIdhl huti ul rtq Uldf nln b
wl ttcl
a II m)pb.

a I( HIPPI II 8ht4 IV rwp W*W p ampb *II

Ian p,n..t

1, lwnnw

Ausfiihnmgsvarianten /Various Designs Nariantes dessaies

bnnungaweiga
(621)
Ope.ntt McaW (621)
tndicaleur
d-owature (621) .

Sirnndtrteb
Spur war
Enpnage A pi~non droil

Endschana (614)
timafwilctl(814)
hterrupleur de fm de course (814)

StMnradlrieb und SlekntM


Spur q&u and actuator
hpwnape D pignon droil et
WMumnnande

Laleme und Antriebtbuchsc


lhiite
wHh dttving bush
LaWne 1 douilk de manaw~

Ugdradtrieb
BHcl gear
Enprtnapa 4 &non

mnipw

DOI& de mamrwe

Sleltnntr*b
diield
aulpeWt
kluatcw
diieumounted
-wotage
diied

i
i

1:

TF

mt .

g
Abmessungen I Dimensions

1
s
:
B

/ Dimensions

Nenndwk

Sdrcilmdm

Nominal prewra

Butt weld tndr

Centre
totopheight

Presion

Embodr i rmdu
unhearbdtd

Hautwr

nominale

iT%

Fn

80180

loo/a0
100000
125noO
1251125
63/160

15W125
1501150
17!mO
2OOMO
2OoROo
25Oma

I
390
450
450
525
525
iii
675
::
900

peMbt
Open
Owen8

Lamachined
nonlsinc
0&nm
EESL
95
120
120
145
145
175
175
195
225
225
280

i'2
92
115
115
138
138
160

,,

925
925
925
1135
1135

180
180
225

i5

d b
---I--400
400
400
400
500
5Ml
630
630
630

L
EJ

ii
a5
loo
125
130
.__
175
190
::
315

i
1
p
5
s
i5
f
%
.
f
i
f
s
4

AnschluSrnaSe

Assembly dimensions

Batingm

Fsd-hce

nachUN 3202lSlP

t?mmsimK4bunvr(de&r~l0Dw3239.

~NctlDW3239.
srdmdefupcnlorm
Sonda~aulAnhpr

Encombrements
~o.lacc~mN3zozIsla
ammonrdnm4YJuk&IMdarclivMIw3239.
TypcdclWWCOCCBJ4CQC~~wo.
Spcdcl~berembovlaImuer.rrudnvnda

kn@h rsmrdnp IO Dp13202ls 10.

nach M 255%

WcldQfDMIwml~lOUN2359.
spcdal4immaimnrtNllnkiaukmnpuaL

Bastellangaben

Specifications

Specifications

W~bMElLUlparUCbS$lbUl~
NMnaua(FW),Nanrrilc
IoM.L)dktdkdWko-&UC&..Om
B~mrpanttr
u-d R-

Flux pin UCcud idomulion ah&


lxmwpmurlNrl,~~m.roc*ingPmlkmlid pxsufe. Do* l-n&m ron;inp 1cmenm
*co4lmuon

N~VW$piWSd(iWChfJiJWkSWOdbidiquauct~
mrlmma
ad

Klein, Schanzlin 8 Becker


Aktiengesellschafl
6710 Frankenthal
(Pfalz)

Geschlftsfeld
Armaturen
Krafhverke

Bahnhofplalz 1
Postfach 1360
D-8570 Pegnitz

Telefon:
Teletex:
Telefax:

(092 41) 71-O


17-924 184 KSB P
(0 92 41) 71-15 81

_. -._
f
1

--*

__

--

.__..^.

I..

~.

_L_---

__
5.

-..-

-_.I

.._-

_ ~. .--..-

.---__L_.

.._

-.!

.-

---.--

.~

--

I ....I

562.4

ZYLINDERSTIFT
I

3oo----I

r-~@400

--

940.2
940.1
932
920.6
920.3
920.2
920.1
914.3
914.1
902.4
902.3
902.1
870
?29
636
563
562.2
562.1
553
544
SOL)
so1
500
4BS
b61
157
4s2
411.1
361
360
324
200
166
139
131.2
131.1
100

auma
GST 16.1-B-4
>
14
3
i.i
! i
I--j
II
i
I
[; i
.I
I
I
i,

I
I

-..
1200

I !
/.

j-:

/1

I
t

i
;-.A

- -.. . 200

LS2 --

a1100

9024
9206

--

PASSFEOER
PASSFEOER
SI:HEROt!SSAING
6KT-NUTTER
MJTTER
6KT-HUTTER
6KT-flUTTER
INNfN-6KT-SCHRAUBE
INNEN-6KT-SCHRAJBE
STIFTSCHRAUBE
STI FTSCHRAUBE
ST I FTSCHRAUBE
STIRNF!AOGETRIfSE
ZVISCHENFLANSCH
SCNIIIERNIPPEL
BOLZEN
ZYllNOERSTlFT
ZYLINOERSTIFT
ORUCKSTUCK
GEVINDEBUCHSE
PLATTENHALTERING
RlNG-tlEHRTEIllG
RING
t!lTNENtiER
PACKUNGSRING
GRUNDRING
STOPFBUCHSBRILLE
DICHTRING
PLATTENHALTER
KfILPLATTf
AXlAlROlLfNLAGfR
SPINOEL
BIJGEL
VERSCNLUSSTUCK
STUTZfN
STUTZEN
1GfHXUSE

IILI

CYLINORKAL

mJRLLE

RN

CYLlNORlPUL

CLAYfIT!

ltcr

tLl*lrrc

. :;.llci

.Iki,,i,

HUT

ICPO

NUI

CCRP

NUT

ill

WI

LCRO

SOX11 I.0
socur

CAP scotr

HLIO CAP skw

aP,o

1 PA*

aoLox

A PMS WX

MUX

GOUIO Flltlfc

ST0
SW0

llO

FllLTLC

ST0

GO,Ol

FllLIif

GEAR WHEEL

FL*YGC

GREASI YIPPLE

BRlOf

IrlRh<oIAII~

aouLw

CLIYOI)1CU

PI

GOUIILLC ~III*o*lo~

CILIOIIUL

PI

GnPtlL~
orlc

ru*mt

WL,lPLC

RING

116

RlYrl

O~ET oomc~tf

BIGUE HJLTIPLC

BAGUE 0 EITrrAlYfMNl

P.CX!G

GLAIO llY6
l&l0

am
846111

TIPPU
GUlO

cII*o~to~

OE LGLIGl

OOI~L~ FILLTCE

,I

YIOGC ofrurirra

GARII1UOf

01 PRissc-iTOUPi

BAGU~ ot FOND

COVER

FOULOIR Of PREss~-crOUPi

GASICT

auac

WTOE ROLOCI

Ponrr-omcuc

WEDGE

OPEDCULf

TWRVST OOLLR a~*arYb

amE

STF

Tl6~

o~~r~imf

4 IOUL~U):
FILClEI

DIE

E.rRIfR

BOCl

ilmn~lfun

COYfCIIO

.PIN<

fBLRt

comtcrlom

mum

TaULRc

CISllG

ST 44-2

ST GAL ZN

GRrlSflUR

PIN

T*~Ao~o

c LS It
C 45 K
F3R PHR
C 35 N
9ShN28K
C 35 N
C 35 N
B.B
6.0
CK 35 V
CK 35 V
Cl: 35 V

ROLE 0 ENGRENAGE DRO(T

~mwo~~rf

TRSl

1.4021.0s

UJRPS

111

1.7709.05
l.CO21.05
1.4021.05
1.7709.0s
GZ-CIJALIONI
ST
1.733s
1.5415.01
I 22 I
SRAFIT
ST
1.7335
5RAFlT
C22N
C 22.8-H6
ST
1.4021.05
C 22 N
c 22.8
I.7335
l.SLlS
c 22.6~Ii6

902.3

I
t-L

IE

902 1
920 1

hbrn;-N r . :

!2E

3-4x?-4269651427040
ABB KRAFTANLAGEN
AG

Ktnnrticbnung
u,,ir(

AuslegungBctrieb
bax.d
ml,.
*#,ratlrg ,111
bar,
bU/C
bat/-C
461346
yAwJOAA012

KW-TALCHERBLOCKI+2

Anlage:

phlt

k,rechnung

7-l

iI

Schweiflplan:
uelling plan

5622 _

DIN 50 049-3.1B

Spezifikation:
spcrilication

Armaturengruppe:
objekt gfoupS

ksb akgsa pz absperrschieber ap1

WerkstoffprUfplan:
$273

etanination

material

Bauprflffolgeplan:
txartnation

0 260,4

1
c

plan

sequence plan >

WBP-426 has
WBP- 427 040

Spur
Bevel

Gear
Gear

Installation
Operation

Boxes
Boxes

type
type

GST121600
GK12400

and
Instructions

tl35101gb

Manufactured by
RIESTER KG

D-784 Miillheim (Baden)


P. 0. Box 1362
Phone (07631) 4083-87
Telex 077 29 94

g;
c

*YE o*-l/a
-ii
&+
.% 8 22
COL3
OZ .s g
.
5; -z-g
25 %WZ

;gz

6;
3 w
0 .
9
-07
>.f
3
WO

-zx

E&
oy

g.2

m z

PXW
3
r ou ai
mm
z;j .G
F
L L L
l-CQL
r&G2
g

+
2;
13L(-2
&G
2:
mc
2v)w.no-$ -3U
zd
gc
P
3
EO
::
w-t
-+J . m
; .; g
yo zry+
$L
oOE
CDos
- 0 ._ni
cJcv+

Lm

3520,

no
c+
2
c+
0
: 2 22
m2? v;
.-u=
5 t.0 Q.gy
-mad
FEW,23
,~$-u
II0
WC-Y f
>02+9O
flm z;;,o &r
- 3 WC%
6x a E--o
.-> E
m,r x m
;jycmo=
-gl=,OL,

:;,OEuk

22 c
g/o w,
*
mo 2:
2
c-0
$s L-w
wgowY-Y::
n.- w
c
y:
,;g.E=
z cuj-.~

20&r
45

r;
a
cno
Qu
c 0 05
*= +- t
sr

.-

s-,
z-w
>
Z aJ L
25:
-c)
0

z
,.I5I
rE-icu
m
$r a&
www
++ ,E
?f ES3
CC
$$&,a,
00
Yk
CJ
z , %u3
2:
m=
-c
2%
III,!jz3
m-n
LW . r"yu TiG w-t
LWO c,
z &j*gz
a&-u
13
-0 n$
w nS&$0
.~W&&
= pi
53;
WUW~X
r
w
*I
,~C*mm
cng O-JU
L-m3wE
.g,ss%
UmE>
- CA
Ll(fJ
Is%
0 c3+
I
.mw 13) swwEi>u
.sfC=o
,a+W~v;
zo+cs
3&jpcn
&,tow,t
2 au*; *0 zggg*;
c9->OoJg
cu'?Er-E, c;Bors
x
5.5

wn

ut;On

:wg

*vJ

,ogrhl
v) co cnt-

E.5

0-2

2+
El
m13 .+ .-0
EW
5
Xf=
05;
wcu
E +u
go
?Q &
am,
-&co
f+
0
iz 5.;
F

x(J;;cte

zoz
k
0
no

ii

su-,

gr:
g-t

$z
=
;;r
L++
2s
3:

cnu
5
c Em
O 5u7-J
E
Dssz5
~ComKl

ai

0
z-2 ;icm2
5L
22
FLU
:ki
ijm
z
E+3 *e;j,
m L -It;:
c3w
'30.&
cto
?,1
E
2 vipi
.EO::
-Qz
W2+rn
$ig
E cg
usZO
gz E - cl
22
m,E
LL
E.?

u3F

z
j $5
i

E.;g
2 Q
Em QJ,
p-z ki g
.- -- +
2:
&Z
OCL.
=-CrJw
_tr---Y-~

3gTc
>- ,+.= om&
.ZZ+Q+J
z w-o.- c
w.e.Q)E e
P,z;a3
Q,
to
01
2-I ,nEZ

g3
co:

-tW
5:::
3i.o

55

t tit-uL
g)q
=5 W
2

PC&
.-

9-r
0-a.

mz
.z
5%
25
::
Y
/ ..,A
2

\
\i.

ii

3
c5

imy --%\
\
x.
l[D; 1t
r

cv

cii

UC
c
o;.F
.Eg
21600-J
mo t?=
c
.- 3 .-

-i i

c!.ETm
f
Nv,
f%-r;r

zo.L%@
s 00
~CLn
-cl Loe
WC
2;; ad
2; z
l-t-2

u-c
E-5
$2
v)u-m
0 z-i
s:cu c
iii ki;
=cnn
OkE
03s 0
.-COfJu
k? $
E 3; -m
-3%
uO

$1
ki
m,: E
gz
m5
2 31

w Lo

-e
z a,
~~E2
ci5 2 3
b-w
- 3&-?&i
.-g *-E&2
>
5-z g5
gij l@
0 I *-VYw
rgh+
0 0 0%
w U-(lY
uwwEgg3
SEE?
$cz,

r.b!?
&cl
E'i?6,
'i ~ (D
aw b
J=+
(u-vzu (IJ
*; :.g
+m
zcn
.LLQO
0,Il.;;
S-0$
O$r
73mc
CD 2
",s
c
';
.c
.3
+
g OZ-gL:
*-II
dw&f
-;c b b.w
ml-Urnv,
w
z
wd, 6
&.)d
ES
Q)aJ *
r,w-0
-20
ki wo
yEy
OE
2 u is wm,o
X- mu
w.g %,+-
(3
zrn o E
2% & .G ;jg
w I-2 gr
I
r>wz
EGE
.gLGs,
c+ 0
(D.-AZ = w
W&
oz.cyL?j2x3 3:
w 3slz
g 5 i ;
& r;n.E 2

3 i;
(dz*3

GE
Eii
=a,,
ao c
.E w Ef
07j w
0 mz.u 2 73
g 2 cJ-)Tj
=w
E g :g .2
z+ ox
P
.Ew,d:
?&g
3m
E 6%;
zw,rs
lucm
c?iz
cT)oEg
TJ&=aJ
0%
,&

g giz
a-.-: hz

mu--c
uz=:.2
$ EJ._o
Q)G
0 r.c &&
- $uI=%!
$2.5
Q)aoOcg

mE;;;2?z
=s ES.5
zo&zn
E cl-u
8 E diqq
c O.ku
18
p3b+
&j;j~OO
Crq,LUO&

$25

.po~Cr
w+
w
CLWO
a,>.rs
&E-g

$
; :
gz z
f
;p
z
:
2
; 2
;
@~n--o~Y,
Yr
-

i
t

,
I
1
I
I

g
2
k
P=,
8
..

<
5,
I

a
8

0
!

r9
m

0
-

6
Lo
0

,
I
,

(
(
(

;
1
v

.
.

Ji

- !
5 r;
z ;
z
5
:
2%
m L;,
c ;
0
c c

ir
/m
d
r

g
w
.G
+
a gal $3
EV EC 2
1
$
oc
~&a?
..
LL
I--LL+-LLlI
I
* I

ig

0
05
Ii
i2.2
20
$2

pp
ag
ai;-

corm
6-,13-o
& -+u
ii
+.=wwc

.EOm,
E E w fj c
m ;; n .0
c o,:g
2 QW
=eo
+u
E -Q*
cg
*- c E
.-OO&
.k? w Q,
.c Z~C0.E

gl.r-,

L :E

a
is

v)

2-i

g.f
E+
O $
WV.0 ;r
I
73 &_ok-z
om
4-J.t-u
Z > J?2 ; z
3
~wOO$.q,JzQQ,u
.z

Lu,~rnZ
m
G3

iii
L
r-6
-08
2 .c ._o
ocrl
g 2.2
J ml)L
s-3
COGEr Q)

*E
6- ii
07;;
g .-rz .0 Ig-g
-Jt- 3

-cil

.-

3
g&i
-o&
c 8 .-$5
co~t-0
&/-~
5.c ,o
11w,L+0Q
"2 .s z
5Jg
2 Ti .o
*- C.?
-Q tu 0-J

gxz

OF

El+
0 u
G Q) c
c pu 6
B:.e
+w
ap%E

QE9
WOO
&g 0 L.5
2OU.J
* 2 .e
w Qo
.mWO=
E
c_t
I3 b-zyl
$wr
.-O+WE
WkZ
g 0 xy3,:;
z! 2
nn
urn
E
ww
zu
2 3
I-lnwc

CI
m

6
c,
5
c
.-

I
+ co
5 .g 5
.- .- Is QWS
Ii .Q--t.-z
:
i 2 -5 Q
.EJa z .E
mpw.
- n-0
.-= .-to,.
.Iz w-
31 fuo
z g.Zd
+.
ii > 5
Q,L +j
50
mu

EW
2.5
v)L
Q
4O
3; ;;
;r n
5.z
3 *$
s
&J
w=,
m-r
>:0
L .** rnz
fyj?g
3;s z
-?g g
-3w
C6Eb-J

E
6
f
3
>
ual
3 &
c
ESau
ai
: F
i; Q.
G =
OB
I$

u
EO.
z;E
d

ZOC

0
.?
Lt
x W.2
a
.k a=
CE(
=y+
03:

a
xw
0) k?
z
$43
2s

Ei w-l<
w
ii
2
P
0 xw
.-E .! d
z 56
.L
cw 02
$0
-ii W-l
N
[I

ii
z
F
0

5
N
I
i

ii F
=I
jjs
:_I

GE
- *
W
30
z- ti
t-4
F-

Ersatzteilliste gst12400
Spare Parts
Pikes de rechange

5.07~
a

-eg3;-I
03
u

s
16

-11

F=i=3~-

010
-on

Ll2

LLOL
I
u.03

U.OL
0

:
:
.>
_.

.
.,,__

auma

RIESTER KG

Ausgabe
Issue
Edition

175

Ersatzteilliste
Spare Parts
Pikes
de rechange

GST V-400

Bei jeder Bestellung ist unbedingt die Getriebenummer und der Typ anzugeben (riehe Typenschild).
When ordering it is essentialthat number and type of the gear box are mentioned (refer to name plate).
Priere dindiquer dans toute commande de pieces le numero de lactionneur et son modele (voir plaque des caractbristiques).

Teil Nr.
Part No.
No. de ref.
1
2
3

I
i

t
t

I-

4.11
4.12
4.13
4.21
4.22
4.23
4.24
4.7
4.754.8
5
5.07
-.-.
5.3
6

Designation

Benennung
Gehause
Rohrflansch
Deckel
/ Hohlwelle
1 AnschluRflansch (Form A)
( Gewir debuchse (Form-A)
1Gewindering
AnschluRfiansch (Form B & C)
Steckt luchse (Form 6)
Anlaufscheibe
Klauenkuopluno (Form C)
I Wellenzapfen (Form D)
1 Steckwelle (Form E)
1 AnschluRflansch (Form D & El
1 Antriebswelle
____..
I1 VerschluRkaooe
~~~
[ Schutzrohr
1 Steckwelle

Housing
Housing cover
Cover
1Hollow shaft
1Moun&
flange (type A)
I Stem nut (type AI
I Threaded ring
1Mounting flange (type B & C)
I S!eeve (type B!
1Thrust washer
1Dog coupling (type Cl
I Stub shaft (type D)
1Socket (type E)
1Mounting flange (type D & El
Input shaft
Cap
Stem protection tube
Intermediate shaft

ormen nac

auma

RIESTER KG

Designation
Carter
Couvercle
Chapeau
- bot
(Cra
1 Bride-joue fforme A)
1 Ecrou (forme A)
I Bague filetee
1 Bride-joue fforme B 81C)
.
] Manchon fforme E
2)
..
.
) Rondelle dappul
1 Manchon B endentures (forme C)
/ Arbre dentramem lent (forme D)
1 Douille (forme E)
1 Bride-joue fforme D & E)
Arbre principal
Couvercle
Tube de protection
Arbre

MAWlOAAO13

Hard faced valve DN25, PNI 60


*Make KSB, type NORI-A

AP-11809C

Actuator
*Make AUMA,

see MAW80AA040
type SA07.5-FlO-Bl-22

NORIA
ca.265

EBB

ca.250

IL

ON 25

Panzer Ventil ksb zxsv


NORI-A
robinet

hard-fared-valve
a soupape
NORI-A

Kunde:
rirti~er

ABB /

AP11809c

PN 160

K W Talcher

Block

11.09.91

l+

FRIE./

I client

3-719-422

302

422

527

!!Pkra5 ; Y:d\ fabricat iii

Kennzeichnung
ratting

M A W 10 AA 013

o Barque

Betriebsdaten:
operating
data
raracteristiques
L
a
1
2
c
f

~II1llllll~lllTllltllI-~r-~~IrI-~

i i

IY H II

oc

-932

c
a

940.4

.m
E
2

I I

557
500
920.f

556
950.1
323.1
544

.2

!I.a

I IhY/r

-204
57
00

w
160

-+

950.1
940.4
~940.2
932
930.1
920.1
920*2
920.1
902.4
902.1
901.1
880
723
579
561
557
556
550.1
544
501
500
485
461
457
452
323 * 1
204
166
100

62.3

bar

360C

techniques

Tel lerfeder
Passfeder
Passfeder
Sicherunysring
Federstheihe
6kt. Hutter
6kt. Hutter
6kt. Hutter
St i ftsrhrauhe
St i ftschrauhe
6kt. Schrauhe
Stellantrieh
Flansch
Arretierklohen
Kerhstift
Fihrungsscheihe
Cleitscheihe
Srheihe
6evindehurhse
Ring aehrtlg,
Ring
Hi tnehaer
Par kung
Grundring
Stopfhurhshrille
Ax.Kugellager
Dro.-Keyelspindel
Biigel
6ehiuse

KSB Aktienyesellsrhaft

rlrii!

ressatt

key

tlarette

klY
rirtlil

tlarette

safety drrire

freii

hexa!tt tit

e[rai a I iaas

hexajtt tit

e[rai a I Iant

hexaitt rif

e[rai 1 L last

stud

jiijii

filete

stud

jttjlt

lilrte

rirrlils

hexajit

head btlt

ris a fete kesagtrale

ralre drive

raureleat regalateir

flaale

bride

stop

tkage d arret

~rsared Fir

liupillc

llile

distqae de jaidaje

disc

slidiiy

cainelee

disc

disqie jlissalt

disc

disqae

tkreadtd Lusk

dirillt

alIt ille

kague ailtille

riig

filetee

ring

hague

tappet

kajle drntraiaralst

ilaid

Iarkii!

]iraitirl

de Irrrre-etoale

~1311riiy

hajte de fill

jlatd

flultir

[afer

dr Iresse-ttsape

tkrast ball beariig

kitee a killer

thrattlii!

tige de [tie detr3a~lerrit

dirt stem

ytke

etritr

Ill!

clrls

1.8159
[ 45 K
[ 45 K
FSt phr,
FSt
[ 35 N
1.7258,05
[ 35 N
Ik 35 V
1.7?09,15
8.8
SA 01,5-FlO-61-2
666-40
St 44-2
104104,01t05
St 35
CuZn37 F37
St
[uAllONi F71
9SHn28K
St 35
[ 22 N
6rafit
1*1709,05
1.7335.05
St
1.4122~HI1
1.5415
1,5415-HZ1

MAWlOAAOl4

Gate valve DN350,


*Make PREUSSAG,
- BAlOA.002

PNI 0
type 60500-K

62889!55
62889/05
4.00.33-5058
1
see MAJIOAAOOI

,lelll

u,

lltNNOVNON

ran 74X%

o*IA

060
t-

27
21

2
iQ
\u
I
2
<
E
2

8
\
2
.-u
c
.-E
0
.=
2
OJ
<
al
:5
I
3
2
vl

:0

&
OJ
:5
Jz
7

rIII;

?
u
aJ
In
0
T;
\

-.173G

20

17

18

19
10
11
9

I-------

28

1
7

27
24.1 32

31. A/

6 kt.-Mut ter/hexagon
Sicherunqsbiechiinternai
6 kt.-Flutter/hexagon

436

nut

W /463

tab washer

7Gdfl

VII

y-w--

2%

3.5-10 INfM2

nut

rrl.,.,.rn.-.,.-+,,Altn,+
rlllLClll31

M27x2
7

i/M
3r7~42c
IL
I
1&k'Q /;&id!

cs;f35
1

< 1

z
0
E

=:

12

23

aJ
:o

24

5
2l

22

24.1

4.1

54.4
E

55022,x

4.3
4.1
3.1
2
1
POS
item

1 C22.8

D40

:hsbrille/aland

1
I
2maw10aa016 2maw10aa014
KKS - Nr.
Projekt
n. ON 7161
~~$~~m

m-S

TALCHER, lndien

Block 2

ABSPERRSCHIEBER/ GATE VALVE


IIN
PNd6
3..

aflmaf3

Abmdl

Hal3loleran

PREUSSAG
Arma t uren GmbH

6288955

,1.111 nit ~ttNN0VlYON

II

II

mn W O R % OArA

8
P

2
.-0
z

0
.-C
-0
.=
2
OJ
<
2
:a
c

28
?f

%T
?I23
22
21

u
%
0
72
\
c
al
VI
2
iz
ii
s
01

ifi
n
vl

:5

cz

12
23
24
24.1

I .

I
1maw10aa014

1maw10aa016
NllliC

1991

t- GCI.

26.06

1 wE@ER

KKS - Nr.

Block
1
lP.O?. I ecc,y
al,*m-s.
lol*rnrangrrr
n.DN141
ABSPERRSCHIEBER / GATE VALVE
'2;,7"" m -S
ON350 PNc'6
Proiekt

1 Gw.
naIlslao
/

PREUSSAG

TALCHER, lndien

Armaturen

6288905

GmbH

-A-A

Bamonc :c>tt-e *
udq kghl ewMd

.-

L P
PPi

eauhan. 9tYMr,*sw
h*hlq ne!qh~Ci.d

-.

Ansokn D
CM(OM

J
c.
L

.-

.:.

_:

.-

10

ON 1 PN

preussag absperrschieber 4003350581

tdent - Na
Block I

v AAlP.mctlRkr d wnde
pat. rat* Wlh rrld *n*r

ON

2 A
I MY

ldent
PN
Block 2

* A.
10 .A

- No

P30.

MAW 1OAAO 15

Gland steam exhaust \ra!ve


*Make FISHER
Valve
*Make

Form 5032
FISHER, type 667-ED*

Actuator
*Make FISHER, type 667-70*

Form 1203

Positioner
*Make ECKARDT, type 6986513

see MAN1 lAA021

Filter
*Make

see MAN1 1 AA021


FISHER, type 67AFR*

125600 Designs ED 81 EAD

Instruction Manual

Fisher Controls

Class 125 Through 600


Design ED and EAD

easye
f FISHER)

Valves
Form5032

June 1989

Contents
Introduction................................

.I

Scope of Manual ............................


Description ..................................
Specifications ...............................

.l
1
.l
.2

Installation ................................
Maintenance...............................

.a

Packing Lubrication ...........................


Packing Maintenance .........................
Adding Packing Rings .....................
Replacing Packing ........................
Trim Maintenance ............................
Disassembly .............................
Lapping Seating Surfaces ..................
Valve Plug Maintenance .....................
Assembly ................................
Bellows Seal Replacement ....................

.
.3
.3
.5
.7
.7
.8
8
.8
.9

Parts Ordering .............................


Parts list .................................

.9
.io

Introduction
Scope of Manual
This instruction manual includes installation, maintenance. and parts information for l- through a-inch Design ED valve bodies, and l-through g-inch Design EAD
valve bodies, through Class 600 ratings. Refer to separate manuals for instructions covering the actuator and
accessories.

Description
These single-port valve bodies have cage guiding,
quickchange trim, and balanced push-down-to-close
valve plug action. Body configurations are as follows:
Design ED-Globe-style body (figure 1) with metal-tometal seating for all general applications over a wide
variety of pressure drops and temperatures,
whisperMm andarmy-0ato rrplrured tmdmwk~ d flrhn Contrdr Imwrutk4, he,
0FlltwlxJmrol1lm~lknd

Incl973.19~

Al Ai9nta

R.Htvd

Figure 7. Design ED Valve Body with Type 667Actuator

Design EAD-Angle version of Design ED, used to


facilitate piping or in applications where a self-draining
body is required.

Specifications
Typical specifications
table 1. Some of the
assembly as it comes
actuator nameplate if

for these bodies are shown in


specifications for a given body
from the factory appear on the
the body is part of a complete

control valve assembly.

125600

[FISHERY

Designs ED & EAD


Table 7. Specifications .

End Connection Styles & Ratings(l)


Cast Iron Bodies
Flanged: Consistent with Class 1258 or 2508
per ANSI 816.1-1975
Screwed: Consistent with Class 2508 per ANSI
Bl6.1-1975
Steel and StaInless Steel Bodies
Flanged:
Consistent with Class 150, 300, and
6OOmper ASME/ANSI 81634.1988
Screwed or Socket Welding: Consistent with
flanged Class 600 per ASME/ANSI 816.34-1988
Buttwelding: Consistent with Class 600 per
ASME/ANSI 816.34-l 988
shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2-1976
R 1982), Formerly ANSI 816.104
Standard: Class Il@Lmaximum leakage 0.5
percent of valve capacity at full travel
OptionabFor Bodies with graphite piston ring
and 3-7/16 inch (87 mm) or larger port diameter;
Class Ill@-maximum leakage 0.1 percent of
valve capacity at full travel; Class IV@-For
bodies with multiple graphite piston rings and
4-3/6 inch (111 mm) or larger port diametermaximum leakage 0.01% of valve capacity at full
travel
I.~~.~~~~tem~Mbh~~.~nd~ny~rtm~rd

k~lionS.ShcMnm300xaso.d.

?SmurrngsdClwW600hhl6sWnaW8ondmmpywllhASM6/ANSl

Installation

Personal injury or equipment damage


caused by sudden release of pressure may
result if the valve assembly is installed
where service conditions could exceed the
limits given in table 1 or on the appropriate
nameplstes. To avoid such injury or damage, provide a relief valve for overpressure
protection as required by government or
8CCepted industry code5 and good engineertng practices.

When ordered, the valve configuration and


construction materials were selected to
meet particular pressure, temperature,
pressure drop, 8nd controlled fluid conditions. Since some body/trim material combinations are limited In their pressure drop
and temperature ranges, do not apply any
other conditions to the valve without first
contacting the Fisher sales office or sales
representative.

Flow Characteristic5
Standard Cages: n Linear, n quick opening, or
n equal percentage
Whisper Trim* Cage: Linear
Flow Directions
Standard Cages: Normally down
Whisper Trim Cage: Always up
Approximate Weights
BODYSIZE INCHES

WEIQHT
Pounds

kg

112a 314

25

11

1 a I-114

30

14

l-1/2

45

20

67

39

125

4s

170

77

360

159

900

406

B183C19Ba
aTeJlMh3a~APcrX)pl@Atu)bop.
x,urd125-F(10mds2q

-I,kn.mabr(m

1. Before installing the valve, inspect the valve body


and associated equipment for any damage and any
foreign material.
2. Make certain the body interior is clean, that pipelines are free of foreign material, and that the valve is
oriented so that pipeline flow is in the same direction as
the arrow on the side of the valve body.
3. The control valve assembly may be installed in any
orientation unless limited by seismic criteria. However,
the normal method is with the actuator vertical above
the body. Other positions may result in uneven valve
plug and cage wear, and improper operation. With some
valves, the actuator may also need to be supported
when it is not vertical. For more information, consult the
Fisher sales office or sales representative.
4. Use accepted piping and welding practices when
installing the valve in the line. Internal elastomeric parts
may stay in place during the welding procedure. For
flanged bodies, use a suitable gasket between the body
and pipeline flanges.
5. With a leak-off bonnet construction, remove the
pipe plugs (key 14 and 16, figure 5) to hook up the
leakoff piping. If continuous operation is required during
inspection or maintenance, install a three-valve bypass
around the control valve assembly.

125-600 Designs ED & EAD

6. If the actuator and valve are shipped separately,


refer to the actuator mounting procedure in the appropriate actuator instruction manual.
.

Maintenance
Valve parts are subject to normal wear and must be
inspected and replaced as necessary. Inspection and
maintenance frequency depends on the severity of service conditions. This section includes instructions for
packing lubrication, packing maintenance, trim maintenance, and bellows seal replacement. All maintenance
operations may be performed with the valve body in the
line.

lOUI1.A
e*n

LU6IICAlO6/ISOlAllN6

Figure 2. Lubricator

Avoid personal injury or damage to property from sudden release of pressure or uncontrolled process fluid. Before starting
disassembly:
l
l
l
l

Shut off operating lines to the actuator,


Isolate the valve from the process,
Release process pressure, and
Vent the actuator loading pressure.

Note
Whenever a gasket seal is disturbed by
removing or shifting gasketed parts, a new
gasket should be installed upon reassembly. This is necessary to ensure a good
gasket seal since the used gasket may not
seal properly.

Packing Lubrication
If a lubricator or lubricator/isolating valve (figure 2) is
provided for PTFE/composition or other packings that
require lubrication, it will be installed in place of the pipe
plug (key 14, figure 5). Use a good quality silicon-base
lubricant. Packing used in oxygen service or in processes with temperatures over 500F (26OOC)should not be
lubricated. To operate the lubricator, simply turn the cap
screw clockwise to force the lubricant into the packing
box. The lubricator/isolating valve operates the same
way except the isolating valve must first be opened and
then closed after lubrication is completed.

This procedure covers only PTFE V-ring and PTFE/


composition packing. Refer to a separate manual for

and Lubricator/Isolating

Valve

graphite laminate/filament packing if used. Key numbers refer to figure 3 for PTFE V-ring packing and to
figure 4 for PTFE/composition packing unless otherwise
indicated.
For spring-loaded single PTFE V-ring packing, the
spring (key 8, figure 3) maintains a sealing force on the
packing. If leaking is noted around the packing follower
(key 13, figure 3), check to be sure the shoulder on the
packing follower is touching the bonnet. If the shoulder
is not touching the bonnet, tighten the packing flange
nuts (key 5, figure 5) until the shoulder is against the
bonnet. If leakage cannot be stopped in this manner,
proceed to the replacing packing procedure.
If there is undesirable packing leakage with other than
spring-loaded packing, first try to limit the leakage and
establish a stem seal by tightening the packing flange
nut.
If the packing is relatively new and tight on the stem, and
if tightening the packing flange nuts does not stop the
leakage, it is possible that the valve stem is worn or
nicked so that a seal cannot be made. The surface finish
of a new valve stem is 4 micro-inches (0.1 mm) rms. If
the leakage comes from the outside diameter of the
packing, it is possible that the leakage is caused by
nicks or scratches around the packing box wall. If
performing any of the following procedures, inspect the
valve stem and packing box wall for nicks and
scratches.

Adding

Packing Maintenance

VALVE

Packing

Rings

When using packing with a lantern ring (key 8, figure 3 or


4), it is possible to add packing rings above the lantern
ring as a temporary measure without removing the
actuator from the valve body.
3

(FISHER)

125-600 Designs ED & EAD

FEMALE
ADbPYoR

EMALE
ADAPYOR

PACKING RING

PACKW

RING

L%KlR

PACKING Box

-LOWER
TOI 31s on 17.4rll SST
YETAL IACKIIC
IOX Mlft

. .J

LOwmA
WIPER

WIPE!

FOI All OTllEll


IOX 11111

eAm74
ll42S.I

SINGLE

PACKING
l3oxRlNG(Km11)
I

METAL PACKME
NATERlAL:

ARRANGEMENT

PACKING RING (KEY 7)


,FEMALE
ADAPYOR (KEY 321

PACKING
Box RING
(~11)
AssEMELVl
ME-&&

AssEwsLY2
(VACUUM

3/1 IWCH (9.5 111

ASSEMBLY3
mm
PRESSURES
L VACUUM

AssEMKYl
lm=l=
PRESWRX~

STEM

A!sEMKYi
W3JJY

A!ssErnLY 1
IPRESSURE93

A!BEtmLYS
mm
PRESSURES
& VACUUM

[lO.I,

l/2 INCH (it.7 a# STEM

SSEMKY
WQJW

s/4. I. orl I-114 lllcn


25.4. 01 31.8 qm4 STEM

AssEMKr3
\(POSITIVE
PFIESSURES L
VACUUY

DOUBLE ARRAN6EMENTS

.*42+1

PACKING PoLl.owEfl

(KEY 13)

FEMALEAGwrOn(KEY32)
PACKING RING (Km I)

MAIE AGAPYOR (KEY 31)

l&ii/
l@f.gM
NU8.1

II;;,,

PACKING 80X RING (KEY 11)

II;;,:

LEAK-OFF

ARRAN6EMENf

Figure 3. PTFE V-Ring Packing Arrangements

125-600 Designs ED & EAD

I tiii

iiii
PAIZKING Box
RYGIKETll~

0ldxy.A

3/Eircll I/Zircn
I8.S
rn# 112.7
rn@
STEM
STEM
1IUOM-b
IrA7ws-A

Z:?

314,1.01
1.114INCH
119.1.25.4.
08
31.3lmj
ma

1~maW.A

3/3INCH I/tINCH
fi.5;1fl
"U&nj
lli.1
OR 25.4111 '"i;E;"
STEMS

LEAK-OFF
ARRANGEMENT

.l.W3

TTPICAL
fDOUBlDARRANGEMENT
Figure 4. Detail of PTFE/Composition

1. Isolate the control valve from the line pressure, and


release pressure from the valve body.
2. Remove the packing flange nuts (key 5, figure 5)
and lift the packing flange and follower (key 3 and 13,
figure 5) away from the valve body.
3. It may be possible to dig out the old packing rings
on top of the lantern ring, but use care to avoid scratching the valve stem or packing box wall. Clean all metal
parts to remove particles that would prevent the packing
form sealing.
4. If split-ring packing is being added, spread the rings
over the stem and slide the rings into the packing box. If
solid-ring packing is being added, remove the stem
connector and slip the rings over the end of the valve
stem.
5. Replace the packing flange and packing follower.
Tighten the packing flange nuts (key 5, figure 5) only far
enough to stop leakage under operating conditions.
6. If the valve/actuator stem connection was taken
apart, reconnect according to the appropriate actuator
instruction manual.
7. Check for leakage around the packing follower
when the valve is being put into service. Retlghten the
packing flange nuts as required.

Packing Arrangements

Replacing

Packing

1. Isolate the control valve from the line pressure, and


release pressure from the valve body.
2. Disconnect the operating lines from the actuator
and any leak-off piping from the bonnet. Disconnect the
stem connector and then remove the actuator from the
valve by unscrewing the yoke locknut (key 15, figure 5)
or the hex nuts (key 26, figure 5).
3. Loosen the packing flange nuts (key 5, figure 5) so
that the packing is not tight on the valve stem. Remove
any travel indicator parts and stem locknuts from the
valve stem threads.

When lifting the bonnet (key 1, figure 5), be


sure that the valve plug and dem assembly
remains In the vahre and on the seat This
will avoid damage to the seating surfaces
as a result of the assembly dropping from
the bonnet after being lifted part way out.
The parts are also easier to handle
separately.
4. Unscrew the cap screws (not shown) or hex nuts
(key 16, figure 6, 6 or 9) that bolt the bonnet and body
together and carefully lift the bonnet off the valve stem.
If the valve has a bellows seal bonnet, separate the
bonnet from the bellows seal adaptor (key 17, figure 5).

125-600

1FISHEFd

Designs ED & EAD


Table 2. Bodv-to-Bonnet
BODY SIZE, INCHES

Be/f Toraue Guidelines


1--

--

--

BOLT TOROlJES()

SWSOttNUtS

I
Field-Lubricated

m-m

---

405

549

270

366

550

746

390

529

1. Dm~lromIrhmfy1*sEl.

2. Trr-

ol Oowcanlna -non

5. If the valve plug and stem assembly starts to lift with


the bonnet, use a brass or lead hammer on the end of
the stem and tap it back down. Set the bonnet on a
protective surface to prevent damage to the bonnet
gasket surface.
6. Remove the bonnet gasket (key 10, figure 6 through
9) and cover the opening in the valve body to protect the
gasket surface and prevent foreign material from getting
into the body cavity.
7. Remove the packing flange nuts (key 5, figure 5),
packing flange (key 3, figure 5), upper wiper (key 12,
figure 5), and packing follower (key 13, figure 5). Carefully push out all the remaining packing parts from the body
side of the bonnet using a rounded rod or other tool that
will not scratch the packing box wall. Clean the packing
box and the metal packing parts.
8. Inspect the valve stem threads and packing box
surfaces for any sharp edges which might cut the packing. Scratches or burrs could cause packing box leakage or damage to the new packing. If the surface
condition cannot be improved by light sanding, replace
the damaged parts by following the appropriate steps in
the trim maintenance procedure.
9. Remove the covering protecting the body cavity and
install a new bonnet gasket (key 10, figure 6 through 9),
making sure the gasket seating surfaces are clean and
smooth. Then slide the bonnet over the stem and onto
the stud bolts (key 16, figure 6,8, or 9) or onto the body
cavity if cap screws (not shown) will be used instead.

Note
Proper performance of the bolting procedures in step 10 compresses the spiral
wound gasket (key 12, figure 6 through 6) or

2. SAlw-w

319
---

---

___

___

srmubd

load ring (key 26, figure 9) enough to both


load and seal the seat ring gasket (key 13,
figure 6, 8, or 9). It also compresses the
outer edge of the bonnet gasket (key 10,
figure 6 through 9) enough to seal the body
to-bonnet joint,
The prelubricated stud bolt nuts (key 16,
figure 6,8, or 9) referred to in step 10 can be
identified by a black film coating on the nut
threads.
The proper bolting procedures in step 10
include-but are not limited to-ensuring
that bolting threads are clean, and evenly
tightening the cap screws, or the nuts onto
the studs, in a criss-cross pattern. Because
of the boltup characteristics of spiral
wound gaskets, tightening one cap screw
or nut may loosen an adjacent cap screw or
nut. Repeat the criss-cross tightening pattern several times until each cap screw or
nut is tight and the body-to-bonnet seal is
made. When the operating temperature has
been reached, perform this torquing procedure once again.

10. Lubricate the bolting (not necessary if factory prelubricated stud bolt nuts are used) and install it, using
proper bolting procedures during tightening so that the
body-to-bonnet joint will withstand test pressures and
application service conditions. The bolt torques in table
2 may be used as guidelines.
11. Install new packing and the metal packing box
parts according to the appropriate arrangement in figure
3, 4, or 5. Place a smooth-edged pipe over the valve
stem and gently tap each soft packing part into the
packing box, being sure that air is not trapped between
adjacent soft parts.

125600 Designs ED & EAD


12. Slide the packing follower (key 13, figure 5). upper
wiper (key 12, figure 5), and packing flange (key 3, figure
5) into position. Lubricate the packing flange studs (key
4, figure 5) and the faces of the packing flange nuts (key
5, figure 5). Install the packing flange nuts.
13. For spring-loaded PTFE V-ring packing, tighten
the packing flange nuts until the shoulder on the packing
follower (key 13, figure 5) contacts the bonnet.

Tab/e 3. Recommended

Ir
VALVE
STEM
DIAMETER

aches mm
I

Torque for Packing Flange Nuts

GRAPHtTE TYPE
PACKINQ

CA::\

_125,
150

hllnlmum Maximum
Torque
Torque

PTFE TYPE
PACKINO
Minimum
Torque

Maximum
Toqur

LbkinlN.m Lb!& IN+m Lbkln 1N.m LbfdnlN.m


I
I
I
I
3
40
5
12
1
24
3
24
I

For other packing types, tighten the packing flange nuts


alternately in small equal increments until one of the
nuts reaches the minimum recommended torque shown
in table 3. Then tighten the remaining flange nuts until
the packing flange is level and at a go-degree angle to
the valve stem.

14. Mount the actuator on the valve body assembly


and reconnect the actuator and valve stem according to
the procedure in the appropriate actuator instruction
manual.
1

Trim Maintenance
-14 3.8

Disassembly
Except where indicated, key numbers in this section are
referenced in figure 6 for standard l-through 6-inch
constructions, figure 7 for FGM gasket sets, figure 8 for
Whisper Trim Ill cage detail, and figure 9 for the 8-inch
Design ED body. Some valve plug constructions require
three piston rings (key 6).
1. Remove the actuator and the bonnet according to
steps 1 through 5 of the replacing packing procedure.

When lifting the valve plug stem (key 7) and


attached valve plug (key 2) out of the body,
be certain that the cage (key 3) remains in
the body (key 1). This will prevent cage
damage that might be caused by the cage
dropping back into the body after being
lifted part way out.
Use care to avoid damaging gasket sealing
surfaces.
The graphite piston ring(s) (key 6) in a Design ED or EAD body is brittle and In two
pieces. Use care to avoid damage to the
piston rings caused by dropping or rough
handling.
The surface finish of the valve stem (key 7)
is critical for making a good packing seal.

1 432 I49

1 144 114

216 I24

300

1 266 I33

600

( 396 1 45 1 566 1 66 1 192 1 22 1 266 1 33

The inside surface of the cage or cage/


baffle assembly (key 3), or cage retainer
(key 31), is critical for smooth operation of
the valve plug and for making a seal with
the piston ring(s) (key 6). The seating surfaces of the valve plug (key 2) and seat ring
(key 9) are critical for tight shutoff. Assume
all these parts are in good condition and
protect then accordingly unless inspection
reveals otherwise.
2. Packing parts can be removed if desired. Replace
these parts as described in the replacing packing procedure. Remove the load ring (key 26) from an Sinch
Design ED body, or the cage adaptor (key 4) from any
restricted-trim body through 4-inches, and wrap it for
protection.
3. Lift the valve plug and stem assembly out of the
valve body and set it on a protective surface. If the valve
plug is to be reused, protect the valve plug seating
surface to prevent scratches. On a 6-inch Design ED
body with Whisper Trim ill cage. also remove the bonnet spacer (key 32), the bonnet gasket (key 10) on top of
the spacer, and the cage retainer (key 31) and Its associated gaskets. The cage retainer has two 3/8-inch-16
NPT tappings in which screws or bolts can be installed
for lifting.
4. Remove the cage or cage/baffle assembly (key 3)
and the associated gaskets (key 10, 11 and 12). With
full-capacity constructions that have FGM gasket sets, a
shim (key 51 for the Design ED body, key 27 for the
Design EAD body) is used instead of the cage gasket

125-600

Designs

(FISHER)

ED & EAD

Table 4. Vetve Stem Connection Bolt rOr9ue and


Groove Pin Replacement
VALVE STEM
CONNECTION

(VBC)

BOLT TORQUE,
MINIMUM TO MAXIMUM

Ind,

mm

Lbf.n

Nern

3/a
f/2
3f4

9.5
12.7
19.1
25.4
31.6

25to35
60 to 65
175 to 250
310 to 355
610 to 670

4oto47
81 to 115
237 to 339
420 to 461
627tom6

1
l-114

DRILL SIZE,
INCH
3f32
l/0
3/16
l/4
l/4

(key 11). If the cage is stuck in the body, use a rubber


mallet to strike the exposed portion of the cage at
several points around its circumference.
5. Remove the seat ring or liner (key 9), seat ring
gasket (key 13), and the seat ring adaptor (key 5) and
adaptor gasket (key 14) where used in a restrictedcapacity construction.
6. inspect parts for wear or damage which would
prevent proper operation of the valve. Replace or repair
trim parts according to the following procedures for
lapping seating surfaces or other valve plug maintenance procedures as appropriate.

1. With the valve plug (key 2) removed according to the


disassembly portion of the Trim Maintenance procedure, proceed as appropriate:
For the Carbon-filled PTFE plston ring, the ring is split
in one place. If there is visible damage, spread the ring
slightly and remove it from the groove in the valve plug.
To install a carbon-filled PTFE piston ring, spread the
ring apart slightly at the split and install it over the stem
and into the groove in the valve plug. The open side
must face along the stem, depending on flow directions,
as shown in view A of figure 6.
For the graphite piston ring, the ring can be easily
removed since it is in two pieces. A new graphite piston
ring is furnished as a complete ring and must be broken
into two approximately equal portions. Do this by placing the ring horizontally in a vise and applying pressure
until the ring snaps. An alternate method is to place the
ring on edge on a smooth, hard surface and strike the
ring squarely with a hammer. Be sure to match the
broken ends when installing the ring in the valve plug
groove.

Lapping Seating Surfaces


Seating surfaces of the valve plug and seat ring or liner,
(key 2 and 9, figure 6,8 or 9) can be lapped for improved
shutoff. (Deep nicks should be machined out rather than
ground out.) Use a commercial lapping compound or a
mixture of 669-grit Carborundum and solidified vegetable oil. Assemble the valve to the extent that the cage,
and cage retainer and bonnet spacer if used. is in place
and the bonnet is bolted to the body. A simple handle
can be made form a piece of strap iron locked to the
valve plug stem with nuts. Rotate the handle alternately
in each direction to lap the seats. After lapping, remove
the bonnet and clean the seat surfaces. Completely
assemble as described in the assembly portion of the
trim maintenance procedure and test the valve for shutoff. Repeat the lapping procedure if leakage is still
excessive.

Valve Plug Maintenance


Except where indicated, key numbers in this section are
referenced in figure 6 for standard l- through 6-inch
constructions, figure 8 for Whisper Trim lfi cage detail,
and figure 9 for the d-inch Design ED body. Some valve
plug constructions require three piston rings (key 6).

If replacing the piston ring(s) (key 6), be


careful not to scratch the surfaces of the
ring groove in the valve plug or any of the
surfaces of the replacement rtng(s), or the
replacement ring(s) may not seal properly,
6

Never reuse an old stem or connection stud


with a new valve plug. Using an old stem or
stud with a new plug requires drilling a new
groove pin hole in the stem (or stud in case
a bellows seal bonnet is being used). This
weakens the stem or stud and may cause it
to fail in service. However, a used valve
plug may be re-used with a new stem or
stud.
2. To replace the valve stem (key 7), or connection
stud (key 24, figure 5) drive out the groove pin (key 8)
and unscrew the stem or stud from the valve plug.
3. Screw the new stem or stud into the valve plug.
Tighten to the torque value given in table 4. Refer to
table 4 to select the proper drill size. Drill through the
stem or stud, using the hole in the valve plug as a guide.
Remove any chips or burrs and drive in a new groove
pin to lock the assembly. On a bellows seal bonnet
assembly, thread the new stem into the stud.

Assembly
Except where indicated, key numbers in this section are
referenced in figure 6 for standard l- through 6-inch
constructions, figure 7 for FGM gasket sets, figure 8 for
Whisper Trim Ill cage detail, and figure 9 for the 8-inch
Design ED body.
1. With a restricted-capacity construction, install the
adaptor gasket (key 14) and seat ring adaptor (key 5).

125-600 Designs ED & EAD

2. Install the seat ring gasket (key 13). and seat ring or
liner (key 9).
3. Install the cage or cage/baffle assembly (key 3). Any
rotational orientation of the cage or assembly with respect to the body is acceptable. A Whisper Trim Ill cage
designated by level A3, 83, or C3 may be installed with
either end up. The level 03 cage/baffle assembly, however, must be installed with the hole pattern end next to
the seat ring. If a cage retainer (key 31) is to be used,
place it on top of the cage.
4. Slide the valve plug (key 2) and stem assembly, or
valve plug and bellows seal assembly, into the cage until
the piston ring(s) is level with the top of the cage (key 3)
or cage retainer ring (key 31).
5. Installing piston rings (key 6):
a. For valve plugs with a single piston ring: Make
sure the piston ring is evenly engaged into the entrance
chamfer at the top of the cage or cage retainer ring.
Carefully press the piston ring into the cage or cage
retainer ring.
b. For valve plugs with multiple piston rings: As
each piston ring is slid into the cage, make sure the ring
is evenly engaged in the entrance chamfer at the top of
the cage or cage retainer. Also, make sure to off-set the
fracture in the rings to minimize leakage. Carefully press
each piston ring into the cage or cage retainer ring.
6. Place the gaskets (key 12.11 or 14 if used and 10)
and the shim (key 27 or 51), if used, on top of the cage or
cage retainer. If there is a cage adaptor (key 4) or a
bonnet spacer (key 32) set it on the cage or cage
retainer gaskets and place another flat sheet gasket
(key 10) on top of the adaptor or spacer. If there is only a
cage retainer, place another flat sheet gasket on the
retainer.
7. With an 8-inch Design ED body, install the load ring
(key 26).

Bellows Seal Replacement


piq
On bellows seal bonnets, the stem must not
be rotated, or damage to the bellows will
result.
Refer to figure 5 except where indicated.
1. Remove the actuator and bonnet according to steps
1 through 5 of the replacing packing procedure.
2. Screw the stem locknuts onto the valve plug stem
and lock the nuts together. Hold a wrench on the flats of
the shaft extending out the top of the bellows seal
assembly (key 20) and use a wrench on the stem locknuts to unscrew the valve plug stem from the bellows
seal assembly. Then remove the cap screws (key 23)
from the bellows seal adaptor (key 17), and unscrew the
bellows seal assembly from the connection stud (key
24).
3. Install the replacement bellows seal assembly by
screwing it onto the connection stud. Make sure that the
new gaskets (key 21). anti-rotator (key 18) and the
travel stop (key 19) are in place.
4. Bolt the bellows seal assembly to the bellows seal
adaptor with cap screws.
5. Hold a wrench on the flats of the shaft extending out
the top of the bellows seal assembly and screw the
valve plug stem into the shaft.
6. Install all new gaskets between the bellows seal
adaptor and the body and between the bellows seal
adaptor and the bonnet.
7. Mount the bonnet on the body and complete assembly according to steps 10 through 14 of the replacing packing procedure, omitting steps 11 and 12 if new
packing is not being installed.

Parts Ordering
If the packing is to be reused and was not
removed from the bonnet, use care when
installing the bonnet to avoid damaging the
packing with the valve stem threads.
8. Mount the bonnet on the body and complete assembly according to steps 10 through 14 of the replacing packing procedure, omitting steps 11 and 12 if new
packing is not being installed, and being sure to observe
the note prior to step 10.

Each body-bonnet assembly is assigned a serial number which can be found on the body. This same number
also appears on the actuator nameplate when the body
is shipped form the factory as part of a control valve
assembly. Refer to the serial number when contacting
your Fisher representative for technical assistance.
When ordering replacement parts, refer to the serial
number and to the 1 l-character part number for each
part required from the following parts list.

125-600

1FISHEFd

Designs ED & EAD

Parts List

Repair Kits
Note
Kits do not apply to Hastelloy, alloy 20, or
Monet trims.

Gasket

Kits

(Includes
keys 10, 11,12, 13,and 51)
DOKllplbll

Part Number

Fufi Capacity Volvo Bodies


W/hletai Seating
1 6 1-l/4-inch
1-1~2-incI1(2~inch SAD)
2-incil
2-i/2-inch (3-&h SAD)
J-inch (4-inch SAD)
4-inch (b-inch EAD)
Binch
Binch

To 456-F
(To 232%)

hbovo 4wF
(hbovo 232.C)

AGASKET X012
RGASKET X022
RGASKET X032
RGASKET X042
RGASKET X052
RGASKET X062
RGASKEF X072
RGASKET
X062

RGASKET Xl62
RGASKn X172
RGASKET Xl62
RGASKET Xl92
RGASKET X202
RGASKET X212
RGASKET X222
RGASKET X232

RGASKR X242
RGASKR X252
RGASKET Xl22
RGASKET
Xl 32
RGASKET Xl42
RGASKET Xl 52

RGASKET X242
RGASKET x252
RGASKET X262
RGASKET X272
RGASKET X262
RGASKET X222

Restrkted Caps&y Valve Bodies


W/Metal Seatfng
l-112 x l-inch (2 x l-inch EAD)
2 x l-inch
2-l/2 x 1-l/2-inch (3 x 1-l/2-indh FAD)
3 x P-inch (4 x 2-inch SAD)
4 x 2.l/2-inch (6 x 2-l/2-inch EAD)
6 x 4-inch
Packing Kits
Stem Diameter, Inches (mm)

Double PTFE (Contains keys 7. 8. 11, 12, 30. 31, and 32)
PTFYComposition

(Contains keys 7, 6, 11, and 12)

Single Graphite Laminate/Filament (Contains 7, 7. 8, and 11)

Bonnet
Key
3

11

10

(figures

3-5)
Descrfptfon

RPACK)
R
RPI

Key
Part Number

Packing Range. steel


3/8-inch (9.5 mm) stem
1E9437 24102
l/2-inch (12.7 mm) stem
1E9442 23072
3/4-inch (19.1 mm) stem
1E9448 23072
l-inch (25.4 mm) stem
OVO024 25052
1-l/4-inch (31.8 mm) stem
OW0656 25052
Packing flange Stud, Steel (2 reqd)
3/8in&
(9.5 mm) stem
lE9441 31032
l/2-in& (12.7 mm) stem
lE9444 31032
3/4-inch (19.1 mm) stem
1E9449 31032
1-inctr (25.4 mm) stem
OVO025 31032
1-1/4-fnch (31.8 mm) stem
OW0869 31032
Packing Flange Nut, steel (2 reqd)
3/8-incft (9.5 mm) stem
lE9440 24112
l/2-inct~ (127 mm) stem
lE9445 24112
3/4-inch (19.1 mm) stem
lE9446 24112
l-inch (25.4 mm) stem
lA3433 24112
l-l/4-inctr (31.8 mm) stem
lA3681 24112
Packing Box Ring
3/8-inch (9.5 mm) stem, 316 stainless steel lJ8731 35072
l/2-inch (12.7 mm) stem, 316 stainless steel lJ6732 35072
3/4-inch (19.1 mm) stem, 316 stainless steel 1J8733 35072
l-inch (25.4 mm) stem 17-4Pi-i stainless steel 1J8734 35012
l-l/cl-inch (31.8 mm) stem,
17-4PH stalniesr steel
15873535012

Deuriptlon

12 Upper wiper. felt


3/kinch (9.5 mm) stem
l/2-inch (12.7 mm) stem
3/4-inch (19.1 mm) stem
l-inch (25.4 mm) stem
l-l/4-inch (31.8 mm) stem
13
Packing Fofiower, 316 stainless steel
3/6-inch (9.5 mm) stem
l/2-inch (12.7 mm) stem
3/4-inctr (19.1 mm) stem
l-i&t (25.4 mm) stem
1-l/4-inch (31.8 mm) stem
14
Pipe plug. for i/4-inch NPT tapping In
packing box steel
14
Lubricator, steel/440 stainless steel
14
Lubricatorjisoiating Valve, pi steel
15

16

Yoke Locknut, steel


2.ljainch (54 mm) yoke boss,
wqainch (9.5 mm) valve stem
2-13/16 (71 mm) yoke boss
w/l/2-inch (12.7 mm) valve stem
3-9/16 (90 mm) yoke boss
3/4-inch (19.1 mm) valve stem
Pips Plug for i/2-inch NPT tapped
extension and bellows seal bonnets, steel

Part Number

1J8726
1J8727
1J8728
1J8729
158736

06332
06332
06332
06332
06332

1E9439
1E9443
1E9447
1ii9823
lH9984

35072
35072
35072
35072
35072

t A7675
ov0673
hJ5426

24662
oooh2
OOOh2

1E7930 23062
1E8074 23062
1E6327 23962
144369224092

125-600 Designs ED & EAD

17

Pert Number

OOStliptlOll

Key

Bellows Seal Adaptor, steal


1 8 1-l/4-inch Design ED or l-inch
Design EAD body
l-V?-inch Design ED, cu P-inch Design
WDbody
P-inch Design ED body
2.l/2-inch Design ED, 01 Sinch Design
UDbody
3inch Design ED, 014-inch Design
EAD body
4-inch Des@n ED. or 8-inch Design

Description

Key

Part Number

Cap Screw for 5-inch (127 mm) yoke bass.


steel (8 reqd)

25

IA9382

24052

lA3433

24122

102397

28232

lE5174

38022

lA3882

28982

1 R2882 24492
Hex Nut for 5-inch (127 mm) yoke boss,
steel (8 reqd)
Pipe Nipple for lubricetor/isolating
valve, pl steel
Warning Plate fw bellows seal bonnet,
stainless steel
Drh9 Screw for bellows seal bonnet,
stainless steel (2 reqd)

28
1 R3130 24492
1 R3358 24492

27

lR3872

24492

28

lR3509

24492

29

2R3898 24492
2U5115 24492

fiDbo6y
Binch Design ED body

Key 1 Plain bonnet, cast iron


YOKEBOSS
DtAMETER

BODY SIZE, INCHES


Design EAD

Design ED
1 OI t-114

Inches

l-1/2 or l-l/2

x l-l/2

2or2Xl
-..

2W2Xl
2-l/2 or 2-l/2

x 1-l/2

JWJ7.L

mm
54
71

2R2820 19022
2Ft2821 lw22

2-l/8
2-13118

54
71

2R3112
2R3113

19022
19D22

2R3310
2R3311

19022
19022

2-13116
3-9118

71
90

2-13/18

71
90

71
9D

2-13116
3-9116

4or4x2

PART
NUMBER

2-l fB
2.13ll8

2.13/16
3-9118

3or3x1-l/2

2R3858 19022
2Ft3857 19M2
2R3493
2R34w

71

19022
19022

4 w 4 x 2-112

2R387319022
2-74
19022
2R3875 19022

8cr6x4

3u5098
2U5101
2U5102

3DA3272 X012

19022
19022
19022

Key 1 Bonnet steel


BODY SIZE,
INCHES
Design ED

Design EAD

Inch08

mm

1 or l-114

2-118
2.13118

54
71

1-112x
l-112 or 1

2w2x1

2-13118
2-118

2or2Xl

.. .

2-112
2-l/2 xor t-112

3or3xl-l/2

3or3x2

4~4x2

4~4~2-112

6~8x2.If2

I8w8x4

PART NUMBER

YOKE BOSS
DIAMEx

P,aln

.. .

Style 1 Extenaia

In

Styte 2 Extenalon

Untepped Bosr

Tapped 808s

2R2814 23022
2R2813 22D12

2R2826 22012
2R2827 22012

2R2738 22012
2R2852 22012

3R2885 22012
3R2B68 22012

3R2884 22012
3R2893 22012
3R2922 22t 112 t3R2894 22012 1

71
54

2R3107 23022
2W106 22012

2lU118 22012
2R3119 22012

2R3124 22012
2R3127 22012

3R3122
3R3123

3R3059 22012
3R3D80 22012

71
1 90

2R3305 23022
~2R33O422012~

2-13116
3-4,18

71
m

2R3853 23022
2R3a5222012

2R3880 22012
2R386222012

2R3B8122012
2R386322012

3R3B64
--- 22012

3R3888 22012
.. .

3R3967 22012
-..

2.t3/18

71
90

2R3490 23022
2R34a922012

2R3497 22012
2R349Q22012

2R3498 22012
2R35D322012

3-2

22012
---

3R3503 22012
.*.

3R3504 22012
. . .

90
71
127(

2R3687
2R3689 22012
23622
2R388822012

2R3202
2123200 22012
--- 22012

2-78
22012
. . .22Dl2
2R3600

3R36B5 22012
3R3507.I. 22012

3R3604 22012
3R3888. . 22012
.

3R368B 22012
3R3689
..* 22012

3-9/18
$I

127(l)
90

5(9

129

3U5D94 23022
2u5DQ8 22012
2u5DQG22012

3U5105 22012
3u5107 22012
3u510922012

3U5104 22012
3WlOa 22012
3u511022012

2115112 22012
- - ---

2U5113 22012
. ..
. ..

2U5114 22012
. . .
I..

$y8

127w
12721

3OA5471 X012
...

3OA3279 X012
3OA3280 X01 2
3OA3281 X012

3OA3270 X012
3OA3274
3OA3275 X01
X0122

- - - - -- -

.. .
.. .
. ..

. . .
. . .

2.xv16
-_
13-9/M

3-9/18
3-$18
2-13118

3R3317 22012 3R3322 22012


--I
---

3R3128 22012
3R3128 22012
I

3R3319 22012
-.I
I

90

sm

2R3315 22012
2R3321 22012
--I
---

22012
22012

Untapped Boss

1 Bellows Seal

Tapped Bora

15
--*

Cm

. ..

...

1. I-hch (25.4mm) mm.


rm~ 8w
2 1-114 hohwa

11

125600

1FISHERI

Designs ED & EAD


Key 2 ExtensionBonnet Baffle, steel (not I squiredw/8-lnci Design ED)
i-G&I DtAMETER

BODY SIZE, INCHES

II2 1 12.7

-..

2or2Xl
2.1/2,2-1/2x1-1/2,3,or
3x2

3,3x1-1/2.
4.~4~2

l&51824492
314
1

10.1
25.4

314 19.1
1
25.4
+ 1-l/4 , 31.8

Keys 6, 7. 8. 1930.

Tiizpii

---

lOA29C8 x012 I lR3588 24492


lR3518 24492
lR3713 24492
1Us878 24492
1OA2988 XC12
1R3518 24492
1UE878 24492
1115278 24492

1U7632 24492
-----

31. and 32 Packing Box Parts

Single packing set. FTFE

318 (9.5)

l/2 (12.7)

1 314 (19.1)

1 (25.4)

1 l-114 (31.6)

6 (1R290001012(1R290201012)1&!90401012~1R290601012~1R290801012

Packing Ring, PTFE

7
Single
Double
Leak-off

Quantity required

STEM DIAMETER,lNCHEI(mm)

KEY
NO.

DE9CRlPllON

lC752601012

-------

lC7527 01012 lC752801012

3
5
2

3
6
6

3
6
5

lC752901012

103876 01012

3
6
---

3
6
-em

Lower MAper, PTFE

30

156721 06992 156722 06992

lJ6723 06992

TFE

Male Adaptor, PTFE (1 required for


single or 2 rsquired for double or leak&f)

31

IF1248 01012 lFl247 01012

lF1246 01012 lH9625 01012 lH9957 01012

!-Ring
racking

Female Adaptor, PTFE (1 required for


single or 2 requfredfor doubtr or feakoff)

32

IF1244 01012 IF1243 01012 IF1242 01012 lH9624 01012 lH9958 01012

lJ6725 06992

Spring. stainless steel (for single only)

IF1254 37012 IF1255 37012

Lantern Ring, stafnfess steel (for double


or leak-off onfy)

lF3641 35972 lJ9623 35072 ON0284 35072 OUO99735072 OWO671 35072

Quantity required

- - ---

Double
Leakoff

Speciat washer, stainless steel


(for single only)

IO

Packing Ring, PTFE/Compositfon


zFosftton
'crcklng

lJ6724 06992

Quantity required

Leak-off
Double

1
2

2
2

1
---

1
---

IF1250 36042 lH982236042

lH9959 36042

lF3370 X0012 lE3190 01042 lE3191 01042 107516 X0012 107520 X0012
5
7

1
2

IF1252 36042 lFl251 36042

---

Lantern Ring, stainRss steel (1 required


fordcubteor2 requlredforleak-off)

lF1256 37012 lD5629 37012 103874 37012

IO
7

6
8

7
8

lF3641 35072 lJ9623 35072 ON0284 35072 OU0997 35072 OWO871 35072

Keys 18.1 Q, 20. and 23 Belloes Sea) BonnetMetat Parts


KEY 18 ANTI-ROTATOR
KEY19
KEY20
For 418
For316
KEY23CAP
TRAVEL STOP,
Steinlear Steel StaInless Steel
ygySCREW, STEfl
310
Trfm,
Mm,
(4 REOD)
STAINLESS STEEL STAfNLESS STEEL
17-4PH
316
StaInless Steel Strlnlerr Steel

BODY SIZE, INCHES

Derlgn ED
I. l-114. l-l/2.

Derlpn EAD

or 1.112 x 1 1.2. or 2 x 1

2. 2x1.2-1/2.2-112x
l-1/2.3.or3x2

4. 6 x 4, or 8

16or8x2-l/2

12

3,3x1-112,4,0r4x2

lR287535012
I

lR338235012
lR370235012

lR287535072
I

lR336235072
lR370235072

lR287235072
I

lR335935072
lR370135072

IA407824052

1R2881m2
I

2R3388oou2

1 2R3705W2

IA381624052

llA34.4924052

125600

Designs

ED & EAD

f
Keys 21 and 22 Bellows Seal Bonnet Gaskets
KEY 21 ANTI-ROTATOR
GASKET (2 REQUIRED)

BODY SIZE, INCHES


Design ED
1 Of l-114
l-112 or l-l/2 x 1
2of2xl
2-112 or2-l/2 x l-112
3or3x2
4or6x4
6

Dosign EAD
1
--2or2xl
3 OT3 x l-112
4or4x2
6 or 6 x 2-l/2
em-

To 460F (232C)
Compoaltlon
1R2077 X0042
lR2877 X0042
lR3363 XC032
lR3363 X0032
1R3363 X0032
1R3703 X0012
lR3703 X0012

KEY 22 BONNET GASKET

Over 450F (232%)


Laminated Gmphtte
1R2877
1R2677
lR3363
1R3363
1R3363
1R3703
1R3703

04262
04262
94262
94262
04262
94262
94262

To 450F (232%)
ComperitJon
lR2891
lR3101
1R3299
1R3847
1R3484
1R3724
lU5Dsl

Over 45PF (232%)


Laminated Gmphltr

x0062
04302
x0102
X0092
X0082
X0082
X0102

1R2891
lR3101
1R3299
1R3047
1R3484
1R3724
lU5081

94262
x0032
x0042
X0032
X0042
X0042
x0052

Kay 24 Bellows Seal Bonnet Connection Stud, 316 stakh3S Steel


I

BODY StZE, !NCHES


Design ED
1 l-114. OrI-112

L l-1/2

... . .

x1

Design EAD

vu?
917F
. -- -.-Inches
mm
318

1. 2

112
2x1

2or2Xl

...

PART
NUMBER

9.5

lU218146182

12.7

llJ2182 3507

318

9.5

t/2

12.7

lU2

lu73993507

2-l 12 or 3

3or4

l/2

12.7

lU2311 3507

2-l/2 x I-112 or 3 x 2

3 x 1.112 or4 x 2

112

12.7

1u2268 3607

4,4x2-1/2,6,or6x4

6010x2-112

314

19.1

1U2217 3507

13

125-600

Designs ED & EAD

@J-A--m
u

rc-

w
-

DETAIL OF I INCH [It7 rnaj YOKE


108: ACNATOR
IOLnla

UmM

CtD
UN lONNE7

tlTlE I 01 Z EXTEllllON
IONlET W7N f10UllE lAWi

Figure 5. Typical Bonnets Shown with Single PTFE V-Ring Packing Set

125-600

Parl Number

Descrtption

Key

18

19
26

31

Groove Pin, 316 stainless steel


3/6-inch (9.5 mm) stem
l/2-inch (12.7 mm) stem
3/4-inch (19.1 mm) stem
l-inch (25.4 mm) or 1.l/4-inch (31.6) stem
Flow Direction Arrow, stainless steel
All except Whisper Trim cages
1 or l-l/Cinch body
l-l/2 thfu &inch bodies
Wtdsper Trim cages
Drive Screw. stainless steel (2 reqd)
Load Ring (S-inch Design ED only)
-1wF
(-101%)
to 6oooF (316C)
17-4PH stainless steel
- 42SF ( - 254=C) to 11 OiYF (593C)
Incone#l) 716
- 4ooOF (- 240C) to 5oooF (260%)
corrosive service, K-Moneti)

lV3226
lV3227
lV3260
1V3340

35072
35072
35072
35072
31

lV1059
lVlo60
1V4170
lA3662

36962
36962
36962
26962

2OA3267 X012
2OA3267 X022
2OA3266 X012
32

ED & EAD

Part Number

DISCdptbl

Key

Body (figures 6-9)

Designs

Whisper Trim Ill Cage Retainer for levels


A3,B3 6 C3 @-inch Design ED only)
22A3255
410 stainless steel
22A3256
WCB steel (ENC)
22A3256
316 stainless steel (ENC)
22A3257
316 stainless steel (C&r-A) bore
31A9792
316 stainless steel (siectrdized)
Whisper Trim Ill Cage Retainer 6 Baftie
Assembly for Level D3 @-inch Design ED only)
410 stainless steel retainer & steel
bame
22A3256
WCB steel (ENC) retainer & steel baffle
22A3258
316 stainless steel (ENC) retainer
a steel barn6
22A3258
316 stainless steel w/Alloy 6 (CoCr-A)
bore retainer & steel barn8
22AS25a
316 stainless steel (ENC) retainer &
316 stainless steel baffie
22A3256
316 stalnkss steel (electroiized)
retainer 6 316 stainless steel bame
22A3256
Whisper Trim Ill Bonnet Spacer,
WCB steel (bin& Design ED only)
22A3275

X012
X012
X022
X012
X012

x01 2
x022
x052
x032
X042
x062
X012

Key 1 Design ED Valve Body without Drain Plug Tapping, cast iron
Body Size, Inches

SCfOW@d

Class 125 FF

Class 260 RF

1
t-114
l-1/2

2R2748 19012
2OA6129 x012
2R2976 19012

2R2746 19012
--2R2974 19012

i-1,2
3

2R3190
--- 19022
---

2R3168 19012
2R3763
2R3409 19022
2R3567 19022
2115030 19022
3OA3240 X012

2R2747 19012
--2R2975 19012
2R3189 19022
2R3764 19022
2R3410 19022
2R3568 19022
24A77W X012
34A7774 X012

m-e

6
6

-----

Key 1 Design ED Valve Body without Drain Plug Tapping, WCB steel
Body Size, Inches

1
l-114
l-112

i-112
3
4
6
8

SCMWOd

2R2712 22012
20A6126 X012
2R2940 22012
2R315122012
e-e
------a
--Clas

Socket W&i

Scheduk 40 Butt Weld

2R2711 22012

2R2709 22012
--2R3937 22012
2R3151 22012
2R3735 22012
2R3381 22012
2R3535 22012
2u5010 22012
3OA3222 X012

w-m

2R2939 22012
2R3153 22012

--we-

-----

--w-w

l.TrWo(~WNididCo.

2R2703 22012
--2R2931 22012
2R3145 22012
2R3729 22012
2R3375 22012
2R3527 22012
2U5012 22012
3OA3224 X012

2R2710 22012
--2R2938 22012
2R3152 22012
2R3736 22012
2R3382 22012
2R3536 22012
2U5011 22012
3DA3223 x012
Cles

Claw 300

150
RTJ

1
l-114
l-l/2
2
2-l/2
3
4
6
8

scheduk8oButtWew

RF

RTJ

RF

600
RTJ

I
+2R2704 22012 1 2R2705 22012

I
1 2R2706 22012

I
1 2R2707 22012

2R2700 22012

2R2933 22012
2R3147 22012
2R3731 22012
2R3377 22012
2R3.529 22012
2U5013 22012
3oA3225 x012

2R2934 22012
2R3146 22012
2R3732 22012
2R3376 22012
2R3530 22012
2115017 22012
3OA3226 X01 2

2R2935 22012
2R3149 22012
2R3733 22012
2R3379 22012
2R3533 22012
2u5015 22012
3OA3226 X012

2R2936 22012
2R3150 22012
2R3734 22012
2R3380 22012
2R3534 22012
2u5019 22012
3oA3229 x012

---

2R2932 22012
2R3146 22012
2R3730 22012
2R3376 22012
2R3528 22012
2U5016 22012
3OA3227 X012

---

---

---

---

15

126-600

Designs

(FiZiiEiFpl

ED 81 EAD

KAY 1 msign 12~0 Valve Body. WCB steel


WY

Class 300 RF

Clasr 600 RF

Sock.1 Weld

1
2

2u3793 22012
2u36O222012

2113794 22012
2113803 22012

3
4
6

2u3795 22012
2U36O4 22012

2U3611 22012.
2u3620 22012
2u3631 22012

2113812 22012
2113621 22012
2113832 22012

2113613 22012
2113623 22012
2113634 22012

2116421 22012
2U642222012
-------

Class 160 RF

Sire. Inches

Bcheduh

40

Schedula 60
Butt Weld

Class 166
RTJ

Class 300
RTJ

Clara 600
RTJ

Butt Weld
2U3796 22012
2U3SO6
2U361722012
22012

2u38OO22012
2U3606 22912
2U361622012

2U3796 22012
2u3a14
2U3605 22012
22012

2113796 22012
2u3615 22012
2u38O622012

2U3796 22012
2U361622012
2U36O7
22012

4
6

2U3S26 22012
2u3S3922012

2u3829

2u364022012

2u3624 22012
2u3835 22012

2u3825 22012
2u383622012

2U362722012
2u363622012

Darlgn ED

416

STEM

BODY SIZE, INCHES

22012

DlAMEtER
&V!XSlZE

D**gn EAD Inches mm

sTAN%Ess
STEEL
HARDENED
cm

1,1-1/4orl-1/2x1

lor2xl

318
l/2

9.5 lV6571 46171


_-_.12.7 lV657246171 ! lV657235072

llA5315X0121
llA5316X012

llA5317XOl2
llA5318XOl2

l-112

3/a
l/2

9.5 lV657346172 ! lV657335O72


12.7 lV65744617: ! lV657435O72

llA5321X012
10A4439XO12

10A443sxo12
10A4611 X012

llA5322X012
llA5323XO12

2or3x2

4x2

l/2
314

12.7 lV657546172 ! lV657535072


19.1 tv65764617~ ! lV65763SO72

llA5324X012
llA5325X012

llA5326XO12
llA5327X012

llA5328XO12
llA5329XO12

l/2

llA5316X012
.
,.,.z.Ja#r
12.7 IV657248172 ~~1~1~75"'="~2
! lV657735O7r* ,.dL,onYn,O
,I,-$-nu.r
! lV657835O72 llA5331X012

llA5318XOl2

llA532OXOl2

1,t.C?70
xi-l,3
II--#.".11A5333xo12

~~Avi?4xnl2
,.,-.*.-.llA5335XO12

.-.

3Yl

lOA46llXOl2

llA5323X012

11A*177XfI13
. .,-.
,.-.-

11A5zBxo12
. ._
_ _ _

! lV658035O72

10A5104XO12

11A53%3xo12

llA5340X012

! lV65S135O72
! lV65S235O72
! lV65S335O72

llA5341XOl2
llA5342XOlP
llA5343XO12

llA5344XOl2
llA5345XO12
11A5346x012

llA5347XO12
llA5348X012
11AS349xo12

! lV65S435O72
! lV65SS35O72
l-114 31.8 lV658645172 ! lV65S635O72

llA535OXOl2
10A5107XO12
10A5109XO12

21A535lXO12
20A0103XO12
20A4608XO12

2lA5353XO12
21A5354xo12
2lA5355XO12

..___

.. .

I8

I ---

>V..w,L

19.1 lV659246172 ! lVS53235O72

llA5342X012

11A534sxo12

11A534axo12

21A5359XO12
21A53WX012
21A5361X012

21A!5362x012
21&363x01?
21&364x012

2lA5365XOl2
21A5368X012
21A5367XO12

(i-1,

~~::IE$Ez:i

2 F~wrwlth17JPHS~~SW~Sbr~410~~10~~~T~42~~
wHh cco-A CIOOSovw SOOT (427.C) (ths btla -W IS Slm~d

mm

416 STAINLESS STEEL


HARDENED (STD)

16

316 STAINLESS STEEL W/CoCr-A


ON SEAT 6 QUIDE HIGH TEMPERAlUREm

12.7

27A3932 X012

27A3941 X012

19.1

27A3933 x012

27A3942

314
1

19.1
25.4

27A3944 X012
27443945 X01 2

27A3953 X012
27A3954 X012

6x4

314

19.1

27A3933 x012

27A3942

314

19.1

27A3956 X012
27A3957 X012

27A3965 X012
27A3966 X012

25.4

1. Nc4 101 uss wilh 17JPH s~sinbss slssl ca~.s sbovs 41O.F (210-C) o( CoCr:A cWS
sbovs WF
(427Y$ ~SS Ngh tStq~Shr*
VSIVS MS
IOI thSSS SWliiuhonS.

ED Only)

112

on WP & idn-.

314

19.1 211\5358X01~ ! 21A5356XO22


! 21A5357XO22
! 21A53!%XO22

STEM DIAMETER (L VSC SIZE


Inchea

.I--,..-

3l4

Key2' Valvs Plug (Multipk~


Piston Rings)for Class N Shutoff (Design

lOA4439X012

3/4

1. ~lauuwlthl7-4PHSWIS~~~~410~(2~~~~~A~~S~
8oo-F(42rc);uur&#lI-M~pluJskr~~~

BODY SIZE.
INCHES

11A5319x012
11A5320x012

, ,"Qj,P ?cnT') , * Ac.,,Axn, 3

! lV657435O72

6x4

x012

x012

2. FP uSS *rim 174~


St&M
StSdu
S wWSSNJ HQF (210%) ud w(rF (42m
snd wlh C&r-A ~QSS ovw KWF ( r 27-C) (INS ieltr H b SISJWS~ On lop 1~8
kmn~tion).

125-600 Designs ED & EAD

Key 2 Whisper Trim ill Valve Plug (6-Inch Design ED DnlY)


STEM DtAMElER &
VSC SIZE
lncJ10e
3l4
1

mm

17-4PH

316
STAINLESS STEEL

sT~$D~Nsm;*

19.1
25.4

316 STAINLESS STEEL w/ 316 STAINLESS STEEL WI 316 STAINLESS STEEL WI


CoCr-A ON
C&r-A ON
CoCr-A
SEAT & GUIDE
SEAT 6 GUIDEI)
DNSEAT

2x3269 x022
22A3262 x022

22A3259 x01 2
22A3262 x012

22A3261 X012
22A3264 x01 2

22A3260 x012
22A3263 x01 2

22A3267 X012
22A3268 x012
\

I. nl!$l IuWWa~.

Krvs 2. 7. and 8 Valve Ptug and Stem AssambtY for Plain Bonnet
316
STAINLESSI STEEL
CoCr-A

316
STAINLESS STEEL
w/Co&-A
fi PIIT.
nt,,ntE

11A5317 X072
llA5319 x032

---me

11A5326 X022
llA5327 X032

11A5326 XM2
-em

1IA5316 x022

llA5316 x042

1lA5320 X022

1I A5330 x022
1tA533.1 X022

llA5332 x022
-em

llA5334
llA5335

x042
XM2

1OA4611 X042

llA5323

X022

! 1lA!i330 X032

llA5337 X062

llA5339

x022

lA5341 X032

1lA5344 X022

llA5347

x022

316
STAINLESS
STEEL
w/Co&A
ON SEAT()
I 1 or l-114
1

1A531 5 x032
lA5316 X022

I1

lA5321 X022
me-

316
112 112.711V6574 XOC

-me

---

IA5324 X022
m-m

314

19.1 lV6582 X0022 IV6562 X007;

---

-we

3/4

19.1 lV6564 X0042 lV6564 X0062 1 1A5350 X032

6x4

-em

314

-me

314

19.1 lV6562 X0012 lV6562 X0052 1 lA5342 X042


-me
19.1 2lA5356 X052 2lA5356 Xl32

1. Nofor uss wilh 17-4PH SIMSSS stnl i%vS 8DOm 4lr$lf2!y

C.$-A ups over 8oQF(427%)(thrletterwM rumpea on lop mr

&IP

atow aC0.F42rc): WI hi@!temperatvn


vaM
9
2 Form with1\-4PHruh!nsrstnl ug~ betwasn
41
F (210%) ldTsF,.2i,

Kevs
. 2... 7. and 6 Vatvo Aug and Stem AssemMy for Style 1 Extension Bonnet
STEM
416
316
316
316
BODY SIZE, INCHES
STAINLESS STEEL
STAINLESS
STAINLESS
316
DlAMETER
STAINLESS STEEL
w/%Cr-A
STEEL
STAINLESS
STEEL
-a
VSC SIZE
w/C&-A
ON SEAT & GUIDE
STEEL()
ON SEAT 6 GUIDE()
DesI9n EAD m
HARDENED
Dodgn ED
HIGH TEMPERATUREI?)
O\E%
(STO)
9.6 1vS571 X0072 lV6571 X0062
--ltA5317 X062
m-e
1 or l-114
1
3/S
-- llA5316 X032
--llA5320 X032
l/Z
12.7 lV6572 X0032
9.5 lV6573 X0072
- - 11445321x042
lOA
X032
llA5322XO32
1-112
2
310
X0052
-- -em
--^-112 12.7 lV6574
9.5 lV6571 x0102
-- --llA5317 x052
--#r-1/2 x 1

,2x1

I w
1

,,a ,,,, ,,,s vm, 17-4PM slshbss sIS.l


uQsS lbo*r 410-F (2lpc)
,bcwe KCF 427=Q UII hl@ tWfWWM4 v*lvr
Fa, uw rrllh 1\ l 4PHslahlo~8 SWd UPS ~MWOWI

U c&f-A

WPS

and dtl CoW-A O,TSS ovu


I..\
l5meJh-r-

WQF (427Cj @I. bltw W b sumpd

UI top fU

I
I

125600

Designs

(FIsHER"J

ED & EAD

Key 3 Ouiik Opening Cage


BODY

SIZE, INCHES

Design ED

Deslgn EAD

1. t-114.1-1/2x 1,or 2 x 1
l-1/2 or2-t/2 x1-112
2or3x2
2-l/2 or 4 x 2-112
3
4
6
6x4

lor2Xl
2or3xl-l/2
4x2
3 or 6 x2-112
4
6
.. .
.. .
..-

17-4PH
STAINLESS
STEEL
(HARDENED)

Chrome
Plated

Nkkol
Coatrd

211215033272
2U2192 33272
2U2234 33272
2U2276 33272
2U2318 33272
2U23W 33272
2U506333272
2V372233272
2OA3240 x012

2u6Q1148102
2U691648102
2U692146102
2U8Q2448102
2lJ892746102
2U8Q3046102
2lJ893546102
2V371748102
2DA435OXO12

2U740348932
211725448932
2U740448932
211740548932
2U740648Q32
2U740748Q32
2u606948Q32
2V371448932
2DA5489 X01 2

316 STAINLESS

STEEL

CAST IRON
(NICKEL
COATED)
211740349242
2U725449242
2OA2713xo12
2OA2714XO12
2OA271JXO12
2OA2716XO12
2lBD8949242
...
.I,

COO-A

PU2180 39102
2U2192 39102
2U2234 39102
2U2276 39102
2LJ231839102
2U238039102
2u506339102
2V3722 38102
2oA324QxO92

Key 3 LinearCage

DeslBr

SIZE.INCHE?r
DeSlQn EAD

2-112 or 4 x 2-112

316 STAINLESS STEEL


Chrorno
Plated

Nkkel
Coated

2UW17461D2
2lJ8Q2046102
2U8Q2346102
2U692648102
2lmQ2Q48102
2U8s3348102
2wQ3848102
2V371546102
2OA434QXO12

2U741448932
2U741548S32
2U741848932
2U741746032
211741648932
2U741948B32
2U8Oea48932
2V371248932
2OA5468xo12

(HMFED)

1 or2xl
2 or3x l-112
4x2
3or8x2-l/2
4
6

l-112.or 2-l/2 x l-112

17-4PH
STAINLESS

2U2156 33272
2U21Q8 33272
2U2240 33272
2U2282 33272
2U2324 33272
2U2368 33272
2U8061 33272
2V3718 33272
2OA3247 X012

___
-..

CoCr-A

2u215839102
2U21Q83QlD2
2&?240?l9102
2u228239102
2U2324 39102
2u2360 39102
2u6c613Q102
2V3718 39102
2OA3247 XD92

Key 3 Equal Percentage Cage

BODY

l-

SIZE, INCHES

Daslgn ED

Doslgn EAD

1. 1-1/4,1-1/2x l,or2 x 1
l-112 or2-112 x1-112
2~3x2
2-112 or4 x2-112
3
4
6
6x4
8

lor2Xl
2or3xl-l/2
4x2
3or8x2-l/2
4
6
.. .
.-.
...

17lPH
STAtNLESS
STEEL
(HARDENED)

2U2163 33272
2U219523272
2U223733272
2U227933272
2U232133272
2U236333272
2U505Q33272
2V372333272
2OA3246xo12

316 STAINLESS

STEEL

Chrome
Phtrd

Nkkrl
Coated

CAST IRON
(NICKEL
COATED)

2UW13481D2
2U6919481D2
2lJ6Q2248102
211692548102
2U6Q28 48102
2L@Q3148102
211893748102
2V3718 46102
2DA4348xo12

2U740848S32
2U74OQ48Q32
2U741048W2
2U74lJ12
2lJ741248Q32
4u741348932
211806748932
2V371346S32
2DA5467xo12

2U74D8 X0012
2U74DQ XOal2
2U7410 x0012
2U7411 x0012
2117412 X001 2
2U7413 X0012
2u8067XM)12
--.
-.-

Kay 3 Whisper Trim I Ca9a, 17-4PH stainless


steel(hardened)
BODY SIZE, INCHES
PART NUMBER

16

Derlgn ED

Design EAD

1,l-114,1-112x 1, or2 x 1
l-112or 2-m x l-112
2or3x2
2-112or 4 x2-112
3
4
6

1 or2Xl
2or3xl-l/2
4x2
3 or6 x 2-W
4
8
...

2V502333272
2V5.02433272
2V502533272
2V502633272
2V502733272
23A8915 X032
23A8913XO32

CoCrA

2u21533Q102
211219539102
2U223739102
2u227939102
2U232139102
211236339102
2u50593Q102
2V37233Q102
2OA3245 XOQ2

125-600

Designs

ED & EAD

Key 3 Whisper Trim Ill Cage @-Inch Design ED only)

Level

A3
83
c3
w

316
Stainlerr
Strol
(Nickel Coated)

416
Strinlesr
Stool
32A3246
32A3249
32A3250
32A6217

X012
X012
X012
X012

32A3251
32/\3252
32A3253
32A6220

X01 2
X01 2
X01 2
X01 2

316
Stainle8s
Stool
(Electrollrrd)
32A3336
32A3337
32A3336
32A6741

X012
X012
x012
X012

Key 4 and 5 Trim Adaptors, steel (restrictecbcapacitysizes onM


BODY SIZE, INCHES

Dorlgn ED

Derign EAD

KEY4
CAGE ADAPTOR

1-112x 1
2x1
2-112 x l-112
3x2
4 x 2-112

2x1
...
3 x1-112
4x2
8 x2-1/2

1U2216 24492
1U1207 24492
1u2302 24492
lU1246 22012
1u1251 22012

1U2262 24492
1U23c4 24492
lU2346 22012

Key e Standard Piston Ring


BODY SIZE, INCHES
Design ED

Derlgn EAD

1. I-ll.4,
1-1/2x1,or2x1

TO 45OF (232V)
CARBON-RLLED
FTFE

45DTO6DVF
(232 TO 31 CC)
GRAPHITE

501 TO 900F
(316 TO 462C)
GRAPHITE

901 TO 11WF
(462 TO 593C)
GRAPHITE

111217405102

lU2174 X0012

1u2174 x0022

lorPx1

1112173059S2

l-1/2 or
2-1/2x l-112

2or3xl-l/2

111221505092

lU2216 05102

lU2216 x0012

1U2216 x0022

2or3x2
2-T/2 or 4 x2-112
3
4or6x4
6
8

4x2
3or6x2*1/2
4
6
...
...

1
1U2257 05092
u22SS @OS2
lU234105DS2
lU23S105oS2
1u5068o5oS2
..*

1u2256 05102
lU2300 05102
1u2342 05102
1u23S2 05102
lU5069 05102
loA32B2 x012

1u2256 x001 2
1U23DO X0012
lU2342 x0012
lU23S2 x0012
lU5Dw x0012
loA3262 x022

1u22E.a x0022
1u2300 x0022
1u2342 x0022
1u2392 x0022
1u5D6S x0022
loA
x032

Key 6 Multiple Piston Rings for Class IV Shutoff (Des@ ED Only)

Body Biso. Inches

Number Required

601 to ooOF
(316 to 4B2=%)
Gnphitm

901 to llW*F
(482 to 593*C)
G@bltO

17A3SBB X01 2

17A3966 x022

4
4x6
6

17A3SSO x012

17A3SSo x022

17A3991 x012

17A3SSl x022

Key @ Whisper Trtm Ill Plston Ring(&In& Desl~n ED only)


CARBON-FILLED
PTFE TO 45SF (232*C)
1344888 x012

GRAPHITE FOR OVER 45D.F (232C)


45DtoWF
(232 to 316C)

601 to SOOF
(316 to 462%)

SO1 to 11WF
(462 to ssrc)

llAS727XOl2

11AS727 X022

11AS727 X032

19

125-600

Designs

(FISHER"I

ED & EAD

Key 7. Design ED Valve Plug Stem, 316 stainless steel (not for Whisper Trim 111
cage)
STEM
DlAMErER 6
VBC SIZE

BODY
SIZE, INCHES

lnchrr

Full
Capacity

mm

Inches

mm

1. l-114,
or
l-112

3lB
9.5
&7l8
l/2 I 12.7 I 11-1306

l/2
3/4

12.7
I 19.1

12.114
I 14-5/S

311
372

2.112 or 3

II2
3bl

12.7
19.1

12-5/6
15

l/2
3i4

12.7
1s.t
2JA)
I 25.4~

1Z-5/8

31.8
25.4
19.1

20
1
157/6
P-516

31.6
25.4
19.1

24-3118
27.7116
18310

l(l)

1ta
+t3/4
1
l-114

3l4

1
l-114

l-l/2x

EXTENSION BONNET

PLAIN BONNET
Stem Length

i51iZ

16-114
lQ.114

I I
I I

stylo 1
Pert
Number

Stem Length

Stylo 2
Stem Length

Pert
Number

Inches 1 mm

Inches 1 mm

12-114
~311
15.13/16 402

1OA8623 X022
lU2180 35162

lK566Q35162
1U2265 35162

16-w
19

413
483

1U2264 35162
...

321
361

1U2305 38162
lU230635162

189116
lQw4

421
502

1U2307 35162
...

321
394
464
489

1U2305 35162
1K5677 35162
lK7590 35162
lU2175 35162

16-9116
i 93!4
.....

421
502
...

1U2307 35162
iU2GXl35162

403
499
508

11998435162
1N7047 35162
lK415435162

x)-l/B
24.lW16
25.13118

492
614
705

1K!%B9 35162 21
1K78Ql X001 2 24-3/l 6
247/l 8
lL268635t62

225 lU3@835162
3oQ lU369335162

...

...
s11

...

...
...

656
533

-..
__.
...

614
70s

Q-316
12-114

241
311

1U2236 35162
lK568Q35162

1Z-314
l&1/4

324
413

lU2270 35162
lU22633-5182

l/2

12.7

11.13/16

300

lU36QfI35162

1513/18

402

111217935162 23.13/16

t/2
3/4

12.7
19.1

12-114
14.96

311
372

lK588835182
lU226535162

16-114
19

413
483

lU228335182
lL4C0135162

24-3/16
---

4x2-1/2

l/2
314

12.7
19.1

12w6
15

321
361

lU230535162
lU230635162

159/16
tMf4

421
502

lU2306 35162
lU444835162

/6x4

3/4

19.1

15.718

403

lLQQ6435162

2@1/6

511

lU5071 35162

Capacity

1U5244 3.5162
...
...

9.5
12.7

RestrIcted 3x2

I ...

630

W6
l/2

2x1 or
2-l/2 x l-112

Part
Number

16-7/18
19l/8

416
486

lU2272 35162
1U2273 35162

605

lU3BQ3XOO12

614
---

111226435162
---

24-Q/16
2513/16

624
661

lU2307 35162
111232338162

27-l/2

699

1U5244 35162

1. TypLYa7shmla.
2 Tym6!i7a47OSwie4~.tuda.

Kev 7 Whisper Trim III Valve Stem, 316 Stainless Steel (&inch Design ED Only)

Inches
314

mm
19.1

25.4

EXTENSION BONNET

PLAIN BONNET

STEM
DIAMETER 6
WC SIZE

Stem Length
1

Inches

mm

17.7118

443

%7/B

SD6

Part
Number

Sty102

Style 1
Stem Length

Stem Length

Part
Number

Inches

533

1U9262 35162

24.114

635

lU627735162

Inches

mm

lU3416 35162

21

lP8476 35162

25

---

mm

PlIl
Number

616

lU6276 X0012

---

---

Key 7 Design ED Valve plug Stem for Class N Shutoff (Design ED only)

1. Tp

20

607 wluua

at-@.

125-600 Designs ED & EAD

Key 7 Design EAD Valve Plug Stem for Plain and Extension Bonnets

anrrv,
SIZE,P INCHES

SrEM
DIAhWER &
WC SIZE
lnchrs

Full

lncher

mm

Style 1

^~ *
ran
Number

Stem Length

style 2

Stem Length

Part
Number

I
Pert
Number

lor2

9.5
12.7

B-718
ll-l3/16

225
300

Inche8 1 mm
Inches
_- _..
lU366B35l6i ! 112-114 1 311 1 1112177351621 16
lU3B9035162
W-13061 402 1 lU2179351621 l&5/6

1 mm
I
1 405 1 llJ2176 35162 1
1 473 1 lU218035162

3or4

3/4
l/2

12.7
19.1

12-5/B
15

321
361

lU230535162
lU23C8 35162

16-9116
_- -..
421 111230635162 1 24-9/16
1 502 1 lU444635162
l&3/4

1 624 1 lU2307 35162

112

12.7

12~5lB

321

lU2305 35162

l&9/16

1 421 1 lU230835162

i:,, i$ pjpj f5xEL&


^----1 112

I
CapaCity

Stem
-. -. .. 1- math
-. I _..

EXTENSION BONNET

3/B
l/2

Capacity

Restricted

mm

PLAIN BONNET

1 12.7

1 12-l/4

3x1-1/2

l/2

12:7

11.13/16

4x2

112
3/4

12.7
19.1

12-l/4
14-112

l/2
3/4

12.7
19.1

12-5/B
15

6x 2-l/2
1.1ym661rmulw.
2. T!m 657 0 470 swia

300

lU3uxr35162

1 lU217935162)

311
372

lK566Q35162
lU226535162

1151W16) 402
___..
..116-l/4
1 413
I19
I463
I
I
1
321 1
lU230535162 1 l&9/16 I 421
1381
~lUW~~;ul~:z~l~4
_^^___^_
---..
--1502

1 lU2263351621
~1L40013.5162)

23-13/16 I 605 I lU3BQ3XoO12


24.3/16
1..

1 614 1 lU226435162
1 . ..I
...

I lU230635162124-Q/10
1 624 1 1U1230735162
---~1U444635162(2&13/16~6B1
1 lU232335162

Eb.wor.

Key 7 Valve Plug Stem for Bellows Seal Bonnet, 316 stainless steel
BODY SIZE, INCHES
7 Inches
l/2.3/4. 1.
I l-1/4. l-1/2, or 1-112x 1 I

I2-1/2x
2. z-112,1.lf2.or3

4x2-1/2
6or6x4

I 3or4

x2-112
...

mm

PART
NUMBER

316
l/2

1 9.5 1 &3/4 1 252x


1 12.7 I 11-l/4 I266
ilR266635162l

l/2

1 12.7 1 12-l/4

1 314 1 lK5B6Q 351621

12.7

11-5/B

295

1U36BQ,%r~

12.7

12

305

1u3691:

12.7

l~.i

327
12.7f6
1~4
1 367 11~5~7635162

314

12.7
lQ.1

12-7/B
14-3/4

327
375

2R36Q3 35072
lU389435162

314

19.1

15-114

387

lK567635162

Key 9 Seat Ring (not for Whisper Trim Ill cage)

1U222Q 46172

1u2229 33092
lU508033DQ2

111222939102
lU5DBo 39102

21

125-600

(FISHER)

Designs ED & EAD

KM 9
t!AD
Lh3r
.--I
- Desion
---~
Unrr

Material

416 stainless steel


(hardened)

3
4 l-112
4x2
6
6 x 2-112
1
2
2X1

316 stainless steel

lV560248172
lV560546172
1V3676 46172
2V5818 46172
2V6469 46172
2V6619 46172
2V6612 46172
2V6628 46172
2X.623 46172

lV5601 46172
lV5603 46172
lV5606 46172
m..
*..
...
...
....-

lV5601 46172
lV5603 46172
lV5806 46172
2V5613 46172
2VS8OQ46172
2V5622 46172
2V5616 46172
211384948172
2U3867 46172

1W802 35072
lV5605 35072
! V3876 35072
2V5616 35072
2V546Q 35072
2V661 Q 35072
2V6612 35072
2V662836072
2V6823 36072

lV5601 35072
1V56D3 35072
1 v5806
35Q?2

lb5601 35072
1V5603 35072
1V5608 35072
2V5613 35072
2VSOQ 36072
2V5822 35072
2V6618 35072
2U384Q 35072
211385735072

Class 600

lV5601 46172
lV5603 46172
lV5606 46172
2V5613 46172
2V56QQ46172
2V!i622 46172
2VE-61846172
2V5631 46172
2VsB26 48172

lU3642 46172
1U3643 46172
lU3651 48172
2U3846 46172
2U3663 46172
2U3647 46172
2U3855
48172
2U364Q 48172
2lJ3667 46172

1V560135072
36072
1V5606 35072
2V5613 35072
2V66OQ35072
2VS622 35072
2V5618 35072
2V663136072
2V5626 35072

1W642 35072
lW64336072
I@85135072
2U3846 36072
211385336072
2U3847 35072
2U3866 36072
2W64Q 36072
2U3867 36072

tvSO3

3
3 x l-112
4
4x2
6
6 x 2.112

schdulr
4oor80
Butt Weld 8ody

Claw 300
RF Body

Blrr, Inchrs
1
2
2x1
3

Bockrt
Weld Body

Clssr 150
RF Body

Bodv

RFBody

. . .

...
.*.
...
...I_

Key Q* WhisperTrim Ill Seat Ring (&Inch Design ED onb)


316SStw/
COO-A

41osST

316 SST

21AQ7Q4X012

21AQ7Q4X022

21AQ7Q5X012

Gasket Descriptions
I
KEY
NUMBER

10

11

12

13

To 456OF (232C)
Except to 3OQ.F (149%) for
cycling
Servkr
or to 6WF
(427.C) for I-Inch Design ED

DESCRlFTtON

Bonnet gasket

Cage gasket

l-1/2Xlor2Xl
DesignEDor2xl
Design EAD

FGM

All other sizes

Composition

l-1/2Xlor2Xl
Design ED or 2 x 1
Design EAD

FGM

All other restricted


capacity sizes

composition

Seat rink or Uner gasket

caPaCry sizes
1-1/2x1or2x1
Design ED or 2 x 1
Design EAD

d=s)

l-1/2x1or2x1
Design ED or
2xlDeslnEAD
Nl otir ,,Wd
capacity sizes

27

Shim (Design EAD onb)

51

Shlm (Design ED only)

Not used

Composition
316L SST 6 Composition

RhIlCt~

Adaptor Qasket
wt USed wltll full =wdty

FGM

Fun capacily sizes


Spiral wound gasket

l-1/2xlor2xl
Design ED or 2 x 1
Design EADCQ

Inconel600 6 laminated graphite


Inconel(l) 600 6 laminated graphite

FGM

FGM

CornposItion
FGM
FGM
Composltion

SST

l.Tr~~dlnmr~~~NlcWb.
2.shbnnotusDdonhlcwncqrtlnuptD450r(23m

22

Over 45Q.F (232C)


Except Over 3W*F (149%)
for CycQnQ!%nfice

FGM

Futl capacity sizes

All other SIZOS

14

MATERtAL

apur pans.

125-600

Designs

ED 81 EAD

Keys lo. 11. 12, 13. 14, 27 and 51 Gaskets and Shims

Body Sire, Inches


Key
Number
Design
ED

Design
EAD

Body .gze, Inches

Key
Number
Deslgn
ED

1 or l-114

Seed)
11
0
1
1::
1:3
2 7or51

RGASKET X012
lR2859 XDD82
lR2881 X0082
lR2860 99282
lR2862 X0112
---

RGASKET Xl 62
lR2859 X0042
- - lR2860 99442 3
lR2862 X0062
16A1938XO12

l-$/2

et()
S
113
1t
1:
1::
2;Ior

RGASKEi X022
lR3101 XDO32
lR31W XDD32
lR3099 99282
lR3D98 XDD52
---

RGASKET X172
lR3101 X0032
--lR3099 99442
lR3098 X0052 3 X 2
18A1937 x01 2

St()
SC
1c1
11I
1:,

RGASKET X242
lR3101 XDD32
1R2881 XOD42
1R2860 99442
1R3098 X0052
lU2152 X0042
16A1936 X012

RGASKET X242
lR3101 X0032
lR2861 X0042
1R2880 99442
1R3098 X0052
1112152X0042 4
16A1936 X012

RGASKET XD32
lR3299 04022
lR3298 04022
1R3297 99282
lR3296 04022
-me

RGASKET Xl82
lR3299 XW42
--1R3297 99442
lR3296 X0042
16A1938 x012 4 x 2.112

l-112 x 1

xl

1:b
2cI
27 or 51

---

SC3t
1C1
11
12,
13
51

---1
se
10
1T
1:
11
14
51I

2x1

St30
101
11
12,
131
27or 51

2-l/2

2-l/2 x l-1/2

c
; 3

To 4SOF
over 450F
(232%) Except (232C) Exc*Pt
to 3WF
over 3WF
(149V) tar
(149%) for
Cycling Service Cycling Service
or to 8DOF
or to llWF
(427T) for
(593%) for
I-Inch
I)-Inch
Design ED
Design ED

seIt()
10I
11
x l-l/2 12
13
14
127or51

p g & yJg$ ypE~

18A1938 X012

16A1936 X012 8

RGASKET X042 RGASKET Xl 92


lR3847 XDO32 lR3847 X0032
lR3848 XOD42
--1R3845 99282
1R3845 99442
lR3844 X0052
lR3844 X0052
16A1939 x012
--RGASKET Xl22 RGASKET X262 6 4
1R3847 X0032
1R3847 X0032
lR31W X0032
lR31W X0032
lR3099 99442
lR3D99 99442
lR3098 X0052
lR3098 X0052
lR3844 X0052
lR3844XW52
1
--I 16A1937 X012 1
ld EM

w.

Design
EAD

x2

To 450F
Over 45O*F
(232%) Excep! (232%) Except
lo 3OOOF
Over 300F
(149V) for
(149%) for
Cycling Service Cycling Servicr
or to 1lDVF
or to 8W.F
(427V) for
(593C) for
&Inch
8-Inch
Des@ ED
Design ED

SC
El()
1t1
11I
1:I
1:I
211 or 51

%ZASKET X052 RGASKET X202


1R3484 XOD42 lR3484 xW42
--1R3483 X0052
1R3482 99282
lR3482 99442
lR3481 04022 lR3481 x0052
--16A1940 x012

SC
3t()
1th
11i (2 reqd)
12,
13I
14
27or 51

tGASKR Xl32
lR3484 XW42
1R3298 XW32
1R3297 99442
1R3296 x0042
lR3481 x0052

SCIt()
10 I
11
12
13
27 or 51

IGASKET X062 ?GASKET X212


I R3724 X0042 lR3724 X0042
--I R3723 X0042
I R3722 99282
lR3722 99442
lJ5047 XOC62
155047 X0062
16Al941 X012

RiGASKET Xl42
seitcr,
1I R3724 X0042
10
11 (2 reqd) 1lR3848 x0042
x 2-l/2 12
1lR3845 99442
1IR3844 XW52
13
14
1lJ5047 XW62
I
-we
21or 51

RGASKET X272
lR34& xW42
1R3298 XW32
lR3297 99442
1R3298 X0042
lR3481 XW52
16A1938 X012

VZASKET X282
lR3724 XW42
1R3848 X0042
lR3845 99442
lR3844 X0052
lJ5047 X0062
16A1939 X012

SE0
Ia I
11
12
131
51

RGASKET X072 ?GASKET X222


lU5D81 X0052 lU5081 x0052
-mm
1US083 X0052
l&D85 99282
lU5D85 99442
lU5088 X0032 1u5088 x0032
--16A1942 x012

SeIt
10
11
12
13
51

RGASKET Xl52
lU5081 X0102
1u5D83 x0082
lU5085 99442
1MD88 X0072
---

IGASKET X222
lU5081 XC052
--lU5085 99442
1us088 x0032
16A1942 x012

SeIt

RGASKET X082 IGASKET X232


lOA
X022
lOA
x112
13
1 lOA
x082 1
I
3. VVWSLW
TftmIIIconsrsquhs2 knnstgsskm (ksyIO)soor01s setpw 1
srtfsbmnstgsskst 10thstoonsmrtion

23

125-600

Designs

[ FISHER1

ED 4%EAD

Key 15 Cap Saew. Grads 5 ti rted


Key 15 Stud. SA lg3-87 Std
Key 18 Nut, SA l%tti 61001

Kay 15, Stud


ra.,

Yumk
Reqd

cap

8aew

(Ptsln Bomot
-lv)
lR2811 24052
lA4533 24052
lA381624D52
lA4533 24052

4
6
6
6
6
6
6
12
16

AU except
Whisper Trim !!I
3or3x2
age
4 or 4 x z-v?

a,

Plain or
Standard
Extrnsbn
Bonnet
lR284831012
lK2429 31012
lP5882 XooA2
lK242B 31012

Koyl6Nut

BOILows Sed
Extenrbn
Bonnet

Nmlubticatrd

lR387331012
14A5980 X012
lU235131012
lP5623 31012

lC33W24072
lC33D6XO24:
,11\3772 24072 lA3772 X024:
lA3772 24072 IA3772 X0242
IA3772 2
A7773
YmA9

R&$$ed

Whisper Trim III


-w

Key 15 Stud SA-198B8M (Annealexl)


Key 16 Nut SA-194-8M
I

Key 15, Stud


BODY SIZE, INCHES

CONSTRUCTlON

Design ED

Au except
Whisper Trim Ill Cage

Whisper Trim Ill Cage

24

-.---

1 or l-l/4
l-l/z
1.112 x 1
2or2xl
of
x
3 oI 3 x Z-112
2
2-l/2
l-112
4cK4x2.l/2
6or6x4
8
8

NUMBER
REQD

Plain or
stendard
Extonslon
Bonnet

Balbwr
SOal
Extenrlon
Bonnet

m-e
3 or 3 x l-112
4or4x2
6 or 6 x 2-l/2
--m-m

4
6
8
6
6
6
8
12
18

1R2848 35532
1K2429 x0012
lP5662 X0022
lK2429 X0012
lR2646 35532
lA378l X0032
1R3890 X0012
lA3656 X0012
lD9452XW22

lR3673 35532
14A5960 X042
lU2351 X0012
1P5823 X0022
14A5961 X042
14A5962 X042
IN6604 X0022
lU5068 X0012
---

v-m

12

l2A3277 x042

Dealgn EAD
1
2
2x1

---

I
Key 16, Nut

Nonb-tOd

FaCtOry
Protubrkatod

163306 35252
lA3772 35252
lA3772 35252
lA3772 35252
lC3308 35252
145378035252
lA3520 35252
lA4409 35252
lAU52 35252

lC3306
IA3772
lA3772
lA3I72
lC3306
lA3760
lA3520
lA4409
lA4452

lA4409 35252

lA4409 X0212

X0232
X0232
X0232
X0232
X0232
X0182
X0162
X0212
X0222

125600

Designs

ED & EAD

PLOW DlRECltDN
a

WWSPERTRIM
STDTRIM
cAwlmL

TRIM

FLOW UP

YzT

CORRECTORIEKTATION OF CARSOIIFILLED PTFE PISTON RING

vJ--

FULL-CAPACITYOESIGN ED

VIEW*

NAT-IIIIIlYlEDELIPII
EL0
YITII IEtlllCTEO
TIM

DETAILOF LIKEI-IlYlE
DEIIEII
EM

Figure 6. Standard I- Through &Inch Design ED,


and EAD, Body Assemblies
25

(FISHER)

125-600Designs ED 4%EAD

REtTIIClED-TllU OETAll

NOTE:
D
FoftDEslGNEM.THlsguMIsKET27.

FGY-ALsoMusleE
INSTALLEDWHEREREGUIRW
lNsulRmGoRLlNERAREA
PEFtFlGURE6,O.ORS

-1

Figure 7. FGM Gasket Set Detail

Figure 8. Whisper Trim Ill Detail

26

125-600

Designs

ED & EAD

.lUS@S.

SINGLE PISTON RING ASSEMBLY

TYPICAL MULTIPLE PISTON RING ASSEMBLY

Figure 9. B-Inch Design ED Body with Graphite Piston Ring

27

125600

Designs

1FISHEFd

ED & EAD

while this inkunalion is presentedin goodfaith andbelievedIO be accurate.


Fishef Contrds does no1~wrsnlee satisktofy reSullSfrom retiancaupon SWh
intomWii. NoWrIg on?&h3d herein is to b amtrued es a wsrrantyof
merchlnfebi~iW*mess
oueranree.emfess of hublieU.reaMin fhs dm.

ofeny ofhermefter wifh respecflo the producrs, nor ass recommendationlo


use anyproductof process in coWit with anypatenl. FishecControls res~nes
tha right. without notice,to alterM improvethe designs cf spectfkMons of
ths poducls describedherein.

[FISHERY

For Inlomefion. onted Fisher Ccmlrds:


MarshaHtown.bws 50158 USA
Rochsster. Kent, Engtand ME2 2EZ

Fisher Controls

Sao Paul0 05424 Brazil


Singqxe 2158

Type 667

Fisher Controls

instruction Manual
Type 667 Diaphragm
Actuator Size 30 70 & 87

1FISHER1

September 1980

Form1203

INTRODUCTION
Scope of Manual
This instruction
manual provides information
on installation, adjustment,
maintenance,
and parts ordering for the
Type 667 actuator in sizes 30 through 70 and size 87 and
for the Type 667-4 actuator in sizes 70 and 87. information
for other equipment used with these acutators is found in
separate manuals.

Description
The Type 667 actuator (figure 1) and the Type 667-4
actuator
are reverse-acting,
spring-opposed
diaphragm
actuators that are used for automatic operation
of control
valves. The Type 667 actuator provides.3
inches (76 mm)
maximum
actuator travel while the Type 667-4 actuator
provides 4 inches (102mm) maximum actuator travel. Both
actuators position the valve plug in the valve in response to
varying
pneumatic
loading pressure on the diaphragm.
Figure 2 schematically
shows the operation
of these
actuators.
Additionally,
a Type 667 or 667-4 actuator can
be furnished with either a top-mounted
or a side-mounted
handwheel
assembly. Atop-mounted
handwheel
assembly
is usually used as an adjustable dawn travel stop. Asidemounted
handwheel
assembly
is usually. used as an
auxiliary manual actuator.

Specifications
Specifications
for the Type 667 and 667-4 aotuators are
shown in table 1. Information
for a specific actuator is also
found on the nameplate (figure 3),of that actuator.

OFnhWcmwo* coyany 1mo:*II *ht. I*,.lv~

Figure

1. Type 667 Actuator Mounted


easy-e. Valve Body

on

The Maximum
Diaphragm
Pressure to Stroke Actustor,
listed in table 2, must not be exceeded at less than full
travel. If it is exceeded before the travel stop contacts the
upper diaphragm plate, the maximum allowable valve stem
load may be exceeded. The Maximum
Excess Diaphragm
Pressure, listed in table 2. is the pressure that may be
added when the actuator is at full travel. The sum of the
pressure required to stroke the valve fully and the excess
pressure added when the actuator is against the stop must
not exceed the Maximum
Diaphragm
Casing Pressure
also listed in table 2.

r
Teble 1. Specifications

ACTUATOR

SIZES

YOKE BOSS
DIAMETERS
MAXIMUM
TRAVEL

MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE
CAPABILITIES

See table 2

See table 2

PRESSURE
CONNECTIONS
ACTUATOR

MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE
THRUST

OUTPUT

MAXIMUM
DIAPHRA6M
PRESSURE

CASING

See

l/4

in. NPT female

table 2

See table 2

See table 2

Table 2. Additions/

Specificetions

Valve Stem Diameters

Maximum Travel

Maximum Excess Diaphragm Pressure

Actuator Mounting

INSTALLATION

1. Screw the stem locknuts all the way onto the valve
stem. Put the travel indicator disc, not usedwith the size 87
actuator,

on the locknuts.

The concave

side of the disc

should face the valve.


When an actuator and valve body are shipped together, the
actuator is normally mounted on the valve. Follow the valve
body instructions when installing the control valve in the
pipeline.
If the actuator is shipped separately or if it is
necessary to mount the actuator on the valve, perform the
*Actuator Mounting procedures. Refer to figure 4.

2. For direct-acting
close the valve.
For reverse-acting
open the valve.

valves, push the valve stem down to

valves,

push the valve stem down

to

fi.0flSIfERCONTROLS
CQ

MAMMLTOWN

Al AL,-,rtPE~~lZE~

t!lTTSt

li&;ys

~TOnPSl

DlAPH PRES
A-1

WITH I-lPSl

DROP ET

gp

[IRATING

EKO

YIllU
~
Figure 2. Schematic of Type 667 and 667-4 Actuaton

3. Place the actuator on the valve bonnet. For size 30


through 70sctustors. lift or hoist the actuator, if necessary,
in order to slip the yoke locknut over the valve stem.

L-]TO[-1

PORT
PSI

[JTRAvEL(]
%%

L$$--.l-Ql
ORDER 11,
SA
/

Figure 3. Type 667 Actuator Nameplate

4. For size 87 actuator, insert the cap screws, and tighten


the hex nuts, securing the actuator to the bonnet.
For ell other sizer, screw the yoke locknut tightly onto the
bonnet. securing the actuator to the bonnet.

5. Turn the spring adjustor (key 12, figures 5,6, and 7) out
of the yoke several turns, until the actuator stem is at the
bottom of its travel and all spring compression is relieved.

1CAUTION ]
Do not clamp justthe tip of eitherthe valve stem
or the actuator stem in the stem connector.
Incomplete engagement of bothvalve stem and
actuator stem in the stem connector may result
in stripped threads or improper operation. Be
sure that the length of each stem clamped in
the stem connector is equal to or greater than
the diameter of that stem.

STEM CONNECTOR

YOKE LOCKNLT

6. Clamp the actuator and valve body stems between the


two stem connector halves. Insert and tighten the two stem
connector cap screws.
7. Raise the travel indicator disc to the stem connector,
and thread the stem locknuts against the stem connector.
6. Align the travel indicator scale to show valve position.

Loading Connection
1. Connect the loading pressure piping to the l/4-inch
NPT female connection in the top of the actuator yoke.
2. For size 70 and 87 actuators,
remove the l/4-inch
bushing in the 1/2Gnch NPTfemale connection to increase
connection size, if necessary. Either piping or tubing may
be used.

Figure 4. Actuator Mounting Components

?YPe 667

3. Keep the length of tubing or piping as short as possible


to avoid transmission
lag in the control signal. If an

Spring

accessory (such as a volume booster or valve positioner)

is

Make spring adjustments when the loading pressure range

used. be sure that the accessory


the actuator.

to

applied to achieve specified travel is not equal


pressure range stamped on the actuator nameplate

is properly connected

3).
4. Cycle the actuator several times to check that the valve
stem travel is correct and that the travel occurs when the
correct

pressure range is applied

Refer

packing

to the diaphragm.

If valve stem travel

procedure
6.

is incorrect,

in the Adjustments

refer to the Travel

section.

If the pressure range is incorrect,

procedure

in the Adjustments

the

when

Bench

pressure

inserted

range

on the

no pressure

and the

in the bonnet.

Refer

Pressure range on the nameplate

is controlling

packing

Set

the valve contains

is loosely

Diaphragm
valve

5.

to

nameplate

the specified

is tightened

to the
(figure

pressure

to the

when

the

drop and the

to stop leaks around the stem.

1. Monitor loading pressure carefully when making adjustments.


Do not exceed the pressure specifications
of

refer to the

Spring

either the loading

regulator or the actuator casings.

section,
2.

Each

Changing
down

actuator
the

spring

has

a fixed

spring compression

to make

valve

travel

pressure

span.

shifts the span up or

coincide

with

the

loading

pressure range.

ADJUSTMENTS

3. Turn the spring adjustor

(key 12, figures 5. 6, and 7)

into the yoke (key 9, figures 5,6, and 7) to shift the span up
or turn the spring adjustor out of the yoke to shift the span
down.

Travel
Make travel adjustments

when the motion observed during

actuator

travel is different

actuator

nameplate

from the travel stamped

on the

If the actuator
(manual

(figure 3).

has a side-mounted

operator),

clockwise

handwheel

handwheel

assembly

rotation

closes

the valve.
When

adjusting

travel

pressure the actuator.

of a direct-acting

valve,

slightly

This moves the valve plug off of the

seat, reducing the chance


seat during adjustments.

of damaging

the valve plug or

For successful

operation, the actuator stem and valve plug

stem must move freely in response to the loading pressure


change on the diaphragm.

1. Back the stem locknuts and indicator disc away from


the stem connector, and slightly loosen the stem connector
cap screws.

ICAUTlONI

Actuator parts are subject to normal wear and must be


inspected and replaced when necessary. The frequency of

Do not use wrenches or other tools directly on


the valve stem. Damage to the stem surface and
subsequent

damage

MAINTENANCE

inspection and replacement


service conditions.

depends

on the severity

of

to the valve packing may

result.
2. Tighten the locknuts together, use a wrench on these
locknuts. and screw the valve stem either into the stem
connector to lengthen
shorten travel.

travel or out of the stem connectorto

personal

to property

to disassemble:

Isolate the valve from the process,

Release

l Vent

process pressure,

the actuator loading pressure,


l Relieve all spring compression.

and

correct travel is obtained.


The maintenance

4. Raise the travel indicator disc by threading


locknuts against the stem connector.

injury or damage

process fluid. Before starring

3. Cycle the actuator to check for the specified travel. If


travel is not equal to the specified travel, adjust and check
travel until correct. Tighten the stem connector cap screws
when

Avoid

from sudden release of pressure or uncontrolled

the stem

instructions are divided into four sections;

Actuator, Top-Mounted
Handwheel Assembly (Adjustable Down Travel Stop), Side-Mounted
Handwheel

Assembly
(Manual
Operator) for Size 34 through 60
Handwheel
Assembly
Actuators,
and Side-Mounted
(Manual Operator) for Sizes 70 and 87 Actuators.

Assembly
1. Coat the O-ring with Lubriplate MAG-1 l or equivalent
lubricant. Place a new gasket or O-ring (key 70) on the yoke
(key 73). Position the lower diaphragm casing (key 64) on
the yoke, align the holes, and insert and tighten the cap

Actuator
This procedure describes how the actuator can be completely disassembled and assembled. When inspection or

screws (key 30). If down


removed, insert and tighten

travel
them.

stops

(key

77)

were

repairs are required, disassemble only those parts necessary


to accomplish
the job; then, start the assembly at the

2. Coat the O-rings (keys 8 and 9) with Lubriplate MAG-1


lubricant or equivalent, and place the O-rings in the seal

appropriate

bushing

step.

(key 7).

Key numbers refer to figures 5.6, or 7. Figure 5 illustrates


the size 30 through 60 actuators, figure 6 shows the size 70

3. Fill the seal bushing with Lubriplate MAG-1 or equivalent lubricant, slide the bushing into the yoke (key 73). and

actuator,

install the snap ring (key 72).

and figure

7 depicts

the size 87 actuator.

4. Assemble

Disassembly
1. Bypass the control valve. Reduce the loading pressure
to atmospheric, and remove the tubing or piping from the
connection in the top of the yoke (key 73). For a top-loaded
construction,
connection

the

actuator

stem

(key

also remove

the piping

in the upper diaphragm

or tubing

lower

dia-

and 2). Place this assembly

in the actuator.Take

the threads do not damage

the O-rings.

casing (key 1).

Over-tightening

the diaphragm

nuts can damage the diaphragm.


3. If necessary,

remove the actuator from the valve body

the stem connector

care when

pushing the actuator stem through the seal bushing so that

from the

2. Thread the spring adjustor (key 74) out of the yoke (key
73) until all spring compression is relieved.

by separating

144).

phragm plate (key 71), diaphragm (key 3). diaphragm plate


(key 4). and the travel stop cap screw and spacer (keys 12

20 foot-pounds

(27 newton

cap screws and


Do not exceed

meters)

torque.

(key 31) and removing


5. Install the upper diaphragm

casing (key 1). and secure

the yoke locknut or, for the size 87 actuator, the stud bolt
nuts. Separate the stem connector by loosening the stem

with cap screws and nuts (keys 13 and 14). Tighten

locknuts

using a crisscross pattern to ensure a proper seal.

(keys 69 and 75)

and unscrewing

the two cap

evenly,

screws.
6. Install the actuator spring (key 18) and spring seat (key
4. Unscrew

the spring adjustor (key 74)from

the actuator

stem (key 144). Also lift the spring seat and spring (keys 19

19). Apply Lubriplate MAG-1

or equivalent

lubricant to the

threads of the actuator stem and to the surface of the spring


adjustor (key 74) that contacts the spring seat. Thread the

and 18) out of the yoke.

spring adjustor on the actuator stem.


5. Remove

the diaphragm

casing cap screws

and nuts

(keys 13 and 14). and lift off the upper diaphragm

(kev

casing

6. Remove the following


(key 3). diaphragm
(key 12).

connected

parts: the diaphragm

plate (key 4), spacer (key 2), cap screw

and actuator

pulling the threads


bushing

7. Mount the actuator on the valve in accordance


procedures

1).

stem

(key 144).

Be careful when

of the actuator stem through

(key 7) to avoid damaging

the O-rings

the seal
(key 8).

7. Remove the cap screw (key 12) to separate the parts of


this assembly.
8. To remove the seal bushing, remove the snap ring (key
72). and lift out the bushing.

in the Installation

with the

section.

Top-Mounted Handwheel Assembly


(Adjustable Down Jravel Stop)
Top-mounted

handwheel

assemblies

(figures 8 and 9) are

usually used as adjustable

down travel stops to limit full

extension

stem. Turning

of the actuator

counterclockwise

8 and 9) up, retracting


Instructions

the

handwheel

pulls the extension rod (key 150, figures


the actuator stem.

are given below for complete

disassembly

and

assembly. Perform the disassembly only as far as necessary


to accomplish the required maintenance; then, begin the

9. Remove cap screws (key 30). and take off the lower
diaphragm casing (key 64) and the gasket (key 70. size 30

assembly

through 60) or O-ring (key 70. size 70 or 87). The down


travel stops (key 77) can be removed, if necessary.

Key numbers refer to both figures 8 and 9, unless otherwise


indicated.

*Tr#demub d

tiehe tomem Ietinhp Co.

at the appropriate

step.

Type

667

Disassembly

3. For a handwheel

1. Turn the handwheel (key 58) clockwise so that the


handwheel assembly is not causing any spring compression.

2.

Bypass the control valve, reduce

atmospheric,

and remove

connection

loading

the tubing

pressure

to

or piping from the

assembly

used on size 30 through

60 actuators,
fasten the mounting plate (key 158) to the
diaphragm casing (key 1, figures 5, 6, and 7) with the cap
screws

(key 154) and, if used, the travel stops (key 152).

Return

the

recorded

travel

in

stops

step

to their

6 of the

original

preceeding

portion.

For a handwheel

the compression

in the spring (key 18, figures 5,6,

and 7).

assembly used on a size 70 or 87

actuator,

screw

the

connector

(key 27). Position the handwheel

on the diaphragm

extension

rod (key

60 actuators,

assembly

used on size 30 through

unscrew the cap screws (key 161). and make

sure that the guide plate (key 157) can turn between
body (key 148) and the mounting

plate

into

the

and 7), and

the cap screws (key 154)

and, if used, the travel stops (key 152).

For a handwheel

150)

body (key 148)

casing (key 1, figures 5,6,

align the holes. Insert and tighten

handwheel

as

in top of the yoke (key 73, figures 5, 6, and 7).

3. Turn the spring adjustor (key 74)out of the yoke toward


the stem connector (key 31 ,figures 5,6, and 7) to relieve all

4.

positions

Disassembly

Return the travel

stops to their original position as recorded in step 6 of the


preceeding

Disassembly

portion.

the
(key

158). Use a wrench on the castle nut (key 166) to unscrew


the extension rod (key 150). Remove the rod, the handwheel

body (key 148). and the attached

parts.

Over-tightening

the diaphragm

nuts can damage the diaphragm.


For a handwheel
assembly
used on a size 70 or 87
actuator, drive out the groove pin (key 167). and remove
the castle nut (key 166). the bearing retainer (key 182). and
the thrust bearing (key 180).

20 foot-pound

(27 newton

cap screws and


Do not exceed

meters) torque.

4. For a handwheel assembly used on size 30 through


60 actuators, position the diaphragm casing (key 1, figures
5, 6, and 7). mounting

plate (key 158). travel stops

(key

5. Unscrew the hex nuts and cap screws (keys 14 and 13.
figures 5.6, and 7) from the diaphragm casings. Lift off the

152). if used, and cap screws (key 154) on the diaphragm.


Insert and tighten the cap screws and hex nuts (keys 13 and

diaphragm

14, figures 5, 6, and 7).

casing (key 1, figures 5, 6, and 7) and, for the

size 30 through 60 actuators, the mounting plate (key 158)


or, for a size 70 or 87 actuator, the handwheel body (key
148) and attached parts.

Slide the guide plate (key 157) onto the extension rod (key
150). and screw the extension rod into the connector (key
27). Slide the handwheel

6.

If travel stops (key 152) are used, note and record their
position relative to the cap screws (key 154) for use in
assembly.
remove

Unscrew

the travel stops and cap screws,

and

rod, position

body (key 148) overthe

the handwheel

extension

body on the mounting

(key 157). align the holes, and insert and tighten


screws

plate

the cap

(key 161).

either the mounting plate (key 158, figure 8) or the

handwheel

parts.

For a handwheel assembly used on a size 70 or 87


actuator, slide the extension
rod (key 150) into the

(key 68) to remove the handwheel

handwheel screw (key 160). and position the diaphragm


casing (key 1, figures 5,6, and 7) with the attached parts on

body (key 148, figure 9) and attached

7. Turn the handwheel

screw (key 160) from the handwheel


body (key 148).
Remove the retaining ring (key 60) if the handwheel (key
58) must be separated

from the handwheel

the diaphragm.

Insert and tighten

the cap screws and hex

nuts (keys 13 and 14, figures 5, 6, and 7).

screw.

5. For a handwheel assembly used on size 30 through


60 actuators, put the washer and castle nut (keys 162 and

Assembly
1. Slide
handwheel

166) on the extension


the

handwheel

screw

(key 58) onto

the end

of the

(key 160). and snap the retaining

ring

(key 60) into place.

rod. Drive in the groove pin (key 187).

For a handwheel assembly used on a size 70 or 87


sctuator, put the thrust bearing and bearing retainer (keys
180 and 181) on the extension

rod (key 150), screw on the

castle nut (key 166). and drive in the groove pin (key 187).
2.

Coat the threads of the handwheel

screw (key 160)

with Lubriplate MAC&l or equivalent lubricant.


screw into the handwheel body (key 148).

Turn the

8. Complete steps 6 through 8 in the Assembly


of the Actuator maintenance
section.

portion

Type 667

Side-Mounted Handwheel Assembly


(Manual Operator) for Size 34 through 60
Actuators

figure lO.The

A side-mounted
handwheel
used as a manual operator.

assembly (figure 10) is usually


Turning the handwheel clock-

wise past the neutral position always opens the valve body.
A lever
opens

(key 146,

figure

10) on a handwheel

the valve body by moving the valve

Instructions

are given below for complete

assembly

stem.

disassembly

and

assembly. Perform the disassembly only as far as necessary


to accomplish the required maintenance;
and, then begin
the assembly

at the appropriate

step.

Key numbers

refer to figure 10.

bushing is not used in a handwheel

for size 45 through


2. Coat the
equivalent

.
assembly

60 actuators.

screw

lubricant,

threads

with

Lubriplate

and thread the operating

MAG-1

screw. Slide the second bearing (key 152) onto the screw,
and insert the end of the screw into either the bushing (key
151) as shown

in figure

10 or into the bearing.

3. Thread the bearing retainer (key 136) into the body


(key 142). using a suitable tool. Completely tighten the
bearing

retainer,

Tighten

the set screw

bearing retainer

and

then

loosen

(key 168,

it one-quarter

not shown)

in place.

4. Coat the groove in the handwheel body (key 142) with


Lubriplate MAG-1 or equivalent lubricant. Insert the spring
Holding

Disassembly
the handwheel

assembly

can be removed

from the actuator yoke. To do this, remove


147 and 170)from
the assembly
2.

Remove

pilot
3.

the nuts (keys

the U-bolts (keys 166 and 143) that hold

to the yoke.
retaining

ring (key 154). and drive out lever

pin (key 153).


(key 156) that hold the right and

left hand levers (key 146) together.

Remove the screw from

Disassemble further, if necessary, by removing

the other screw.

5. Remove nut (key 54). lockwasher


(key 150). and
washer (key 149), and take off the handwheel (key 51). Be
careful not to lose the small ball (key 55) and spring (key 56).
Using a suitable tool, unscrew the bearing
the locking set screw

retainer (key
(key 168, not

7. Pull the screw assembly (key 145) out of the handwheel body. The operating nut (key 132) will come out with
the screw.

Also remove

the bushing

(key 151).

8. If required, remove the bearings (key 152). one from


the bearing retainer and the other from the handwheel
body.

5. Position
and tighten

equivalent
(key 151)

lubricant.

pointer

the screw

mounting

bolt

(key

159,

not

actuators
wheel

(key 161).

the two levers (key 146) with the cap screws


handwheel

or with

assemblies

assemblies

the machine

Insert one bearing

MAG-1

or

on size 45,50,

and 60

bolts (key 156) for hand-

on size 34 and 40 actuators.

7. If the handwheel

assembly

was removed

from the

(keys 166 and 143) on the yoke,

and tighten the nuts (keys 170


handwheel assembly in position.

and

147)

to hold the

8. Position the levers (key 146) as shown in figure 10.


Insert the lever pilot pin (key 153). and snap the retaining
ring (key 154)

onto the lever pilot pin.

Side-Mounted Handwheel Assembly


(Manual Operator) for Size 70 and 87
Actuators
A side-mounted

handwheel

assembly

(figure 11) is usually

used as a manual operator. Turning the handwheel clockwise past the neutral position always opens the valve body.
Asleeve (key 123,figure
1l)on a handwheel assemblyfora
size 70 or 87 actuator opens the valve body by moving the
valve stem.
are given below for complete

to accomplish
(key 152) with Lubriplate

in the handwheel

put the

the hex nut.

assembly. Perform the disassembly

Assembly
Pack the bearings

the

(key 156)for

Instructions

1.

(key 51).

(key 150), and the hex nut (key 54) on the end of the screw
(key 145). Tighten

yoke, position the U-bolts

4. Remove screw (key 161) and pointer mounting bolt


(key 159, not shown) located behind pointer (key 160).

136) after loosening


shown).

in the handwheel,

(key 51). the washer (key 149). the lock washer

6. Assemble

There are two screws

the assembly.

ball and spring

shown) and pointer (key 160) as shown in figure 10. Insert

the top of the levers so that the levers will drop down out of

6.

the

handwheel

If desired,

turn.

to hold the

(key 56) and ball (key 55) into the handwheel

1.

or

nut onto the

thg required

maintenance,

the assembly

at the appropriate

Key numbers

refer to figure

disassembly

and

only as far as necessary


and then begin

step.

and the bushing

body (key 142)

as shown

in

11.

Type

667
Pack the ball bearings

Dlsattembly

equivalent

1. Bypass the control valve. Reduce the loading pressure


to atmospheric.
Disconnect
piping at the yoke.

(key 50) with Lubriplate MAG-1

worm retainer

(key 49) as shown

in figure 11.

the loading pressure tubing or


2. Thread the back bearing retainer and ball bearing (keys
49 and 50) into the yoke.

2. Remove
compression

or

lubricant, and insert one ball bearing in the back

cover band (key 87). and relieve the spring


by turning the spring adjustor (key 74)

Align

the slot in the bearing

retainer with the set screw hole in the yoke, insert the set
screw (key 52). and tighten

it.

counterclockwise.
3. Coat the worm shaft (key 51) threads with Lubriplate
3. Remove the cap screws and nuts (keys 13 and 14). and
lift off the diaphragm

casing (key 1).

MAG-1

or equivalent

lubricant,

and slide the shaft into the

yoke so that the end of the shaft fits snugly into the back
bearing retainer.

4.

Remove the travel stop screw (key 12) and spacer (key

3). and take off the diaphragm

plate (key 4). the diaphragm

(key 3). and the lower diaphragm

4. Insert the bearing in the front bearing retainer (key 49).


and thread the retainer and ball bearing into the yoke. Align

plate (key 71).

the slot in the retainer with the hole in the yoke, insert the
5. Unscrew

the cap screws

(key SO) and remove

the

following
connected parts: the lower diaphragm
casing
(key 64). the O-ring (key 70), spring case adaptor (key 89),
the seal

bushing,

D-rings,

and snap ring (keys 7, 8, 9,

set screw

(key 52). and tighten

5. Put the spring


handwheel

it.

and ball (keys

141

(key 58). Slide the handwheel

and 142)

in the

onto the worm

shaft (key 51). Thread the hex nut (key 127) onto the worm

and 72).

shaft.
6. Remove

the snap ring (key 72), and slide the seal

bushing and O-rings (keys 7,8, and 9) out of the spring case
adaptor

(key 89).

6. Pack the two needle


worm

gear

equivalent
7. Take out the actuator spring

(key 18).

and the

(key 44)
lubricant.

worm

bearings

threads

(key 132), and coat the

with

Lubriplate

MAG-1

or

Insert the key (key 122), the bearings,

gear

in the yoke

(key 73)

as shown

in

figure 11.
8. Remove the stem connector
nector cap screws.

(key 31) and stem con7. Slots

are cut in the threads

of the bearing

retainer

flange (key 45). Thread the flange into the yoke so that the
9. Pull the actuator stem (key 144) up and out of the yoke.
The spring

seat (key 19). spring adjustor

(key 74),

bearing (key 128). and the pinned adjusting


131) will come out with the actuator stem.
10.
123)

Turn the
extends

handwheel

so that the lower

out of the bottom

screw

thrust

slots and the holes for the set screws (key 121) align. Insert
the screws, and tighten them.

(key
8. The lower sleeve (key 123) has two screw holes in one
end. Coat the sleeve threads with Lubriplate MAG-1 or

sleeve

(key

of the yoke.

equivalent lubricant, slide the end of the lower sleeve with


the holes into the bearing retainer flange, turn the handwheel, and feed the sleeve through the worm gear so that
the slot in the lower sleeve engages the key (key 122) in the

11. Loosen two set screws (key 121), and unscrew the
bearing retainer flange (key 45), using a suitable tool in the

yoke.

open

sleeve

thrust

neck of this part. Take out the worm


bearings

(key 132).

gear and two

one on each side of the gear.

The worm shaft (key 51) and associated

protrudes

indicator
screws

12.

Continue

turning

the

handwheel

from the yoke.

(key 126)

to the sleeve

until the

Fasten the travel

lower
stop

with the two machine

(key 124).

parts can be

disassembled,
if desired, by first removing handwheel nut
(key 127)and the handwheel (key 58). Do not lose the small

9. Pack the thrust bearing (key 128) with Lubriplate


MAG-1 or equivalent lubricant, Slide the actuatorstem
(key

ball (key 141)

144) and the attached

and spring (key 142).

130), thrust bearing

adjusting
(key 128).

screw (key 131)

13. Loosen the set screw (key 52) for each worm shaft
retainer (keys 48 and 49). Unscrew the two worm retainers

stem slides through

(keys 48 and 49). The ball bearings

lower sleeve slides into the adjusting

(key 50) will come out

pin (key

spring seat (key 19). and

spring adjustor (key 74) into the yoke. The lower end of the
the lower sleeve

(key 123). and the


screw (key 131).

as

with the retainers.

shown

Assembly

10. Position the actuator stem (key 144) against the valve
stem. Clamp both stems between the two halves of the

1. The front and back worm retainers

(keys 48 and 49)

each have a slot in their threads for the set screws (key 52).

in figure

stem connector

11.

(key 31),

with the cap screws.

and fasten

the halves together

Type 667

11.

Put the actuator spring (key 18) in the yoke on the

[CAUTlONI

spring seat (key 19).


Over-tightening

12. Coat the O-rings (keys 8 and 9) with Lubriplate


MAG-1 or equivalent lubricant, and insert them in the seal

Do not exceed

bushing (key 7). Slide the seal bushing and O-rings into the
spring case adaptor (key 89).
Install the snap ring (key 72).

14.

Slide the seal bushing and O-rings (keys 7,8. and 9)

over the actuator stem (key 144). and position

15.

Insert and tighten

the cap screws

and hex nuts

20

foot-pounds

(27

newton

meters) of torque.
18. insert the cap screws (key 13), and tighten
nuts (key 14) using an even, crisscross pattern.

13.

case adaptor (key 89), lower diaphragm


and D-ring (key 70) on the yoke.

the cap screws

(keys 13 and 14) can damage the diaphragm.

19.

to service after completing

the

Loading Connection
procedure
in the Installation
section and the procedures in the Adjustments
section.

the spring

casing

Return the actuator

the hex

(key 64).

(key 90).

PARTS ORDERING
16. Slide the lower diaphragm plate
phragm (key 3) with the patternedside

(key 71). the diaup, the diaphragm

plate (key 4). the spacer (key 2). and the cap screw (key 12)
on the actuator stem (key 144). Tighten the cap screw.

Each actuator has a serial number stamped


plate. Always reference
with

the

representative

of

17. Put the diaphragm casing (key 1) on the diaphragm.


Align the holes in the diaphragm (key 3) and the diaphragm

regarding technical information

casing

each needed part as found

PARTS LIST
Actuator
Kev
1

2
3

Description
4

Description

Part Number

Diaphragm Cesing, steel


Size 30
2E8007 28992
Size 34 b 40
2E6814 28992
Size 45 b 50
3E644628992
Size 46 b 60
3E8467 28992
2N1278 28992
Size 70 b 07
For top mtd handwheel
Size 30
2E7922 25062
Size 34 b 40
2E8063 25062
Size 45 b 50
3E8316 25062
Size 46 b 60
2E8474 25062
Size 70 b 87
2N1271 25062
Spacer. steel
See following table
Diaphragm. nitrile

Size30
Size34 b 40
Size 46 b 50
Size46 b 60
4

Also, reference

(keys 1 and 64).

Size 70 b 07
Diaphragm Plate
Aluminum
Size 30
Size 34 b 40
Size 45 b 50

ltk wnm*nd*6
*P a P
r ar .

2E600002202
2E669902202
2E659602202
2E8598 02202
2N1309 02202

3OA208 0x012
3OA288 1x012
3OA268 2x012

Pert Number

Diaphragm Plate (Continued)


Cast iron
Size 46 b 60
2E8475 19042
Size 70 b 67
667
2N1270 19042
667-4
1OA2421 X01 2
Cast iron, for top mtd handwheel
Sire 30
2E8B04 19042
Size 34 b 40
3E890519042
Size 45 b 50
2E831519042
Size 46 9 60
2E8475 19042
Size 70 b 87
667
lN1270 19042
6679
lOA
X01 2

the complete

Ksv
9.

30
34
45
46
70

b
b
b
b

40
50
60
87

Seal Rushing. brass


Size 30
Size 34 b 40
Size 45 to 60
Site 70 8 87
O-Ring. nitrile (2 reqd)
Size 30
Size 34 b 40
Size 45 to 60
Size 70 b 07

2H5109
3H5111
2H5113
2H6115
2N7575

22012
22012
22012
22012
22012

lE7912
lE6928
lE8457
lN1316

14012
14012
14012
14012

1 E5914
102375
1 C5622
1 E7369

06992
06992
06992
06992

Fisher

corresponding

Controls

or replacement

Company
spare parts.

11 -character

part number of

in the following

Parts list.

Description

Part Number

O-Ring. nitrilr
Size 30. 34 b 40
Size 46. 46, 50. 60,

70b87

1 C4157 06992

1 E8458 06992
See following table

Qp screw. steel

Cap Screw. pl steel


lE7603 24052
Size 30 (12 reqd)
Size 34 b 40
1 E7603 24052
(16 raqd)
Size 45 Et 50
(20 reqd)
lA6751 24052
Size 46 b 60
(24 rrqd)
lA6761 24052
Size 70 b 97
(28 reqd)
tA5028 24052
Hex Nut. pl steel
All sizes, number reqd
Ssme as key 13
lA3465 24122
Vent Assembly
AU sizes wlo top mtd
handwheel
Y602Xl -Al 1
Actustor Spring,
S:erl
Sea following table

Steel
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size

on the name-

this number when

__
14

17

18

19

Spring Seat.
Steel
Size 30
llJ4256 23122
lR1799 23122
Size 34 b 40
lFi1800 23122
Sizr 45 b 50
lRl800 23122
Sizr 46 b 60
Sizr 70 b 87
Csst iron
lN1296 19052
stse1
t N7577 22012
For use with side mtd hBndwhesl
Castiron
1 NW71 19042

Type 667

I
D*~ttiption
27

SiZb 70

30

?Al7lAl
VIEW OF TOP-LOAIEI
lYPE667
ACTWOI SIZE: 16 1110116166

237
r-l

31

32

237

Figwe 5. Type 667 Actuetor Sizes 30 through 60

lN6383

31012

llA813OXO12

105298 24052
1 A3604 24052

b60
1 A3684
(12 rrqd)
Sizr 70 b 87
1 N1293
Stem Connector. SST
W/o sidr mtd hmdwheal
Size 30 b 34
1 E7977
Size 40
1 E8033
1 J3330
Size 45 b 46
Size 50 b 60
1 E0337
Size 70
IN1319
21A7470
Size 07
W/side mtd handwheel
Size 34
1 F6592
1 F6591
Sizr 40
2F1678
Size 45 b 46
Size 50 b 60
2F1672
1 N9903
Size 70
Size 87
21A7470

24052
28992

ODDA
DDOAZ
ODDA
DDDA2
DDDAZ
X012
25142
25142
OODAZ
OODAZ
OODA2
X012

40

D&r

64

LUB

b 67

To 3 (76 mm)
Tr0V.l
4 (102 mm)
Trwrl
csp scrsw. pl stool
(6 reqd)
Size 30
Sire 34 b 40
(8 reqd)
Sizr 45.46. 50.

39

34

LJAPPLY

31012
24092
24092
24092

Travel Indicator Scala.


SST
See following table
Self-Tapping Screw. steel (2 req*d)
Size 30.34. 40.45
b 46
1 E7932 38992
Sizr 45 b 46 ror side mtd
handwheel)
189925 28992
Size 50.60.70 b 07
lE831338992
Sizr 70 b 87 (for sidr mtd
handwheel)
lA3431 28902
Travel Indicator. SST
Size 30 b 34
1 E7931 38992
Sizr 40.45 b 46
1 E8075 38992
Size 45 b 46 with side mtd
handwheel (none reqd)
Size 50 b 60
1 ES328 36992
Size 70
189718 36992
Sizr 87
lOA
x01 2
Namrplrtr. SST
1 K3257 38992

33

E-l

Part Number

connrctor. strrl
For top mtd handwheel
Size 30
lF1188
Sizr 34 b 40
1 F1359
Size 45 b 50
lF1194
1 FllS4
Size 46 b 60

Scrrw. SST
1 A3682
(4 w4
Diaphragm Casing. lowar. stool
Siza 30
2E8011
Sizr 34 b 40
2E6826
Sizr 45 b 50
3E8453
Sizr 46 b 60
3E8477
Sizr 70 b 87
2N1310

28982
25062
25062
25062
25062
25062

Type 667

c
DOlCriptiM,
69

70

70
71

72

73

Part Numbor

Her Nut. pl steel


Size 30 b 34 (none reqd)
IA3537 24122
Size 40 (1 rrqd)
Size 45 (2 reqd)
lA3537 24122
Size 46 (1 reqd)
lA3537 24122
Sire 50. 60 % 70
lA3511 24122
(1 rrqd)
Sire 87 (2 reqd)
1 C6352 24122
Gasket. rrbsstoa
Size 30.34 Et 40
1 E8012 04022
1 E046404022
Sire 45.46.50 b 60
O-Ring. nitrilr
Site 70 b 07
102691
lower Diaphragm Plate
Sizr 30. zinc
1 E79! 3
Sizb 34 b 40
Zinc
1 E6827
Steel
1 FE858
Sire 45.46. 50 b 60
Zinc
1 E8455
Steel
1 FE909
Sire 70 b 87
Steel
lNl315
Snap Ring, 302 SST
Sir0 30. 34 8 40
1 ES01 3
Size 45 to 87
1 E8456
Yoke
Cast iron
Sizr 30
3E8014
Size 34
2E8846
Sir0 40
3E8208
Size 45 % 46
3E9DOE
Size 50 % 60
3E8459
Sire 70
3N1303
For sidr mtd
handwheel
4N8901
Size 87
3N6642
For ride mtd
handwheel
4N8866

---G-I641

06992
44022
44022
24092
44022
24092
24092
37022
38992

19042
19042
19042
19042
19042
19042
19042
19042

74

30
34
40
45 b 46
50 b 60
70
07

Spring Adjustor, steel


Sizr 30
Sizr 34 b 40
Size 45,46.50
b 60
Sizr 70 b 07
For side mtd
handwheel

3K8156
2H7871
3H7873
3li7075
3K8303
3N1306
3N7587

W
75

19042
22012
22012
22012
22012
22Ot 2
22012
22012

lE0017 24102
lE8210 24102
1 E846224102
lN1318 24102
1 NE869 24392

Figure 6. Type 667 Size

stc.1
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size

/ APPLY
LUB

76

77

78

Part Numbor

Description
Hex Nut. pl steel
Size 30 b 34
(2 reqd)
Size 40 (1 reqd)
Size 45 (none reqd)
Size 46 (1 rsqd)
Size 50. 60 b 70
(1 reqd)
Size 87 (none reqd)
Twin Sperd Nut. SST
Size 30 b 34
Size 40
Size 45 % 46
Size 50.60.70
8 07
Down Stop. steel
Size 30 to 40
Size 45 to 60

W
79

lP1312
lA4132

24142
24122

lA4132

24122

lA3754

24122

80

al
1 E7939 38992
lE808438992
lE808438992
1 E833538992

(2req'dj
1 H4935
1 H4943

24092
24092

Pipe gushing. pl ateel (2 reqd)


Size 70 b 07
1 C3790 26232

82

83

70ActuetOr

Daaoription

Pat Number

Machine Screw, pl rteel


Size 87 (2 rrqd)
1 H7365 28982
For side mtd handwheel
Sirs 45
lA7691 28992
Size 46
192866 28982
Pointer, 302 SST
For rid* mtd handwheel
Size 45 % 46
1 L2046 36012
Machinr Screw, pl steel
For side mtd handwheel (2 rsqd)
Size 45 8 46
lA3319 28982
Indicator Adaptor. bnfa
For side mtd handwhoal (2 reqd)
Sire 45 % 46
lF5482 14012
Washer (2 reqd)
Size 70 % 87
Strrl
1 E8730 29992
For side mtd hmdwh@el
@mar
1 F5656 18992

11

Type 667
W

144

DJJcription

~cturror Stem, Chr pl stJJl


Size 30
I E8016 24222
Size 34
W/o sidr mtd
hsndwhsel

158847

24222

W/side mtd
hrndwhcel

1 E8209

24222

Sirr 40
WJo Jida mtd
hJndwhJJi

1 E8209

24222

Whide mtd
hsndwhcsl
SiJr 45 b 46
Size 50 b 60

lF325924222
1J3328 24222
1 ES461 24222

Size 70
667
Wlo side mtd
hrndwhrrl

2N1317

24222

W/JidJ mtd
hJndwhrJ1

2N8906

24222

667-4
W/o side mtd
hJndwheJl
W/sidJ mtd
hJndwhJJ1
SizJ 87
667
W/o sidr mtd
handwheel
W/sidJ mtd
handwheel

229

237

Part Numbr

21A3812

X012

23A1793

X01 2

2N6647

24222

2N8896

24222

667-4
W/o side mtd
22A1963 X01 2
hsndwherl
W/side mtd
23AOl26 X01 2
hrndwhrrl
WJJhW. StJOl
Size 70 b 07 with top mtd
hrndwheel
IA521 2 28992
Lubriplato MAG-1, 14 02 (0.396 kg1 CJn
[not furnished with thr
lMllO0X0012
JCtuJtOr)

Figure 7. Type 667 Size 87 Actuator

Key 2

SpJCer.

JtJJl

Type 667

Key 1 a Actuator Spring, steel

ACTUATOR
SIZE

DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE 1
RANGE
PSI,a

Rar
--.

40

45

Z-I

7/18

87

5/a (16)

3/4 (191

1+1/8 (29)

1 E7955 27092
Brown

1 E7923 27092
Dark Gray

. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .

l-1/2

(38)

2 (511

. . .
. . .

a-3*

-.4-L.
* - -

lE795827082
White

lE795427082
Light Gray

lE792427082
Light Green

3-15

0.2-l .o

1 E8051 27082
Aluminum

1 E8049 27082
Yallmv

1 E8058 27082
Light Gray

lE8053 27092
Dark Gray

lE8058 27092
Dark Green

. . .
. . .

6-30

0.4-2.0

1 E8050
Purple

1 E8048 27082
Light Blue

1 E8052
oUtQe

lE8055 27082
Dark Blue

lE805827082
UQht Gray

. . .
. . .

3-l 5

0.2.1 .o

. . .
. . .

1 E8267
Tan

1 E8262 27082
Liaht Green

1 E8261 27082
Dark Grsv

1 E8268

t 3,

0.4-2.0

. . .
. . .

1 E8256 27082
Purple

1 E8264 27082
1 E8255 27082
Aluminum b Red Light Gray

3-l 5

0.2.1 .D

. . .
. . .

1 E8258 27082
Yellow

1 E8257
Brown

0.4-2.0

3.15

0.2.1 .o

6-30

0.4-2.0

27082

27082

. . .
. . .

.. .
. ..

314 (19)

1.1/a (29)

lN1279
Red

27082

. .
. . .

27082

27082

1 E8260

27082

BrOZS

l-1/2

(38)

...
I..

0.2-l .o

6.30

70
b

3-15

48
b
50

(11)

1 E7953 27082
tight Blue

30

34
FI

TRAVEL. IN. (mm)

. ..
. ..

1 E8262 27082
tight Green

27082

1 E8269 27082
Dark Green

1 E8262 27082
UQht Green

1 E8285 27082
Red

1 E8265 27082
Red

E;;.;uf7;82

E8255 27082
1 E8257 27082
Aluminum b Red Brown

Dsrk Blue
1 E8283 27082
Aluminum 6
Dark Green

2 (51)

3 (76)

4 (102)
. . .
. . .

lN7193
White

27082

lN1287
Yellow

27082

lN1284 27082
tight Green

lN1288 27082
Dsrk Gray

lN1281

27082

lN1279
Red

27082

lN1285 27082
tight Blue

lN1287
Yellow

BrOW

. . .
. . .

27082

lR676D
Black

27082t

I Dmpkrapm pwmw~rmp lortlw wmg [t tmd combmawn


816-22 psip 10.4.1.5 bark

Key 32 Travel Indicator Scale. SST

I
SIZE
30
34
40

45
46
50
80
70
87
-

TRAVEL

5/8 (18)

7/18 (11)
1 E7934
1 E7934
1 E8078
1 E8076
1 E8076

38992
38992
38992
38992
38992

1 E8330 38982
1 F5352 38982

3/4

1 E7335
1 E7935
1 E0077
1 E8077
1 E8077

38992
38992
38982
38982
38982

lE7936
1 E7936
1 E8081
1 E8081
1 E8081

1 ES330
1 E8330
..
..

38982
38982
.
.

1 E8331 38992
1 E8331 38992
1 H7457 38992

Description

38992
38992
38992
38992
38992

lH7457 38992

PM Number

KW
148

Top Mounted Handwheel


17
58

80

l-l/8

(19)

vent hrv.
Size 70 b 87
H~ndwherl
Cast iron
Siz* 30
Sir0 34 b 40
Size 45 to 60
Site 70 b 87
SlO6l
Sire 34 b 40
Site 45 to 60
ftetsinin9 Ring, steel
Size 30 to 40
Size 45 to 60
Site 70 b 87

Y602Xl-A7

1FllSl
lF1158
IF1198
2N8379

19042
19042
19042
19042

150

lH5519 22012
1 H5521 22012
lA9118
lF1200
1 N8373

28992
28992
28982

152

(28)

N. (mm)
l-1/2

(38)

3 (76)

2 (51)

..
. .
1 E8082
1 E8082
1 E8082

.
.
38992
38992
38992

...
...
lE803838992
1 E8083 38992
lE0DB3 38992

1 R4445 38982
1 R4445 38982

1 E8332
1 E8332
I Ii7458
I H7458

38992
38992
38992
38992

1 ES333
1 E8333
1 Ii7459
1 Ii7459

1 E8334
1 ES334
1 H746D
1 ii7460

Description
Handwheel Body
Cost iron
Size 30 to 40
Size 45 to 80
Size 70 b 87
stte1
Sire 34 b 40
Size 45 to 60

38992
38992
38992
38992

Putt Numbor

..*
...
...

1 H5524
2H5511

19042
19042
19022
22012
22012

Extension Rod. 4 18 SST


Size 30
lF119235232
Size 34 b 40
1 Fl157 35232
Size 45 to 60
lF1199 35132
Size 45 to 60 P-2
1 J3D32 24102
Size 70 6 87
314" (19 mm) thtu 3 (76 mm)
JrtMl
2Na378 31182
4(102mm)trsvel
21A8132XOl2
Trrwal Stop.tteel
See following table

...

38992
38992
38992
38992

...
...
1 H74i;
1 Hi.481

$8992
38992

158

187

...
...
...
I3A5860

x01 2

Putt Number

K*V
154

lF1162
2F1173
2N8377

4 (102)

Csp screw,
Site 30 10
(3 rrqd)
Size 45 to
(4 reqd)
Sitr 70 8
(9 reqd)
Vsnt Aory
Siza 30 to

pl stool
40
1 D5296

24052

lA33684

24052

IN1293

28992

80
87

80

Guide Plate. stool


Size 30 to 40
She 45 to 60
Sire 70 b 87

Y602Xl .A1 2

lFlla4
lF1195
IN8375

28992
28992
28982

13

Type 667

I
Key
167

178

179

1 a0
161

1 a2
ia3
237

Figure 8. Top Mounted

Handwheel

Dweriptlon
Groove Pin
Silo 30 to 40
316 SST
Sire 45 to a7
steel
Mschine Screw. steel
Size 70 b 67
(4 reqd)
Lockwasher, pl steel
Size 70 b 67
(4 reqd)
Thrust Besring. steel
Size 70 b 87
Thrust Race
Size 70 b 87
(2 reqd)

Part Numbr

1 a5996

35072

lF1197

28992

i a8774

28992

IA3291

28982

lNa360

99012

lNB381

99012

Bsering Ratainer. steel


Size 70 b 67
1 Na382 24102
Pipe Nipple. steel
Size 70 b 67
1 K2015 26022
Lubriplate MAG-1. 14 oz (0.396 kgl ~sn
(not furnished with top mtd
1M11OOXOOl2
handwheel)

Assembly

for Size 30 through 60 Actoetors

K.Y

Description

158

Mounting Plrts
Cast iron
Size 30 to 40
Size 45 10 60
Steel
Size 34 b 40
Size 45 lo 60
Lock Nut

159

Description

Pert Number
160

19042

lF1165
lF1193

19042

1 Ii5526
1 H5509

22012
22012
161

BRlSS

Size
Size
Cd pl
Sire

30 lo 40
45 to 60
steel
70 b a7

lF1189
lF1201

14042
14042

1 Na378

24102
162

166

Key 152 Trrvel Stops, steel

14

Part Number

Handwhecl Screw. brass


Size 30
lF1190
Size 34 Et 40
lF1159
Size 45 to 60
lF1196
Size 45 to 60 P-2
1 J3033
Size 70 b 87
1 Na374
Cap Screw, pi steel
Size 30 10 40, cast iron
(6 reqd)
1 A3449
Size 34 b 40,steel
(6 reqd)
1 N56B2
Sirs 45 10 60
lA341a
(areqd)
Washer. SST
Size 30 to 40
186037
Sirs 45 to 60
lF1640
Csstellsted Nut. Cd pl steel
Size 30 to 40
186038
Size 45 10 a7
lFl202

Side Mounted Handwheel


Size 34 to 60
51

14042
14042
14042
14042
14042

54

55
56
24052

132

32982
24052
35132
38992
28992
24122

136

Handwheel, cast iron


Site 34 b 40
Size 45 to 60
Hex-Jam Nut, pl steel
Size 34 b 40
Size 45 to 60
Bsll, steel
Spring. bronze

20356519052
204050 19042
1A3524 24112
1A3524 24122
1A3427 32992
000059 16012

Operating Nut, steel


Left-hand (direct-acting valve)
Size 34 b 40
1 F6590 24092
Size 45 to 60
2F5485 24092
Right-hand (reverse-ecting valve)
Size 34 b 40
1 F65a9 24092
Size 45 to 60
2F5484 24092
Bearing Rrtsiner
Size 34 b 40
Brass
lF6580 14012
Size 45 to 60
Steel
1 D3852 24092

Type 667
,

C
W
142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149
150
151

Description

Part Number

Handwheel Body. cast iron


Size 34 b 40
3F6572 DOOAZ
Size 45 to 60
3F1446 OOOAZ
Mounting Bolts. steel (2 reqd)
Size 34 thru 46
1 OA6522 X01 2
Size 50 b 60
1 F1556 24092
Hex Nut, pl steel
Sizr 34. 40. 50 b 60
lA3753 24122
(4 reqd)
Size 45 b 46
IA3753 24122
(2 reqd)
Handwheel Screw. bronze
Left-hand (direct-acting valve)
Size 34 b 40
1 F6594 DDOAZ
Size 45 to 60
1 F5496 14052
Right-hand (ravarse-acting valve)
Size 34 9 40
1 F6593 OODA2
Size 45 to 60
1 F5497 14052
Lever b Pin Asry. steel
Right-hand side
Size 34 b 40
1 F6614 DDOAZ
Size 45 to 60
1 F1541 OOOAZ
Left-hand side
Size 34 b40
1 F6613 OODAZ
Size 45 to 60
lF1539 DDOA2
Hex Jam Nut. pi steel
Size 34 & 40
(2 reqd)
1 A3522 24122
Dowel Pin, steel
Size 34 to 60
(2 reqd)
Washer. pi steel
Lockwasher. PI steel
9ushing. steel
Size 34 & 40

1 D4199 28992
lA5169 25072
1 A3539 29962

-l-l

1 F6579 24092

Figure 9. Top Mounted


152
153

154

155

APPLY LUB

Ball Bcering, steel


(2 reqd)
103613 99012
Lever Pivot Pin, 416 SST
Size 34 b 40
lF6561 35232
Size 45 to 60
1 F1562 35232
Retaining Fling. pl steel (2 reqd)
Size 34 b 40
1 F5994 20962
Size 45 to 60
1A9030 28992
Spacer. steel [2 reqd)
Size 34 b 40
1 F6562 24092
Size 45 to 60
1 Fl625 24092

Handwheel

Assembly

for Size 70 and 87 Actuators

Side Mounted Handwheel


Size 70 & 87
29
30
44
45

49
49
50
51

Handgrip. steel
OUO756
Handgrip Bolt, steel
ovo774
Worn Gear. bronze
2N0862
9erring Retainer flange.
Cast iron
1 NE892
9ack Worm Retainer.
Steel
Front Worm Retainer.
Steal
9all Bearing. steel
(2 reqd)
Worm Shaft, steel

24092
24092
12052
19042

1 N8003

24492

1 N6894

24092

1 A3392 26992
2N6663 31092

Figure

APPLY

LUB

(146)

10. Side Mounted Handwheel Assembly


for Sizes 34 through 40 Actuators

15

Type 667
Kev
127
126
129

.=.271,

130
131
132
133
141

Description

Part Number

lA7905
Stop Nut, steel
Needle Bsaring,
Steel
lN6665
Needle Bearing Race. steel
(2 reqd)
1 N6666
Roll Pin, steel
1 NE996

26992
99012

Spring Adjusting Screw.


Steel
lN6997
Needle Bearing. steel
(2 reqd)
1 N0987
Needle 9earing Race. Steel
(4 reqd)
1 NE969
9ell. steel
1 A3427

wg4!zz.l
ly(q
--r
+---I
142
156

157

150

i23

159

160
161

162

163

166

167

Figure 11. Size 87 Actuator with Side


Mounted Hendwheel Assembly
K.Y
52
57
56
07

89
90

Description
Set screw. steel
(2 reqd)
Grease Fitting
Hmdwhrel,crrt
iron
Cover lknd Asry.
Steel
Spring Case Adaptor.
Cast iron
Cap Screw, steel
(12 reqd)

Palt Number

KW
121

IA7103
lA9267
a+7343

20992
26962
19052

1 NE679 xooA2

122
123
124
125

2N6694

19042

1 N0724

28992

126

Set Screw. pl Steel


(2 reqd)
Key, steel

lA7122
1 N0680

28992
25092

2N9962 24092
Lower Sleeve, steel
Machine Screw. pl steel
(2 reqd)
1 H7365 29992
Handwheel Indicator,
SST
154609 38992
Trevel Stop Indicator.
SST
1 NE672 36012

Put Numbr

Description

Wm~~Mb~homdf~~~~~-M.F~~e~~
rm~~~sllis(acDynrmCvn~~~~~Nomnprmfu~hsrsn
* 10be conzme8 ,I, lbwmny~grunn~ ~xpre~ @*pINti
-- mwdim
~.~
- wt. plfonnena

1
FISHER1
.

166

169
170

177
179

241

Pointer Mounting Bolt.


416 SST
Sire 34 b 40
lF6579
Sire 45 to 60
1 F1565
Pointer, 302 SST
1 F1575
Mechine Screw, pi steel
Size 34 b 40
lA3319
(3 reqd)
Size 45 to 60
(1 reqd)
1 El 758
lndicetor Plato. eluminum
Size 34 b 40
1 F9364
Size 45 to 60
103574

24092
99012
99012
32992
16012
26992
24052
26992

24122
24122

35132
35132
36012

20962
26982
11992
11992

CapScrew,

pl steel (2 reqd)
Sire 34 b 40
1 C4038
Size 45 to 60
lA3444
U-Bolt, steel
Size 34 b 40
1 F6577
Size 45 to 60
1 F1555
Guide Bolt, 416 SST (2 reqd)
Size 34 b 40
1 F6575
Sixr 45 to 60
lF1552
Sat Screw, steel
Size 34 b 40
IA3447
Size 45 to 60
lA3415

24052
24052
24092
24092
35132
36132
24192
28992

lH3061 99012
Grease Fitting
Hex Nut. pl steel (2 reqd)
Sixe 34 b 40
lA3412 24112
Size 45 to 60
1A3433 24122
Spring Cep. ateel
Size 45 to 60
1 D3651 ?4092
Mechine Screw. pl steel (2 reqd)
Size 45 to 60
lA3319 26982
Lubriplrte MAG.1, 14 oz (0.396 kg) Cen
(not furnished with side mounted
lMllD0 x0012
hendwheel)

tnmhannti* m.sssor my ofhermeer WI* nsec, lo Ills pluduca m asa retdsrnlouse~~upms6kccnhlwclharpsteFshaC~-he~


mWllno~b~aornSrorqhedevqaoUaClicstaradhpOQebdncrbedhacn
Fnr Inhrmelian

Fisher Controls

oooo59
Spring, bronxe
Screw. pl steel (2 reqd)
Size 34 b 440
1 D9806
Size 46 to 60
I Fl576
Lo&washer, pl steel (2 reqd)
Sire 34 b 40
1 C2256
Hex Nut. pl steel
Size 34 b 40
(2 reqd)
1 A3457
Size 45 to 60
lA3412
(4 reqd)

99012
26992

wrif-

P.O. Box 190 Mer&llown. lowe 50158. U.SA.


gr Brenchley &use . L1&islona.
.._.-_._ . . Kent ME 14 1UO. Englud

MAW10AAO17

Gate valve DN.., PN..


*Make PREUSSAG, type 60500-K
- BAlOA.002
- 4.00.33-50581

62889106
62889/56
see MAJIOAAOOI
see MAW 1OAAO 14

Actuator
*Make AUMA,

see MAJIOAAOOI

type SAlO.l+

c
0
c
-u0
:
-+-I
s,
2
%
+
2
20
L
s
a-+u
2
5*L3
z
F
2
.-0.
2
F
.--0
.=
2w
tw
:5
z
nI%
ln
z

f-4-7
65
65.9 + 65.10 + 65.11
65
65.4 + 65.5

65
65

1
1

E-Antr. AUMA Typ SA .?o.l-Cl..g-qo./electtic


St.-Getr. MST X-4-81 i:4:l/oear
box

24.1
24

23

32
16
1

6 kt.-Mutter/hexaqon
Schraubenbolzen/stud
Dichtrino/aasket

15

1 I

65.?

19

:o
L
2
03

18
17
65.2 + 65.3

16

actuator

10
11
6
9

18
11

1
1

16

nut
bolt

Grafit

978/448~<5

nipple

3402
943

1 Kuaelschmiernippel/grease
Gewindes ti f t/ threaded pin
Laaerrina/bearina
rina
Axiallaoer/axial
bearina

12

12

1 Spannhijlse/clamoinq

11
10

12
12

1 Scheibe/washer
1 b kt.-Mut ter/hexaaon

12

9
8

12
Is

1 Gabelschraubelfork bolt

24.1

?
6

1
1

I2

CK35
C k35

/ci 27~135

D8
Am6x42
D40

sleeve

viv

54243

lcf464

d6k40

I934

nut

zo

iv20 Y 40
40/6 4 x 42

oackina

D40
I

55Sl7

St
5

I q25

Stoofbuchspackuna/oland
GrundrinWring
Stopfbuchsbrille/q[and

c22

Grof;t
9S2OA

D40

C22.8

c/I5
St 50 Y

D 40

c 22.8

2r,
23

1
Pos Stck
lfem

1991

Gel.
GCDC.

DruckstijckIthrust
piece
pin
Zvlinders tift/cvlindrital
Soindelfun/stem
foot
Spindelsatz/stem
set
Plattensatz/disc
set
Deckei/bonnet
Gehiuse/bodv

4.4 1 1
L.3 ( 1
1.1
1
3.1
1
2
,:

AD 40x q32.5 440.N


1DN350 Pr~+6MYI
D/v 350 Pr/db ULt lC 22.8
!W35o~~J6
HBIC32.8
DIN
Werkstoff
Abmessung

Benennung
O.ua. Oescribtion

I .a9

name

1 2b.Ob

42.07. , 71uk Projekt

402&o

Dimension

TALCHER, lndien

Block

1
I

/f/%!li/
1maw10AA017
KKs - Nr.

em.rolwnrlf,
1D.
mrls1a3 *an*
n cmIId
ABSPERRSCHIEBER/ GATE VALVE
;;;;;q n. m _ s
/
ON.350 PN 56 .-.-

Material

I
I.
3
1
11
i

PREUSSAG
Armaturen
GmbH

6288906

I
I
1I 6 kt.-Mutter/hexagon

,?-.a ,

Ir

4
65.9 !I L1
65.?

1 r eroerrlnq/sorlnq
1 Stiftschraube/stud
Passfeder/parallel

65.6 1 1

, S-
--l1L_-, -I
olnoeImurrer/yoKe

65.5
.-. )a.L
65.4 I L
653 I8

type washer
Ferderrinq/sorino
Lvlinderschraube/head
cao screw
F eraerrlna/sDrlna
.

type washer
o k t.-SchraubeIhexaaon
screw
er flansch/adaoter
flange
,. . .
.I....-?
rr 1..
I E-Antr. AU-IA I yp LA 70.?-83- w /elecirrc actuator
..^-^_ -..
hnr
1 St.-Get1 ._ MbI X5-J-l31 r=L-l/n?ar

oxlul

65
65.9 + 65.10 + 65.11
:

65.4 + 65.5

65.7

-t
:
c

I;;
:fI
I
i

ks
i

-t
*. .
:

i
c

65.1
65.6

$
f
.-Q
_c"

16

i
f;
i
i
II
i
I

65

(1
I1

65

2L I 16
23 I1
I
I

65.2 + 65.3

.-

938

nut
bolt

Kuaelschmierniopel/arease

11

N I I

933

11
10
9

12
12
12
1S
I .

1
1
1
1
i
1
I

24

13I

5
i2
L.L 1 1
,:I;
I ;

23

3.1 I 1

I 1

i;

,
1
(
I
I
I,
I
1
1

St

I 046
IMhx3.5
I D40

I ;
I ;s
.

RR

I cl.5
I
I

125%
12590
I
I

IMFA27
ICK35
ILM 27kq3.5
C k35
lrf78/448~<5
Girafif
II
I

I !kV
I

I
I
D8

kIm6M2
I D40
1 5dZcf3
I

I
I
I

sleeve

I 5i:

Scheibe/uasher
4 kt.-Mut ter/hexaoon
nut
Gabeischraubelfork
bolt
SroofbuchsoackuncUaland
oackina
r
1.
I.
urunarinql
rrna
.lILJIU
CL--LL. chsbrille/qland

I934

- .___

OruckstCck/ thrus t piece


Zvlinderstift/cvlindrital
oin
SDindelfuO/stem
foot
Soinde!sa tz/stem
set
Plattensatz/disc
set
r
Jeckel/bonnet
Gehause/bodv

I A20

I 5

j/y~O~-fOO
_,
.-

I1- c22 _._

040

I 9s2ow

140/64XlZ
I

I 7

l/fOm6x%7o

10roftt

D40

II

C23.B

044

Cl5

D/v 350 ~r//lClHLt IC 22.8


~~350 pr/Wm
1~32.8
(

POS 1Sfck 1 Eenennung


j

1~4~f.m
,,~. .__( ,

;y32

bearina

1 SDannhtilSe/ClzmDina

I
I

7r

24.1

1 Axia(laaer/axial

I
I2

12

12

12

i.

!69+2
I 427

niooie

I4SZUK
.
----

17980 l -nti-

10
lb

5
I Sf
8
Ill4.V
?A &--ILI,-,

6-88-q lAh?z%fxL?
r,,.r,.-.&
Ax--yI
I D40

1
sleeve

II

19

1 Mdo
I B&7
l/q 40 k30

427

rype washer
key

6 kt.-Mutter/hexagon
Schraubenbolzen/stud
Dichrrina/aasket

I
I

tI 9.34

nut

I
1
1
I

2L.l i 32

18
If

.-c"
-w
.=
0'
a2
<
al
:5
c:
3
2
2
a

I
mdaot

65

I
65.111I L

LItem IQua.] Oescribtion

DIN 1 Abmessunq
I Dimension-

1 Werksioff
1 Materid
,

4.4
4.3

3.1
I

2MAW10aa017
KKS - Nr.
GW.
rdb;

Projekt

TALWER,

lndien

Block 2
192.07 I
,m. 1o,r,n#$r(
20 1.11,
ou)1&l
9'w ABSPERRSCHIEBER/ GATE VALVE
~rrwv-qn.
/
m Z)iI m-S
DN350 PN+%

PREUSSAG .J.
Armaturen

6288956

GmbH

MAW10AA020

Gate valve DNZOO, PNI 6


*Make PREUSSAG, type 60500-K
- BAlOA.002
- 4.00.1 g-50580
- 2-28lDB
f

62889107
62889/57
see MAJ 1OAAOOl
see MAGlOAA210

rstellt

mit lECtiNOV6ION 4

N O R W DATA

;i
18
17

8
?
2
.-u
z
.-az
..sW

16
15
19
4
10
11
6
9
12

4
m
0W
:
\
c
8

8
3
24.1
2
23
24

::
it

ii

2
:o
f
3

&
w

2
v-l

:5
L
3

3.5
3.4
3.1

400 t2

7 n 1maw10aa020
1991
Get.

Tag
2L.06

Name

WEBER .

KKS - Nr.

Projekt
TALCHER, lndien 1 Block 7
IZ.03
p&
OM,lskulmgro*
nansratl mn*
n DNn61
ABSPERRSCHIEBER/ GATE VALVE
lolrrkrmq
/
G IN
ZJlOh m -S
ON 200 PN 4 %

Gepr.

+
I

preussag

Armaturen

6288907

GmbH

S1dll

r[(lWV&ION

ran KIfW

OAIA

c
20
18
17
A-----16

2
.-m
2
z
.--0
.2W
<
2
:o
L
3
2
2

4
B
73
w
r= z
ii
i? Yc
w
c<
z
0

aii
:2
E

a
:5
Jz
2
co

15
12
1,

ii
g

11
12
17
I

W
:5
L
2
a3

;A

9
87

2
51

I 1
I

Spindelmutter/yoke
sleeve
Zylinderstif
t/cylindrical
pin
c-L-!L- 1.wasner
.--Lea
JLII~IUY/

,?I-

17L3

6 kt.-Mutter/hexaqon
nut
Gabelschraube/f otk bolt
packinq
Stopfbuchspackunq/qland
GrundrincVrinq
I Stopfbuchsbtille/oland
I

Sit

7?

434 I

/cl46
H46~c?y
t d32/5zx0
aDi32
zG2
I

I--

CL
cZraf/&

4SLcLt;
C22.6

-I.4oz-ir

,
43.5

SpindelsatzIstem
set
Zylinders
tif t/cylindrical

3.4

Drucksttick/rhrust

3.1
2

1
1
II

Plattensatz/disc
1 Deckel/bonnet
I ucllacusc/
7-l. .^..-^ /L-i
uuuy

Pos
Item

Stck
O.ua.

tI AzJ3.z

oin
7-

piece

I
!

set

Projekt

;=~~;d;'~
M

230)

h.,

-J-r.

e-t,,

,,

1 &fV

LLJLJ

YN

b/J

zoo

PlJ46

KKS - Nr.
naOs!ab

355

1
I

DIN

Benennung
Describtion

4m6~6D
-a,
.--.*.a
I &y/d cc113 t-//qts
!3n/ 200 p//46

TALCHER, 2maw10aa020
lndien /
Block 2

ABSPERRSCHIEBER/ GATE VALVE


DNZoOPN&

Abmessung
Dimension .

96

sit
so/c--_

c L/r.&=
HUMN-

crc.&

- c - L4.2
Werkstoff
Material

PREUSSAG
Armaturen GmbH

6288957

MAW10AA021

Gate valve DNZOO, PNI 6


*Make PREUSSAG *

65 180/O 1

6518001

preussag
Absperrschieber

MAWIOCGOIZ
C

Proximity switch
*Make P&F, type NJ5-18-GK-N*

212.9

inductive proximity switches cylindrical type nj518gkn

mgure,

_, r I ,, ___,,,;_
j: : figure,i,p
.,Z,G Mat&d $taiw

_ I;:..

:,
$ted

f
Order@
toDIN 19234~NhjU~)

%*

Electrical Data:
Nominal Voltage
Self inductance)
SeH capadtancel~
Current Consumption
Active Face uncoveredActiveFace covered

Standard Symbol/ Connection:

.a*:
x
Cl=

+
DC

24%
,+
Cl=

+
u

7) ,a* cd(Bwe se.3n haz.ecwa Yea


0 necabieNalolwlamdF.almn&ntwwTewaar.D-3551(,80C~
54 ToEced.24adEC68-22)
6j Nd ,esolea lo *aIN ltove 343 K WC,
n Y dnIna m.12
We ceswve the right 10 make rn~d~fcat~cm and no guarantee

PEPPERL + FUCHS

Postfach

31 04 40

of the accuracy of informalon

D-6800 Mannheim

31

contamed twetn 1s grven

Telefon

0621;7505-0

Copyright by PEPPERL+FUCHS

Telex 462 138

Prlnted !n W -Germany

229

MAW30AAOlO

Gate valve DN200. PN16


*Make PREUSSAG, type 60500-K
- BAlOA.002
- 4.00.19-50580
- 2-28/DB

62889/08
62889158
see MAJl OAAOOl
see MAG 1 OAA2 10

Actuator
*Make AUMA,

see MAJI OAAOOl


type SA07.5

65.0
20
65.1
65.4

.
.

$
$
-c
2
E
L:
2
t:o
t.i

2
.-0
2
c
0
-2
.o
W

5
:5
Jz
3
2
s

65.5

65.3
24.1
24

23

-c
:

C
;
\

C
a
::

C
2

24
12
1

-------

I
19
18
17
lb

-6

2540

nut
6 k t.-Mu t ter/hexaqon
Schraubenbolzen/s
tud bolt
DichtrincVqasket

2540

CK3S
cL3s

@3OW?S2

fimft-t

I ~~~~ r

I .
1
1
1
2

h/F/Y20
flzox45

KuqelschmiernippeVqrease
nipple
pin
Gewindestiftjthreaded
Laqetrinq/bearinq
rinq
Axiallaqer

II
G58

3402

94

ttmixco

+I4

CD32
s-1271

c 9s

a.

:S
a=
3

:S
L
=

23
24.1
-

4.1
3.5
3.4
2

J.

KKS - Nr.

Gepr.

MaOstab

lZ.Lv.

1 qdz+

Projekt

TALCHER, lndien

Block

PREUSSAG
Armaturen
GmbH
1 1maw30aa010
1maw30aa020

!.a2Z'OL'ryidn'ak
ABSPERRSCHIEBER/ GATE VALVE
l-b m-S
ON200 PN 46

p$$"'

6288908

r,,ru, nil lftmOv6loM


*mu

OIlA

65.0
20
65.1

65.4
65.2

21,
12
1

i
.-u
2
u

6 k t.-Mutter/hexaqon
nut
Schraubenbolzen/s
tud bolt
Dichtrinqjqasket

2540
2540

z
-3
n
w
<
W
:5
AZ

Kuaelschmiernippel/qrease
nipple
Gewindestiftithteaded
pin
Laqerrinajbearinq
rinq

Axiallaqer

16

I2
n
*

HFN20
&Pizox 95

c/(35
CK3s

~3OSx??~~2

Gmf;t

13407
944

I
332

C75

512?<

+I4

IL
24

ri3.5

1
1
3.4 1
1
3.1
1
2
1
ipas Stck
Item Qua.

SpindelsatzIstem
set
Zylinderstif t/cylindrical
pin
Druckstijck/thrust
piece
Plattensatz/disc
set
Deckel/bonnet
Geh%se/body
Benennung
Describtion

DIN

AD32a ?5X
4m&66
D/v oomb
m?&? PW6
DNzoo PW6
2)Nao Fw&
Abmessung
Dimension

Material

MAh/
M/w

1
1

2maw30aa010
AA 020
2maw30aa020
KKS - Nr.

Projekt TALCHER, lndien 1 Block 2


HmIaD :L'L'?'mrJh9JM ABSPERRSCHIEBER/ GATE VALVE
p;;; - m _ s
/

DN200

PN 46

PREUSSAG
Armaturen GmbH

6288958

MAW80AA030

Gate va!ve DN30Q, PN? 0


*Make PREUSSAG, type 60500-K
- BA10A.002
- 4.00.33-50581

62889/09
62889159
see MAJIOAAOOI
see MAW 1OAAOI 4

Actuator
*Make AUMA,

see MAJI OAAOOI


type SA07.5

~~ttktt

nil

ritnwowo*

I
-:I
j
1
<,
iI
:

2Y
*.4
:
s
P
c
.-0&
C
.-E
.r13
2w
<
W

5
c
3
2l
wl
2

;
3

.i
:
J

011~

:
:

mn M9u

65

65.9 + 65.10

Ql

65

c:
-c )
L
i

fitl
-k.
;
?B
2;
:
:
2d
:

)
1
.

4
.L

2
-c
-4
*3
\

;
L
,

W
Ln
0
72
\
c
z
In
0

iz

,
I
n
I

z
E

2
:o
L
3

65.1
65.6

2
T

65.5
I

65.7

8
-u

7
,

65.4

16

:
I
1

i
i
i
i
L
i
i
i
i
i
i,
i
t
Iii,
L

2L.l
2L
23

18
If

65.2

65.3

I
I

19

19
18
17
16

10

32
16
1

6 k t.-Mut terihexaqan
Schraubenbolzen/stud
Dichtrino/qasket

nut
bolt

1
I
1
1
1
2

Kuaelschm;ernipDel/orease
nipple
Gewindestift/threaded
pin
Laoerrinq/bearing
ring
Axiallaaer/axial
bearino

12540

/tfFM 24

I
!

1
!

I
3402
9f3

Am 6x42

CK 35
1
!

5S
44.9

08

Cd5
I

11
6
9
12

24.1
24
23
4.1
Pas

Stck

DIN

Benennung

Item Qua. Describtion

Pahdl

.-

Gez.

Projekt

Gept.
nakt

aa

wrw OM. lowmrlngrb.


n. cw 7168
lolr*irn9
rk
OH 2309

m-S

TALCHER, lndien

Abmafl

HaOloleran

KKL - Nr.

. ..

Dimension

1MAW80AA030
lYY,

Werkstoff
Material ,

/hESung

I.1

Block

ABSPERRSCHIEBER / GATE VALVE


DN300 PN/10-

PREUSSAG
Armaturen GmbH

6288909

I
I

1 b kt.-MutterIhexaoon
nut
1 Ferderrinq/sDrinq
type washer
Stif tschraubejrtud
PassfederIparallel
key
SpindelmutterIyoke
sleeve
L-.
.
.
I terderrlng/sDrinq
type washer
cap screw
1 Zylinderschraube/head
Ferderrinq/sDrinq
type washer
b k t.-SchraubeIhexaoon
screw
AdaDterflanschIadaDter
flanqe
1 E-Antr. AUMA Typ SA 07.5-83-lo/electric
I ^. ..-- -- - - t Lt.-betr.
MSI 25-3-81 i:J:l/gear
box

65.11 4
65.10 4

65.9 L

(
2,
t

65.7
65.5
65.4

1
d

65.1

>

2
:c
4
w
:s
f
3
G

65

1
1

19
18

1
1

_-

1 934
l/l27

5
St

A40

810
M40430

6 83885 IA48x4h 56

9520/i

dq6

St
86

17980
91

40

M
*i;

,$7

1933

/W6*35
036

I
I

actuator

S::o- ?A

1 P36

.l
:
t
Y

i
4
T
. .
.

65.1

<

fi

5
T
-c
2
:
:

4
4

45.3 8
+ 65.11
65.2 8

i
-c
1
:
<
x.
i
.2 ..
.
<

65.6 1

:
z

a
:

T
c
I%
::
F
=I
t?
W
:S
AZ
2
2

65.6
16

j
i

i
i
i
II
i

17

16

Laoerrino/bearino
Axiallaoer/axial

11
12
10
9
18
7
b

i
i
i
=i

-23

1 Stheibe/washer
Soannhiilse/clamoina

12
12

1
t
I
I
1

I 2
12
I 5

I
1:

I
I
I
I
I
I
1

I
I2
11
L.3 1 1
4.1 I 1
3.1 11
2
I1
1
I1
5
4.4

08

Bgo2
93

sleeve

036

Urucksttick/thrust
Diece
Zylinders tift/cvlindrical
Din
SDindelfufVstem
foot
Soindetsatz/stem
set
Plattensatz/disc
set
Oeckel/bonne t
Gehsuse/body

l55f232

I
1

II

II

id481
Al

lq6x40
i
Pb1

I55517
, e.

I
I

I 572
II .7r

C5
>I,

11
,,Cln

I1

ifII

! 036

I9SZOH
I C22.8

1 036

i
I

8m6x80

I.
i

St 50K

036
AD36Hl60
4%
1D~300 P/va kn

(D/V3300 l=N41~/C22.0

DN~OO P/v40 HEJC22.8

Abmessung
Dimension

DIN

II*;4
I --3---lII

c45

! 777
I

6 k t.-Mut ter/hexaoon

nut
Gabelzrhritlhe/fnrk
hnlt
StoDfbuchsoackuno/aland
Dackina
GrundrinaIrina
Stoofbuchsbtille/aland

A m 6xf2

rino
bearinq

I
I

I
I

nipole

1 KuoelschmierniDDel/otease
GewindestiftIthreadedpin

I -~

Werkstoff
Material
. ..

, ~

4.3
3.1

1991
Ger.

Ia9
26.06

Nmr

II

I .

0 AA 030
2MAW80aa030
KKS i Nr.

1 WEE2

TALCHER; lndien /
Block 2
tecv.
fZ.82 A7
em*1nl.rn1Jh
)D.
nanr1a0 nrn*
n arc 110
ABSPERRSCHIEBER/ GATE VALVE
;-;;;,;v n m_ #j
/

PREUSSAG
Armaturen GmbH

Projekt

DN300

PNdO

6288959

MAW80AA040

Butterfly valve DN300, PNIO


*Make JAMESBURY, type Ll*

2Ll C/L1 D70

Actuator
*Make AUMA,

D002.05.001
D-GB-F
D001.04.001
DO01 .ll .OOlGB
DOOl.02.001
D-GB-F
D001.03.001
D-GB-F
KMS9TP200/331
D018.13.001D-GB-F
D004.05.001
D004.04.001
D004.1 O.O02D-GB-F
D004.11 .OOl D-GB-F

type SA07.5

2l1c l1d70
Issue 11/84

BUTTERFLY
VALVES
SERIES L1CM AND L1DM

Installation and maintenance


instructions

NELES
xu0361821

CONTENT

LIST

RECEPTION AND STORAGE OF VALVE ........................

II

MOUNTING INTO PIPE-LINE ...............................

III

COMMISSIONING

.........................................

IV

MAINTENANCE

...........................................

4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
4.4.

Replacing the shaft packling ....................


Replacing the seat ring .........................

Renewing the pin connection .....................


Assembling the valve ............. ...............

REMOVING AND REFITTING THE ACTUATOR .................... 9


5.1. Removing the actuator from the valve ............ 9
5.2.
5.3.

Mounting the actuator onto the valve ............ 9


Stop screw adjustment for closed position ....... 10
13

VI

MARKINGS ON VALVE BODY

VII

ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND SPARE PART LIST .............. 14-16

VII

TYPE CODING ...........................................

................................

18

-3-

RECEPTION AND STORAGE OF VALVE


1. Check that the valve and accessories have not been
damaged in transit.
2. Store the valve with special care before installation.
It must be protected against rough handling and
impurities.
The valve is delivered with protective plates over the
flow ports. During storage the valve must be lightly
closed.

II

MOUNTING INTO PIPE-LINE


1. Remove the protective plates at the installation site
and check that the valve is clean. Flush the pipe-line
clear of mechanical impurities before mounting.
2. Do not lift valves with nominal size over
250 mm by the actuator. Attach hoisting
ropes around the body shoulders as shown.
Valve sizesLlC 14"-24" and LlD lo"-24" are
fittedwith an eye bolt for lifting.

3.

The operations of the valve, actuator and


positioner are not restricted by the flow
direction or the mounting position.
If possible, the valve should be mounted
with its shaft in the horizontal position.
It is recommended that the length of
straight pipe preceding the control valve
is at least 2 x pipe diameter.

-4-

mounting a butterfly control valve immediately after


a pipe elbow, the valve shaft must be directed toward the
centre point of the curve, as in the picture.

When

When the valve is mounted after a centrifugal pump, the valve


shaft should be perpendicular to the pump shaft, as in the
picture.

4. In valves with certain nominal sizes some flange bolts do


not pass the valve body. Thus the valve body is equipped
with threaded holes. Threadsare chosenaccordingto the wed flange
standard.
5. When mounting the valve it must be in the closed position
and must be centred carefully between the pipe flanges so
that the turning vane does not touch the pipe edges or
flange gaskets.

-5-

6. Ensure that the disc can turn to the open position after
the preliminary tightening of the flange bolts. The
actuators of control valves are usually equipped with
position stops which usually only allow the disc to open
70'

Mounting dimensions
The LlCM valve can be mounted between the
following pipe flanges: ANSI 150 and
DIN PNlO, 16 and 25. Also ANSI300 (sizes
06, 08, 12, 20 and 24) and PN40 (only
size 12). The LlDEi valve between pipe
flanges ANSI 300 and DIN PN 40.
LlCM
0

LlDM

142
190

136
188
227
281
317
353
400
443
536

242
288'
327
374
422
464
565

Loose collar
flange

Solid
flange

III COMMISSIONING
1. When starting the pump, ensure that the valve in the
pressure-pipe is closed or, at the very most, 20' open.
A water-hammer, which follows the starting of highcapacity pumps, creates a torque peak in the disc.
This can damage the pin connectign between disc and
shaft when the valve is 30 - 90 open.
2. Flush the pipe-line thoroughly again after mounting to
remove tge last bits of impurities. Keep the valve
3o" - 40 open when flushing.

3. Shaft packing may leak after long storage.' Tighten


both screws of the packing evenly until leakage stops.

-6IV

MAINTENANCE
The butterfly valve needs no regular maintenance.
4.1. Replacing the shaft packing
The following shaft packings are used in metal-seated
butterfly valves.

Valve
type
LlDMA
LlDMA
LlCMH
LlDMH

Max 250C

250C-600C

Shaft diam.
P
10-20
25-40
45-90
95-130

PTFE
PTFEX)

Shaft packinc
strip
PI
316

l/4
5116
7/16

(RI Union Carbide's registered trade mark


xl Product name e.g. braided PTFE.

CRANE C45.

There are five packing rings. The valve must not be under
pressure when the shaft packing is replaced. The actuator
need not be removed if the shaft packing is PTFE. The
shaft packing is tightened when the valve is not under
pressure, the final tightening being done after a ,short
period in use.

4.2. Replacing the seat ring


1. Clean the walls of the seat groove and check the
condition of the sealing surface.
2. Spray a thin layer of dry lubricating fluid (Molykotespray 321R) into the seat groove and onto the outer
surface of the seat.
3. Replace the Grafoil (RI sealing strip between the flange
ring and body.
4. The closed position of the actuator must always be
requlated after replacing a new seat.

Valve size

LlCM 06-14

LlCM16-24

LlDM 06-24

sealing trip

5,5 x 0,4

7 x 0,4

10 x 0,4

(RI Union Carbide's registered trade mark

-74.3. Renewing the pin connection


1. Drill out the old pins.

2. Drive the new pins into position bya


pressing. Support the opposite side of
the disc whilst driving in the pins.

4.4. Assembling the.valve


1. Put the bearings and shaft into the body. In the LlCMA
and LlDMA valves a PTFE impregnated stainless steel net
is used as bearing material.

In the LlCMH and LlDMH'valves a stellite bush is used, this


being installed with the shaft into the body.
The body shaft bore and stellite bush must be carefully
cleaned with oil. The bearing surfaces (inside surface of
bush and shaft bearing groove) should be lightly sprayed
with a dry lubricating fluid (Molykotespray 321R). The bush
is tightened with a tightening ring into the bearing groove
and the shaft and brearings are tapped lightly into the body
through the tightening ring.
At the end of the blind flange side there are circular shaft
bearings which must be mounted onto the shaft before the
stellite bush.

2. Fit disc.
3. Fit pins.
4. Replace the blind flange gasket. The screws must be
tightened evenly. Uneven tightening of the flange
will damage the gasket.
5. Replace the seat ring,
6. Replace the flange ring sealing strip and flange ring.
7. Fit the gland packing

-9V

REMOVING AND REFITTING THE ACTUATOR


5.1. Removing the actuator from the valve
The actuator is factory-mounted on the valve and the stroke
limit
stop screws are adjusted in advance. As a result of
the dynamic torque the actuator can be removed from the
valve when the pipe-line is under pressure only if the valve
is closed, and the pressure is on the shaft side (see page
12). The cylinder actuator can be removed with a special
tool (maintenance instructions 5B70 diagram, relevant tool).
5.2. Mounting the actuator onto the valve
1. Turn the valve to the closed position before mounting
actuator.
2. Clean the shaft and the shaft bore and file off any burrs
which could interfere with mounting. Protect the joint
surfaces from corrosion, for example with Tectyl. 506.
3. If a bushing is required between the actuator shaft bore
and the valve shaft, mount it first in the actuator shaft
bore. The bushingshallbe mountedon the valve shaft after tiich the
actuatoris munted upon the valve.
4. The valve keyway groove is on the side opposite the flat
side of the disc. The actuator shaft bore has two keyway
grooves. For a double-acting cylinder actuator and a
spring-return cylinder actuator spring to close" choose
the keyway which establishes the piston in its upper
position (at the top end of the cylinder) when the valve
is closed.
In the spring-return cylinder actuator BJL "spring to
open" choose the keyway which establishes the piston in
its upper position when the valve is open. In valves with
screw operators, the disc must be closed by turning the
handwheel clockwise.
5. Check visually that the actuator is correctly positioned
relative to the valve. Tighten all the fastening screws
as tightly as possible.
6. Adjust the stop screws for the closed position,
instructions pages 9-11.
7. The opening angle in a controol valve is usually limited
by an extra long bolt to 70 . The opening angle of a
shut-off valve is 90.
8. When a shaft extension is required, the sizing of the
shaft extension must be di.scussed with the valve
manufacturer.

- 10,

$3

the disc
with torque
Close
the metal seated
butterfly
valve
by turning
the stop screw for the closed
torque
from the table
below for adjusting
Try not to exceed
the given
values
since
excessive
torque would strain
changing
Always rc-adjust
the stop screw after
the disc
and the shaft.
Spring
torque
not adequate
to reach tightness
act.
to
actuator.
xl
I

3 I
*
I
1

45

72
._

I
I

110

150

300

10

500

12

825

14

1160

16

1650

18

2200

20

2700

24

4400

e
8
IO

8
10
10
12
10
12
16
12
16

SERIES

150

CLASS

LlC

.2,1
3.4
1;9
I
5.0
1
2,4
I
3,3
I,6

1
I
I

16
20
16
20
25
20
25
20
25
32
25
32
25
32

6.5

3.3
1.6
5,3
^ ^
;;
213
6.4
3.3
1.7
4,7
2.4

6.3
3.2
1,6
3,g
1.9
6.4
3,2

I
X)

487

SPI-inrJ

0.6

9400

36

12600

40

16400

322
40
50
322
40
3::
40
50
40
50
502
C L A S S

41

0,2

5,1

32

against
the seat.
Choose the
position
of the actuator.
the scat and the joint
between
the seat and after
mounting the
MSS-SP72.

4.5
spring

0,s

2.8
1.4

3.3
1.7

xlspring

O,3
0 spring

4,4
2.3
5,7
2-9
1.3

Torkmatic
~325fSGA

I
75

Torkmatic
T325lSGA
T425lSCl-l
Torkmatic
T325lSGA
T425lSGA
Torkmatic
T425fSGA

90
95

100
110
150

Torkmatic

190

T425lSGA

SERIES

300

LlD
PRIMARY TORQUI
nl (handwheel
torque)

(Nml

(x*
figures in parenthesis
C&U t.~ the oid AN...4
mual
cperati

t36

NELES
f

INLIMO

DATE*j-12-20
EIVf PHu
LlD METAL SEATED
BUTTERFLY VALVES
Stop screw adjustment
for
clo.54
rmsition

Lit and

SHEETl/3

SYCET

300449

mn

-~..,rnlrrt*

- 11 Check before adjusting that the flange ring screws are


tight and that the ring and body are assembled correctly.
Preferably, adjust the stop screw when the valve 1s fastened
in the pressure test unit.
DOUBLE-ACTING

CYLINDER

Extra long screw


needed for opening
angle
70

SPRING-RETURN

CYLINDER

ACTUATOR

BC

Apply the tabulated shut-off


pressure p, to the air connection
at the cylinder base.

With the stop screw removed,


check through the air connection
hole that the piston does not touch
the cylinder end. If it does, in
order to increase the adjusting
margin, loosen the bracket screws
and turn the actuator clockwise.

Turn the closed position, stop screw


until it touches the piston, then
turn back l/4 turn and lock up.
Leakproof with Loctite 225 or other
non-hardening sealer.

ACTUATOR

BJ, "SPRING TO CLOSE"

Before mounting the cylinder, screw


in the closed position stop screw
completely.
Closed

The table overleaf indicates "spring"


when the spring-created torque does
not exceed the maximum permitted
closing torque MC. Otherwise, apply
the tabulated pressure p into the
air connection at the cylinder end,
Then open
against the spring force.
the stop screw.

posit Iion

As point

Extra long screw


needed
for ooenlna
angle
70

3 for actuator BC.

After adjusting, check the adjusting


margin through the air connection
The piston must not touch the
hole.
cylinder end. If necessary, increase
the margin as instructed in point 2
for actuator BC.

- 12 SPRING-RETURN CYLINDER ACTUATOR BJL


"SPRING TO OPEN"
Remove the closed position
screw (actuator housing).

stop

The actuator being unpressurized


the valve is open. Apply tabulated
shut- off pressure p to the air
connection at the cylinder end to
close the valve.
Check through the stop screw hole
that the linkage does not touch the
casing bottom. If it does, in order
to increase the adjusting margin,
loosen the bracket screws and turn
the actuator anticlockwise.
Tighten the closed position stop
screw until it touches the linkage.
Then turn back l/4 turn and lock up.

(
MANUAL OPERATORS AR and AS
Close the valve-as per the tabulated
primary torque M
(hand wheel torque)
given in the tab 1e.

Tighten the closed position stop


screw until it touches the linkage,
then turn back l/4 turn, and lock
up with Loctite 225.

ACTUATORS

OTHER THAN TABULATED

Close the valve as per the tabulated torque M and adjust the
Note the increased torque greated by the
stops accordigly.
actuator whilst the valve is closed.
Changing

the mounting

position

I
i

When the piping is pressurized, it is not preferable to change the mounting position. It is
possible only whilst the pressure is on the
side of the valve shaft. See Figure.
Always remove the actuator from the valve shaft
before mounting it into another key groove. Readjust the closed position limit as instructed
above. If manually operated, the valve should
close when the hand wheel is turned clockwise.
In a double-acting cylinder, the piston must be
in the upper position of the cylinder when the valve is closed.
In this position the actuator creates the maximum torgue.
Do not turn the disc more than 90 as this could danage the seat.
The galve is so constructed that the disc operates only between
O-90 .

- 13 VI MARKINGS

ON VALVE BODY

When ordering
manufacturing

spare parts , please specify


number of the valve.

type marking

Nominal size (inch) -

Pressure class

Body & flange ring material


Name Dlate

Valve size

J
1.

Nominal

size of valve

2.

filaterialof body and flange ring

3.

Vane material

4.

Shaft material

5.

Seat material

6.

Max. allowable

shut-off

7.

Max. allowable

operating

8.

Pressure

9.

Valve

class of body

type

(see page

a.24

(Llc)

>06

(LlD)

(mm)

pressure

difference

temperature
(bar)

18)

(O Cj

and

(bar)

-14-

iFU

I)

r)

--z-

n
;I

I
I
I

.I" , CMTCI

ax-

150.
Trp.
LICHA
11"&..D INC.1
nrr*mDly
drorlng

NELES OY

YLPcMrc,w,1-m-17
5*fll
pm1
t&LD,sc
n.1.d u.a,*d EJutt.rtty
0,

c 641120-8

Et?:."..Ijt:,

!-, - ----Y

r-

.
,1')11-m-15
, PI
.I. I 0.m , 1

r(lP

4+

19.1.196~-06~7 rmn

HELDlsc-wOl I.01.d Bi,r,,y *,


HELESOY

,'LLLID

*WI300.Typ.LIDMA
*r.mbl,
Llrormp

c
TLD*Y -.tol s.ot.d ~.~.r,t~ ..,..
.*51

330.

I,.

LILLY

Is*111

6L1130-3

OLD

.?*-

- 16 PARTS LIST FOR VALVES LlCM AND LlDM

Item

QtY

Part

Item

1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
13
14
x)15
x)16

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1

x)18
Body
x)19
Flange ring
Disc
x)20
Seat
24
Gland
25
Blind flange
26
Drive shaft
27
Shaft
xx)28
29
Key
Cylindrical pin
30
Bearing
Bearing
.

Qty

Part

l-2
1
5
2
2
2-4
2-8
1
1
2

Gasket
Sealing strip
Shaft packing
Stud bolt
Hexagon nut
Hexagon screw
Hexagon socket cap screw
Lifting,eye bolt
Name plate
Screw rivet

Assembly drawing LlCMA C641120-8 LlDMA C641130-3


Spare part list LlCMA-AACB D8976 LlDMA-AACB 08977

PARTS LIST FOR VALVES LlCMH AND LlDMH

Item
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17

QtY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
1

Part

Item

x)18
Body
x)19
Flange ring
Disc
x)20
Seat
24
Gland
25
'Blind flange
26
Drive shaft
27
%x)28
Shaft
29
Key
30
Cylindrical pin
Bearing
Shaft bearing

QtY

Part

l-.2
1
5
2
2
2-4
2-8
1
1
2

Gasket
Sealing strip
Shaft packing
Stud bolt
Hexagon nut
Hexagon screw
Hexagon socket cap screw
Lifting eye bolt
Name plate
Screw rivet

Assembly drawing LlCMH C648980-7 LlDMH C649000-9


Spare part list LlCMH-AACB D300248 LlDMH-AACB D300252
x)

Recommended spare parts. When ordering spare parts


please state valve type and manufacturing number.

xx)

Part 28 for valves

14"-24" LlCM
lo"- 24" LlDM

- 17 Valve mounting parts

Parts List

Item

(i
xx)3
x) 4
5
xx)7

Shaft diameter=
actuator bore

x)8

xl
xx)

Qty

Part
Bracket
bushing)
Hexagon screw
Hexagon screw
Key
Washer
Washer

8 PCS in BC40 and larger


6 bolts for LlD24

When ordering please specify valve and


actuator type.

(I)
Difference in
diameters is
small

A-A

differende in
diameters is
large

When shaft diameter/actuator


use a bushing.

bore

18-

TYPE CODING

For

example
Ectended shaft

-H

Auxiliary equipment
Actuator
:' Positioner
Limit Switch
Solenoid valve

Used only
where a hightemperature
extension is
required.

4. Structure, bearings

1. Body structure

6.
7.
Standard, PTFE/metal
D
net bearings
Low temperatures, bearing:I
as A, extended shaft,
packing box moved
High temperatures,
A
stellite bearings

1 Wafer type, fully opening


2 Lug type, fully opening I

Body material
Disc material
ASTM A216 gr.
WCB seat groove,
coated with
stainless steel
(type 316)
ASTM A351 gr.
CFBM

2. Pressure class and bores


for neck studs
5. Nominal size

bore
bore
bore
Class 300 bore

3.

Seat

types

DIN
DIN
DIN
DIN

8. Shaft and pin

PNlO
PNl6
PN25
PN40

I-

9. Seat material
metal

Soft

Seatless

E=EPDM
Code is
16Cr, Ni, MO
special steel
rubber
not given
hard chromium
N=Nitrile
plated
Duplex type
V=Viton
chromium steel,
hard chromium
plated
Nickel alloy

NELES
XU 03.a1.821

auma Drehantriebe
Multi-turn actuators
Servo-moteurs multi-tours

SA071 - SA481
Betriebsanleitung
Operation instructions
instructions de service

Diese Betriebsanleitung gilt fiir die Typen:


SA, SAP, SAL, SAH, SAR, SAEx, SAREx
lnhaltsverzeichnis
::
3.
i:
;:
::
I*
12:

:4
15:

Transport und Lagerung


Betriebsbedingungen
Anbau an ArmatuVGetriebe
Handbetrieb
Elektroanschlul3
Probelauf
Einstellung Wegschaltung
Einstellung DUO-Wegschaltung (Extra-Zubehor)
Einstellung Drehmomentschaltung
Einstellung mech. Stellungsanzeige (Extra-Zubehiir)
Einstellung PotentiometerfExtra-Zubehor)
Einstellung lnduktives Wegaufnehmersystem IWG und
ElektronischerStellungsgeber
RWG (Extra-Zubehor)
Fertigbearbeiten Gewindebuchse, Anschlu8form A
Wartung
auma Kundendienst

This operation instruction is valid for the types:


SA, SAP, SAL, SAH, SAR, SAEx, SAREx
Table of contents
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Transpotfandstorage
Service conditions
Mounting to the valve/gearbox
Manualoperation
Electricconnections
Testrun
Setting of limit switching
Setting of DUO limit switching (optional extra)
Setting of torque switching
Setting of mechanical position indica for (op tional extra)
Settingofpotentiometer(optionalextra)
Setting of inductive position transmitfer IWG and
Electronic position transducer R WG (optional extra)
Machining stem nut, output drive type A
Maintenance
auma service

Seite
1
1
:
2/3
4
4
4/5
z
6
7

274

Page

fi
Lz
9/10
10
11
llz2
12
12
13
14
ii

Ces instructions de service sont valables pour les types suivants:


SA, SAP, SAL, SAH, SAR, SAEx, SAREx
Page
Contenu
1.
z*
4:
::
L*
9:
10.
:::
13.
14.
15.

Transport et stockage
Conditions de service
Montage sur vanne I sur reducteur
Commande manuelle
Raccordement Blectrique
Manoeuvre dessai
Rdglage des contacts fin de course
Reglagedu double compte-tours (option)
Reglage des limiteurs de couple
Reglage de Iindicateur de position mecanique (option)
Reglage du potentiometre (option)
Instructions de reglage pour transmetteurde
position a induction IWG
et transmetteur de position electronique RWG (options)
Usinage de la douille, forme daccouplement A
Entretien
Service apris-vente auma

15
15
15
Id/Y7
17
18
18
18/19
19
19
20
20/21
21
24

Handrad

SA 25.1 - SA 40.1

SA 07.1 - SA 16.1

Handwhapl

Motor
Motor

SteckerlKlemmenraum
Prise multi-brochesfbomiets

/Bloc de @Iage

Umrchaltung auf Handbatrieb


Change-over to manual drive
Embrayage en commande manuelle

Steuereinheit
Control unit
Bloc de reglage

Steuereinheit
Control unit
Bloc de r6glage

Icl
Bild
figure
figure

AnschlussformA. Gewindebuchse
Outputdrive4 stem nut
Embase formi A krou

Kabeleinfiihrung fiir Motorleitung


Conduit enhy for motor cab/e
EnMe de cable moteur

SteuersteckerilUemmenraum
Controlplug&e~inalcompatiment
Prise de commandelbomien

Anschlussform B 118 2. Steckbuchse


Output drive B i/B 2, plug sleeve
Embaseforme B t/B 2. manchon
I

KD

Einstellkopf fiir Weg- und Drehmomentschaltung


Setting head for limit- and torque switching
Boutoi de riglage pour contacts fin de course
et limiteurs de couple

AnschlussformB 3/0 4, Bohrungmit Nut


Output drive B 3/B 4, bore with keyway
Embase forma B 3/B 4, al&age avec rainure

Mechanische Stellungsanzeige
Mechanicalposition indicator
lndicateur de position m&canique

SA 16.1

auma norm
SA 07.1
54.01
53.0

-j

t&&60.2

56.0B
57.0-

Y
,

Bl/C -

cc-&bmol

c-D----65.001
65.0

B3/B4/E

- SA 16.1

c
Multi-turn actuators are high value electro-mechanical
ges can be avoided by observing the following points.

1.

devices. Possible dama-

Transport and storage


-

Transport to place of installation in sturdy packing.


Do not attach to the hand-wheel ropes or hooks to lift by hoist.
Store in well ventilated, dry room.
Protect against humidity from the floor by storage in shelf or on wooden
frame.
- Cover to protect against dust and dirt.
- Apply corrosion protection agent to bright surfaces.

2.

Service conditions
auma multi-turn actuators can be used at following ambient conditions:
SA
SAP
SAL

3.

-25C + 80C (Standard)


-25C + 80C
-60C + 60C

SAH
SAR
SA Ex
SAREx

0C to + 120C
-25C to + 60C
-25C to + 40C
-25Cto+
40C

Mounting to the valve/gearbox


Mounting and operation can be in any position.
l Check whether output drive flange suits the valve/gearbox.
Attention: Spigot at flanges should be loose fit!
For output drive form A the thread must correspond with thread of the
valve stem, If not ordered explicitely with thread, the stem nut is supplied unbored or with pilot bore. For machining the stem nut refer to point
13.

Figure

Output drive forms Bl , B2, B3 or B4 are supplied with bore and keyway
(usually according to IS0 5210).

Figure

l Check whether bore and keyway correspond with the input shaft of the
valve or gearbox.
0

Degrease mounting surfaces at actuator and valve/gearbox thoroughly.

0 Apply little grease to input shaft of valve/gearbox.


a

a
t

Place actuator on valve/gearbox and fasten with bolts (quality min. 8.8)
firmly crosswise.

4.

Manual operation
Engaging manual operating
Attention:

0
0

Manual operation should only be engaged if motor stands still.

lift change-over lever in centre of handwheel to top dead centre while Figure
sligthly turning the handwheel.
release change-over lever (snaps back to initial position); manual drive
0
remains engaged.

Manual operation
0

If power tools are used for manua! operation, max permissible speed is
300 rpm.

Disengage manual operation


0

5.

Manual drive disengages automatically when motor is started.

Electric connection
(Oberserve safety regulations!)
The time delay, i.e. time from torque switch tripping till the motor is switched off, should not exceed 20 ms. We recommend to switch off the corresponding contactor always directly by the limit or torque switch.
Motor control possible with:
- auma matic, can be fitted to actuators SNSAR already supplied
(refer page 23, further information on request)
- external reversing contactors
0

Check, whether power supply (type of current, voltage and frequency)


suits the motor (refer to motor-nameplate).

0 Take off plug or cover at terminal compartment.


0

Loosen cheese head screws and remove socket carrier.

l Fix cable glands of size suitable to the cable outside diameter.


Attention:

lEnclosure IP 67 (IP 68 for SAP) is only guaranteed if correct


cable glands are used.

The following discription refers only to ,,clockwise closing, i.e. driven shaft
turns clockwise for closing the valve. For ,,anti-clockwise closing refer to
separate instruction.
Connection for 3-ph-AC motors (refer to terminal plan KMS).
0

Connect phases Ll, L2, L3 to terminals Ul: Vl, WI (results in clockwise


rotation). Connect earth to terminal marked @ .

Connect control wires according to terminal plan KMS (refer to label


inside the cover).

Attention: l The two circuits of one switch are suitable only for the same
potential. Different potentials require tandem switches!
0 The valve manufacturer decides whether switching off in the
endposition should be by limit switch (limit seating) or torque
switch (torque seating).
0 auma-motors have 3 thermoswitches as standard (for type
SAR Ex 3 thermistors instead; suitable tripping device is
required additionally).
0 Full motor protection is only quaranteed with correct connection of the thermoswitches or thermistors. If these are not
connected, our guarantee fdr the motor is invalid.
l For connection of remote position transmitters (potentiometer, RWG, IWG) we recommend the useof shielded cables.

6.

n
Figure

Clean sealing faces at plug or cover for terminal compartment, check


whether O-ring is not damaged. Apply thin film of non-acid grease (e.g.
Vaseline) to sealing faces.

Place cover and fasten 4 screws firmly crosswise.

Tighten cable glands well to guarantee enclosure IP 67 (IP 68 for SAP).

Test run
Remove cover at switch compartment and, if provided, indicator disc.
Open end spanner (approx. 10 mm) may be used as lever.
Red test buttons T serve for operating the micro switches of torque and
limit switching.
@ Bring valve manually to intermediate position.
0

Check phase rotation


switch on actuator briefly in direction OPEN
If sense of rotation is wrong, switch off immediately and interchange
motor connections Ul and Wl.

Turn red test button OPEN in direction of arrow for DOL.


- If motor stops, control circuit is correct.
- If motor is not switched off, turn both test buttons in direction of arrows
for DCVDSR for emergency stop.
- Check control circuit and set it right.

l Determine overrun in both directions (overrun is turns/travel from switching off till movement stops).

10

7. .>r
Setting
limit

. .I, of
* r,
,, switching
i Le.
> _, , a
0
7.1

Engage manual drive as explained under point 4.

Setting for end position CLOSED (black area).


0

Turn handwheel clockwise till valve is fully closed. Consider possible


overrun as determined under point 6.

l Press down and turn spindle A in direction of arrow. Ratchet is felt and

:igure

El

heard, the pointer B turns for every 90. When pointer moves towards
point C, the spindle should not be turned any further.
If the spindle has been turned beyond that point inadvertently, continue
turning and approach the setting point anew.
Attention: Make sure that spindle A jumps out by spring force to its original
position.
7.2

8.

Setting for end position OPEN (white area).


0

Turn handwheel anti-clockwise till valve is fully open. Consider possible


overrun as determined under point 6 by back-winding one or more
turns.

Set limit switching with spindle D while observing pointer E, which must
show to point F. Procedure as explained above for end position CLOSED.

Setting of DUO limit switching (optional extra)


(Four train gear limit switching)
Attention: The intermediate switching point should for setting be approached in the same direction as afterwards in motor operation.

9.

Move valve to required intermediate position.

For switching in direction CLOSE set at spindle G while observing pointer H, as explained under point 7.

For switching in direction OPEN set at spindle K while observing pointer L, as explained under point 7.

Figure

Setting of torque switching


Attention: Adjusted torque must suit the valve!
figure
If the actuators have been supplied by a valve manufacturer,
F
setting was made during testing. This setting should only be
0
changed with the consent of the valve manufacturer.

11

Loosen both lock screws 0 at torque dial.

Rotate dial P to the required torque setting (1 da Nm approx. 1 mkp or


7.4 Ibsft.)

Fasten lock screws 0 again.

Note:

Torque switching works also in manual operation.


The torque switching acts as overload protection over full travel,
also when stopping in the end positions by limit switch.

l Clean sealing faces at housing and cover, check also whether O-ring is

in good condition. Apply thin film of non-acid grease to sealing faces.


l Place cover and fasten hex. bolts crosswise.

IO.

Setting of mechanical position indicator (optional extra)


Indicator disc rotates approximately 180at full travel from OPEN to CLOSED
or vise versa.
A suitable reduction gearing was installed in our works. If turns per stroke
are changed subsequently, the reduction gearing may have to be exchanged, too.
@ Run actuator to end position CLOSED.
0 Turn dial T (CLOSED) till the arrow is in alignment with the mark on the
indicator glass.
0

Run actuator to end position OPEN.

0 Turn dial z
(OPEN), while holding the other dial in position, till the
arrow is in alignment with the mark.

11.

Setting of potentiometer (optional extra)


l Operate valve in motor drive to end position CLOSED.
l Bring potentiometer to initial position (CLOSED = 0% - OPEN = 100%)

by turning at spindle R2.


l When using auma power supply unit PS 01 and position indicator with

percentage scale, do sharp tuning at power supply unit.


@ Operate valve in motor drive to end position OPEN.
0 Adjust max. value at power supply unit till position indicator shows 100%.

12

12. Setting of inductive position transmitter IWG and


electronic position transducer RWG (optional extra)

Technical data
Output current

Supply voltage

lJ\

max. current drawn


I
max. ext. resistance R,

12.1

24 mA, at 20 mA
output current

20 mA

20 mA

600f-l

1 (Uv-14V)/20mA

((Uv-lOV)/20mA

Adjustment for actual value signal 0 - 20 mA for 3- and 4-wire system


and 4 - 20 mA signal for a-wire system
0

Drive actuator to end position CLOSED (normally 0 mA, or 4 mA for


2-wire system).

l Bring transmitter R2 into mechanical starting position:


Turn input shaft of transmitter 4& at dropping output signal till end
._
stop is felt.
0

Turn trimmer potentiometer


starts to increase.

L 0-g

Turn trimmer potentiometer L o-6 back again till a current of approx.


0,l mA (or 4,l mA for 2-wire system) remains.
This assures that the electric O-point is not crossed.

Drive actuator into end position OPEN.

Set with trimmer potentiometer M

clockwise till the output current

omax

(amplifier/span) to 20 mA.

l Run actuator again into end position CLOSED to check O-point, if


necessary readjust.
12.2

Adjustment for actual value signal 4 - 20 mA for 3- and 4-wire system.


0

Perform same steps for endposition CLOSE as mentioned above under


point 12.1.

Drive actuator into end position OPEN.

l Set with trimmer potentiometer M


0

cmax

16

mA.

Run actuator into end position CLOSED.

l Set initial value to 4 mA with trimmer potentiometer L 0-0


The end value is at the same time displaced by 4 mA so that now the
operating range 4 - 20 mA is utilized.
0

Run actuator again to both end positions and, if necessary, readjust.

13

u
Figure

13.

Machining of stem nut, output drive form A.


Mounting flange need not be taken off the actuator.
l Remove bearing lock nut (80.2) with help of wrench or similar tool.

0 Take off stem nut (80.3) together with thrust bearing (80.01) and thrust
bearing race (80.02).
l Remove thrust bearing and race from stem nut.

Drill and bore stem nut, cut the thread.


Attention: When fixing in the chuck make sure stem nut runs true.

0 Clean the machined stem nut.


0 Apply ball bearing grease to thrust bearing and race and place them on
stem nut.
0

Put stem nut into mounting flange. Take care that dogs are placed correctly in the slots of the hollow shaft.

0 Screw in bearing lock nut till it is firm against the shoulder.


0

14.

Press a few strokes grease with a grease gun into the grease nipple.

Maintenance
Attention: After commissioning, check for damages on paint caused by
transport or installation. Do necessary touch-up to avoid corrosion.
auma actuators need only little maintenance. Precondition for reliable service is correct commissioning. It is also very important that the O-rings at
covers are placed correctly and cable glands fastened firmly to prevent
entrance of dirt or water.
We recommend:
l If operated very seldom, perform a test run every six months. This assures

that actuator is always ready to operate.


0 Approximately 6 months after commissioning and then every year check
bolts between actuator and valve/gearbox for tightness. If required retighten.
0

Multi-turn actuators with output drive A


At intervals of approx. 6 month press in several strokes of ball bearing
grease at the lubricating nipple with grease gun.
Attention: Lubrication of the valve stem must be done separately.

The gear-housing was filled with lubricant in our factory. This filling lasts for
several years of service.
Detailed maintenance instructions can be sent on request.

14

Diese Betriebsanleitung wurde nach bestem Wissen zur Information unserer Kunden erstelit. Sie ist das Ergebnis unserer praktischen Erfahrungen
und ausftihrlicher Typenprtifungen.
Unsere Drehantriebe wurden vornehmlich zur Betatigung von Armaturen
entwickelt. Bei anderer Verwendung empfehlen wir zu priifen, ob unsere
Produkte die gewtinschten Funktionen erfijllen. Weiteren AufschluB zur
Eignung kijnnen Versuche geben, bei deren Durchftihrung wir gerne behilflich
sind.

I
I
I
I
I

!
~

Beim Einsatz unserer Drehantriebe fur von uns nicht vorgesehene Anwendungsfglle konnen wir keine Haftung tibernehmen. Die Verantwortung fur
eventuell erforderliche MaBnahmen zur Vermeidung von Sach- oder Personenschaden tragt der Anwender.
Bei Nichtbeachten der in dieser Betriebsanleitung enthaltenen Anweisungen
erlischt unsere Haftung.

This operation instruction has been prepared to the best of our knowledge
in order to inform our customers. It is the result of our practical experience
and extensive type tests.
Our multi-turn actuators were designed principally for the operation of
valves. Before using them for other purposes we recommend to check
whether our products perform the functions desired. Further knowledge
about their suitability may be obtained by tests. For their performance we
are prepared to assist.
I

When using our multi-turn actuators for applications not intended by us, we
cannot be held responsible. Necessary precautions to prevent damage to
persons and/or materials are the responsibility of the user.

Cette instruction de mise en service a pour but de bien informer nos clients;
elle resulte de notre grande experience et dessais approfondis.
Nos servo-moteurs multi-tours sont concus plus particulierement pour la
commande de vannes. Avant de les utiliser pour toute autre application,
bien sassurer quils peuvent y repondre. Si des essais sont necessaires,
nous sommes prets B fournir une assistance technique.
Lorsque nos servo-moteurs multi-tours sont utilises pour des applications
autres que celles prevues, toutes les precautions necessaires pour eviter
tout accident de personnes ou du materiel doivent etre prises en charge
par Iutilisateur.
Si les instructions
responsabilite.

precitees ne sont pas suivies, nous declinons toute

~
I

Drehantriebe AUMA MATIC 1)enthalten Befehlsschalter und die komplette Motorsteuerung.


Die programmierbare Steuerung ist in einem separaten Gehause untergebracht,
das direkt an Drehantriebe der Grundausftihrung AUMA NORM angebaut ist.
Elektrische Verbindungen zwischen AUMA MATIC Einheit und Drehantrieb sind tiber
Steckverbinder hergestellt. Dadurch ist es such leicht miiglich, die AUMA MATIC
Einheit nachtraglich an Drehantriebe der Ausfiihrung AUMA NORM anzubauen.
Actuators AUMA MATICY)contain switches and complete motor
The programmable controls are contained in a sealed housing,
directly to actuators of the basic version AUMA NORM.
Electrical connections between AUMA MATIC unit and actuator
socket. This enables the AUMA MATIC unit to be easily fitted
AUMA NORM already installed.

controls.
which is mounted
are made by plug/
to actuators type

Servo-moteur AUMA MATIW contiennent les boutons de commandes et la commande complete.


La commande programmable est situ&e dans un carter separee qui est month
directement a la version de base des servo-moteurs multi-tours AUMA NORM.
Les connexions klectriques entre le bloc AUMA MATIC et le servo-moteur multitour sont effectu&es par de prises. Un montage ulterieur de la version AUMA MATIC
sur la version AUMA NORM est ainsi facilement realisable.
1) lieferbar in BaugrtiBen SA 07.1 - SA 16.1
1) available in sizes SA 07.1 - SA 16.1
1) livrable dans les tailles SA 07.1 - SA 16.1

23

c
auma Kundendienst-Zentrale
Ihr Ansprechpartner fiir Service
Zu den bewahr-ten Stellantrieben bietet auma such fachgerechte Inbetriebnahme und zuverlassigen Service.
In unserer Kundendienst-Zentrale

stehen erfahrene Fachleute bereit fur:

Versand von Original-Ersatzteilen


lnbetriebnahme
Wartung / Revision
Hilfe bei S?Brungen
Fordern Sie bei Bedarf unsere erfahrenen Service-Techniker an!

auma service-center
Your partner for service
auma offer professional commissioning and reliable service for actuators.
In our service-center there are specialists for:
0

shipment of original spare parts

l commissioning

maintenance / revision

l trouble shooting assistance

Please call for our experienced service technicians when required!

votre partenaire pour le SAV


auma nest seulement votre fournisseur de servo-moteurs ayant fait leurs
preuves mais offre aussi la mise en service competente et un service apresvente fiable.
Dans notre centrale du service apt-es-vente des experts sont a votre dispo0 expedition de pieces de rechange originales
0

mise en service

l entretien / revision

0
24

assistance en cas de perturbations

En cas de besoin. demandez nos techniciens experiment&s!

..-l&;
..-&,
: _ ;<;;~$$a<
_-,_ _-

SG05-SG12

.SA 07.1 - SA 48.1

max 1200 Nm

max 32 000 Nm

Drehantriebe
Multi-turn actuators
Servo-moteurs multitours

::g&

.;
:
.i

Schwenkantr
Part-turn actuators
Servo-moteurs
fraction de tour

Schneckengetriebe
Worm gearboxes
R6ducteurs 21roue et vis sans fin

GST 10.1 - GST 40.1


max 16 000 Nm

Stirnradgetriebe
Spur gearboxes
RBducteurs 3 engrenages

~~~~~~

,..~~.~~~*~,~-~.ni.-::._;..>+.#;
4
-.;;r+x3;i:j

droits

yLs =* .;.:g; ic,ri_ $,e&tiu <::


. gy-T-T+.
dkL--..A-

GK 10.2 - GK 40.2 i

I.>>>.
;.I

ax 16 000 Nm

Herstellung und Vertrieb:


Manufactured by:
Fabricant:

a u m

Postfach 1362

a@

RIESTER KG

Ttx 17/7631
16
Fax(0)7631/13218

r_---l..__l-r_._
- .I__-.. -: ._. _-_-_ __

GS 160 - GS 500
max 360 000 Nm

Unsere VerkaufsgesellschaftNertretung
Our representative
Notre filiale

Werke / Factories / Usines


auma
WERNER RIESTER KG
lndustriegebiet West
Postfach 1362
D 7848 Miiliheim / Baden
Tel 07631/809-O
Ttx 17/763116aumad
FaxO7631/13218

auma
WERNER RIESTER KG
DaimlerstraOe 9
PostfachllSl
D 7302 Ostfildern 21 Nellingen
Tel 0711/34803-O
Ttx 17/711 1331 aumad
Fax 0711/3480334

Kundendienst-Zentrale /
Service-Center
WERNER RIESTER KG
Kundendienst-Zentrale
Mathias-Brijggen-Stra8e
D 5000K6ln30
Tel 0221/59772-O
Ttx 1712214349aumad
Fax 0221/5977219

164

Regionalbiiros / Regional offices / Bureaux regionaux


RIESTER KG - Biiro Westfalen
D 5848 Schwerte 1
Tel 02304/43106
FaxO2304l40370

RIESTER KG - BDro Siid-West


D 6944 Hemsbach
Tel 06201/456
16
FaxO6201/45617

RIESTER KG - Bi.iro Nord


D 3830 Walsrode 11
Tel 05167/504
Fax 05167/565

RIESTER KG- Bijro Rheinland


D 5087Kiirten
Tel 02268/1644
FaxO2268/7726

RIESTER KG-B&o
Bayern
D 8428 Rohr / Niederbayem
Tel 08783/1479
FaxO8783/1023

RIESTER KG - Btiro SOd/Schweiz


D 7848 Miillheim/Baden
Tel 07631/809193
FaxO7631/13218

RIESTER KG - Btiro Ost


D 3041 Magdeburg
Tel
Fax

Verkaufsgesellschaften /Subsidiaries / Filiales


AUMA Armaturenantriebe
Gesellschaft m.b.H.
A 2340 Modling
Tel 02236186454
Fax02236186453

AUMA FRANCE
F 95870 Bezons
Tel l/39477070
Fax l/39 47 66 87

GB

AUMA ACTUATORS Ltd.


Clevedon/Avon, BS 216XT
Tel 0272/871141
Fax02721875492

AUMA ITALIANA s.r.1.


I 20020 Lainate/Milano
Tel 02/9374436
Fax 0219374387

IND

AUMA(INDIA) Ltd.
Bangalore
Tel 39 46 55.39 43 65-6
Fax 08 12-39 5176

AUMA BENELUX B.V.


NL 2382 NA Zoeterwoude
Tel 0 71 I41 35 41
Fax0711414543

OY AUMATOR AB
SF 02271 Espoo 27
Tel go-8037022
Fax90-881714
AUMAActuators
(Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
SGP 0244Singapore
2365
Tel 561/2050
Fax561/5065
AUMA ACTUATORS
USA Pittsburgh, 15205
Tel 412/787-1340
Fax412/7871223

INC.

Vertretungen / Representatives / Agences de repr6sentation


AUS

CSFR

DK

BARRON GJM Pty. Ltd.


Artarmon - NSW 2864
Tel 02/4361790
FexO2/4393413
AUMA-TRONIC s.r.0.
15800 Prague 5
Tel (02) 52 15 79
Fax (02( 52 15 79
GROENBECH & SOENNER A/S
2109 Kopenhagen
Tel 01 / 3142 63 42
Fax 01/3142 43 82

IBEROPLAN S.A.
E 28980 Madrid
Tel 01/7426013
Fax01 /7427126

Perfect Controls Ltd.


HK Tsuen Wan, Honkong
Tel 4 162828
Fax4136278
MORITANI 8 Co. Ltd.
JAP Tokyo183
Tel 031278-6343
Fax 03/274-3490
SIGURD SOERUM A.S.
N 1301 Sandvika
Tel 2/541750
Fax 2/547127
EURODIM S.R.L.
P 1297 Lisboa Codex
Tel 1 I65 85 02,65 89 63
Tlx 16685eurimp

ROK

Dong Woo Controls &Trading Co.


Seoul, Korea
Tel 02/681/4042
Fax 02/684/7214

ERICHS ARMATUR AB
S 20028 Malmii
Tel 040/945450
Fax 040/9455
15
VOLTAY
TR Giiztepe - Istanbul
Tel 01/3508757,3582151
FaxO1/3635771

:w

auma
SA071

d00104001

- SA161

SA16.1

Spare

parts

auma
SA071

norm
- SA161

Sub-assemblies and
Components

SA 07.&SA 14.1
-160.2

154.2
+

e
.A

153.2

152.2-,
55.0

5.8 5.37
30.0
10.0

80.3
80.001

1.90
d00111001gb

cze-90.001

List of spare parts

auma

SA 07.1-SA

norm

When placing orders for spare parts, it is essential to mention type of actuator and our commission
(refer to name plate).
Part NoType

Part NoiTypel Designation

:Glotor

i B / Bearing flange (complete)

70.1

Motorpin carrier(without

i B j Hollow shaft complete (without worm wheel)

79.0. / B

/ B / Wormshaft (complete)

5.32 1 E 1 Coupling pin

80.0* i B
I

~Output drive Form A complete


1(without thread in stem nut)

5.37 j B / Pullins rod (comolete)

80.3~ / E

j Stem nut Form A (without thread)

85.0* 1 B

i Output drive B 3

90.0* / B

! Output drive D

/ B / Housing (complete)

2.0
3.0
5.0

Motor coupling

5.7

I E

5.8
6

! B ! Manual drive coupling (complete)


-.
/ E j Worm wheel

9.0

1 B 1 Planetatygearfor

10.0

i B ~ Retaining flange (complete)

74-l

I E i Change-over lever

1 14-2

100

1 B
/

manual drive (complete)

105
!

15.0

Cover for switch compartment (complete)

17.0

Torque lever (complete)

pins)

Planetary gearing for motor drive (complete)

/ Switch for limit /torque switching


/ (including pins at wires)
1Blinkertransmitter including pins at wires
1(without impulse disk and insulation plate)

i B I Stud boltforswitches

1 106.0

1 E ! Knob

107

i E

1 151.0*

Spacer
Space heater

Gear segment

152.1*:

Potentiometer

Crown wheel (complete)

152.2*

Slip clutch for potentiometer

20.0

Swing lever (complete)

22.0

Drive pinion II fortorqueswitching

18
19.0

(complete)

number

Designalion

70.0

1.0

16.1

(without slipclutch)

153.1*

Potentiometerfor

153.2*.

Slip clutch for RWG

RWG (without slip clutch)

153.3*

Electronic board RWG

24

E I Intermediate wheel limit switching

154.1*!

Transducer IWG (without slip clutch)

24.0

Intermediate wheel limit switchinq (comolete)

154.2~

Slip clutch for IWG

25

Locking plate

154.3*

Electronic board IWG

27

Screw plug

155.00

Reduction gearing

30.0

Handwheel with ball handle (complete)

156.0*\

Mechanical position indicator

23.0

B : Drive wheel for limit switching (complete)

160.1#:

Stem protection tube (without cap)

160.2*!

Capforstem

protection tube

~ Motor DIUQ,socket (complete)


012-2

~ E

Snap ring

50.0

/ B j Plug cover (complete)

51.0

! B 1 Socket carrier, (complete with sockets)

018

! E

1Oil seal

52.0

! B ! Pin carrier, (without pins)

019

: E

: Cheese head screw

53.0

i B 1 Socket for control

020

1 E

Springwasher

54.0

: B / Socket for motor

029

: E

Quad ring

55.0

/ B ~ Socket for protective earth

030

j E

: Cableguide

I E

Cheese head screw

~Sorinowasher

1 56.0

1 B : Pinforcontrol

I 031

1 57.0
58.0

! B I Pinformotor
/ B ; Wire
-- for protective earth

1 032

033

II E

59.0

Countersunk

Thrust Bearino

85.001*

Snap ring

90.001*:

Snap nng

80.001+;

~ B : Control unit, (complete but without torque head,


t--head

S1

62

1 s2

Washer

O-ring

053

1 B , Pinformotorandthermoswitch
in motor plug

bush

screw

Set of seals. small

Set of seals, large

Type E = Component
Type B = Sub-assembly
l only required for some output speeds

Type S = Set
+cOptional extra, not included in basic equipment
I

NJlTIa

RIESTER

KG

Issue

1.90
DO01.11.001GB

&

SA071

SA161

auma drehantriebe

1) stufenlos verstellbar
2) bei 50 Hz
3) nicht selbsthemmend

4) r-nit Motor, Abtrieb


und Handrad

B1

I) inl;n,fely ad,uslable
21 at 50 l-2
3) nOn-Self lOCklf7Q

4) wth rnoror,
dnve adapter B 7
and handwheel

1) variable sans graduations


2) 85OHz
3) reversible

4) avec moteur. forme


daccouplement
81
et volant

Durch die Weiterentwicklung


bedingte iinderungen
bleiben vorbahalten.
Mit Erscheinen
dieses Datenblattes
verlieren friihere Ausgaben ihre Giiltigkeit
We reserve the right to alter data ScCOrdinQ to ,mprovements
made Previous data sheers become invahd wth the issue Of thfs data sheet
Nous nous r&arvons
le droit de modifier les valeurs qui sont conditionnees
par le perfectionnement.
Les fiches techniques
ant&ieures
perdent la validit
de catte fiche technique.

alJFTW
Cl AMA SA 203 2 91 270891

auma RIESTER
KG

Ausgabe
Issue
Edition

avec 18dition

2.91
d00102001dgbf

Drehstrommotoren 50 Hz, ftir a u m a -Drehantriebe


Three-phase AC motors 50 Hz, for a uma multi-turn actuators
Moteurs triohas 50 HZ. nour servo-moteurs auma multi-tours

Elektrische Daten
Electrical Data
Caract&istiaues Electriaues

SA 07.1 - SA 16.1
Zullssioe Schwankuna
der Nennspannung:
f 5%.
Spann~ngsabfail tritt
~eistungsminberung &in.
1)

0,025

700

63

o-40

0,40

0.68

037

OS40

063

0,30

0.30

0,51

0.025
0,045

700
1400

63
63

0.40
0.38

0,40
0.40

0.68
0,95

0.37
0.35

0.40
0,40

0.83
0,88

0.30
0,30

0,30
0.30

0.51
0,75

0,045

1400

83

0,38

OS40

0,95

0.35

0.40

0.88

0,29

0.30

0.75

0,09
0.09

2800
2800

63
63

0.47
0.47

0,50
0.55

1.8

0,43
0.43

0,50
0,50

1,7
1,7

0.36
0.36

0,40
0,45

1,4
I.4

0,18
0318

63
63

0,90
0.90

1.1
1.2

24

l,O
1.1

2,2

O,M
0.68

0,85
0,90

18

2,4

0,83
0.83

2.2

1400

0,37
0,37

2800
2800

63
63

OS97
0.97

12
1.2

4.4
4.4

0,89
0.89

1.1
1,l

4,O
4.0

0.74
0.74

0,90
0,90

3,3
3.3

0.37
0.37
0,045

63
63
63

0,97
0.97
083

1
1

1.2
1
(

1.3
0,65

1
1

4,4
434
130

63
63

0,63
09

0,65
080

l,o

0,09
0,18
0.18
0,37
0.37

1400
2800
2800
1400
1400

63
63
63
63
63

034
0.65
0.85
I,7
1,7

0.60
0.80
0.90

1.6
3,o
3.0
436
4.6

0,75
0.75
0.75
0.75

2800
2800
2800
2800

63
63
63
63

1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7

71
71 1
71 1
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
90
90 I
90 1
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90 1

0,89
0,89
1,O
l,o
f,4
1,4
2.5
2s
4.0
4,0
4.0
4.0
18
1,8
1,l
1.1
13
I,9
336
3.6
786
7.8
736
7.6

90
90

2.5
2.5

0,18
0,37
0,37
0,75
0.75
13
I,5
1S
1.5
0,18
0.18
0737
o-37
0,75
0.75
1,s
1.5
3.0
3.0
3,O
3.0
0337
0.37

I
1
1

I
1

1
1

700
700
1400
1400
2800
2800
1400
1400
2800
2800
2800
2800
700
700
1400
1400
2800
2800
1400
1400
2800
2800
2800
2800
700
700

/
1

/
1

1
1

211
2.8

03
3.2
0,90
0,95
1,l
1,2
f,7
1,9
3.0
3,2
50
5.8
5.5
6.7

1
/

2.0
1
1

1
1

2,0
1,7
1.8
3.5
3,8
5.4
519
11
13
12
15
2.8
310

1
1

1
1

1,7
137
3,O
3,o
4,5
4,5

90
90

4.0
4,o

48

10

5,0

1400

90

36

6.5

15
3,0

1
1

1400
2800

1
1

90
90

10

10

1
1

3.6
7,6

1
1

7.4
15

I7

SA 001060991

V2 91 1 K

j
1

1
1

10

I
2.3
213

1.6
/
/

I,8

1,8
3.3
3;3
7
7
7
1

12
11
14
2.6
218

I
1

1.6
2.8
2.8
42
4.2
7.8
7.8
15
15
15
15
4.3
413
494
4,4
8.5
8.5
15
15
35
35
35
35
5.5
515

2,l
33
3.9
6-4
684
95
9,5
95
9.5

3,3
3,6
6,4
6,8
92
10
19
22
28
25

834
8.4
16
16
35
35
55
55
55
55

10

3-7
3.7

4,4
4.6

92
9,2

16

3.3

6,O

16
38

z1

3,3

I7

I
1

8,s
14

I
I

1
1

1
1

1
1

15
35

2800
1400
1400

90
112
112

7,6
13
13

16
19
22

38
60
60

7
12
12

15
17
20

35
55
55

7s
7,5
7.5
7.5

2800
2800
2800
2800

112
112
112
112

18
18
18
18

41
45
42
53

120
120
120
120

17
17
17
17

38
41
39
49

110
110
110
110

0.68
0.68
0,76
0,76
1.1
1.1
1.9
1:9
3,O
3,o
390
3.0
1.3
1.3
0,84
0,84
1.4
1.4
2.7
2[7
5,8
5.8
5,8
5.8
1.9
1,9

1
(

5.3
53
5,3
5.3

18
zo
2.4
I
1
1

38

1
1

1
1

4.4
4.2
5.1
1.5
1.5
1,3
1,4
2.7
2,9
4.1
4:5
834
9.9
31
11
2.1
2:3

12
1.2
2.3
213
3,5
35

2.0

0,70
0.70
0.85
0.90
1,3
1,4
2.3
214

1
/

1.3
1,3
2,3
2.3
3,5
3,5
6.5
6,5
12
12
12
12
3.5
3,5
3,7
3,7

I
1

6,6
12
12
29
29
29
29
4.6
4.6

7.6
7,6
7,6

6.8
14
14
29
29
44
44
44
44

3,O
3,o

3.7
3,8

7s
7,5

Z7

4.9
1
)

5.6
11

0,25
0.25
0,25
0.25

0,39
0.39
0.55
0.55

OS
OS3
0,50
0.50

0,27
0,27
052
0.52
056
0,56
0.56
0156
0,37

0.30
0.35
0,65
0.70
0.70
OS70
0.70
0175
0.40

I,1
1.1
I,4
1,4

O,W
0.60
0,50
050
0,73
0.73
0.73
0:73
0,48

1
1

I
1

I
1

12
29

12
14
17

29
48
46

14
14
14
14

31
34
32
40

92
92
92
92

AUMA-Drehantriebe sind ausgelegt fijr


Kurzzeitbetrieb
S 2 - 15 min, bezogen auf 20 OC Umgebungstemperatur
und bei
durchschnittlicher Belastung von ca. 50%
des max. Drehmomantes. bzw. 35% bei SA 14.5 und SA 16.1mit Drehzahlen 63 bis
180 llmin.
Schutzart:
Drehantrieb einschlie6lich
Motor IP 67 nach DIN 4005OIIEC

529

ACHTUNG!
AUMA-Topfmotoren
haben als Wicklungsschutz serienml8ig 3
Thermoschalter (siehe AnschluBpltine KMS). Fallsdiese Schalter
nichtindie Steuerung einbezogen werden, erlischt
unsere Gewlhrleistung.
Motorendaten sind Richtwerte. Durch tiblicheFertigungstoleranzen kijnnen Abweichungen zu den genannten Werten auftreten.

0.40
0.35
0.35
0.50
0155
1,3
1,3

0.59
0.93
0.93
1.7
117
2.9
2.9

0,48
0.49
0,49
0.60
Oh0
0,58
0.58

Permissible fluctuation
of nominal

l,O
I,0
10

1,3
1.5
1,5
1.9

4.1
4,l
4,l
4.1

O,N
0380
0,80
0.80

AUMA-actuators are rated for short-time duty S 2 - 15 min, based on


20 o C ambient temperature and on an average load equal to approx.
50% of max. torque resp. 35% for SA 14.5 and SA 16.1 with output
speeds 63 lo 180 rpm.

052
0,58
0.58
0,81
0.81
I,5
1,5

29

52

2.2
3.1
314
694
7,5
7,O
8.7

5,2
9.2
9!2
22
22
22
22

0.43
0,43
0,49
0.49
0,67
0,87
0,64
0,64
0,70
0,70
0,70
0.70
0.45
0145
0,74
0,74
0,81
0,81
0380
0:80
0,83
0.83
0,83
0.83

1.6

3.6

0.45

1
1

23

0.55
0.55
0,65
0.70
10
1.1
1,7
1.9
z9
3.4

2.3

32
3.9
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.0

2.3
1.0
1,0
0,64
064
l,l
1.1
2.1
211
4,4
4.4
4,4
4.4

1.5

I
1

1
1

0,99
0.99
197
1.7

1
1

2.6

1
1

2,6
5.1
5.1
92
9.2
9.2
9.2
2.6
216
2,8
2,8

I
1

voltage: f 5%. If voltage drops


below there will be reduction of nominal output torque.
1)

Current al max. torque. We recommend


cab/es suitable for those values.

Enclosure:

Multi-turn actuator

including

lo select switch gear and

motor If 67 accord. to

D/N40050/IEC529.

ATTENTION!
AUMA pot-type motors are provided v&h 3 thermoswllches lo protect
the windings (refer lo terminal plans KMS). Our warranty will lapse If
those thermoswitches are not connected in rhe control circuit.
Motor data are approximate. Due lo usual manufacturing
there may be deviations from the values given.

tolerances

Varitationadmissible de la tension nominale: + 5%. Si la perte


de voltage est superieure il en r&sulte une reduction de la
puissance.
1)

Courant au couple maxi. Nous recommendons


de s8lectionner
lesappareilsBlectriqueset csbles suivant ces valeurs.

Les servo-moteurs AUMA sont dimension&s


pour un service discontinu S 2 - 15 min,se basant tiune charge moyenne denv.50 o/odu
couplemaxiou35%pourSA14.5etSAl6.1
avecvitessedesortiede
63 B 180 tlmin et I une temperature ambiante de 20 OC.
Degr& de protection:servo-moteur multi-toursy inclusle moteur
IP 67 suivant DIN 400501IEC 529.

ATTENTION!
Les moteurs AUMA & cage dlcureuil&ant equip&s de 3 thermorupteurs dans le bobinage (voirschbmas de &blage KMS). Nous
d&linons toute Qarantie au cas oh ces protections thermiques ne
seraient pas incorporbes dans le circuitde commande.
Lesvaleurs des moteurs sont approximatives. Les tol&ances de fabricationhabituellespeuvent causer dedifferences par rapport aux
valeurs indiqubes.

4:1

5.8

614
12
14
18
16

23

Z8

598

2,3

2.9

2.1

3.8

58
5.8

58

12
1
1

Strom bei maximalem Drehmoment. Wir empfehlen, Schattgerite und Leitungen nach diesen Werten auszuwlhlen.

0.37
0,31
0,31
0.36
0138
l,l
1.1

2.3

1
1

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
0.59

68

58
10
IO

RIESTER KG

1
1

66

2-7
2.9
5,3
5.7
796
8.4
16
18
23
21

2.7
5,8

I
1

0,77
,

1.6

1
1

3.3
3.3
0,77

I
1

1,7

75

1
1

0.90
130
0.50

1.8

0.50
0.45
0,45
0.60
0170

1,7
1,7
3,3
3,3
5.3
5.3

15

3.0
5,5
5,5

auma
el AUMA

0,85
0.85
1,O
1.1

68
6.6

15

1.8

92
9.2
18
18
38
38
58
58
58
58

1
1

653
6.6

2,9
4-6
53
51
6.2
1.9
1.9
1.6
1.7
3.2
3,5
5.0
514

1.3
1,3
1,3
1.3

2.1

1
/

0.74
0174
0,48
0,48
0,41
0.41
0.49
0:49
I,3
1.3

2.4
2,4
2.9

0,82
0,82
0.92
0,92
I,3
1.3

1
1

0.93
1.5
1.5
2.8
2:8
42
4.2

136

2.3
3,7
3.7
3,7
3.7
1.7
137
1.0
l,o

6.0
610

4.0
4.0
0.93

1,6

8,5
16
16
16
18
4,5
4,5
4,8
4.8
89
839
16
16
38
38
38
38

700
700

3,9
7,O
7.5
IO
11
21
24
30
27

VJ
2.1

298

0,75
0.75

36

1.6
1.6

136

I
1

1
1

0.60
0,55
0.55
0.75
0;80

1.6
1
1

1.1
1.2
0.60

23

90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90

2,3
4.3
4.3
7.0
7,o
10
10

1
1

85

1400
1400
2800
2800
1400
1400
2800
2800
2800
2800

23

0.89
Oi89
058
0.58
0.50
050
0.60
0160

7,O
7,o
7,O
7.0

23
2,6

/
/

1
1

1t.3

0,75
0,75
1,5
1.5
3.0
3,o
4,O
4,0
4,O
4.0

1,5

t
1

700
1400

0318

2800
2800
700

0,045
0:09

0,09
0,09

1
1

1,8

0,23
0.23
0,22
0,22

Bei hijherem

1
1

211
4,4
4,4
7.5
7,s
11
11
11

11

1
1

433
8,6
9,3
11
13
24
26
24
31

22
34
34
34
34

1
1

0,80
0,78
0.78
0978
0.78

Belastbarkeitder Thermoschalter

Electrical rating of the therm0 switches

588

0,50
0.50

9.2

0,80

AC

9.2
22
22
35
35
70
70
70
70

1
1

0380
0,83
0,83
0.77
0.77
0.78
OJ8
0.78
0,78

Charge maxi des protections thermo-rupteurs


250 V. 50 - 80 Hz

Durch die Weiterentwicklung


bedingte iinderungen
bleiben vorbehalten. Mit
Erscheinen dieses Datenblattes
verlieren friihere Ausgaben ihre Giiltigkeit.
We reserve the rrghr 10 alter data accordrng 10 #mprovemenrS
made. Previous data
sheets become invalid wrrh rhe Issue of this data sheer
Nous nous r&iervons le droit de modifier les valeurs qui sont conditionnbes
par le perfectionnement.
Les fiches techniques antCrieures perdent la validit
avec IUdition de cette fiche technique.

Ausgabe
2.91
Issue
Edition
DO 01.02.001D-GB-F

MaBe
Dimensions
Dimensions
Steckerdeckel

jeweils

auma

SA071 - SA161
SAR 07.1 - SAR 16.1
SA Ex 07.1 - SA Ex 16.1

norm

Ausfghrung
fiir nicht steigende
Spindel
Execution for non-rismg valve stem
Version pour tige non montsnte

urn 904

glas fiir mech. Stellungsanzeige2)


or mech. positron indfcaror2)
isation visuelle sous

Unterkante
SA ohne Abtrieb
Base oiSA without out!~ut driv
Bard inferieur du SA sans forme
dembase
A

AnschluBformen
nach IS0 5210. DIN 3338. DIN 3210, Ma8e sieha Riickseite
^ ^ .I ^
.^
L-l,JV, plmg
nlhi uL
9n<n,, u,c,~ensions
.a...
111c)c)cI Yslv
seeicvcioc
0u:pu: d:lve :fpes according
Iv I-rrfl IIL
Accouplement
s&ant
IS0 5210. DIN 3338. DIN 3210. dimensions
voir au versa

1)
2)
3)
4)

Handradwelle
Handwheel shah
Arbre de volant

7) exact dunensnxs
according
to motor used
2) only ff ordered addrtronal
3) reier 10 table stem profec!~on tubes
4) Dimension will be 310 if more than 32
imax 481 termfnals are required
1)
2)
3)
4)

F07

genaues MaB ja nach verwendetem


Motor
nur auf besondere
Eestellung
siehe Tabelle Spindelschutzrohre
Ma6 wird 310 wenn mehr als 32 (max. 48)
Klemmen benbtigt

mesure exacte sutvant moteur employ&


options sur demande
voir tableau tubes protecteurs
Dimension est 310 si plus de 32 bornes
(48 maxi) sent wig&

(FlO/GO)

urch die Weiterentwicklung


bedingte ,&-#derunQen bleiben vorbehalten.
Je reserve the right lo alter data accordrng to rmpiovements
made
ous nous &servons
le droit de modifier les valeurs. qui sent condltionnees

WJma
UMA SA 303 2 91 311091

par le perfeclionnement

auma RIESTER
KG

Ausgabe
Issue
Edition

2.91
D00103001DGBF

SA 07.1 - SA 16.1
SAR 07.1 - SAR 16.1

IS0 5210
DIN 3338

AnschluOformen nach
Output drive types according to
Formes daccouplement suivant
AnschluDformen
Output drives
Accouplements
Gewindebuchse
sfem nul

Form I type I fOrme


ISO 5210

DIN3210

Anordnung
der Schraubenliicher
da
arrangement
of holes de
positionnement
des trous de boulons

d4

Steckbuchse
Wg sleeve
nanchon

~0rmIrypeIforme
Bl=@d,
so 5210
B2< @ d,l>
SO 5210
B =@d7
DIN 3210

# d7m,n

cehlende Masse siehe Form A


Mssing dfmensrons
refer to output drive A
Xmensions
non-indiqu&es
voir fOrme
fernbase
A

31,3 / 45,3 1 45,3


I
/

IS0
6210

Form / lwe / forme


B 3 = @ d,o
SO 52;6
SO 5210
B4S#d,
E

35

weight Ibs
pi&
bJSg

Bohrung mit Nut


bore with keyway
alesage avec rainure

3lN 3210

II
t

I45

j 45

45

/45

45,3!45,3
I

65

65

80

64,4

64,4

85,4

/ 6

12

DIN
3710

. r.

nn

al-l

an

= ~3 &a

:ehlende
Masse siehe Form A
inksing dimensions
refer IO output drive A
Dimensions
non-indiqkes
voir forme dembase

<lauenkupplung

,,=

.--,

-,-

b, Hll]

309 coupling

nanchon B griffes

@&HI1

14*

/ 14

/ 14

X4*

/ 38

78

114

I:

Form/type/forme
DIN3338

=@ d,t

MaEe auBerhalb
DIN 3338
Dimensrons
outside DIN 3338
Dimensions
en dehors de DIN 3338

Fehlende Masse siehe Form A


hhssing dimensions
refer to output drive A
Dimensions
non-indiqubes
voir forme dembase

W.3grll

poids

Ibs

Wellenende
shaft coupling
arbre dentrsnement

1-I

/
Bei

DO nor use for new dew5 1


Neutonrtrukl~onen
n~ht verwWtd@
Ne pss u,,,,ssr pour Ii.2 OYeax tOnstrUCllOnP!
I
/
I

Form I type I forme


DIN 3210

:ehlende
Masse siehe Form A
Missing dimensions
refer to output drrve A
Xmensions
non-indiqkes
voir forma
fernbase
A

aWTIa
Cl AMA

SA 304

1 90 151190 1K

RIESTER KG

Ausgabe
Issue
Edition

- -.
2.91
DO 01.03.001

O-GB-F

Anschlussplan
Terminalplan

fr auma Stellantrieb
for auma actuator

s3

5312

54

S6/2

WSR

WSRI

Wt)L

WOLl

0------lT?iT
lY2Y3YdYSYf

3
DSR

SIl2

s2

S2f2

DSRl

DOL

DL)Ll

----0-----0---Iv!
mmmm
J&&$)
3qqqy3&6y
S6
WDR

S6/2

s7

5712

WORI

WDL

WDLI

25y26yzy28y2&$

53

WSR

Wegschalter,
Limit switch,

SchlieRen, Rechtslauf
closing,
clockwise rotation

S3/2
S4/2

WSF.1
WGLl

Wegschalter,
Limit switch,

in Tandemanordnung mit WSR/WGL


in tandem operation with WSR/WaL

54

WijL

Sl

DSR

Wegschalter,
ijffnen,
Linkslauf
rotation
Limit switch,
opening, anti-clockwise
Drehmomentschalter,
SchlieRen, Rechtslauf
Torque switch,
closing,
clockwise rotation

s1/2
s2/2

DSRl
DijLl

Drehmomentschalter
in Tandemanordnung mit DSR/D6L
Torque switch,
in tandem operation with DSR/DCL

52

DijL

Drehmomentschalter,
Gffnen, Linkslauf
Torque switch,
opening, anti-clockwise

S6
57

WDR
WDL

rotation

Wegschalter,
DUO fir
2 Zwischenstellungen
stufenlos
verstellbar
Limit switches DUO, for 2 interm. pas., can be adjusted to any pos.
Kaltleiter
PTC-Thermistor

R3
Rl
S6/2

H
WDRl

S7/2

WDLl

/ Heater
Heizung
Wegschalter,
DUO fir 2 Zwischenstellungen
in Tandemanordnung
WDR/WDL
DUO for 2 intermediate
positions
in tandem
Limit switches,
operation
with WDR/WDL

/ auma
EO.09.90 SEH
Datun
Name

RIESTER ESUER
KG kms9tp200331

mit

elattl

Fdge

Transport Lagerung und lnbetriebnahme von auma Stellantrieben


Transport, storage and commissioning of au m a actuators
Transport, Stockage, Mise en Service de servo-moteurs a u m a

SA SG

Stellantriebe (Dreh- und Schwenkantriebe) sind hochwertige elektromechanische


Gergte. Dem sollte such bei Transport
und Lagerung Rechnung getragen werden. Urn miigliche Schtiden zu vermeiden, und sowohl lhnen als such uns Arger
und Kosten zu ersparen. bitten wir folgende Punkte zu beachten:
1. Transport:
0 Der Transport zum Aufstellungsort erfolgt am zweckmlEigsten in einer festen Verpackung.
0 Seile oder Haken von Hebezijgen zum Anheben/Transpot-l von Armatur mit angebautem Stellantrieb nicht am
Handrad einhiingen.
0 Seilschlingen an der Armatur und nicht am Stellantrieb befestigen. Der Abtriebsflansch des Stellantriebes ist zum
Aufbau des Stellantriebes ausgelegt, nicht aber urn das ganze Gewicht der Armatur aufzunehmen.
0 mit Handrad nicht gegen W&de, Boden oder Maschinenteile hart ansto6en.
2. Lagentng: Auch in wasserdicht geschlossenen Stellantrieben bildet sich durch Temperaturschwankungen
Kondenswasser, welches empfindliche lnnenteile beschtidigen kann. Durch Beachten folgender Punkte kannen Schgden
vermieden werden:
0 Lagerung in gut geliifteten, trockenen Rlumen.
0 Schutz gegen Bodenfeuchtigkeit durch Lagerung auf Holzrost, auf Paletten, in Gitterboxen oder Regalen.
l Abdecken mit Plastikfolie zum Schutz gegen Staub und Schmutz etc.
0 Schutz gegen mechanische Beschtidigungen.
0 Kontrollen (mindestens Stichproben) im Abstand von ca. 3 Monaten. Falls Kondenswasser im Schaltwerkraum
festgestellt wird, sind alle Stellantriebe zu tiberpriifen und, soweit erforderlich, auszutrocknen. Vor dem Aufsetzen
des Deckels die Dichtfllchen mit sgurefreiem Fett leicht einstreichen.
3. Langzeitlagerung: Wenn Stellantriebe fiir lange Zeit (mehr als 6 Monate) gelagert werden sollen, mijssen unbedingt
folgende Punkte zusMzlich beachtet werden:
0 Vor dem Einlagern: Schutz der bianken Fllchen, insbesondere der Abtriebsteile und Anbauflgche durch Langzeitkorrosionsschutzmittel.
0 Im Abstand von ca. 6 Monaten Kontrolle auf Korrosionsbildung. Falls Ansltze zur Korrosion vorhanden, iiberpriifen
aller Stellantriebe und, wo niitig, erneuten Korrosionsschutz vornehmen.
4. lnbetriebnahme: Die ftir elektrische Gergte gebotene Vorsicht gilt such ftir Stellantriebe! lnsbesondere sind die
einschkigigen Sicherheitsvorschriften
(VDEITAB usw.) zu beachten.
0 Sichtprtifung auf eventuell mijgliche Schlden durch Transport oder Lagerung.
0 Vor dem Einschalten den lsolationswiderstand der Motoren messen. Falls weniger als 500 kOhm, ist dies ein
Hinweis auf Feuchtigkeit in der Wicklung. Der Motor mu6 zur Abstrocknung abgebaut und mit einem HeiSluftgeblC
se oder in Wlrmekammer erwlrmt werden (ACHTUNG: max. zul&ssige Temperatur 100C).
0 Im iibrigen sind die Hinweise in unserer Betriebsanleitung zu beachten. Fails diese nicht vorliegt, kann jederzeit ein
Exemplar bei uns angefordert werden.
0 Folgende Punkte sind besonders zu beachten:
- auma-Motoren
haben serienml6ig Thermoschalter (oder Kaltleiter). Diese miissen in den Steuerkreis mit
einbezogen werden.
- Falscher Anschluf3 oder fehlerhafte Steuerung kann Sch$iden an der Armatur oder am Stellantrieb zur Folge
haben.
- Armatur im Handbetrieb in Mittelstellung fahren, dann Drehrichtung Oberprtifen; falls falsch, soforl abschalten
und Drehrichtung des Motors &indern. Bei falscher Drehrichtung sind Weg- und Drehmomentschalter
wirkungs10s!
Wenn die von uns vorgeschlagenen Mal3nahmen nicht beachtet werden, sehen wir uns a&erstande, Haftung fijr eventuell aufgetretene Schlden zu tibernehmen.
Actuators (multi-turn and part-turn) are high-value electro-mechanical devices. This should be taken inro account during transporl and storage. In order to avoid possible damages, inconvenience and costs for you and us p/ease observe foilowing points:
7. Transport:
l Transport to the place of installation in a sturdy packing.
0 Ropes or hooks to lift or transporl valves with mounted actuators should not be attached to the handwheel.
0 Fix ropes at valve and not at actuator. Output drive of actuator is meant to mount actuators. but nor 10 carry the who/e
weight of valve.
l Do not hit with handwheel against walls, floor or machine parts.
2. Storage: Even in watertight enclosed acfuators condensed water collects due to temperature fluctuations. This may damage
sensitive infernal parts. Damages can be avoided by observing the following points:
l Store in we//-venWated and dry rooms.
l Protect against humidity from the floor by sforage on wooden frame, on pallets, in cage boxes or on shelves.
l Cover actuators with plastic foil to protect against dust and dir7 etc.
l Protect suitably against mechanical damages.
0 Check (ar least random checks) after approx. every 3 months. In case condensed water is inside switch companmenr, a//
actuators have to be checked and, if necessary, dried-out. Before putting the cover apply thin film of non-acid grease to
the sealing faces.
3. Long-time storage: In case actuators are stocked for a long period (more than 6 months) the following points must be
observed additional/y:
Please turn over

NM-lla
UMA 999

150889

auma RIESTER
KG

Ausgabe
Issue
Edition

1.89
D01813001DGBF

Transport, Lagerung und lnbetriebnahme von au m a Stellantrieben


Transport, storage and commissioning of au m a actuators
Transport, Stockage, Mise en Service de servo-moteurs au m a

SAISG

0 Before storage: Protect bright surfaces, especially output drive parts and mounting surface, by long-time corrosion
protection agent.
l Check for possible corrosion approx. every 6 months. In case corrosion has started, check all actuarors and apply new
corrosion protecrion wherever necessary.
4. Commissioning: The caution advised for electric devices applies also for actuators. Especially safety instructions (such as
VDN TAB etc.) must be adhered to !
0 Check visually for possible damages caused by transpofl or storage.
0 Measure insulation resisIance of motor before switching on. In case it is less than 500 kOhms this is an indication for
humidify in the winding. Motor must be removed in order to dry. It can be healed with a hot-air fan or in an oven (NOTE:
max. permissible temperarure 700C).
l furthermore please refer to our operation ins&ucrions. In case they are not available with you, request a copy from us.
0 The following poinfs are very imporianr:
-

aurn

-motors have therm0 switches (or thermistors) as srandard. They must be integrated in the conhol circuit.

Wrong connection or faulty control circuit may cause damage to valve or actuator.

Bring valve manually to intermediate position, then check for correct sense of rotaGon. If wrong, switch off immediate/y
and change direction. Limit and torque switches are ineffective if sense of rotation is wrong!

In case you do not observe our recommended

measures we cannot be he/d responsible for possible damages.

Des servo-moteurs (multi-tours et 6 fraction de tours) sont des appareiis Blectro-mecanique


de qualit& supkrieure, une
faite b laquelle doit btre tenu compte au transport et au stockage. Pour Bviter d&entuels dommages ainsi que des coOts
et de probl&mes pour vous et nous, nous vous prions de bien vouloir observer les points suivants:
1. Transport:
0 Le transport sur site effect&

dans un emballage dur est le plus appropri8.

0 Ne pas accrocher au volant de cordes ou crocs des Blevateurs pour lever/transporter


moteur mont6.
0 Serrer les cordes & la vanne et non au servo-moteur. La bride de sortie du servo-moteur
montage du servo-moteur et non pour pouvoir maintenir le poids complet de la vanne.

la vanne avec le servoBtant dimensionnee

pour le

0 Ne pas heurter avec le volant aux murs, sols ou parties de machines.


2. Stockage: La formation deau condensbe Btant possible par de variations de temperature m&me dans de servomoteurs Stanches a Ieau et pouvant entrainer de dommages des parties incorporees sensibles. En observant les
points suivants, ces dommages peuvent Qtre &it&s.
l Stockage dans des endroits bien a&&s et sets.
0 Protection contre humidit& du sol par stockage sur cadre en bois, sur palettes, dans de paniers de manutention
dans des 6tagkres.
0 Couverture

par feuille plastique pour la protection

0 Protection contre endommages

ou

contre poussi&es et saletes etc.

mkcaniques.

0 Contrales (au moins Bpreuves au hasard) tous les 3 mois. Au cas o& de Ieau condensbe saurait form&e dans le
boitier de commande, contrbler tous les servo-moteurs et, si n&cessaire, les s&her tous. Avant de placer le
couvercle, appliquer un l&ger film de graisse non-acide sur les faces dbtanch&t&
3. Stockage & longue durth: Au cas olj les servo-moteurs
observer les points suivants:
0 Avant le stockage: Protection
anti-corrosif & longue dur6e.

sont p&us

pour un stockage d longue durbe (plus de 6 mois),

des surfaces blanches, surtout des parties de Iembase et de montage, par un

0 Contr6ler tous les 6 mois environ sur formation de corrosion. Au cas oli de corrosions apparaissent, contrdler tous
les servo-moteurs et, si n&cessaire, renouveler la protection anti-corrosion.
4. Mise en Service: La p&caution pour les appareils dlectriques est Bgalement vaiable pour les servo-moteurs!
surtout observer les prescriptions de &curitt% correspondantes (VDE, TAB etc.)!

Veuillez

0 ContrBle visuel sur dommages PIventuels de transports ou stockage.


0 Avant de mettre en circuit, mesurer la r&istance disolation des moteurs. Si moins de 500 kOhms, cela est un signe
dhumiditb dans le bobinage. DBmonter le moteur pour le s&her et le chauffer par une soufflante h air chaud ou un
four h rechauffer. (AllENTION: temperature admissible maxi.: 100C).
@ Observer en outre les instructions dans notre manuel de mise en service. Au cas orj celui-ci n&ant pas disponible,
veuillez nous contacter.
0 Observer surtout les points suivants:
-

Les moteurs auma sont 6quipBs en standard avec de protections


incorporees dans le circuit de commande.

De fausses connexions ou des commandes


moteur.

Contr6ler le sens de rotation et, si incorrect, couper le circuit immbdiatement et modifier le sens de rotation du
moteur. Le compte-tour et le limiteur de couple sont inefficaces si le sens de rotation est incorrect.

incorrectes

thermiques

(ou thermistors)

qui doivent

peuvent causer de dommages g la vanne ou au setvo-

Au cas oti les mesures proposbes par nos soins ne soient pas observees, nous declinons toute responsabilitb
dommages Bventuels.

auma

RIESTER KG

&tre

Ausgabe
Issue
Edition

pour des

1.89
DO 18.13.001

D-GE-F

I
_
_.
..
L--zmaFu m
a@
:
1-~.
_-:..-.r
-..,-,
,.;,-1.,I _:_ ,
-,., .:.:..:.,.-.
:
.,I...
:;..
I._L7.:
. -..-...
_:.. _:
. ._-...
7
y:,
..
:
.
._
.,
-.
,.*..:
_,
... ._. -.::.,I
-:,,,.=,.^
.. j.

.;:
,j-I;.

_
*
.r
.i .__
.;.g&&$&&&l
_--I.
_....; ,-___
,

..: 1

,-~~~~&ti6ri
iktructions
~;.,:,
!n~~~ctio;is;.de-~~rvice
.
.,. -.~-:~~y~:.~
1:~_.
i -,._,auma schneckengetriebe

wc$ligiiroperator
-. R&k@@r$&
et roue
j
; .~&gy./~i2;&:&
. ..
iisrn*
.
-:-.j ;. / ,.-,,, _,i._:,-,.1.,:
:.- .
.-.-1-. .i_.,.,.,.. ., . .,_.L, ..
S_,
-1:
~
i
I, -,
....,---

Diese Betrtebsanleitung wurde nach bestem Wissen zur Information


unserer Kunden erstellt. Sie ist das Ergebnis unserer praktischen Erfahrungen und ausfbhdicher Typenpriifungen.
Unsere Schneckengetriebe wurden vomehmlich zur Betatigung VOIJ
Annaturen entwtckelt. Bei andererverwendung empfehlen wirzu priifen, ob unsere Produktedie gewiinschten Funktionen erftillen. Weiteren Aufschlug zur Eignung konnen Versuche geben. zu deren Dutchftihrung wirgeme behilflich sind. Beim Einsetz UnsererSchneckengetriebetiirvonunsnichtvorgese,eheneAnwendungsfallek~nnenwirkeine Haftung gbemehmen. Die Verantwortung ftlr eventuell erfordertithe Ma6nahmen zur Vermeidung von Sach-oder Personenschlden
triigt der Anwender.
Bei Nichtbeachten der in dieser Bebiebsanleitung enthaltenen Anweisungen erlischt unsere Haftung.
This opmation instmction has beenpmpamd to the best of our lcnowlea$e
inordcTtoinJbnnourcustomers. It is theresultofourpmcticaleq&ence
and eixtemk type tests.
Our worm gear hot were&signed plinciipollyfor the operation of valves.
J3ejiiusingthemfwotherpurposcs
M mvmmendtocheck whetherour
pmducts perjon thejimctions desired Futiher infomation about their
alability may be obtained by tests.For their pc$omnce we are preparedtoassist. Whcnusingourwonngearbo~fo~applicntionsmtintcnded
by us we cannot be kldmponsible. Necessary precautions to prevent damage to personsan&or mater& arc the mponsibility of the user.
Cette instruction de mise en service a pour but de bien informer nos
clients; elle resulte de notre grande experience et dessaisapprofondis. Nos r&lucteurs a vis et roue sont concus plus particulierement
pourlacommandedevannes.Avantdelesutiliserpourtouteautreapplication. bien sassurer quils peuvent y repondre. Si des essais sont
n&cessaires. nous sommes prets a foumir une assistance technique.
Lorsque nos reducteurs a vis et roue sont utilis& pour des applications autres que celles que nous avons prevues. toutes les p&autions nbessaires pour Bviter tout dommage sur des personnes ou du
materiel doivent Otre pttses par lutilisateur. Si les instructions p&itees ne sont pas suivies, nous dClinons toute responsabilite.

Bei Fragen dijrfen Sie sich jederzeit an uns oder unsere Auslandsvertretungen wenden. Anschriften teilen wir lhnen gerne mit.
You are invittd to contact us or any 0 our representatives should you
require addirional ir@mtion
A L resses of auma s&e
centres
will befurnished on request,
En cas de renseignements complementaires. veuillez nous consulter ou nos repr&sentations en &ranger. Les adresses de nos
centres de Service apr&s Vente sont disponibles sur simple demande.
gs402 gs1252

auma
RIESTER KG
D-7302 Ostfildern-2
Tel 0711134803-O
Ttx
7111331
Fax 071113480334

(Nellingen)

D-7840 Miillheim I Baden


Tel 0 76 31/809-O
Ttx 763110
Fax 07631113218

1.89
d00405001

1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4

2
21

Setting of end atop (manual operation, ref. fig. 2)


.
.
.
.
.

0.8

22
.

MA

Jm)

M 10

50

14 12

86

M 16
M 20
M 24

3.

220

3.1

420
720

3.2

.
ZU
CLOSED
FERME

.
.
3.4
.
.
3.5
.

Bild 3 I figure 3 I figure 3

min.
15
-

A
max

3.6
3.7
3.6
4.

End porftion OPEN


The required angle of rotation lor type GS and GSV has been se1 in
our works. There is no need to re-adjust it.

p3

5.

44
-

Attention
iseitherclosedoropenassoonastravelling

Servke
After about 200 hours of operation, chackthefixing
ness and fasten them, if necessary.

-z
44

Tumendstopnut(l6)clockwise,tillitisincontact
withthetravelling
nul (7).
To dacreaoe angle of rotation (min. Boq.
Bring valve into required position.
Turn end slopnut (15) clockwise till it is in contact with tmvelling
nut, take care of dimension A min.
Attention: Face of grub screw (07) must be free of grease.
lighten grub screw (07).
Torque: GS 40-60 - 6S Nm: OS 100-125 - 220 Nm.
Check O-ring (06) and replace it. if necessary.
Put protection cover (16) and tighten it.
If gearbox is equipped with electric actuator, limit switching has to
be re-adjusted.

Byincreasingmanualforceat
handwheel,tightnessof
butterflyvalves will not be improved. More input torque after reaching the end
stop may cause damages at worm gearbox.

23
40

Loosen grub screw (07) at face of worm shaft while holding end
stop nut OS) with spanner; if necessary, use extension tube.
To increase angle of rotation (max. 12(P- GS 125 mar 106q.
Tumendstopnut(l6)antidockwise:takecareofdimensionAmax.
Bring valve into required position.

Alcorrectsetting,valve
nut is at end stop.

23

is

Loosen the bolt at pointer cover and turn it till arrow corresponds
with the sign CLOSED (fig 3). then fasten bolt

Changing angle of rotation


This is possible with gearboxes type GSV (ref. fig. 4).
Screw off protection cover (16) at end stop housing.

3.3

Tab. 1 I :abIe 1 I tableau 1

Bild 2 I figure 2 I figure 2

End porltion CLOSED


Loosen hexagon bolts (CD) slightly (approx. 1 turn)
Move valve to end position CLOSED.
If limif stop (10) has not yet turned, turn it clockwise up to siop.
Fasten bolts (03) crosswise with torque shown in table 1.

For setting of end stop for gearboxes with electric actuator refer to
detailed operation instruction.

25

M8

Put coupling sleeve on to valve shaft and secure it (ref. fig. 1 detail A
or 6). Assure that dimensions X and Y are observed.
Apply non-acid grease at involute splines of coupling.
Mount worm gearbox. Take care of spigot at mounting flange.
Fasten with bolts of minimum quality 6.6 using spring washers. Fasten bolts crosswise with to lorque Ma shown in table 1.

1.5

Bild 1 I figure 1 I figure 1

Mounting
Degraaaa mounting flange thoroughly,

bolts for tight-

Lubrication
At delivery, each gearbox and primary reduction gearing is greasefilled, which will lad for life time. Change of grease or relubrication
is not required.

Bild 4 I figure 4 I figure 4

1.88
DO d00404001

auma
GS402

GS1252

GS40-GS125

I
I
IDrehantriebes
7)
Kiirzere
Stellzeiten
(13-17sec)nurn
,

the

mit d. Werk

t
I

Bevorzugte

Drehzahlen

/ Stellzeiten

I Prefered oufput speeds / operating rimes / Vitesses

I temps

de manoeuvre

p&f&&

1I) bei seltener Betitigung. ausgelegt fLir eine Lebensdauer


von mind. 2000 Schaltspielen von 900

7) for rare operation. based on a service life of min.


2000 cycles of 90

1) pour op&ations rare& dimensionnb pour une durCe de


vie de 2000 operations mini. de 900

i !) Nennmoment fiir hBufige Betiitigung, ausgelegtfiir eine


Lebensdauer van mind. 15009 Schaltspielen von 900

2) Nominal torque for frequent operation, based on


a sewIce Qfe of mtn. 15 000 operafing
cycles of
900

2) Couple nominale pour operations fr&quentes, dimensionnb pour une duree de vie de 15 000 opdrations mini.
de 900

3) Conversion

3) facteur de conversion couple de sortie : couple dentree

I) Umrechnungslaktor: Abtriebsmoment zu
Eingangsmoment
4I) Auf Wunsch andere GrtiBen miiglich (Matle wie bei
frijherer Reihe GS 00 - 7 oder SondermaEie)
f i) unter Geriicksichtigung der zulissigen
Handrad nach DIN 3230 81.2.

Krafl am

Ei) Mit zentrierter Kupplung und Fettfiillung


7) Die genannten Stellzeiten sind Richlwerle fiir Betrieb
bei 50 Hz; bei 60 Hz erhbhen sich die Orehzahlen urn
20% und die Stellzeiten reduzieren sich auf 83% der
genannten Werts.
aI) ohne Zentrierrand.

cbrch d,e
ve esere
hlOS no*

We~te,en,w,cklung
ihe r,gnr TO me,
reservons

bed~npte
dam

k *ro,t

accoiding

de modtfvx

hderungen

ble~ben

10 mprovemenrs
ies alers

qI son,

auma
CI P<MA

GS 001 189 7889

output

torque 10 inpuf torque

4) A&es dimensions possibles sur demande (dimensions


suivant la gamme antbrieure GS 00 - 7 ou dimensions
spbciales)

5) observing the permissible effort at handwheel


accordrng lo DIN 3230 sheet 2.

5) compte tenu de Ieffort admissible au volant suivant


DIN 3230 feuille 2.

6) with centre hole in coupbng and grease fWg

6) avec accouplement centre et le plein de graisse.

7) The operal!ng rimes mentioned are approximate


for service at 50 Hz; at 60 Hz, fhe speeds
increase by 20% and rhe operating times reduce
lo 83% of the stated values.

7) Les temps de manoeuvre indiqubs sent des valeurs


approximatives pour service sous 50 Hz. A 60 Hz la
vitesse augmente de 20% et Ias temps de manoeuvre
se rbduisent B 33% des valeurs indiquies.

8) without spigot.

8) sans rebord de centrage.

vorbehalten.
made

factor

4) On request other size can be supplied (dImensions as at former type range GS 00 - 7 or


special dimensions)

P:elos

COnmOnnteJ

M,, Ersche~nen
Clara si?ee,*
park

dews

become

Datenbla,te~
lnvalrd

pertectmnnement.

verkren

W,,h me isrue
Ler

RIESTER KG

truhere

~usgaben

me

Gu,,,pke,,.

0, ,hiS dam s,ee,

f!CtwD techniques

atCwras

perdent

b alldlte

BYeC reoi,+on

Ausgabe
Issue
Edition

de ce,,e

lche

teshn,qe

1.90
DO 04.10.002

D00410002DGB

D-GB-F

MaBe
dimensions
encombrements

GS 40 - GS 125
Flansch zum Anbau von Drehantrieb
Mountmg flange for mIJ/tI-turn actuator
Bride dU servo-moteur
multi-tOUrS
IS0 5210IDIN 3210

Standard Schneckengetriebe
Standard worm gear operator
Actionneur 5 roue et vis sans fin en version standard

Nut fiir Slcherungsring


AnschluE fiir Armatur 5211
Mounting flange for valve
Bride de la vanne

Mass Et bei AusfiJhrung V,

Ausfiihrung

i/ersiws

GS mlt!wrnavec

VZ 4

Od,

/ Versions

Kuppung

/ Coupimg

I Accouplement

1) nach DIN 6885 El. 1 be, Max. Durchmessei .o


I) accordrng 10 DIN 6885 Sh 1 af max. dra.'0"
t) suivant DIN 6885 fl. 1 B diam&tre maxi 0
2) Flansch zuin Anbau van Drehantrieb

,, Erschelnen dleses oatenbiattes erlleren lltwW


rnaoe P.~Y,cwI ma sfwe,s tEcorre mid!,6 ill? rfie ,ssrJeOfIhiSdalir 5,
we ,e*ewe me r&m 10 alter dad accordlnp 10 *o.g,lemer,$
,.1
Nous noYS r&,ros IC or!&, de mod,,,e, ,es &,S, ,J, IL,, co*,,,onies par ,e perfectlonnement. Ler flChE!Stedlnwer anterleures Perdent la dldlte avec edlmn de Cee ldw echnque

auma
UIA"M*GS001

Y190131290

RIESTER KG

Ausgabe
Issue
Edition

1.90
DO 04.10.002

D-GE-F

V 026
-037
- 038

017
026
048

-25
auma gs402 gs1252

f&-----o39

V027
vo31
V24
vo31
V23

V 028-----&
V 032--C

Fi.ir Typen GS 32 - GS 125 und VZ 25 siehe


separate Ersatzteilliste.
For types GS 32 - GS 125 and VZ 25 refer to
separate spare parts list.

0V4

Pour type GS 32 - GS 125 et Vz 25 se rkfkrer b la


liste de pi&es de rechange s&par&e.

GSV

1.89
D00411001dgbf

GS40-125

Ersatzteilliste
List of spare parts
Liste de pikes de rechange

mit

/ with I avec

vz

Bei jeder Ersatzteil-Besteilung


bitten wir, uns den Getriebetyp und unsere Kommissionsnummer
zu nennen (siehe Typenschild).
~Schneckenwelle
wird komplett mit Anschlagmutter
(7), Endmutter (15/15.1), Spannhtilse (020) bzw. Gewindestift (07) geliefert.
r spare parts. p/ease mention type of the bevel gear operator and our commission number (refer to name plate).
ed complete with travelling nut (7), end stop nut (15/75.1). clamping sleeve (0.20) or grub screw (07).

Ecrou de but&e

I
,

--.
--- Spannscheibe
Kupplung
Endmutter

, 12
14
15
tct
,__,

FnrimlMar

16
17
1R

1
1
/

Schutrkal 008
Erdeinbaudeckel
Aufsatzflansch

is

-. -. -. .-

I
1
(
1

Contre-bride
Arbre dentrbe
Vis B t&e hexagonale
Rondelle &entail
Vis B tete hexagonale
Rondelle &entail
/ Vis i! t&e hexagonal
1 Rondelle
Goupille filetee
Joint torique
Joint torique
Joint torique
Joint torique
I Joint torique

j
/

Sechskantschraube
Scheibe

Actuator mounting flange


Input shaff
Hexagon bolf
Spring washer
Hexagon bolt
Sortno washer
/ Hexagon boll
/ Washer

07
08
nQ
010
All
.,..
012

/
I
1

Gewindestift
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
n-Rho
- .
0-Rino

Grub screw
0-nng
0-nng
0-nng
0-rino
I &no

014
015
017
In,!3

/
I
1
I

31
01
02
03
C-M
05
06

Aufsatzflansch
Antriebswelle
Sechskantschraube
Federring
Sechskantschraube

-I
..-

_.-

Foderrinn

111.....

,I
1

.~

Il7ze-t
1 1-191 1
t-E-i-

PaEfeder
Sicherungsring
Wellendichtring
Sechskantschraube
Spannhtilse
Sechskantschraube
Federring

IT

Frderrino

---

I_

1
1

...

t 036
__.
1 Cl17

1
1

Gewindesi
tift
.~
7vlinrlmrerhr,

_-039
t ,-,AR
-.-

1
/

.___
I
Zylinderstift
Kuoellaoer
.__
_-.

9irh.r,lnncrinn
.dIull.JltI*.Ilm

Zylinderscbraube

I f-IA7
-.I
1 048

Vorgelege VZ 4
v a
1 Schneckenwelle
__ __ .
(
1

Gehause
Gehlusedeckel

IV?,
i V23
. --

I
,/

Ritzelwelle
PlanrtPntr#onr
Planetenradachse
.- -. -. . - ~ -.

. 74
__

I,
I

1 Plane1 wheel
I support washer

Plandrnred
. .-.. I .-....

_-.
vo25 I
1 Vrl9R 1

I tin+i

l%E-t-.
1 VnRn
I
Vi2
~033
V. I??*
7
v 035
V 036
vo40

I
,
1
I
I

Parallel key
Circiip
Radial seal
Hexagon bolt
Clamping sieeve
Hexagon boft
Spring washer
Sprrng washer
Grub screw
Hex. socket head cap screw
Spring washer
Dowel pm
Ball bearino
rirrlin
-,, _..r
Hex. socket head cap screw

1 Reduction VZ 4
1 Worm shaft COmpf
Housing
Cover
Pfnron shaft
Sun
.~ wheel
1 Planer wheel axle_

kol.
.

; 19
t V?n
lzFt--

1 Parallel key

Gewindestift
Wellendichtring

1 Grub screw
Radral seal

Radral seal

auma
1
Cl AUMA OS 400 110689

1
I

I
I

Clavette
Circlip
Joint B l&es
Vis B tete hexagor lale
Douille de serrage
Vis :! t&e hexagor iale
Rondelle &entail
Rond
Goupille filetbe
Vi6
Rondelle &entail
Coupille cylindrique
Roulement B billets
Circlio
Vis 6 t&te cylindrique

1 RBducteur VZ 4
] Vi sans fin compl.
Carter
Chapeau carter
Arbre de pinion
CS1gede transm. plan&take
) Boulon planCtaire
1 Roue planet, aire1 Bague de support
IJoint
torique

,g
bearing
Hex. sacker head cap screw
Spring washer
Clrcbp
Circlip
Circlip
Securing washer
Support washer
Supporl washer
O-ring

Zylinderschraube
Federring
Sicherungsring
Sicherungsring
Sicherungsring
Sicherungsscheibe
StOtzscheibe
Stiitzscheibe
O-Ring
Wdlrndirhtrinn
..-..-..-.-.......
jl
Paflfeder

_. ---

Plaaue de fermeture
Chapeau butCe
Chapeau butbe
Couvercle indicate.%!
Rondelle de fixation
Douille dantraine ment
Butbe
But(te
Bouchon
1 Couvercle
1 Contre-bride

Refaifler plate
1 Limit StOD housing
Limit stop housing
I Pointer cover
Clamping washer
CoupSng
End stop flUI
End stop nut
Cap
1 Lid for buried serwce
1 Actuator mounting flange

1 Roulement & billes


Vis i! tOte cyl.
Rondelle &entail
Circlip
Circlip
Circlip
Rondelle de sure1:eRondelle
Rondelle
Joint torique
Joint ti ICvres
1 Clavette~
I Goupille filetbe
1 Joint B IBvres
I

RIESTER KG

I c45
SD-Al Si 12
1 ST37
1 GK-AI Si 5 Mg
GK-AI Si 5 Mg
ST2K32
ST 37
1 c45
1 DIN9358
I c45
1 Al Mg Si 1 Pb
1 GG25
_--j GGG40
I
c.r.r.rn
U t
16MnCr5
DIN 933-8.8
DIN 127 ! ST
I DIN 933-8.8
/ DIN127

c45
GD-AI Si 12 I GO 25
ST 37
GGG 40
GGG 40
ST2K32
ST 37
I c45
1 DIN 935-8
I

DIN 933-8.0
DIN 125
DIN 913-14.9
1 70NBR
/ 7ONBR
1 70NBR
1 7ONBR
1 7ONBR
DIN 6885.1 I ST 50
DIN 471 I ST
DIN 3760 I NB
DIN 933-8.8
DIN 1481 I ST
DIN 933-A2-70
1 DIN1271X12CrNi

~A
GGG 40
GO 25
GGG 40
GGG 40
16MnCr5
DIN 933-A2-70
DIN1271X12CrNi177
DIN 933-A2-70
DIN 127 IX 12 Cr Ni 177
DIN 933.A2-70
^.., I-r ~~. ..v
1 UIN123nr31
1 DIN 913-14.9
70 NBR
70 NBR
70 NBR
70 NBR
70 NBR

, LJ,N14Cll,51
1 DIN 933-A2-i
12 Cr Ni 177

[ DIN 551- MS
( DIN 7980 I ST
j-E?-&1 DIN 912-8.8

DIN 912.A2-70

I
I 42CrMo4V
1 GGG60
GG 25
16 Mn Cr 5
c45
16 Mn Cr 5
42CrMo4V
1 c45
70 NER
t>IN 625
DIN 912-8.8
DIN 7980 I ST
1 DIN 471 I ST
1 DIN 471 I ST
1 DIN 471 I ST
1 SWBST
1 DIN9 aa/sT
1 DIN9881ST
70 NBR
DIN 37M) I NB
DIN 6885.11ST 50
DIN 551- MS
1 DIN 3760 NBR
I
I

Ausgabe
Issue
Edition

42CrMo4VIX22CrNi17
GGG 60
GG 25
16 Mn Cr 5
c45
16 Mn Cr 5
42CrMo4V
1 c45
1 70NBR
DIN 912-A2-;
DIN 7980 IX
DIN 471 I ST
DIN 471 I ST
DIN 471 I ST
SWBST
DIN 908 I ST
DIN 988 I ST
70 NBR
03760 I NB
X5CrNi189
DIN 551- MS
DIN 3760 NBR

1.89
DO 04.11.001 D - GB - F
I

MAW80AA204

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXL*

7631.1/2-10

ZXL

Type leaflet
76311210

2maw80aa204 2maw80aa205 panzer globe valves

flanged

PN 63460
DN lo-250

DN65-250

DN 10-50

Fields of application

Remarks

General industry, power stations, process engineering and


marine engineering. For water, steam, gas, oil and other
non-aggressive media.
Further appfiitions on request.

type
With butt weld ends
Globe valves with
type
non-turning stem
type
and with butt weld ends
type
Non-return valves
and with butt weld ends
type
Operating instructions: 0570.8

Operating data
Pressure range 63 - 160 bar
Temperature range up to 530 C

5 DN 50
LDN65

Opening indicator
Locking device
Lantern ring

C
1322.6
CrMo(1.0460)
44 (1.7335)

up to 400
530 OC
oc 1 SDN50

On all inquh-ii=31
orders please specify

GS-C 25 N (1.0619)
GS-17 CrMo 55 (1.7357)

up to 400 OC 1
up to 530 OC 2DN65

Materials

Other materials on request

MLF
ZXSF
RXURYL
RXSIRYS

7632.1
7633.1

7634.1
7661 .l

7662.1

Optional extras

Design
Forged body, forged yoke
Cast body, cast yoke
Turning stem

ZXS

We

2 PN
3 DN
4
5

Working pressure
Differential pressure

6 Ffow medium
7 Operating temperature
8 Pipe connection
9 Optional extras
10 Type leaflet number

When ordering spare parts indicate serial number of valve


and year of orgin.

Pumps ksb
Valves a

cl Rx
lxsB-

ZXL

Working pressures
Nominal
Nominal
pressure
PN
63

100

180

1Material
Material

1 Material
Malerial

1 Maximum abwble
allowable wokin

no.

120200250300350

c
C 22.8
GS-C25N
GSC25N

1.0460
1.0619

63

13 Crhb
Crh4044
44
CrMo 55
55
GS-17 CrMo

1.7335
1.7857
1.7357

C 22.8
GSC25N

1.0460
1.0619

13 CrMo 44
W-1 7 CrMo 55
GS-17

1.7335

C 22.8

1.0460
1.0619
1.7335

GSC 25 N
13CrMo44
GS17CrMo55
GS17CrMo55

100

50

400

&i

80

pressures
pressures at temperatures
temperatures in q

70

40

38

32

63

61

68

60

58

50

100

95

91

98

90

80

160

153

148
146

425

450

475

500

510

520

530

57

58

53

47

40

32

25

89

87

82

74

62

49

38

142
142

139
139

132
132

118
118

100
100

79
79

62
62

1.7357
160

130

112

1.7357
1.7357

Valves made of G-S-C 26 N can be used down to - 10 %


Strength test: 1.5 x PN, leak test: 1 x PN
The max. pressures have beendetermined in accordance with
relevant AD and TRD Codes of Practice (German Pressure
Vessels Association and Technical Rules for Steam Boilers)
and in accordance with standard engineering practice.

Special materials are used fortemperaturesabove

530 OC.

The valves are manufactured and tested to DIN 3356.


The valves are marked aaxrding to DIN/EN 19 (IS0 5209).

DN lo-50

Materials

M.

DN 65-250

6l Ez

ZXL

IKSBI

installation

Available on request

Globevafves are installed in the line so that the medium enters


the vafve beneath the cone and flows out above the cone.
Valves supplied with a ccne can also be installed in lines with
alternating flow.

Globe valves DN 1O-50 with throttling cone, tapered cone,


Cone with PTFE-gasket, all DN with chain wheel or
accessories for manual long distance actuation, with lantern
ring, special materials.

Hovever, if the differential pressures for DN 65 - DN 250


vafves as taken from the table below are exceeded, then a
pressure relief cone is required. The valve must then be
installed so that the medium to be sealed off lies above the
cone.
The pressure relief cone acts as a bypass and can only fulfill
its function, when the bade pressure arises after the valve has
beenopened, sothatthe pressure differentialdoes not exceed
the value listed in the table below.
Maximum allowable

differential

pressure

DN

65

80

100

125

150

200 250

Apbar

110

70

44

33

21

14

Globe vafves type ZXL PN 63-l 60 starting from DN 100 are


supplied with the pressure relief cone already built in.
Connecting dimensions
Face-to-face length to DIN 3202/l - F 2
Nominal
pressure

Standard version
Flange connecting

bN

dimensions

63-160

DIN 2501
(IS0 2084, BS 4504)

1
raised face
Type E DIN 2526

Special version (on request)


Flanges undrilled
Both flanges with groove (type N DIN 2512);
or recessed (type R 13 DIN 2513);
Outside chamfer for diaphragm weld packing (type M
DIN 2695)
or inside chamfer for lens-shaped joint (type L DIN 2696).
Other flange designs on request

1
DN lo-50

J@l-

DN 65-250

Dimensions
F;lCE-UPlaCe

Fian~edim,

BoUCkU9

W"'

NuftWr f
boilhdsr

PN

Bd
(60
14

45x2

20

255

160

10

sax2

24

255

16D

11.0

18

68x2

24

-255

160

12.5

78x2

26

335

200

16.5

20.5

200

250

PO

i&T---

315

iir-

si
3
380

215

170

28

485

315

55.0

43O

250

200

30

550

40

85.0

YK)

295

240

34

625

x0

125.0

550

345

280

36

633

500

150.0

650
775

415

2.45

12

42

860

260.0

470

am

340

I220

1 170

Ia

I_

125
150

12

630

375.0

315

45.0

180

36

485

315

58.0

265

210

A0

550

4m

88.0

315

25O

40

625

500

135.0

355

12

44

630

500

170.0

430

12

cim

285.0

iirk
170

180

26

138x3

210

30

162x3

250

33

18813

355

12

33

218x3

430

12

36

285x3

220

lm

ko
81)
9.5

PO
p.5

315

36
A-

315

485

315

60.0

40

553

400

90.0

A.4

625

wo

135.0

50

630

x0

175.0

60

860

coo

320.0

)imension! nmm

Optional extras

sDN50

LDN65
Throttling cone

Lantern ring

LDN65
Pressure relief cone

Opening indicator

Locking device
with or without opening indicator

Rising handwheel

/-

Yoke sealed by

DN lo-50

Hard-faced sealing
surfaces in the body and on the cone
I DN 50 X 20 Cr 13 (solid)
5 DN 65 hard faced

KSB Aktiengeseflschaft
Globe and Gate Valves Division
for industrial plants
and power stations

Bahnhofplatz 1
Postfach 13 60
D-8570 Peanitz

Telefon: (09241) 71-O


Teletex: 17-92 41 83 l/l 845 - KSBP
Telefax: (09241) 71-1581

ZXL

Type leaflet
7631.112-10

XSB

Pos.

097

Serial
No.
J-513-429342
KKS No.
1 MAW 80 hi
204

(Talcher
1)
, 1 MAW 80

PANZER @
AA2Q5:giobe valves

flanged

DN lo-50

Fields of application

Remarks

General industry, power stations, process engineering and


marine engineering. For water, steam, gas, oil and other
non-aggressive media.
Further applications on request.

Wiih butt weld ends


Globe valves with
non-turning stem
and with butt weld ends
Non-return valves
and with butt weld ends

Operating data

7632.1

type
type
type
type

7633.1
7634.1
7681.1
7682.1

ZXLF
ZXSF
RXLmYL
RXSlRYS

Optional extras

Design
Forged body, forged yoke

type ZXS

Operating instructions: 0570.8

Pressure range 63 - 160 bar


Temperature range up to 530 OC

Cast body, cast yoke

PN 63-160
DN 10-250

DN 65-250

Opening indicator
Locking device
Lantern ring

I DN 50
2DN65

Turning stem

Materials
C 22.8 (1.0460)
13 CrMo 44 (1.7335)

up to 400 OC
up to 530 OC

GS-C 25 N (1.0619)
GS-17 CrMo 55 (1.7357)

up to 400 OC
>DN65
up to 530 OC >

Other materials on request

lDN50

On all inquiries/
orders please specify
6
1 Type
2
3
4
5

PN
DN
Working pressure
Differential pressure

7
8
9
10

Flow medium
Operating temperature
Pipe connection
Optional extras
Type leaflet number

When ordering spare parts indicate serial number of valve


and year of orgin.

cl Rz
IEm-

ZXL

Working pressures
Nominal
pressure
PN

Material

83

C 22.8
GSC25N

100

160

Maximum&wable working pressures at temperaturesin OC

Material
no.

120

200

250

300

350

400

63

50

45

40

36

32

13CrMo44
GS17CrMo55

1.0460
1.0619
1.7335
1.7357

63

61

58

C22.8
GSC25N

1.0460
1.0619

100

60

56

50

13Crh4044
GS17CrMo55

1.7335
1.7357

100

95

91

C22.8
GSC25N
13CrMo44

1.0460
1.0619
1.7335

96

90

80

160

153

146

GS17Crhb55

1.7357

160

80

130

70

112

425

450

475

500

510

520

530

67

56

53

47

40

32

25

89

87

82

74

62

49

38

142

139

132

118

100

79

62

Vafves made of GS-C 25 N can be used down to - 10 OC


Strength test: 1,5 x PN, leak test: 1 x PN
The max. pressures have been determined in accordance with
relevant AD and TRD Codes of Practice (German Pressure
Vessels Association and Technical Rules for Steam Boilers)
and in accordance with standard engineering practice.

Special materials are used for temperatures above 530%.


The valves are manufactured and tested to DIN 3356.
The valves are marked according to DIN/EN 19 (IS0 5209).

DN lo-50

DN 65-250

Materials
Pulm.
-..--.

I DerbNliDn
---I--

100

166
fe,h
-.r

YOkO
mad.,
,

wrlroa

com

i T-um
--~

~~

1 Material
c&tonr1eel

upto53OC

Abyedrleel

,I I.
*.- I F.mc
upl0400

EaaMassstarl

opt0 539F

El-w*- ISa.
*-j ,eno
twl

up 10 400 -2

slainless S!1-l

c 22.6

1.0460

13CfMOU

1.7335

Hard-lawd

1.4115+

x2OCI13

1.4021

x2ocr13

1.4021
1.7335

cam

up10530~

-- - .--.
Aby4-d

13 CrMo44

100

Bo6y

up10400*;

rzls, nnd
cadx 9
..-.-.--

CSG25N
-_ _ -.

166

Yoke

uplO53O-C

Anoysd cast sled

GS17CtMo

seeliw
myf.-

Body
rzlnr

uplo530~

-cm

I m___ . .

200

stem ')

E.mel

1.0619

cxlkdv

1x57

cast yoke

Harb-laced

lAl15*Ti

w-&led-m

klld-(aeod

1.4562

55

x2ocr13

1.4021

Stainless -.--I

X35lM4017

1.4122

CrNt-sleb, I y,.s,mwo

X 6 CrNlTt 16 10
--__
L; 22.8

1.4541

mamesr

1.04w

~-ad
, oe rorg

Gland cover

Carbon Sled

461

Gland padung )

GWhlle

900.1

1
I

r^

r;rmprews,ar
m..-___: _.-_.

L,eep-reslriars
Sld
c-u

stem
_.__ I

~iuuI

.-_._,-~,a,*

_.__ 8
.I-,

ion

I
I

I
I, trnm
KCI Iv
--~..-...-.N ~-AwarcJl

I
CL .I=

m aa
- -..

.1.1101
..o.

..__

21 WMO II
^. ^ ..~ -

Y4 LIMO 3
c 35

Grey cast iron

LP~ shank.bu:nished

dls pressao rqp

,.,A I*-.*.*.^
E~eva;.w.~.~,~~,.,

T-head bok
1 stud

hOlllDNl

SW- al uorue
I.---902.1

Sdii

Senlesr

Gas!4

rile

uplODN50

Wlded-m

up1053oF
411.1

tot

DN lo-25

up 10400 c

452

dieforged. one ~4

welded-m

350

Nankul

I-

uplo400%

.-___

1.7n.n
. a^_^

I.ILOO

1.0501

GTW 40

0.9040

Go-25

0.6025

1
I
I

I
) lrom ON 65 anwards

I
I
nrmg
I

uptos315mn
lromrrw

ml

ZXL
Installation

Avallable on request

Globevafvesare installed in the line so that the medium enters


the vafve beneath the cone and flows out above the cone.
Valves supplied with a cone can also be installed in lines with
abemating flow.

Globe valves DN 1O-50 with throttling cone, tapered cone,


Gone with PTFE-gasket, all DN with chain wheel or
accessories for manual long distance actuation, with lantern
ring, special materials.

Hovever, if the differential pressures for DN 65 - DN 250


valves as taken from the table below are exceeded, then a
pressure relief cone is required. The valve must then be
installed so that the medium to be sealed off lies above the
cone.
The pressure relief cone acts as a bypass and can only fulfill
itsfunction, when the back pressure arises after the valve has
beenopened, sothat the pressure differentialdoes not exceed
the value listed in the table below.
Maxlmum allowable

110

Ap bar

differential

70

44

pressure

33

14

21

Globe valves type ZXL PN 63-l 60 starting from DN 100 are


supplied with the pressure relief cone already built in.
Connecting

dimensions

Special version (on request)


Flanges undrilled
Both flanges with groove (type N DIN 2512);
or recessed (type Ff 13 DIN 2513);
Outside chamfer for diaphragm weld packing (type M
DIN 2695)
or inside chamfer for lens-shaped joint (type L DIN 2696).
Other flange designs on request

DN 65-250

DN lo-50

Dimensions
008 hole
diamter

Raibsd
Iad
dim. I:haiihl

0d2

0d.

(1

40x2

Nomind
p,*S,e

00

PN

ON

63-160

10

I210

IlcQ

xl

hl

0d

20

255

(60

c
8.0

15

210

105

20

255

160

9.5

20

230

130

24

255

160

11.0

25

230

140

24

255

160

12.5

32

260

155

26

335

2m

16.5

40

260

170

20.5

63

50

loo

180

200

250

180

so

300

195

2M)

T-k---

63

65

340

205

3(5

80

380

215

170

22

136X3

26

465

315

55.0

im

430

25O

200

26

162X3

30

550

4m

65.0

125

500

295

240

30

166x3

FM

625

500

125.0

150

550

345

280

33

216X3

36

630

500

150.0

2w

650

415

36

265x3

42

060

coo

2W.O

250

775

470

65

340

220

Bo

380

23n

26

138x3

35

465

315

58.0

1W

430

265

30

162x3

IO

550

4w

BB.0

125

500

315

33

166x3

10

625

500

135.0

150

550

355

33

216x3

I4

63O

500

170.0

2m

6Y)

430

5w

265.0

65

1340

12x)

1w

(60

36
t&-p-

630
315

375.0
45.0

315

is.0

180

28

138x3

315

50.0

210

30

162x3

400

90.0

250

33

18813

500

135.0

290

12

33

216X3

500

175,0

360

12

36

265X3

x0

320.0

)imensionr

nmm

-L-

ZXL

Optional extras
I
/
/

L DN 65

LDN65

sDN50

Pressure relief cone

Throttling am

t
Locking device
with or without opening indicator

Opening indicator

Lantern ring

Rising handwheel

DN lo-50

Hard-faced sealing
surfaces in the body
and on the cone

DN 65-250

5 DN 50 X 20 Cr 13 (solid)
2 DN 65 hard faced

KSB Aktiengesellschaft
Globe and Gate Valves Division
for industrial plants
and power stations

Bahnhcfplatz 1
Postfach 13 60
D-8570 Pegnitz

Telefon: (09241) 71-O


Teletex: 17-92 41 83111845 - KSBP
Telefax: (09241) 71-1581

MAW80AA304

Globe valve
*Make KSB, type ZXL*

761 l.l/lM

Pos. 096 + 095


KK.5 Nr.
I 1MAW80AA304
f

Werk
Werk

Nr.
Nr.

1 1MAW80AA307
5-467-429341
5-467-429344

Notice Descriptive

MAW80aa305
AA 305,1
I

1MAW80aa306
80 AA

306

1MAW80aa201
AA ksb
201

, Talcher
, Talcher

1
2

Leaflet

Typenblatt

PANZER@
Robinets8 soupapedarrl
TypeZXL

GlobeValves
TypeZXL

Absperrventile ksb
TYPZXL

A brides

flanged

mit flanschen

PN 25-40
DN lo-400

PN 2540
DN 10400

PN 2540
DN 10400

G2 1 761111M

Betrisbriibordrtlcko

Nenndruck
Nommai pressure
Pfesttm nommale
2N

(im GeMuse)
/ werkstofl
1 Mater&
Mat&w

25

c 22.8
GSC25N

40

c 22.8
GSC25N

I Working prooautoo (in the body) I Surprossiont do service (a IirWieur

1 Wwkstoff-Nr.
i Matenal No.
Mat&u no

du corps)

( Zu!&sige Betr&Gberdriicke in bar bei Temperaturen m Oc


Admlsslbfe working pressurs m bar at tempwaturss of Cc
DIN 2401
Surpressmns de sewa admwbles en bar aux temp&atures d %
(-101-120
200 ) 250
300
350
400

1.0460
1.0619

25

22

20

17

16

13

40

35

32

28

24

21

Festlgkettsprdfung: 1 .bXPN. Dichthertsptufung: 1 XPN.

Body test pressure: 1,SXPN. seat test pressure: 1XpN.

~preuve de pression: l.SXPN, 6preuve d&anch&t.% 1 XPN.

Om Ventde and gefertqf und gepruff nach DIN 3356.

The valves are manufactured and tested according


to OfN 3356

Les mbinets b soupape sent fabrfqu6c et v&ffi& sufvant


DIN 3356.

Tt
Ted Nr.

I Parts / F%ces

h-l No.
Node p&e

EellmIluns

0eugrlatmn
OaugMtlan

NWltWGltl

Nom.Sue

TemperatUI
Temoamtura
:2zA - 1.0460

I md Chmmuahtparummg
m(h ham hcmq - 1.4723
awe atnwl dvr

3.5425 N - 1.0619

BW
Yoke
Alla%

to-2GO

C 228 - 1.0460

250-4w

tiS425 N - 1.0619

m" Nuwmzemng
mth twd hCmq - 1.4370
avecaown dur

Stan shankbum&d
Pat* liso IechkC
X2OCr13-1.4021

c22.6-1.046u
GS-C25 N -1.0619

Gramtbuwm
R 4tm lEumodl

9SMnPb28K-

cawcchouc~os
Caomchwc-ammm
1.0716

TenPbehar&H
Tmffarnltnted
TaMtrmtd

6et!ANmoGwo-0.7040

ckuv

- 1.11Ul

c35-1.05Gt
x12 crNf17 I- 1.4310

GDusLBCu3-32162

avfwtmch
antT.xtes-Glw4l

MEEWJUEGG25
1- ltmc4c#amRewvMmN
DishtumllwdprlumnrhmtnachouuEff19Ilso52091:
Ncnnwmh IMII.
)(snMNclc
IFtO.
GchitanrsM on. liershlhr.

dmdw wwel?2eKhwl:wan mwmul md ms-

phd. zulawqw BmmMtomF4mtw1-c) uod zttlagm


MrL

Fh Ekbw. IWi,L OnHlW IN tWInI mlIlrlWtd


th 6i~~-~OSn~~~*Uql57~.It~M(H.

Em&s-

7-R-swmwlts

)-PiCcadsmchawmwmmand50a

ThcrllvaMMrlrcdacco~toINNID(t9ftSO52Wl:

~errainm~swtma~sakw~Iu(
t9fisO52Wf:
d&m mmwU KINI. ~~ulon wnmal fPN). d4SoMtmna mMnaU.

nwml M ION). wmml tvauun rung IW matem


daswailon ot body. MI nanmalum tradsmam:
~flwceseIyarrowlotd*r(anoftlor.-wolkmg
tempntvfo PC) and admma wM(ungPmsue mao.
Pa hddtdh. qwdiq, dhumlh( u( rnt+lml, 11,taalbwm
#Idtltwuh~ huna*l IL esn.1.

mafqu, du hbnant et/w maqla d@.ws6&amt


dolafl5c4maws3ge*tomPenl!Jmoa-l~~~a
dsSWWB~WadfWWO.
br h uuqa

kfmtimmmt.

mm

a=

I(11mmtw * Itrr(rmtl~~~

,,R 5#4

a m !4IUKIIr c c n*nc
d l#Illa nh lrwa
Umdq I P nnl.:.

ON lo-50

ON lo-50

,I

9021

Spenfting
Lalltem Rmg (456)
Chambre de bkcage

lb6

920.1

absperrbares Rii&chlagvwdil
Screw-Down Non-Return Vake
Soupape de retenue, bhxabie

DN lo-50

11.1

100

350.1

G&use
w
Carps

DroWa&
mmltllng cona (352)
COne datranglamant

DN 50

ON 65-400

abspenbans Aiickchlagventil
ScrawOown Non-Return Valve
Soupape de retenue. b&able

ON 65-100

DN R-400

DN 65-400

DN 65-400

ON 125-400

ON 125-400

C8ne

DN 65-400

ON 10-400

ON lo-400

.I*!:*

Spw-Ring
Lantern ring (456)
Chambre de bhxage

Dross&gel
lhrattting cone (352)
Qne d%tranglemsnt

Enttastungskegel
Pressure relict cone (353)
C&m de decbarge

Einbau

~ft$ddia~~~400
Fail mua da Eiu

ihdnKWOt6O9L

Keg64 md PTFEDitring
tina with PTFE sealing nng
C&aavecjointanFTFE
bk
upto+2OOocmax
iusstlA

i%ilungsaNeiQec
Opening indicator
lndiiteur
douvefture

installation

oowwwnw-asnran
mmklbiesan
so 8rtolgn. H an! abzudichtendr Druck

0ef~#)cllutdiaFunktiiWUmliMwuqund
&4tWCllO!3OlMZW&WOJlllCk6OChdanOlf64O
et OoqwSmck aulbaot. W 608 @JO
Druc(rdmasru mcht gm&a

wini ala cn 1ebo60 a-qbJotlw.

Montage

liewNa.iftlm6in~mw6umafhlodmnobmmew
fw$heheQel~el4wamm~

tk4oo FTwoum

bmowmd.mowwlmJafbsbambd00ula1thopenurs
bboembd0fllbaebmummw.

lhoPmwwombofamoauowabypwoen0anwfyfutfU
itr~anmndd~:~tabl~~Durld(upa~n
opmg Of tho nivo, w tiwt tna awsm
dmannlal
dOIIwtoxaootlmnkJoksteantllotet4o~w.

waoemJaoa~~~~~~
DN12.51400.itastOuacaca%bmonIa9a&ilMmexkul~delasonquhpm
aideetahlarm*ua.$owkeweudowabu~
Locone6o&heqoagilcwemeunbygarrmanrnphcsr
fWCtbObuah-WUlWlWOOO.rp)rWOammn,Ur
mntfecfombe
so pmdulf. wtmannf
dWtaw
tliMmtalb-LceUerr.dqoSwwfbllblgu

t!4

1 125

1154

I200

1250

) 3oa

1350

1 ml

ADkM

I 33

I 21

1 14

1 9

1 3.5

Abaomlxm flv
U$Oa$...,

&riagelung
mit oda ohr
Dffnungsanzdqef
LOCkillgdWiD3wittlDI
without o&ng
indiir
Dlldevunnlinagr~
ou saw indiieUr
douve

4.5

ekwe mu prar

1~ un woa gruwmbh
so
WW dan KwA 6vMntt.
fA%k5Maowqwtmlotundkdnnen
such I Steq-e6aFttiaauoqm
anga~an
wa&n.

kw
llolwmmnkaoltktypsAKLamwlDmcfpb
klatmbdnwckowaYumulolllwwnomaatlwYolw
bm6sththaan-m.~af-a
m
mmpbte wlh
cloalllg wnrlg. and can bo !+lombd I )Io(uMHaI 0, erllal
ihWWhupvadoI-fknv.

LessouoawdsmIaninbloub(a,lYwAKLdonW)ns-pe~
pnndp-m%?tdsdstelbtWiIU.mbtWh~n(~~
bc&m.LarrovrvpedemtMldblocabbr~IlumrddDnt
equlpeo 0% mason c bmlomwo et ewvwt otm mmtb
inudlemmnom ow der tuyamalm lnwtamw ml -me

automatisierbare

Globe valves suitable for actuators

Robinets a soupape darret


convenable pour commandes
vonTypozxu

wheTygw

Absperrventile

foeTypo
ZKLF

ON 65-400

ON lo-50
.I

c__

f-r+

Nwndnxk 1 Ne~wt1) 1 Eaulaqe

Flansch-0

Lochkrns

LMlUhl

Loch0

HomimI
pmsL!rB
Prerslon
mmmb

Flaw
diameter
odabcde

Tube ha
CllCl8
Cerclede
trou$

Numba of
banho&
Nbre.
de
trout

Ballhole
dlametn
0 de
now

PN

/ ON

/I

IO

I Ok

25-40

! 10

/ 130

I 90

I 60

25-40

25

40

I 4

0 d;rt

/b

46x2

I 14

/ 150

! 105

25

160

I 115

: 32

180

1 140

-~

I 40

/ 2w

i 50

, 230

65

/ 290

i 150

/ 110

165

/ 125

165

145

I=1s

1 yw

237

Imm

277

10

12

k8

125

4.5

1 310
/ 350

235

190

22

125

i 400

270

220

26

150

/ 460

3M)

200

/ 600

360

250
1 310

1250

I 734

425

I 370

160

350

1980

5.55

) 490

400
3w
200

I/ 11M)
650
i 6W

620
465
375

/1550
430
1 320

250

! 730

450

135

300

i 650

515

/45o

3%

! 980

i 560

1 510

i7
i
7-tt
1t
Ii
j

4.8

78x2

260

I 300

66X3

275

1 315

102x3

263

( 335

122x3

315

138x3

80

tw

1 ml

1h

lb.9

95
20

1 12

26
30
33

6
12

F 36
t30
/ 33

16
36

24

162x3

15

160

11.3

24

2w

22

305

32

250

36

395

40

ia

166X3

26

515

55

216X3

26

WI

85

270x3

30

680

90

15.4

50
315

70

400

155
240

98

335x3

32

810

105

500

395x4

I 34

965

120

I 630

450x4

1%

1075

135

505x4

I 40

1360

265x3

! 34

680

345x3

138
--

41014

I 42

465x4

IQ

9.7

MO

396
530
680

810

90

400

175

105

is00

260

630

1 965

1 120

1 1075

) 135

425
ml

Anachlufhafk

Connections

Cotes de raccordement

Ltaulbqwmch DlN3202/Fl

FacetofamkqttsaccnfdmqtoO!N3202/Ft

LoqucuntwstoutswahtWI3202/Fi

Mamklm

oklwlsmmnm!n
olnmwmmmlmm

Nwrdfuck
NommlDrarurs
FTesson
lwrmab
m

Wc,,mn stmdatddm!ammm da hades

olchtblstm
R&ed lace3
PorlRwda pmt

sow
(adWulmh)
swcbldcapn~wrsgMnl
ExRcutlln
sg6cl.ab
lsuf
dsmmde~

25

DtN2544

om 2526/c

40

DIN2545

Flaw& uqebob+ bmdefs& NutFormN IDtN2512lodwRijfksmuxl


FormR 13 lOlN
25131.
-toiN
2695lodaEmdmhwglbrLulw.MkchtwQIotN
26961
k,
lndnlsQQIWVQ bothsdwshawN WN 25121or recessed
babhndlShW R 13 (MN2513)
~typs~Raf~w(26951~hlmd~tor~pa((MI12698l
Bridamnrtmur~cnboPantnt~l~(wmsNlW(25tZ)w~wwmlamdHI~fomMRt3
(DIN2513),~!ntscd1 membnmlM
2695)au bbdment pourjond
lwtrulua(ON 2696)

speciflcatlons
Bestellangaben
FlwwQmu3mctlnbmmmmIbout:
wlrbmwmgmawtQ9abonlibn:
chHemm- mllmlNm-dnrk IRib.
Ilmn\*ste
KINI.
8Ummubeldnnk
mw IR11.
mmwlal
sue(ONwhlq
dNCISOurchtfu~.EHnHntemptaturndRohnnschluB.

pT8swII.
d4t~!al F4muuu tbw lr!alum,
vmkl4-q
tmlcdntas
wd piplconmctM.

spaclflcatlons
NwsvowPm-ddsmw~bJcwact~~~
camumnt:
prwson mmYPl PN).dim&
~~&,lknmt~-*

nomimI(ON).
sbnmssm da YmcL

kJldmlganvofteiwnw
- SlJmt tochmga rnthwlmhx

Klein, Schanzlin 8 Becker


Aktiengesellschafl
6710 Frankenthal (ffalz)

Geschaftsfeld
Armaturen
Krafhverke

Bahnhofplatz 1
Postfach 1360
D-8570 Pegnitz

* sourtisanada modiitbn

Telefon: (09241) 71-O VW


Teletex: 17-924 104 KSB P
Telefax: (09241) 71-1561

MAW80ACOOl

Condenser
*Make
HALBERG,

type

R593*

L995.99.0024
L791.43.0029
Direct L
Ll 00.17.4.025
Page 21

Operating
Stuffing

and Maintenance
Box

Steam

Instructions

Condenser

SIHI

for

R593

HALBERG

Index:

1. Operating

and Performance

2.

Transport

and Storage

3.

Installation

4.

Working

5.

Page

Page

Page

Page

3 + 4

Commissioning

Page

6.

Maintenance

Page

4 + 5

7.

Cleaning

Page

8.

Fluids

Page

9.

Assembly

Principle

and Materials

Page 6

10. Spare Parts


11. Possibilities

The
from

The

Procurement
of

non-observance
our

day

Data

Repair

of

these

instructions

relieves

guarantee.

of

start-up

must

be announced

delay.

L995990024

ws30120215

l/B

to

us without

Page

6 - 7

Page

us

El

Operating

and Maintenance

Instructions

for
I

Stuffing

1.

Box Steam

Operating

and

shell

Fluid,
Steam

to be

Condensate
Outlet

Steam-Air-Mixture

side
condensed

pressure

kg/h

4204.8

bar

0.985

'C

130

'C

60
250

temperature

'C

Rated

pressure

bar

(9)

0.5/-

bar

(9)

2.0

pressure
tube

1.0

Water

side

Rated

pressure

bar (9)

47

Inlet

temperature

'C

42

'C

48.1

'C

80

Outlet

temperature

Rated
Test

temperature
pressure

Flowrate

stuffing

intended

box

purpose

which

L 995,99.0024

it has

bar

(min.
(min

71

h)

min.

kg/h

198000

max.

kg/h

1350000

steam

condenser

and for the


been

Data

temperature

Fluid,

1 HALBERG / -1

Rated
Test

for

Performance

R 593

temperature

Inlet

The

Condenser

operating

designed.

U-S 30120-21-5

is only

2/8

suitable

for

the

conditions

and

fluids

30)
30.31

Operating
Stuffing

2.

and
Box

Maintenance
Steam

Transport
The

Instructions

Condenser

and

SIHI

for

1 HALBERG

R 593

L-l
1 I----

Storage

following

general

rules

must

be

observed:

a) Transport
heat exchanger-carefully
and store it properly
under a roof or carefully
covered.
For transport
the condenser
is to be preserved
around the tubes and through
the tubes.
The sealing
covers which are mounted before
the heat exchanger
leaves our factory
shall not be
removed until shortly
before assembly.
In the case of
a prolonged
storing period,
a preservation
with nitrogen
is to be provided.
3.

Installation
a)

Install
and the

condensers
in such a way that all
channels
are easily accessible.

connections

b) The condensers
should be installed
free from vibration.
any vibrations
to
The piping,
too, must not transfer
the heat exchangers.
Mount all piping connections
and
shut-off
devices
free from stress and make them tight.
c)

Fasten only one condenser


foot
one floating.
Tighten
all nuts

d) Observe
the
the piping.
e) Retighten
4.

Working

arrows

all

bolts

for

inlet

of the

stationary,
the other
only slightly.

and

outlet

when

connecting

condenser.

Principle

The steam enters through


the nozzle
(N3) DN 300, flows into
the shell space and is guided around the tubes by baffles.
On the surface
of the bundle tubes the steam is condensed
and the condensate
flows into the collecting
tank (Hotwell)
welded
into the condenser
shell. The condensate
level is
regulated
via a level control
II (Hannemann
direkt "L").

L 995,99,0024

U-S 30120-21.5

318

.L

Operating

Stuffing

and Maintenance

Box Steam

Condenser

Instructions

for

R 593

HALBERG

released
during
The gas and air portions
must be drawn
which cannot be condensed,
nozzle (N4) DN 300.

condensation,
off from the

The coolant
flows through
the tubes in single-pass
fashion.
it is imperative
to mind the flow
To ensure proper operation
in cordirections,
i.e. inlet and outlet must be connected
rect manner.
5.

Commissioning
Fill water side slowly. Keep vent valve DN 25 (XXIII) open
until water comes out. Shut vent valve, let full water rate
(See to it that during operation
pass and check the gaskets.
water is continuously
flowing on the cooling water side). Open
steam gate valve slowly, check the gaskets,
retighten
bolts,
if necessary.
Adjust water rates and temperatures.

6.

Maintenance
Control temperatures,
not change thereafter.

adjust

rate

of

cooling

fluid

and do

Vent heat exchanger


carefully,
at the beginning
at least
once a day until sufficient
knowledge
about the working
Longer intervals
may be fixed
conditions
has been obtained.
on the user's own responsibility
on the basis of the experience gained.
At least every 8 weeks the heat exchanger
must be inspected
for impurities;
if necessary
the channels
and the tube bundle
Longer cleaning
intervals
may be fixed on the
must be cleaned.
user's own responsibility
according
to the experience
gained
under the prevailing
working
conditions.
It should,
however,
be kept in mind that sufficient
attention
must be paid to
conditions.
possible
changes of the working

L 995.99-0024

w-s 30120-21.5

418

Operating
Stuffing

and
Box

naintenance
Steam

Instructions

Condenser

R 593

for

HALBERG 1 I

In the case of a longer standstill


period (more than 8 days)
the heat exchanger
should be completely
drained on the side
of the cooling
fluid (tube side) and cleaned
if possible.
If this is not done, corrosion
may occur as a result of released oxygen or sediments (formation
of local elements).
On
the side of the fluid to be cooled
(shell side) the heat exchanger
should also be drained.
If the heat exchanger
remains
out of service for a longer period
it is recommended
to preserve it by means of a nitrogen
filling
(light overpressure
of 0.5 bar). However,
the heat exchanger
must be perfectly
drained
and dry.
7.

Cleaning
For the purpose of cleaning
on the cooling fluid side (tube
side) the channels
must be dismantled
and all tubes cleaned
by means of nylon brushes. Remove completely
all residues
in
the tubes and channels
and flush thoroughly
with clean water.
The drains and vents as well as the accesses
to them must
also be cleaned.

8.

Fluids

and

materials

The materials
are selected
on the basis of the fluids
specified
by you and according
to your request. Any change
of the composition
of the fluids or the use of other fluids
is subject to our approval after careful
examination.
Improper
addition
of anti-corrosive
agents may have detrimental
consequences
for the cooler.

L 995,99,0024

W-S 30120-21.5

518

Operating
Stuffing

and

Uaintenance

Box Steam

Instructions

Condenser

R 593

for

1 HALBERG 1 -i
I

9. Assembly
Assemble
channels
according
to their marking.
Use only new
gaskets.
Tighten firmly fastening
screws of the channels
crosswise.
Check tightness
of the condenser
after completion of the assembly.
Then proceed
with commissioning
as
described
under Section
5.
10.

Spare

parts

procurement

When placing an order for spare parts, please


indicate the
data mentioned
on the nameplate
of the condenser,
particularly its size, type and serial number and the exact designation and the material
of the spare part required.

L 995,99,0024

U-S 30120-21.5

618

Operating
Stuffing

and Maintenance
Box Steam

Instructions

Condenser

Spare

parts

list

Type:

R 593

x 2000/l

box

steam

Designation

Qty.

I/l

Shell bundle

I/2

Nozzle channel R 593,

I/3

condenser
No.:

791.00.0029

Materi al

Drawing

div.

L 791.08.0035

div.

L 791.08.0035

Nozzle channel R 593, outlet

div.

L 791.08.0035

21CrMo57 A2G L 791.08.0035

(62)

80

Studs M27x165

(63)

80

Hexagon

1 HALBERG 1 1

Drawing

Item

(110)

R 593

- Stuffing

ISIHI
I I

for

nuts

R 593x2000/1
inlet

DIN 2510
M27 DIN 2510

Flat gaskets pl 904/864

-_~-_---___I

x 3

No.

24CrMo5 A2G

L 791.08.0035

NP 200

L 791.08.0035

Accessories:
Level Control

Shut-off

XI

XII

"Direkt L" DN40 P

valve ON25 PN16, AV803

6625

KROMBACH

Safety valve Gl

GTW/CrNi

HEROSE

Regulating

div.

HANNEMANN

XIII

Drain valve G1/2

div.

HANNEMANN

XIV

Drain valve G5/8

div.

PH;dNIX

XXI

Shut-off

valve DN25 PN64, AV813

C22.8

KROMBACH

XXII

Shut-off

valve DN25 PN64, AV813

C22.8

KROMBACH

XXIII

Shut-off

valve DN25 PN64, AV813

C22.8

KROMBACH

XXIV

Vent for pressure

measuring

G1/2

1.4571

HALBERG

xxv

Vent for pressure

measuring

G1/2

MS

HALBERG

XXVI

Vent for pressure

measuring

G1/2

MS

HALBERG

( )

Please

L 995,99,0024

valve DN40 PN16

---

indicate the item No.

U-S 30120-21-5

718

Operating
Stuffing

11.

and Maintenance
Box Steam

Possibilities

Instructions

Condenser

for

SIHI

R 593

HALBERG

of Repair

If a heat exchanger
tube becomes
leaky as a result
unforeseen
influences,
the following
possibilities
repair are recommended:

of
of

a) Re-expand
the bundle tube expansions
at the two tubesheets.
Should this operation
not prove successful,
b) Seal

WSTE355/

the

tube

by means

of a plug,

(see

below).

Fl

S&Xl
Dorpf

Lx@
LUflf

0
i

3200
2u-dlaqe.

Yl2W frain X
Anschl

von

2000

--J-d--

9'5

J
I 0X,

rczzie
-;
>4!
:*>

11~1

I
SrZI 0

2f-CtT*if?ClLOn
+,aler

ix06
1 oL06

m12!

vYaler ouliei
1 s:earmad .rG!
slearniar
odlet
cordensole
outlet
condensate
overflow

k
Nf.
>iF
h5

1 SN
ON
DN
* DN

Lx:2 7
Lx12 7
300 FX 5 1
300 FN 6
LO PN 16
50 PN 16

.a l-d Conlel fIcnQe

INSPECTION

TUV

,sret, sea m-d :ae sea

CEirGN CCOE AD-MercEller


p&n 25
!;te baya: x533. 593 w2-s szci 25 :a
'&us exL~ISCM o, 8-e abwed smss n 3-m weid 85'16
x-ray on: wail e"omMfm accw~
10 m-4=55/2 OQ-Ed
tnc.loLm 0, ew NloUl ienvxcsmn,
act to *o-29 %I7 0 0

.: wsc?l Ge.@kmsCP

,ue, **c aT?ar0-S-m so.7


msmcolons o(e gsccay !lkTked
fld,,;h'o*d
tells
PP CYP s Mf

Abnaln-e

TljV

rhfL
O&l

Cc

pfomrd

w--s.zt.#~r~s.~-

01 p

z=

usa- DATA w
-y--
a-

--ST .?2,-

iun v-d tics? da R&ml

*uslAD-Mukudler
Tdvg 25 mn
adlplm a 593
593 ar.-Jqell
020.25
2
:-z-r* ?r;~"d~'
n ds selwen-aht 05%
Auntzirj
gr 14 Eeivm
entsvAD-HP 5/z u HP 5/3
amgnL nrt&p-l,~
Gardw A,.sdnllsvss:~
md 3id 7 w-d 8
/a,,* K#v.d-l,B Mdl a-*-m7
Abua?vqan
9-d bsrxers

\/ac

I
I
I

0.7
"sl?Wkl

for

- U~.II 7 era

--

-s
_ _ _o=-.- y_ E em z

2 ( eccn

I
1
I

1
I

I
I
I

,
f

_ - - -_ -- _-

500

MN )

I
I
f
I

I
I

I
t
I

L
I

Elnzethe4 V
111,
delal V
-zzz

;Is0I NI 1-l.
z
w
I

MATE&US

I
NclDLIxl

A mr-7
At93

.s.-l*u

i-*

iirnm

i=mvs

MAW 80 AC 001

cmti

E
I

iki

m1

,t

A.-

-m

IALcHER-L58

l-

k-

ZE

QMCI M3 932
I
I

-2

ABB )

GLAND STEAM CUiOENYR

1 CUTLINE ORWG

halberg stopfbuchsendampfkondensator l791430029

,--I-

!F
-

,-,

.s.-..cn

1
he
I

-_--

--

=:

I-KW/OA 25
--w-mA,
E
1
1

l
I

Type

hannemann
controller
Level

Direct

Controller type:
This is a proportional controller, operating continuously and without auxiliary energy in which the magnitude of the
proportional zone is determined by the displacement of the float and its transmission ratio, relative to the final control element (regulating valve).
Nominal bore and pressure:
Nominal bores 20-50 mm, nominal pressure 40 atm/gauge
Temperature
Measuring unit (supporting

bearing) and regulating valve 250 C

Sizes and dimensions


Flanges complying with DIN, ASA and other regulations
u&s with a nominal bore of 20 and 32 mm)

structural

length complying

with DIN (with the exception

of

Materlal:
Measuring unit (supporting bearing) of welded steel Regulating valve, cast steel GS-C 25 (cast chromium nickel steel.
bronze; also available with internal rubber lining up to 60 C; chemically resistant stove enamelling up to 100 C)
Cone and seat made of chromium nickel steel
Float of welded steel (chromium nickel steel)
Characteristics:
(Valve characteristic)

linear of equal percentage

type Table of valve dimensions

The light-weight
use on smaller

series
boilers

of the direct
and vessels.

controller

is an extension

of our range

of mechanically

driven

controllers

for

The units have the following features and operating characteristics:


1. No auxiliary energy
2. Neatly grouped construction
of reliable materials and structural
elements
3. Reliable operation
in continuous service
4. Simple

installation

and adjustment

5. Simple method of starting


6. Minimum maintenance
Output

of the set-level

and shutting

value

down

and pressure limits of the direct L controller

(for water at a temperature

of between

5 and 30 C)

where
k

fL*.

specified

(max.) k,-value

maximum

permissible

maximum

permissible

(the flow velocity

of series at nominal stroke

pressure
flowrate

difference

(maximum

for the regulating

cone stroke)
valve

in ml/h

in at

in ma/h

in the valve should not exceed 2.5 to 3.0 m/s)

Table of
fr

Table of valve

Table of k,-values:

rates:

dimensions:

-!

NB

lkv, linear

20 to 50
1

2.2

2.2

only 32-50 I
4.4

8.2 1 7

13.1 1

NB

Length

Oj

Oj

;.36;ri

20
DIN

160

32

(dep.on ratio.) (dep.on ratio.)

Flange aacord. to DIN


I

25 Acc.to
ff%iii(j

1050 x 750:

4 x 146

115@ x 85g;

4x 14@

14O~xtOO@:4x18@

40 Accto

DIN 200

50 Acc.to

DIN 230

Cone

1 6

10

12/13

16117

24125

;c180
---18@-~---a320

e-300

-1

i, HOI

165$ x 1250; 4x 183

! supporting
sating

Design according to Z-208001 as flow controller, with


compensating
weight. regulating range approx. 60 mm
Design as flow-discharge
peratures s,ee Z-208001

controller

or for higher tem-

Design according to z-208002 ss flow controller, with


weight, regulating range approx. 120 mm

compensating
Design

as flow-discharge

peratures see Z-208002

controller

or for higher tem-

laEm[sERBA~

HANNEMANN
_.-__-.
&of.-Oehlk&r~~d~?4000
Dtisseldorfl3
Niederlakung
-Berlin - Buchwaldzeile
W2U32~I3.69I10M

_
-Tel. (0211) 79606-o
29 . 1000 Berlin 22

.._...___ --

.--

*Telex 8582483
.Telefax (0211)7960610
. Telex 186539
. Telefon (030) 3624022

-- .
;

w.
-wL.-a
\..-.
-.---.----_^.._.LT-u
_._
--___
_.__
-._--...----Installation

and operating

instructions

for

Direct

Level Controllers
upstream

or discharge

controllers

Type

with steel tape transmission

General description
The HANNEMANN
direct-acting
controller controls the water level by transmitting
any changes in level to the control
valve by a steel tape transmission
system. The float is heavier than water..Its
excess weight is partly compensated
and follows any changes in level.
by balancing weights at the control valve. As a result. the float is buoyant
The action of the valve

can be varied

In the upstream controller


the control valve.
The HANNEMANN

to suit different

a rising water

direct-acting

controller

level will

consists

control

close

In the discharge controller


the control valve.

of the following

principal

a rising water level will open

components:

4a. Protective
basket
4b. Float chamber
5.
Steel tape transmission

1. Control valve
$ E;;pnisrn
chamber

1.

requirements:

The control valve (Fig. 1)


HANNEMANN
control valves are available in single
or double seat design. In valves fitted with double
cones the water enters into the body of the valve
between the valve seats. The single-cone type closes
in opposition to the direction of flow. In exceptional
cases a different direction of flow can be provided
and it is therefore
important to observe the flow
direction arrow on the centre flange when installing
the valve.
The valve bonnet call, if necessary, be turned relative to the valve body within the limits set by the
number of holes in the centre flange. Where the
temperature
of the water exceeds 130 C, the control valve must be fitted into a horizontal line in such
a way that the valve bonnet points downwards.
Care must always be taken to ensure that the correct
direction of movement of the controller is maintained
in accordance with its function as upstream or discharge controller.

2.

Fig. 1

The mechanism chamber (Fig. 12 P)


,

This is provided for transmitting


any movements of
the float to the control valve without any loss of pressure. After the float stem has been connected to the
inner torque arm, the mechanism chamber is mounted
on the appropriate socket of the boiler or tank, or on
the flange of the float chamber. A gasket must always
be inserted between the connecting flanges.

3.

The float (Fig. 2)


c
is secured on the float stem, which has been
into the mechanism chamber, by means of
holder In such a manner that at the lowest
of the mechanism chamber its bottom edge
under the lowest water level.

-4
inserted
the float
position
is 25 mm

If after securing to the float, the float stem supplied


with the equipment Is too long by more than 70 mm.
it must be shortened accordingly.

Lowest water level

Float stem

Fig. 2

t
4a. The protective basket (Fig. 4)
is required only if the water surface is turbulent. It
consists of the upper and lower basket cover and
the jacket.
Before the basket is fitted inside the boiler or tank,
the guide tube is screwed to the lower end of the
mechanism chamber socket by means of the union
nut and where the existing vertical dimensions make
this necessary it is secured with lock screws. Care
should be taken to ensure that the bottom edge of
the guide tube or, where this is not required, of the
mechanism chamber socket, is located approximately
240 mm above the lowest water level so that the
vertical travel of the float is not restricted prematurely (Fig. 3). The mechanism chamber socket or the
guide tube must be provided
with two holes of
approximately
15 mm diameter in the steam space,
approximately
100 mm below the shell of the tank.
Then the basket holder is fitted at the mechanismen
chamber socket or the guide tube.
The float is then secured
cribed in Section 3.

to the float stem as des-

Fig. 3

Following this, the jacket of the protective basket and


the bottom cover with the compensating
pipe are fitted. The up and down movement of the float from the
mechanism chamber must now take place without
any friction. The float must not knock against the
protective basket in any position, neither may it rub
or stick.

4b. The float chamber


(see also Instructions

V 039017 and V 039018)

Should it prove impossible or undesirable to fit the


float inside the vessel whose water level is to be
controlled. a float chamber is provided which is connected to the vessel both on the water and the steam
side. The communicating
pipes should be as short
as possible. They must be fitted in such a manner
that no water traps can form. Wherever
possible,
slide valves or free-flow valves should be used as
stop valves in the lines. The valves must be fitted
with the valve spindle horizontal.

5.

protection basket

Fig. 4

The steel tape transmission system


The movements of the float are transmitted from the levers of the mechanism chamber to the levers of the control
valve by means of a stainless, flexible steel tape. The tape is guided over rollers in totally enclosed roller bearings
which are supported by a tubular frame.
The pipes K and K 1 (Fig. 12) are included in the delivery.
should be fitted to the mechanism chamber.

If the two pipes are of unequal

lengfh, the shorter

one

The pipe branches are connected to the vertical pipes of approximately


300 mm length at the mechanism chamber
and at the support arm of the control valve in such a way that they point in the direction of the mechanism chamber or the support arm respectively.
Intermediate
pipes (minimum length 75 mm) are Inserted into the pipe branches for locating the roller bearings and are also clamped in position.
At the roller bearings one clamp and one cap nut each
hearings are mounted on the intermediate plpes. After
sary, may be inclined at an angle permitted by the
bearing is lifted off and the horizontal stiffening pipe
ted on the intermediate pipe. All clamping screws and

are released and the cover strips are withdrawn. The roller
the length of the horizontal stiffening pipe (which, if necesroller bearings
[ f30])
has been determined, one roller
Is inserted into the other roller bearing which is again mouncap nuts are tightened.

The end of the steel tape is reinforced and pushed through towards the mechanism chamber near the rollers underneath the clamps of the control valve. The reinforced
end of the steel tape Is engaged into the hook of the
bridge which connects the two rag bolts. The two nuts of each bolt should lie above the bridge.

The length

of the

on the upstream

steel

tape

controller

on the discharge

must be so-adjusted that at the lowest float position and


with the valve fully open, it is approximately
20 mm too
long (making due allowance for the reinforced end piece
which has still to be fitted). That means for standing as
well as for hanging valves (note direction 1 paragraph 2).
(Fig. 5)

controller

must be so-adjusted that with the lowest float position


and with the valve closed, it is approximately 20 mm too
short (making due allowance for the reinforced end piece
which has still to be fitted). That means for standing as
well as for hanging valves (note direction 1 paragraph 2).
(Fig. 6)

w
long

/ii

20mm

I F -Y

Fig. 5

Fig. 6

Afterwards, this end of the steel tape is also provided with a reinforcement and is engaged into the bridge hook of the
control valve. After the correct length of the steel tape has thus been obtained, both nuts must be firmly locked against
each other at the hooked bolts above the bridge.
The clips at the rollers secure the steel tape against slipping off sideways. They must be able to swivel slightly. The
steel tape, including its end reinforcement pieces, must not touch the piep branch or the intermediate pipe over its entire
travel.
After the steel tape has been correctly positioned, the cover strip, which is dimensioned for the maximum reversal
angle of the roller bearing (210) is matched, cut off and firmly pressed against the roller bearing through the clamping piece.

Adjusting

the

in the upstream

weights

controller,

this must be done only if the float is not immersed

in the water.

The balancing weight at the control valve must compensate for the weight of the float but only to such an extent thit
freely suspended float will just about lift the weights, thereby opening the valve.

the

The closing force of the valve cone is produced by the buoyancy of the float when dipping into the water as the
water level rises. As a result, the weights at the control valve become heavier than the float and close the valve.
In the discharge

controller

the weight adjustment

is best made when the float is completely

submerged.

The balancing weights at the control valve must compensate for the weight of the float but only to such an extent
that the totally immersed float will allow the weights to move downwards reliably, thereby opening the valve.
Theclosing force of the valve cone is produced by the loss of float buoyancy
thus becomes heavier than the balancing weights and closes the valve.

as the water level drops. The float

If the weights cannot be adjusted while the float is totally submerged, a supplementary
weight of approximately
2 kg
should be added to the balancing weights. The total weight (including supplementary weights) is then so adjusted that
the freely suspended float will reliably close the valve. The supplementary weight must then be removed.
The balancing weights must be secured by means of the set screws. It ls advisable
lever (e. g. by means of notches).

to mark the setting at the weight

Checks

to be made

before

taking

the equipment

into service

Check whether all screws have been firmly tightened. The sleeve cover screws
extent that the sleeve covers make contact with the housing. Further tightening
thus impairing the free movement of the shaft.
A further

check should

be made to ensure that the valve

on the upstream controller it must be possible to pull the


two hook screws downwards
by a further 10 to 20 mm
(Fig. 7) while the control valve is closed.

L \
fl3i

should be tightened only to such an


is liable to distort the sleeve covers,

closes completely:
on the discharge controller the two disengaged
hook
screws must be able to rise by a further 10 to 20 mm,
with the steel tape taut (Fig. E), while the valve is closed.

10 -20 mm

1 _I_

Fig. 8

Fig. 7

If the above

condition

Maintenance

and

is not met, the setting

remedying

must be corrected

by adjusting

the nuts at the hook screws,

faults

The smooth operation of the controller should be checked once a day by moving the external valve lever upwards and
downwards.
the rubber
The shaft supports in the mechanism chamber and control valve must not be oiled as this is liable to damage
sleeves.
When painting the controller it is absolutely essential to ensure that all joints and especially the shafts remain free of
paint.
In new installations
the pipelines may contain dirt and welding residues. The lines should therefore be thoroughly
flushed before the equipment is taken into service for the first time in order to avoid trouble. For this purpose the controller must be inactivated, that means the valve must be fully opened; in case of particularly
heavy contamination,
it
may even be necessary to dismantle the valve cone.
lf the valve cone is jammed by foreign bodies under no circumstances must any attempts be made to move the external
valve levers by force. An attempt to flush the foreign body out may be made by carefully moving the external valve
:rs in the opening direction. If this is unsuccessful, the valve must be dismantled.

Dismantling

the

control

valve

(Fig. 9)

The balancing weights must be removed and the screws


of the centre flange between valve body and mechanism
chamber must be released.

Iamber

The mechanism chamber is lifted off vertically while the


external levers are raised and held in this position. The
guide bush and the cone are lifted out at the same time.
If the external levers are released in the direction towards
the flange, the components
can be withdrawn
from the
mechanism chamber. Assembly takes place In the reverse
order. When fitting the guide bush, it is absolutely essential to ensurt that the gasket is correctly inserted (Fig. 9).
If the shaft and the inner valve lever have to be replaced,
attention should be paid to the following:
The centre
square of the shaft is pressed into the slightly tapered
square hole of the inner valve lever. This means that during dismantling
it must be driven out towards the side
identified by a punch mark. The support bearing shaft is
dismantled in a similar manner.

Fig. g

An unevenly
tightened
centre flange, incorrect
alignment
cause jamming
of the unit. When assembling
the control
ned in the closing position
of the cone. This is particularly
quently
machined.
The locknut of the valve head (into the
must again be tightened
if it had been slackened.
Fitting
dure.

of the guide bush or unevenly


tightened
sleeve cover may
valve, the external valve levers must be horizontally
positioimportant
if the cones or the valve seats have been subserecess of which the ball extension of the inner lever engages)
the clamping
spring must not be forgotten
during this proce-

The fitted rubber sleeves


should be replaced
approximately
every year. Such a replacement
may be necessary
sooner
if the controller
was out of action for some time, possibly
several months, This is liable to cause the rubter
sleeves to
become dry and rigid.
The replacement

is carried

To take the controller

out in accordance

with

the

on V-07 9001.

out of action

in the upstream controller the weight levers of the valve


are raised and retained
in this position by the bolt supplied with the equipment
(Fig. 10).

in the discharge controller the hook screws at the weight


levers of the valve are disengaged.
The steel tape, together with the float and the levers of the valve are then
allowed to slide slowly as far as the stop (Fig. 11).

Fio. 11

Fig. 10

The valve

instructions

is then

Even automatic
duty to always

fully

opened.

controllers which have been operating satisfactorily


carefully observe the water level gauge glass!

for years

do not relieve

the boiler operator

of his

t
5

I I
K,

MI

N
0

E2

El

F
u

Ea

JI

J,

G2

Fig. 12

Components

of the direct

acting level

Valve

housing

Valve

seats

Cone with
spring

Double

Bearing

housing

El

Bearing

lever

EZ

Threaded

E3

Inactivating

Internal

Shaft

in the control

Gt

Shaft

in the mechanism

GZ

Rubber
control

G3

(not shown) Flubber sleeves with


shers in the mechanism chamber

Sleeve

External

II

Sliding

Vertical

Kl

Horizontal

Bridge

Totally-enclosed

MI

Sliding
roller
roller bearing

Bridge with
chamber

NI

Steel

Pipe holder

Mechanism

Internal

External

mechanism

Sockets

for the mechanism

Support

rod

Connecting
tube

.v
L

Guide

cone

guide

head,

controller

locknut

and clamping

bush

lock for the bearing

lever

device

valve

!ever

sleeves
valve

valve

with

chamber

Teflon

washers

in the

Teflon

wa-

cover
valve

levers

with weights

piece
reinforcement

tube

reinforcement

with

hook

pipe (1 gas piping)

screws
roller

(1 gas piping)

for

for the steel tape (where the


M is more than 6 m distant)
hook

screws

for

sleeve

tube

Float

Float holder

Split

pin

mechanism

ends

chamber

mechanism

Protection

valve

bearings

tape with two reinforced

control

gasket

chamber

lever

chamber

levers

between

chamber

socket

and guide

Fitting the rubber sleeves


Special flexible sleeves have proved highly
ports at pressures of up to ZOO kgf/cm.

successful

for several

decades when

sealing the HANNEMANN

shaft sup-

The temperature
at the sleeves should not exceed 130 C. This is achieved by suspended
installation of the control
valve at temperatures
above 130 C and the shape of the mechanism chamber. A water seoj is formed by condensation
which protects the sleeves against higher temperatures.
To replace the sleeves, the levers and oval sleeve covers
must be removed from the shaft. After having removed
the old sleeves, shaft and recesses must be thoroughly
cleaned. The shafts should have neither longitudinal
nor
lateral grooves. Any sharp edges of the square ends must
be thoroughly
treated with emery cloth to prevent the
sleeves from being damaged during fitting.

Teflon

The bore in the sleeves is smaller than the shaft diameter


(see Table). The assembly is eased by means of molycote
powder (or oil-free paste). The edge of the sleeve must
be firmiy pressed into the recess. Thenone Teflon washer
is pushed
over
each
shaft
end;
this
washer
is
designed
to prevent rubbing at the sleeve. Since the
bore of the shaft is also smaller than the shaft diameter,
a small collar is formed which must be opened out by
turning (A). The washer must then again be removed and
plI+*d
back on the shaft after having been reversed so
th.
;s projection points towards the sleeve (6).
During mounting and pressing the sleeve covers into position the small collar will then be pushed against shaft
and sleeve (C). The screws of the sleeve covers must be
uniformly tightened to prevent distortion of the shaft support. The edge of the sleeves should be compressed by
approximately
OS-O.7 mm as a result of pressure of the
covers.

washer

0
+

reflol 1 washer

Nm
Rubber

-
sleeves

Fig. 13

Shaft diameter

mm

internal/external
diameter of sleeve

No

recommend to replace the sleeves every year. The sle eves are not to be lubricated.

Please

quote

the shaft

diameter

when ordering

replacement

sleeves

IaaEwamAU
HANNEMANN
Prof.-Oehler-St~10~4000Diisseldorf13~Tel.(0211)79606-0-Telex8582483~Telefax(0211)7960610
Niederlassting
Berlin * Buchwaldzeile
29 - 1000 Berlin 22 . Telefon (030) 3624022

- Telex 186539

SlHl

HALBERG

PAW magnetically operated Liquid Level Indicators are precision instruments,


and should be handled accordingly. We assume that the end-user is familiar
with legal requirements, accident-prevention procedures, and the pertinent technical regulations with regard to the installation and operation of Level Gauges,
and will properly utilize these instruments.

5
3
2
!i

ii
2
;
Ti
5p
w

1.0.

On receipt delivery:

1.1.

These instruments are delivered in disassembled form. Each shipment consists of the following items:
mounted
1. A float chamber
2. An indicating scale
3. A float
packed separately in a
4. A setting magneto
5. Assembly instructions plastic bag fastened to
6. A transmission rod
the float chamber.
(Types 710.200-719.323
Accessories, (if ordered)
7. Contact switches
8. Shut-off/isolating
valves, drain and/or venting valves

1.2.

The completeness of the shipment must be checked on delivery. Unless


otherwise stipulated, these goods are transported at buyers risk. Transportation damage must then be reported to theshipping agent immediately,
accompanied by the proper documentation.

2.0.

Assembly
All PAW Level Indicators are constructed with a tolerance of +l mm for
those up to 2000 mm, and+ 2 mm for longer center-to-center distances.
The measurement of the tank connenciion must be checked before indicaters are mounted.
The float chamber will be fitted directly either to the tank or to the additional
isolating valves.
ATTENTION:

ii bi b
F g F

ii
5
.I!
2
d

ii
:2
P
$

j
,
I
I
i

In all cases we recommend the use of isolating valves on


the medium inlet piping

Before assembly, remove the plastic protective caps from the valveslindicator body.
ATTENVON: On jobsite. preventative measures must be applied, so that
vibration and/or oscillation does not affect the level indicators. In the case
of installation out of doors, please consider the effects of wind! If shackles or supports are deemed necessary, please consult our personnal for
technical assistance. All preventative measures applied at the jobsite
must not affect the proper functioning of the magnetically-operated
Liquid Level Indicators. (No magnetized parts on or in the near vicinity l100174025
of these instruments, please!)
I

W,ghb*

DaYtan

40-r 481722

HALBERG

2.2.

Mounting the float


.
Floats are made of thin material, and must be handled careAllENllON:
fully!!
Types 710.100 - 710.160
As a rule, the floats are introduced into the float chamber from the bottom.
In certain circumstances, it may be necessary to introduce these from the
top, but this fact must be noted before assembly begins.
Types 710.200 - 710.323
Before introduction, the float must be mounted in the float guide, and introduced either from the top or the bottom, as appropriate.

AlTENTiON:

All floats are marked top - oben, and must be properly


positioned!!

Floats must be clean and free from material attracted by the magnetic field.
After inspection of gasket material (exchange, as necessary) the isolating
flanges can be mounted.
2.3.

Pressure/Leak-Test

ATTENTION:

..
2
p!
2
u

?
Before any testing, please see the pressure rating on the
data-plate.

2.3.1. Resistance test

g
5
-0
;i
I
ItI

Each indicator is works-tested at overpressures. Should jobsite testing


(system pressure test) be deemed necessary, the float must be removed
prior to testing.
The test pressure must never exceed 1,5 times the rating on the indicators data-plate.
2.3.2. Leak test
The control of leakage to the outside can be accomplished with dry compressed air or nitrogen at 6 bars, in exceptional cases, at the maximum allowable overpressure.

.
zpg

.
j
2
.iJ
2
u

t:

2.4.

Contact switches
Electric contact switches are to be attached using the shackles provided,
900 away from the Indicating Scale, at the desired switch point. Note: For
high/low alarm switches, attache the correct contact at the correct location.

i:i
& :
:2
i
tit i
8 2

Further installation information can be obtained in the AssemblylOperating Instructions for PAW Contact Switches.

wmrc*

Pa,!a a-3122

HALBERG
. _.
2.5.

Aligning the Indicating Scale


Before operation, the magnetic wafers on the indicator scale must be aligned, using the Setting Magneto (delivered with each instrument). This must
be passed over the entire length of the glass-sided surface of the Indicating
Scale several times. Note: Only from the glass-sided surfacs, only with a
PAW Setting Magneto. In this manner, the alignment and functioning of the
magnetic wafers can be checked.
Before medium is allowed into the float chamber, the magnetic wafers must
be Light-side up!
The setting magneto must be stored properly by the operator, away from
the instrument itself, as further manipulation with magnets can produce
false readings.
The last three magnetic wafers serve as a function test for the float. They
are below the lower flange, and only a defective (sunken) or damaged
float will turn these wafers to their dark side.
Defective floats must be exchanged.
mention:

To order replacements,

PAW order number (located on the lower flange of

always

PAW

Operating pressure, temperature, medium, specific gravity,

.
g
2
a
I2

2
2
2
k
I
1;

3.0.

Operation
The float swims on the medium introduced into the float chamber. As the
level increases or decreases in the chamber (and the tank to be monitored)
the magnetic system in the float will turn the wafers of the Indicating Scale
light or dark, the dark plates showing the actual level of the medium.
When a Level Indicator was designed with intrinsic isolating valves, the following applies:
A) Drain/venting valves must first be closed.
8) Slowly open the upper isolating valve, allowing steam/gas to enter the
float chamber.
C) Then, slowly open the lower isolating valve, to allow liquid medium to
enter the float chamber.
Note: If these steps are not followed exactly as above, the float will be
damaged.

2:z
F
2 g 8
.Y :Zl
8 zi E
saP

vJcl,,nr

cl-..,ltt

La.!?77

HALBERG

Magnetic type level gauges PN 40

g
i

i
:
:

2
J
x
z
e
u

k;
s--7,
+TE
ir,i
,.0.

9
R:
G

4?
E*

bi
g

2
=
u
a
2
3

2
u
h
d

5:

!
L.

COntoCt

a
9

I-

01

Xii

ki

qt.
I

- u-

I.

drain valve-upon

:
I

Ecksicherheitsventile
bauteiigeptiift

Safety valves, angle type, sv1551

herose

type tested

(DIG/F)

geachkxsene
Sauart. mit Nirodichtung.
Kegel anlOftbar,mit vergrb6ertem Austritt.
Eintritt: Gewindezapfen.
Austritt: Innengewinde,

Art.-Nr.

closed bonnet, seat and disc stainless steel, 3209


with lifting device, with enlarged outlet,
inlet: male thread.
outlet: female thread.
Art.-No.
06-310....000
spheroidal cast iron/stainless
for non-aggressive media.

06-310....000

aus SpharoguBINiro.
fiir nichtaggressive Medien.

steel,

ganz aus Chrom-Nickel-Molybdanstahl,


fOr verschiedene aggressive Medien.

Art.-No.
06-311 . . ..OOO
chrome-nickel-molybdenum
steel,
for several aggressive media.

Verwendungsbereich:

Applications:

Vorgesehen als Sicherheitseinrichtung


gegen
unzullssige
Druckiiberschreitung
in Druckgasbehaltern. Geeignet fur Druckluft. Sattdampf
und &hnliche Gase und Dampfe sowie fur
Flirssigkeiten.
Temperaturbereiche:
Nr. 06-310: von -10C bis 200 C.
mu warmfester Feder bis 300C (Mehrpreis).
Art.-Nr. 06-311:von -60C bis 300C.

Provided as safety device for protection against


excessive pressure in boilers. Suitable for compressed air, saturated steam and similar gases
and vapors also for fluids.
Operating temperatures:
Art.-No. 06310: from -10C up to 2OOC.
with spring in steel for elevated temperatures
up to 300C (add. price).
Art.-No. 06311:from -60C up to 300C.

Art.-Nr.

06-31 l....OOO

Type test approval identification


type-tested pressure range:

und bauteilgepriifte
Druckbereiche:
Bauteilkennzeichen
Fijr Gase und Dampfe -Ti)V.SV.81-478.do.DIG.O,6p,
als Vollhub-Sicherheitsventil.
AnsprechdrOcke:
R % von 0.5 bis 110,O bar
R 1 von 0.5 bis 64.0 bar.
TUV.SV.81-478.do.F.O,6p
Fur Fliissigkeiten .
als Proportional-Sicherheitsventile.
Ansprachdrticke:
von 05 bis 64.0 bar.

and

For gases and vapors - TUV.SV.81-476.dolDIG.O,6~p


as full lifl safety valve.
Set pressures:
R %. from 0.5 up to 110.0 bar
R 1 from 0,5 up to 64,0 bar.
TUV.SV.81-478.do.F.0,6.p
For fluids:
as standard safety valve,
set pressures from 0.5 up to 64.0 bar.

Wichtig:
Important:

Die Sicherheitsventile werden nur eingestelft gefiefen.


Sei Bestellung bitte Ansprechdruck
sowie Art
und Temperatur des Mediums angeben.

The safety valves are only delivered preset. Please state


set pressure, type of medium and operating temperatUre
when ordering.

Werkstoff e I Materials:
W.-Nr. /Mat.-No.
Art.-Nr. 06-310
Sitzkbrper/seatbody
Kegel/disc
rbelbonnet
LJtehaubeAifting
cap
Druckfederhpring

Abblaseleistungenldischarge

1.4104,
1.4122.
0.7043.
0.7040.
1.1200,

X 12 Cr MO S 17,
X 35 Cr Mo 17,
GGG-40.3.
GGG40,
Federstahl I spring steel

1.4571,
1.4571.
1.4408,
1.4408.
1.4310,

X 10 Cr Ni MO Ti 1610,
X 10 Cr Ni MO Ti 1810,
G-X 6 Cr Ni MO 1610,
G-X 6 Cr Ni MO 1810.
X 12 Cr Ni t77.

Ansprechdruck

capacities:

Medium: a) Sattdampf, Leistung in kg/h


saturated steam, capacity in kg/h

n bar (0)

b) Druckluft, Leistung in NcbmIh


compressed air, capacity in s.c.m.ll 7
c) Wasser. Leistung in cbmlh
water, capacity in c.m./h

Art.-Nr. 06-311
SitzkBrper/saatbcdy
KegeWdix
Haubelbonnet
Lliftehaubellifting
cap
Druckfeder/spring

Ma6e und Gewichte


NenngrBSelNom.

I Dimensions
Size

Sitz-Olseat-0
Lange/length
AustritVoutlet
LangeAength
LlngeItength
Hohe/height
Gawichtrweight
Mat3e in mm.
AnschluBgewinde:

Set pressure
0.5

2.0

and weights:
I31

1 ,.

do
I

12,5

16
18
l/Z
60
65
260
3.0

R2

Lt
L2
H
ca. kg

Whitworth-Rohrgewinde

ia

II
1
50
63
265
2.0

nach DIN 259.

In bar

4.0
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
6&O
70.0
80.0
loo.0
110.0

61
152
257
456
554
1043
1529
2018
2510
3013
3528
4039
-

R %
b
72
193
336
605
740
1413
2086
2759
3432
4105
4778
5450
6796
7469

Dimensions in mm.
Female thread: Whitworth-pipethread

2,6
52
7,4
lo,5
11.8
16.7
20.5
23.6
26.4
29.0
-

R 1
b

89
249
422
747
909
1708
2506
3306
4113
4936
-

110
316
551
992
1212
2315
3417
452O
6623
6725
-

4.3
8.6
12,2
17.3
19.4.
27.4
3398
38.8
43,3
47.5
-

as per DIN 259

Quick delivery
21
Th-,

____....-. --

MAW8OANOlO

Gland steam fan unit


*Make ROTAMILL*

GlC1503902

(G)
m RCMMIlLam,-,
-

EisenhirllenstraOe 26
Poslfach 1202 53
D-5900 SIEGEN
(Kaan-Marienborn)
Telefon (02 71) 67 11
Telex 672352 rolam
Telelax (02 71) 6 18 66

COVER

SHEET

Steam Fan Unit


..Clant

2 MAW 80 AN OlO/OZO
KKS-No
.
L
TALCHER :order5500406/5713
M3-Order-No-:
ROTAMILL-R&--No.:
031391 V

Cover sheet
General assembly and operating
Outline drawing with bill

Main assembly drawing

instructions

of materials

h@-fa
!/($+!
m ~MIIL

GMBH

Eisenhiillenslralle 26

KG-No.

80 AN 010/020

b4AW

ABB-Order-No,: TALCHER 11
.

WMMILL-Ref,-No.:

order SSOOlO6/5713L

0313 91 V

D-5900 SIEGEN
fbsllach 1202 53
(Kaan-Marienlxm)

Telelon(0271) 67 11
Telex072 352 rolam
Telefax(0271) 6 10 66

ASSEMULY AND OI'ERATING INSTRUCTIONS

for high cfficicn$Yblowcrs '


.
:
:

TRANSPdRT and STORAGE

Each blower will bc carefully chcckcd and a tcstrun will be n~ade


bcforc delivery.
The loading will be done by trained workers under supervision.

The unloading on the building site should bc done with care.

f
.

In cast the bldwcr is not to Lx laountcrl


right away on the building site,
the storage should be done in such a way,thiitthe blower is protcctcd against
dust, rain and moisture.
In case of dmagc

cithcr during transportation or not ap(,taprial;c.sto~Jgc,

the supplier will not bc responsible.


t

ASSEMULY

After putting the blower to the foundation it has to bc cx&tly leveled.


mst rest evenly on the foundation in order to avoid bracing
The basic frawz
wlm
pulling on tlicfoundation screws.
.

Ulowers which arc driven by V-belts, the tctisionof the V-belts should:bc
chcckcd after about 10 hours working tim.
It has to be chcckcd, that the V-belt-pulleys a-c exactly align:.
I-orb.clttension, the followitq mthod cm bc'applicd:

/
t .

I3ya belt lcnght of 1 mter, the V-belt can be prcsscd down by thulabpower .
by tlicliciglrt
of the profile.
the load of the bcaring rises up to an insd~liissitlc
Is the
tctisi on to strong,
point, and is the tension to little, the belts have a backlash; this

belt will bc wamcd

The

way~.the

up inadmissibly during operation and gets brittle;

.
joining

of

the

piping

The connection joints shoulrlonly bc applied, when the blower is safely fastened
on the foundation. The conncctiotlof the pipes should IX done free of tension, .
' so that no bracing can occur ii1the casing of the blower.
.

[lyhot-gas blowers it is nccess;ry to lliount


fl;?x;blcjoints on the cxliaustor sue
if
the
blower
is
lllountcd
on
flexible vibration dmpcrs.
The smc applies,
The electric
It is necessary

installation 11~s to bc done accordin; to WE-rcgulatiolls.

to liavcilmotor protcctcd switcllinstalled


JS J SJfcty dcvicc
.
against overcharge.

@#ii
m *RCIAMILam-i
f

I.
.

KKS-No, 2 MAW 80 AN 010/020


ABE-Order-No. : TiUAlER II - order 5500406/5713L
RUMMILL-Ref--No-: 0313 91 V

EisonhirllenslraOe26

Posllach 1202 53
D-5000 SIEGEN
(Kaan-Marienborn)
Telclon (02 71) 67 11
Telex 072 352 rolam
Tclolax (02 71) G 10CG

..

I~emovaIof the impel Icr of. radial

fans

In order to cnab Ic J removal, .thc pipe 1inc on the suction side, if


cx isting, has to bc demounted ad the Fan cover to be rciiiovcd;
IF a Taper-Lock-Slccvc
is set in, the disssscmbly OF the impel lcr has
I,o take place according to the cncloscd
assembly instructions;

In cxx of trouble it is to make sure, that tl~c blower continuous works,


iii order tht lhc lieat draindgc is guardntccd,

I\OTAMILL
GMUII
Encl;l;
.

(9)
m

RCKAMIE

GMDW

EiscrthGtfonstraGo 26
Posll.actl
12 02 53
D-5900 SIEGEN
(Kaen-Mnrleiibom)
Tololon (0271) G7 11
Tolox 072 352 rOla!II
Tolelax (02 71) G 10 GG

Sheet-No.:

2 MAW 80 AN 010/020

KKS-No.:
Au6-Order-No. :

II - or&x SSOO406/5713L

'IXUICR

Rotamill-CoIlI.-No.: 0313 91 V

Uill'of iimteFidlf,'ftin'unit
---------1----

Specification

Material

1 .

Spiral casing

St

Impeller

1.4541

Spring washer

A4

llex. head screw

4.6 galv.

4
5
G

GG

Ilull

Al

,Coolirq disc

3-phase rilotor

I)

llcx.

Motor stand

head screw

4.G

gillv.

st

Prmc

10 *

Uase

11

Hex. hed

12

Tight disc

cu

13

U-Washer

St

14

Ilcx.heid screw

4.6 galv:

J-Washer

St galv.

16

Inlet nozzle

st

17

Ilcx.head screw

4 .G i-J&

18

Flange

St

13

Ilcx.kid

20

Flimge

. 15
*

St

4.G gillv.

screw

screw
.

gab!.

4.t galv.
st

Siegen, 20, Januar 1992

20

16

----

-;C~JtlJll

hlhlk

Assembly Drawing
.
/ .

KKS-No.:
ABB-Order-No.:
Rotamill-. Ref.:

Sheet-No:
2 MAW80 AN OlO/OZO
TALCHJZRII - order 5500406/5713L
No. 0313 91 V
Aul~r.- Nr.
SXWA

SDIZ IWchanCmCh V 2
71

OJ &&q urrr i : - /lOOP +qs/n


* - batwcv,
oxis 9 WQ/k&
(s- Arrsro~md
oh; Gnc IeJsc$/
a. 2 o/10)

&atlbn
../

-.

Cashg

wnddation

, Gr hfjusc~~hollrioL;~lung

; Peformoncc

data

t=
Y@

0,952

kg Im3

V*

r3090

d/h

60C

Dcscriofion
..- -----_-.-.

DN
-.-

-Fiongp~
-__.

e--2

Flange . _.--.

300
-.-- ~6300
6

n*

2905

ha

5.6

.5

%I -

Il.0

kU

L6

i7

/min

zso-

----.f-

?N

.?+I
_4

53a mm)rl~
536 mnM

P9
Psi =

*3kn-.
I
--

.FM f ypc--.-.--I---IlroinPge pipe 6._-.__-..--_---..-_25


_.- .--Vibration

damgyiw -_---.

--..

y----l
__I___..__
_t.. __._
Bose frame ..f- ~00
on _____
,.L - __i._._;..g _ Rad~oton pro+tc+r
;8
Guamfgewlcht

We$hf

Gf

undrahmen

Bose from~

(sde

co

9.5

KN

total

vofid /of :

u2t

K1(S-AP:

/YAM

I und U#/l 2

ks?ck

5bcs md

Elo AM

f =20)

t60

+-

I
I

I-- .

I
1

7030
rsso

Kid o/,(kyi

Mvtibw~ Them&
1

(jiiEz.

Bolts
with nuts
4x
/Y1oMA7

(%DwwCT

No.

NTPC

Power Corposrrtian Ltd..


M-d-B1

DRAWINGNO.

TALCHER Super Thermal Power Project


Stage

ebhe

I (2 x !m

gmc1503902 gland steam condenser outline drwg 12e11 fan unit

Aggyqc&
,

+.

Mw)

:I/./
oii

-.

-..
__
._._
_^_.____
- -_\.
1

_.

_ .._

zi2w

._

._

,.

-...

-I

2098

\ ,
A_-.J
/
-.

--

81
h
------...
i

8
I
1

w
31
-1

I/

II.

A iW
i

).

Pic?n Wkk

gmc1503902

scope

b/

su,y.dy

_kGhfsche
ROd#aGm .- ,

Notizen aus 010.pdf


Seite 6
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 09:38:06
1 LE
Seite 7
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 09:38:12
1 LE
Seite 8
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 09:38:39
1 LE
Seite 9
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 09:42:37
Verweis Gmd0095660N unklar.
Notiz 2; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 09:43:00
1 LE
Seite 10
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 10:02:14
Verweis 701 unklar.
Verweis Page 1-3 unklar.
Seite 14
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 10:13:06
1 LE
Seite 261
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 10:31:27
3 LE
Seite 262
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 10:33:46
5 LE
Seite 263
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 10:36:28
2 LE
Seite 264
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 10:38:07
Verweis D00205001DGBF unklar.
Notiz 2; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 10:39:00
3 LE
Seite 265
Notiz 1; Bezeichnung: Hinweis; Datum: 20.10.0 10:48:22

Verweis 26 unklar.

You might also like